eR ae trate Me b he Bee Pee en ecard cicactanabecs nat state perenne tartliet Sie tat pala eae eeba a ee pre ern Ss Pe eS eS ean - o Portape re tad Bopmsie Peltetie Toten ty AF i oa rearanerenire One een nel ae stent gan tes ree a ee pon ae A I ~~ snot . ae ak enter taht ye “s Ft ee Te acres ae Ore sere tv hee tin osha teeta Ae hi A 7 vn techni cg tae one phn An Me Nath dan nt ns pr i SY Se rar Sanches gmenaty at pee eas tchaintahet ane setae gia ean gaobchate oo * E < cakes thina bat S mete pareegin a ees Ra Oe eT ort ae Tete tka ba gh dh tet Pend BOP On bn Scien Die theta Wo eee VE I care sian ve fede Lab PIPPI LS pores a Perens A A Or aris oy saath antiolh FsMalle Mae's In nye ener ter Batt Pe a gt te a em Ree aaipamrara Sacre Pinta enn Hai eaten st al Ee aaal re a ay ror or ack oa tate ta ett Pn ina > melas Tome een sinensis he 0n ey ren Meade mete So AP erate ena pene et oo a re ny PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOLUME 57 OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1955 ETGVICG TCU AO SULCTLL aaamee caeel oats LI tals Ap th A ee Se R. E. SNopGRASS RIES VR OTUL Nee ke Real res a1 ee an aya LR EO pak Beast LIRA ae ee T. L. BISsELL US CaP L COMET CSULCIG 2. asm toe ah Seis Beal” as te Tal ot. goa NS Fe R. A. St. GEORGE MNCGGT CUMIAte CHEN CSULG NY. potas Silk sea Sy Oe ee ee ae aes F. L, CAMPBELL HEC OURCUNO BLS CONCUR TI pa tat rare aime. 2 Pe pee se rails te br eR KELLIE /O’ NEILL COMMESVONUUO LS CCT ELON se owt eS ol eee Louise M. RUSSELL LES EINER: Oa Se SES lg Ea Oe eed PORES Wines lst Sa NL CAI OMe EL A, Pp. X. PELTIER TNGEY GP SSIS NAAR SEITE ae cee aM Te LORE eRe BERE AND a Nap, IU Sod Dian R. H. Foore IDI SUAD ERTL, AR ae eS ET aE Na Ee foe tie Ee ee aT H. J. CONKLE PROGRAM \ChAMMOAW 62 2 pee Ue es Say ie ra ow fe J. F. G. CLARKE Executive Committee... W. D. Reep, W. H. ANDERSON, A. B. GURNEY Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washing- OR MPC HMO NUYS OT aS CLONCCS. state Lo Baktees he Nae, Rea a er a ee F, W. Poos Sai [HSONIAN INSTITUTION PUBLISHEGYROHINGTON 28, ae WASHINGTON, D. ©. 1955 ii TABLE OF CONTENTS, VOLUME 57 Bein, R. T.: Species of the pallipes group of Nebria in the eastern United States. (Goleoptera, “Carabid aie) eee eee tee ee ag ete IRE ee Bennert, W. U.: The pupal morphology of the locus twig borer (Lepidop- tera Olethrentidaie)) xienb ce eer Se ee Sie Ba A ke ea ee BERNER, LEWIS: A new species of Paraleptophlebia from the Southeast GHiphemeroptera, Jueptophiehidac) jae en ee Bick, G. H.: The nymph of Macrodiplax balteata (Hagen) (Odonata, Libellulidae) ——-.. SES UE UE ee li NC Fe ae ee cl Meee Sia 3 ls TERUG TARY SS |W ctu te NWO) Dy eo Ba a ee A OB Le BLAKB, Dorts H.: Note on the rearing of Anolisimyia blakeae, a sarcophagid fly from the American chameleon, Anolis carolinensis Voight (Diptera, Sarcophagidae) )) 9s. =e ee eee alee 2 i BLANTON, F. S8.: See Galindo, Pedro. BODEN STEING Ds). Tallkiibiy< 405." Ss eae a eae ee ee eee ee ee Bouart, G. E.: Gradual nest supersedure within the genus Osmia (Hy- menoptera,. Apoides,) 2:0 See gu eees eee oe eee ee Notes on the habits of Osmia (Nothosmia) seclusa Sand- houses.( Hymenoptera, Mecachnlrdaie) mime seee) erases ee eg ee ——_-_——— and R. B. SELANpDER: New records of Hornia minutipennis, with notes on its biology (Coleoptera, Meloidae) Bonar, R. M.: North American Leptochilus of the trinodus group (Hy. menoptera,: Vespidae!, sit ie) is ei aaa wy ent ae oe) Se ee BREE WEG, Els! Acs "Taille aay fel cet tlt a See rah oa Bovine, Anam -G.: Av correction (Coleoptera)m.- 2 a eee Burks, B. D.: A redefinition of the genus Zatropis, with descriptions of three new species (Hymenoptera, Pteromalidae) 2 —: A new species of the genus Halticoptera (Hymenoptera, Piberom alid ae) Sissel ee eek ec ed i CARVATHO, JOSH: Malle: Diyaits 2 te ages Ws Ey A oncil Needed sel cL et alee ee Causny, O. R.: See Lane, J. CEARK “AUSTIN MELOBART: Obituany Of. seek ee ee eee CoLcorD, MABEL: Obituary ik Sa NS aE Ns Ae RN A Cook, D. R.: A new species of Athienemannia from western North America (Acarina, A thienemiammirdale)) yee he ees Sa ek eae ore BS INE ig? ea Mc yey a a i I ea a 2 Ses les dad ee Craig, G. B. and R. L. PIENKOWSKY: The occurrence of Aedes canadensis (iheobald) min: Alaska \(Dinteras @wlieidae) sess tears eon aes eee CUNLIFFE, F.: A proposed classification of the trombidiforme mites (Acarina) Darsin, RICHARD F., Jk.: Notes on American mosquito pupae, I. Deserip- tions of Aedes riparius and Aedes pionips (Diptera, Culicidae) — DAVISt JM. Note by 2 .— SB Dee TINS C1 So Re Ree Dover, H. R.: Sarcophagid flies parasitic on reptiles (Diptera, Sareopha- Uae ic Wt ers ere ee Een Nie ene Dozizrr, B. K.: A new Chrysobothris from Eastern Red Cedar, Juniperus virginia, (Coleoptera; “Buprestidae 2 aye eee eee eugene ee DRAKE, CARL J.: A new leptopodid from India (Hemiptera, Leptopodidae) __ Dutky, S. R.: see THomeson, C. G. and W. 8S. HoucH: Note on a parasitic nematode from codling moth larvae, Carpocapsa pomonella (Lepidoptera, Olethreutidae) EMERSON, K. C.: Lipeurus dovei MeGregor, a synonym of Lipeurus caponis (Linnaeus): (Mallophaga, Philopteridae) em. : A new mallophagan from the screech owl (Philopteridae) Futon, R.A. and Fy, F) Smirs:)talks-by ios 2 ee ee GALINDO, Pepro and F. 8S. BLANTON: An annotated list of the Culex of Pan- ama. (Diptera; Culicidae) 2. ee ee GURNEY, A. B.: talk by 187 75 201 244 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 lil Gurney, A. B.: Notes on the Cuban cockroach, Panchlora nivea (L.) (Or- fhopteray ciskvtpiaae)) ye east se Cie PN rath CSUN ME Were een oo Lang 285 IRINRIGH -CARi: Obituary of) 22. se 8 NEM Sobpet ANREEy Shan Bog Seg UO ere ps wires BAD Tarot ae Se Ee eel Coal of gpa eae dls on emr peat Vee ee PE oh eA oe tae 312 HooGstTRAAL, HARRY: seé KiNG, WILLARD V. Houeu, W. S.: see Dury, S. R. Howpen, H. F.: Some new species and records of North American Scara- herdac «a (Goledptera nigel cileee Ss utre ee Ie a ee ee Dales 257 JAMES, M. T.: A new sareophagid parasite of Nomia bees (Diptera) _.._ 283 Jones, J. C.: Notes on a unispiraculate Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say larva (imitans « (Cub cIdae i. st ss suet a a oe he ath See Fk a eee 281 KinG, WILLARD V. and HArry HoocsTrRAAL: Three new species of New Guinea Culex, subgenus Lophoceraomyia, with notes on other species (Diptera, COU CL eves) see aS ale ee ee Se Seng Lave Pe Pll ad EE Sea Dia app Oe GN cae Re 1 Komp, W. H. W.: Notes on Haemagogus iridicolor Dyar (Diptera, Culicidae) 29 ——_—_—_—_——-; Notes on the larva Haemagogus janthinomys Dyar (Diptera, Oh pan each che eee a sae sa UR NE Ne UN AUT he ody Ee gee 137 : The occurrence of Haemagogus Roswell in Panama (Diptera, pueze), BNA Fie nn AOI et lr Ns ee et SRG) ee ie ee, go ino 181 : Notes on the larva of Haemagogus ponarchys Dyar (Diptera, Gullicidae) Ma WEAR NN), Sette nik le eee, (oni OF CAL SH Waele Te Sic sie ne LOO 237 —______—; The taxonomie status of Haemagogus janthinomys Dyar (Dip- Henalem OUGTO AG) yes ae ese ea PU RN 2 el a hs PEM gt ee 3 TR 277 KROMBHIN, K. V.: Some notes on the wasps of Kill Devil Hills, North Caro- jamal 5 4en Cheyymeniop tena, ACC] exybey) peste es ees ye oe Dee a So he 145 LANE, J. and O. R. Causey: Additional data on Sabethini (Diptera, Culici- dae) ZEON nr cS Sta AP at ea ANY EROS Ne SN Ue Ror COWL Nae AU Rema ete US OS CASI Sots LRT jal Les, R. D. and R. E. RYCKMAN: First precise locality record of Hespero- cimex coloradensis List from Mexico (Hemiptera, Cimicidae) — 164 MALDONADO CAPRILES, J: Cryptotylus stonei, a new tabanid from Venezuela (Diptera, Tabanidae) SGN Bis atten il ig Zh PA RE Ye Oe a at 189 MARAT DP aCHARTENS, IuEsiTER : “Obituary Of 2:2 8 eee es es 37 McAtTEn, W. L.: Note on filter flies (Diptera. Psychodidae) 196 McConne.L, H. 8.: A redeseription of Aclerda ischaemi Ramakrishna and the ’ description of a new African Aclerda (Homoptera, Coccoidea) — 165 DE MErILLon, B. and W. W. WIRTH: A new species of Ceratopogon from South Aver com Dap beras, Culrerc ae), twas 2S alg ee aa ea ee ee MockrorD, H. L.: Studies on the reuterelline psocids (Psocoptera) 97 Moorn, THOMAS E.: A new species of Agnocoris from Illinois, and a synopsis of the genus in North America (Hemiptera, Miridae) LTD, MUESEBECK, C. F. W.: New reared Braconidae from Trinidad (Hymenoptera) 161 ———__—_——-: see SHANDS, W. A. et al. Newson, G. H.: A revision of the genus Dendrocoris and its generic relation- ships (Hemiptera, Pentatomidae) —__ PaRFIN, SopHy: Additional records for Brachypanorpa carolinensis (Banks) 204 PIENKOWSKY, R. L.: see Craig, G. B. Roserts, F. S.: see SHANDS, W. A. et al. Rockwoop, LAWRENCE PECK: Obituary of — ee ee Le RR ee: 310 RYCKMAN, R. E.: see Lun, R. D. RAM RemCe ee balllke iDiyy ce: Owes Te SAsscrr, ERNEST RALPH: Obituary of SELANDER, R. B.: see BOHART, G. E. SHANDS, W. A., G. W. Simpson, F. S. Roperts and C. F. W. MUESEBECK: Parasites of potato-infesting aphids and of some other aphids in Maine 131 Simpson, G. W.: see SHANDS, W. A. et al. SUN CMON) Newmar Mee O) itary Os: fac ell nt eer es ee ee 92 Smiru, F. F.: see R. A. FULTON. es ea iv PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 Smiru, M. R.: Ants of the genus Pheidole, subgenus Hendecapheidole (Hymenopetra, | Formicidae: hoe ee a ee nr ald ey ee : The correct taxonomic status of Pheidole (Pheidolacan- thinus) brevispinosa Donisthorpe (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) — Snypur, THomAs E.: A new fossil termite, Parastylotermes frazieri, from California i@isoptera;, Rhinotermitidae) = 2 == eee ee Anoplotermes brucei, new species, from Bolivia (Isoptera, Morera ta ae): eleanor e ee oe Sotters, Henen: Ixodes dentatus (Marks) collected from man (Acarina, Vex citcheve))\. ote a ee eee SE ee ee, Se ee RDC ERORIGID, Clie Are OTE 2 Diy, tase a ae Sa Fo Se ROMPSON, (C2 G.sand=Se Re Dik yay talk Py, ee eo ee THURMAN, Deep C., Jr.: Culex (Culiciomyia) termi, an unusual new mos- aiuto) ieoyan Meee wena (OD ytoyendaly (Ohilb(ense ya) si Trpperrs, Tep: A new nasal mite from a Korean woodpecker (Acarina, EN rdenim op tid ae ys ees Py Ss eal ne Se eg es ee Topp, E. L.: The recognition of species of Dichordophora Prout (Lepidoptera, ABLE OINELTIC AG) ger ee Ly Fe ee wre ed oo i eR ra aol, Eau ALO WSNSS SE HINT a Vs) Ge oy ys ey ee en Woo.Liey, T. H.: A redescription of Nothrus quadripilus Ewing and its rela- tionships to other species of the genus (Acarina, Oribatei, Camasiidae) YounG, Davin A.: Notes on the genus Huscelidius Ribaut in the "United States (Homoptera, Cicadellidae) BLE le oath ie Ce A nN a WELD, L. H.: A new genus and species of North American Cynipoidea divmienoptera)» 252 ye WiuuiAMs, R. L.: Two new speices of Culicoides from Cheboygan County, Michican’ (Diptera, ebleleid'ae)) 2 ser ese ee WirrH, W. W.: Report on a collection of biting midges of the genus Culi- coides from Guatemala, Diptera, Elieleidate psc. emer ae sr reenact : see DE MEILLON, B. 301 78 274 269 PROCEEDINGS BAcK VOLUMES AND SINGLE NUMBERS AVAILABLE VOL Sateeey leu) en EVO) WWD Om Lees ea eee at SB OL as FO eee Ae eae $2.00 TOPSM Malt OVS es ee ove Moe #2) pe Iie Way Saeetieee dh. Game le nae rene SAME 50 Wid S51 Uo eenpe Rerssvo Lurie yaar MIE ae ee ee 2a yh eg Py ee Eee 4.00 MOTs UU CNY a see ee ee Oe 8 RIN ato al Oar Beate 50 ios teil Gea pen VO lure eas eee rato USA Madea eal Es AG ae ele ci ee 4.00 jOYey gua bho \| ey dx cureaaaaeee NAL are Va SRM RE awe Le aeere ET Re pee tee een oe Hy ee pas 75 Note: No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 9 and No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 19 are available only AS complete volumes: wiker wolume: ea we Ne et eee 2.00 ComMpLEety Smuts, Vous. 1-56 (1884-1954, inclusive) —...... WE de iene NO (OO) Set Set Set Set Set Set Set SETS OF UNBOUND PAPERS—AT REDUCED RATES 1. Ten papers (totalling 50 pp.) on North American mites, by Banks $1.25 2. Mosquitoes, nearly all by Dyar or Knab, about 21 papers (totalling CO} OVA 0) oes) Sadie esate oa aan a a aga ot 9 Aa MPs Ae A Da MLE, Le Cal aE 75 3. ‘*A Catalogue of Aquatic and Semi-Aquatic Hemiptera,’’ 42 pp., byekarkaldy andi ll ore uenO: == = eae le ee See 65 4. Coleoptera, about 57 papers (about 300 pp.), mostly by Schwartz, Isher anh er gan ie Tenee ss we eee I Ee ie ee Dake) 5. Diptera, about 70 papers (about 350 pp.), mostly by Knab, Malloch, Walton, Banks, H. E. Smith and Townsend; no papers on mos- CRUTLOES MIN Cle dtetee a. ees Tae NA Pre WER TNE a et eee eee tee AD GaeAshimeademibliographys SOkp peso ek ee ea Lay: £ 40 7. ‘‘Horismology of the Hymenopterous Wing,’’ 56 pp., by Rohwer THOUS UG 2 SCT aie te Ari oe Sa eh FS 2 I TE Se rea EE CLE 40 SPECIAL. Entire 7 sets for only $7.50. ACTUAL DATES OF PUBLICATION, VOL. 57 Number Pages Date, 1955 il 1- 48 February 28 2 49- 96 May 16 3 97-144 July 8 4 145-208 August 16 5 209-256 November 9 257-314 December 22 =r) A Salute to Research In pioneering and attaining leadership in the manu- facture of pyrethrum and the processing of allethrin, McLaughlin Gormley King has relied heavily on research. For example, the efficiency of allethrin and pyrethrum has been synergistically improved with research de- veloped formulae. This is but one of many excellent results ... others are on the way. Research is an integral part of our business. We salute those who so capably contribute so much to our industry. McLAUGHLIN GORMLEY KING COMPANY 1715 S.E. Fifth Street * Minneapolis, Minnesota THERE’S AN Eston Insecticide for every farm need... ALKRON® ESTONMITE® MALAPHOS{ ALDRIN & DIELDRIN parathion formulations miticide-ovicide malathon formulations liquid and dry formulations ARATRON{ ESTONATE® METHYL BROMIDE TUMBLE-WEED{ new miticide containing 50% DDT liquids and space fumigant non-selective herbicides aramite powders TETRON® BROMOFUME® ESTONOX+ TEPP formulations +Trade Mark A.P.&C.C. EDB soil fumigants toxophene formulations SALES REPRESENTATIVES IN ALL MAJOR AGRICULTURAL AREAS American Potash & Chemical Corporation PxTRONA - ESTON CHEMICALS DIVISION Sn EES 3100 EAST 26TH STREET, LOS ANGELES 23, CALIFORNIA =) EBRUARY 1955 rv Long VOL, 57, NO. 1 PROCEEDINGS of the -NTOMOLUGICAL SOLIETY « WASHINGTON men,.._U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM ( MAR 14 1955, } \ I ae BIMONTHLY \, S J fpoar oA I ORAN t 3 DIV. ING, CONTENTS 1S. NAThe, MUS BURKS, B. D.—A REDEFINITION OF THE GENUS ZATRO- PIS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES (HYMENOPTERA, PTEROMALIDAE) _.- CS DARSIE, RICHARD F., JR.—_NOTES ON AMERICAN MOS- QUITO PUPAE, I. DESCRIPTION OF AEDES RIPARIUS AND AEDES PIONIPS (DIPTERA, CULCIDAE) -__ ha aaa KING, WILLARD V. AND HARRY HOOGSTRAAL—THREE NEW SPECIES OF NEW GUINEA CULEX, SUBGENUS LOPHOCERAOMYIA, WITH NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES CPD a rity On Lata) 1 KOMP, WILLIAM H. W.—NOTES ON HAEMAGOGUS IRIDI- COLOR DYAR (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) __.-__-_...-.-_-..._ 29 LANE, J. AND O. BR. CAUSEY—ADDITIONAL DATA ON SABETHINI (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) _—___-__..___ ET 8 | THURMAN, DEED C., JR.—_CULEX (CULICIOMYIA) TERMI, AN UNUSUAL NEW MOSQUITO FROM THAILAND (DIP- TERA, CULICIDAE) ___-___ LLG EO ek eee ane ae ks a | OBITUARY—CHARLES LESTER MARLATT (1863-1954) __. 2 EE oO fl A SR Ee On SUN SERN i OCOD RS NECN Nets.? Sonnet SOCIETY MEETING—OCTOBER, 1954 = = Ss SOCIETY MEETING—NOVEMBER, 1954 && SS THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED Marcy 12, 1884 The regular meetings of the Society are held in the U. 8. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, in- elusive, at 8 P.M. Annual dues for members are $4.00, initiation fee $1.00 (U. 8. curren- cy). Members are entitled to the Proceedings, and manuscripts sub- mitted by them are given precedence over any submitted by non-members. OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1955 Honorary President __.___+_-——s—OFsssCefFsFsFssSCSéC) Dian io) tf 4-8 (6) M 6-11 (2) 5-13 (7) 9 1 (1) Ss 1-2-0 (1) pies a 8) VI dy PEM PD) nee tata Op B 2 (2) U eal) al (1) C PESO (3) tT E USA (GL) B ie tay ee ay ys ce a C 5-20 (6) Pela (((6})) 4 13. (2) CG 120) SG) il (1) 6 2-5 (2) 1b ea iy delice ec. 2-4 (?%) 8 1 (1) 1 DE Ava) Ge C2) 9 1 (1) 2 cles al) eB, ly) vil 3 4-8 (4) pif (RS pe 12 (2) 4 6-10 (6) 5-14 (8) Saeed t Wek bey you nati er 1 (1) B 1-2 (2) C 1WeSz 1b) III 5a A=Oy eC) B UB GD) 13) (@) 2 IER aly) C Bab) 3-9 . (4) 4 PARKS) D Dearne) 1-5 2) 6 ocak (81) 1 eR (BY) fea C3) 9 1 (1) 2 4-9 (?%) 2-8 (5,6) VIII 4 3-10 (4) 2-9 (3,4) A 4-8-2) 6 4-6 (4) 3-8 Cy) PAY a Oem (ly) 7 Geille (7/9) Bale) ’ Paddle 9 1 (1) at eel) x ib Gl), TABLE—COMPARISON OF SETAL BRANCHING (Limits of variation are followed in parentheses by the modes) pionips 1-3 (2) (3) (2) (2) (2) (7) (3) (3) (1) (2) (2) (1) (1) (6) (3) (4) (6) (1) (2) (2) (1) (1) (4) (2) (4) (1) (1) (2) (2) (2) (7) (2) (3) (4) (1) (6) (2) (1) ee o PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 29 REFERENCES Curtis, L. Colin, 1953. Observations on mosquitoes at Whitehorse, Yukon Territory (Culicidae: Diptera). Can. Ent. 85: 353-370. Darsie, Richard F., Jr., 1951. Pupae of the culicine mosquitoes of the Northeastern United States (Diptera, Culicidae, Culicini). Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 304, 67 p. ; Matheson, Robert, 1944. Handbook of the mosquitoes of North Amer- ica. Ithaca, N. Y., Comstock Publishing Co., Inc., 314 p. Mitchell, Evelyn G., 1907. Mosquito Life. New York, G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 281 p. Vockeroth, J. R., 1952. The specific status of Aedes pionips Dyar (Dip- tera: Culicidae). Can. Ent. 84: 243-247. NOTES ON HAEMAGOGUS IRIDICOLOR DYAR (DipTERA, CULICIDAE) By WituiAm H. W. Komp, Laboratory of Tropical Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. Haemagogus tridicolor Dyar was described from males and females from Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica, collected by Pablo Schild, and from adults reared from larvae in bamboo- joints, collected in Alajuela and Maravilla, Costa Rica, by Anastasio Alfaro. Dyar (1921) states that the types are ‘‘two males,’’ the ‘‘paratypes, 8 males and 7 females, No. 24,332, U.S. Nat. Mus.’’ There is no date of collection on the labels on the type males or paratype males and females from Higuito. One of the two type males designated by Dyar has the terminalia mounted on a slide numbered 1468, and this specimen is hereby designated as the lectotype. Another male from Higuito, collected by Schild, has the terminalia on a slide numbered 1467, but the label does not state that it is one of the two males selected as types by Dyar. Additional material was collected in Alajuela and Maravilla, Costa Rica, by Alfaro in 1921. Males and females were reared from larvae, but the skins were not preserved. Dyar (1921) states: ‘‘The larva figured in the monograph as ‘Stegoconops lucifer’ (vol. 1, pl. 77, 1912) and described as ‘Haemagogus splen- dens’ (vol. iv, 866, 1917) probably belongs here [as wridi- color|. Mr. Knab brought living specimens from Costa Rica, from which he made his drawing. These came from Port Limon, but the adults are unfortunately all females.’’ No larval material collected by Knab in Port Limon can be found in the U. 8. N. M. collection. Dyar (1928) deseribed a larva as iaridicolor, but states: ‘““This larva from Port Limon, Costa Rica, from coconut- husks may not be correctly referred.’’ Probably the larva 30 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 described is one collected by Knab, which is referred to above. Two females in the U. S. N. M. from: Port Limon are labeled, ‘“See F. Knab’s Entom. Notes. No. 352 f, and 353 d,’’ but corresponding larval skins cannot be found. The writer found larvae’ in the water in bamboo stubs at Almirante, Bocas Province, Panama, in 1928 and 1931, from which males were reared. The larval skins have been lost, but two male terminalia preserved show that the species is iridicolor. In 1947, Dr. Pedro Galindo kindly sent the writer a series of authentic larval skins from Bocas del Toro, Bocas Province, Panama, most of which are in good condition. The following description of the larva is drawn up from these specimens. THe LARVA OF HAEMAGOGUS IRIDICOLOR Head rounded, somewhat wider than long. Antennae moderate, smooth, scarcely tapering; antennal hair single, inserted slightly beyond middle, extending to apex. Ante-antennal hair variable, usually a tuft of 3 elements. Dorsal anterior head-hairs double. Intermediate tufts long, multiple, about 12 hairs in each, their insertions set in a line anterior to and closer to the median line than the anterior hairs. Posterior head- hairs single, longer and more slender than the anterior hairs. Sutural hairs fine, single. Transsutural hairs fine, double. Integument of thorax and abdomen glabrous. Stellate hairs of thorax multiple, short, of about five elements. Lateral abdominal hairs double on segments 2 to 6, single on segment 7. Intermediate abdominal hairs short, fine, stellate, with 5 to 6 elements in each. Comb of eighth segment of 20 to 25 scales in a patch several rows deep; the larger scales about five times as long as wide, the apex blunt, widened and rounded, with long spinules on apex and well up the sides, the base slightly less than half the length of the scale. Siphon about twice as long as wide, slightly tapering. Pecten of 10 to 12 teeth, not quite reaching the middle of siphon, not closely followed by a tuft of 3 to 4 hairs. Pecten teeth gradually increasing in size from base of siphon towards tuft, the more distal teeth unusually long and sharp-pointed, . with a large basal tooth; the more proximal teeth often rudimentary. Anal segment slightly longer than’ wide, the saddle extending well down the sides, and covered with irregular rows of very fine spinules from curved bases. Postero-lateral border of saddle with fine spinules, some with a short median tooth, none large. Lateral saddle-hair usually with two or three elements. Caudal hairs a long single outer hair, and an inner hair of about six elements, half the length of the single hair, on each side. Ventral brush of about nine tufts, sometimes one. or two preceding the barred area; a triangular chitinized area is on each side of the barred area. Anal gills short, rounded, the, ventral pair shorter than the dorsal pair. “ PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 31 One larva had the antennal hair double on each side, and another had one of the dorsal anterior head-hairs, which are normally double, fused at the base distally to half its length. NOTES ON THE SPECIES In October 1951 the writer collected larvae and pupae from a hole in a tree stump about five feet from the ground, in a clearing at the edge of a forest near Arenal, San Carlos Province, Costa Rica. The adults reared from the larvae and pupae were H. iridicolor. Yellow fever had caused deaths in the vicinity of this collecting site in the immediate past. Be- cause of its distribution in northwestern Panama and in Costa Rica, in areas where jungle yellow fever had occurred during the past few years, H. iridicolor may be a vector of this disease. REFERENCES Dyar, H. G., 1921. The genus Haemagogus Williston. Ins. Ins. Mens., 9:101-114. .. 1928. The mosquitoes of the Americas. Carnegie Institu- tion of Washington, Publ. 387. A REDEFINITION OF THE GENUS ZATROPIS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES (HYMENOPTERA, PTEROMALIDAE) By B. D. Burks, Entomology Research Branch, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Dr. W. V. Balduf of the University of Illinois has for several years been rearing the insects associated with the hips of wild roses. In this work he has secured many specimens of an undescribed species of the genus Zatropis. He has requested that this species be described so that its name will be available for use in his publications on the biologies of rose-hip insects. Accordingly, it is herewith described, along with two other species that have remained unnamed for sey- eral years in the U. S. National Museum eollection. A re- definition of the genus Zatropis itself and the transfer of one species from another genus to Zatropis are also included in this paper. 32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 Genus Zatropis Crawford Zatropis Crawford, 1908, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 9: 159. Kurdjumovy, 1913, Rev. Russe d’Ent. (Ent. Obozr.) 13:6. Girault, 1916, Ent. News 27:408. Crawford, 1921, Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 23:171. Gahan and Fagan, 1923, U. S. Natl. Mus. Bul. 124, p. 155. Peck in Muesebeck and others, 1951, U. S. Dept. Agr. Monog. 2, p. 558. Type: Zatropis catalpae Crawford; monobasic. Generic description.—Each mandible with 4 teeth, ventral tooth long, slender, and acute at tip, 2 intermediate teeth shorter and rather blunt at apices, dorsal tooth truncate, broad, and slightly shorter than inter- mediate teeth; genae at bases of mandibles slightly flattened, but not excavated; antenna with 3 ring segments and 5 funicle segments, club not pointed at apex; fore wing with marginal vein relatively slender, an asetose area behind marginal vein on dorsal side, and, on ventral side of wing, 1 or 2 rows of bristles parallel with marginal vein; para- psidal grooves of praescutum incomplete; hind tibia with one apical spur; propodeum with median carina, lateral folds, and without neck or with an obscure one; gaster sessile, narrower than thorax, and longer. than head and thorax combined. This genus, like the others in the tribe Pteromalini, is characterized from the females only. Girault (1916) was of the opinion that Zatropis was a syno- nym of the genus Neocatolaccus Ashmead. That clearly is not true, as the two have been correctly referred to different tribes of the Pteromalinae (see Peck, 1951). Zatropis, having 1 apical spur on each hind tibia, is placed in the Pteromalini, while Neocatolaccus, having 2 apical spurs on each hind tibia, is referred to the Metastenini. The species of Zatropis are all, so far as is known, primary parasites. They attack the larvae of weevils, bruchids, or gall- making cecidomyiids, except for tortricidis Crawford, which parasitizes Microlepidoptera belonging to several families. Zatropis rosaecolis, new species Female.—Length 2.0-4.0 mm. Head and body black with faint blue- green or blue metallic coloration visible from oblique angles; antennal seape yellow or tan, shading to dark brown at apex, flagellum very dark brown or black; tegulae and wing veins light brown; coxae black, femora very dark brown with apices yellow, each tibia yellow at base and apex, shaded with brown in the middle. Face clothed with numerous short hairs; mesal side of apical half of each antennal scape clothed with numerous short, silvery hairs, antennae inserted slightly below center of face; relative lengths of parts of ‘an- tenna: scape 48, pedicel 15, ring segments 2, 3, 4, funicle segments 14, 12, 12, 10, 10, club 26; height of compound eye twice as great as _ Se PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL..57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 33 width of malar space; median length of head from dorsal aspect one- third as great as maximum width of head; postocellar line one and one- fourth times as long as ocellocular. Thoracic dorsum with a few scattered, golden-yellow hairs; mesepi- meral ridge with a single row of short hair; each hind coxa bearing 6 to 8 long setae on the dorso-mesal margin; pronotum the same length at dorsal meson as at dorso-lateral margins; mesoscutum twice as wide as long, and equal in length to mesoscutellum; 2 slightly irregular rows of bristles on ventral side of fore wing behind marginal vein, sub- marginal vein twice as long as marginal, stigmal one-half as long as marginal; postmarginal slightly shorter than marginal. Propodeum with continuous lateral folds, area between folds strongly shagreened, small neck present at apex of propodeum, median carina slightly irregular, a pair of oblique carinae extending from middle of median carina to mid point of either lateral fold; a deep pit situated at anterior end of each lateral fold and another just posterior to point where oblique carina intersects lateral fold; spiracle elongate-oval, separated from anterior propodeal margin by a space one-half as great as length of spiracle itself; 8 to 10 long hairs present at either lateral margin of propodeum; gaster with first 3 segments emarginate at meson of posterior margin, apical 4 segments bearing short setae dorsally, all gastral segments bearing dorsolateral patches of setae; gaster one and one-quarter times as long as head and thorax combined. Male.—Length 1.5-2.0 mm. Color of head and thorax black without metallic sheen, gaster dark brown, basal segment with faint blue or blue-green metallic luster; antenna entirely black or very dark brown, only 2 ring segments present; relative proportions of parts of antenna: seape 30, pedicel 10, ring segments 1, 1, funicle segments 7, 8, 8, 8, 8,.8, club 22; apical six segments of gaster setose, gaster slightly shorter than head and thorax combined. Type locality—Urbana, II. Types.—U. S. N. M. No. 61977. Described from 33 2 and 34 specimens, all reared by Dr. W. V. Balduf from wild rose hips: holotype ¢, allotype -é,and 5 2 and 1 ¢ paratypes, Urbana, Illinois, Aug. 18, 1947-July 27, 1948, from Rosa carolina; 1 2 paratype, Ur- bana, Ill., May 28, 1943, from Rosa rugosa; 1 2 paratype, Velma, Illinois, June 29, 1948, from Rosa carolina villosa; 1 2 paratype, Taylorville, Ill., June 24, 1946, from Rosa rugosa; 1 2 paratype, Onarga, Ill., June 26, 1945, from Rosa rugosa;1 ¢ and1 2 paratypes, Mayview, Ill., June 27, 1949, from Rosa carolina; 10 2 and 1 ¢ paratypes, San Jose, IIL, Aug. 1-Sept. 11, 1951, from Rosa carolina; 1 2 paratype, Philo, Tll., Sept. 9, 1948, from Rosa carolina; 1 2 paratype, Madison, Wise., July 2, 1947, from Rosa arkansana; 9 Q paratypes, Chetek, Wisc., Sept. 19, 1948-Sept. 20, 1951, from 34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 Rosa blanda or carolina; 1 2 paratype, Solon Springs, Wise., June 13, 1947, from Rosa sp.;4 8 paratypes, U. 8S. Rt. 61 at Pike Lake Rd., Minn., Aug. 27, 1947, from Rosa acicularis bourgeawiana. Host—This species is a primary external parasite of the larva of the rose curculio, Rhynchites bicolor (Fab.), which develops in rose hips. This information was furnished in correspondence by Dr. Balduf. This species differs from all other North American species of Zatropis in having the face clothed with simple hair, rather than flattened hair as in bruchivorus (Ashmead), or spatulate-acuminate scales as in nigroaeneus (Ashmead). Z rosae is also the only North American species of the genus which has 2 rows of bristles behind the marginal vein on the underside of the forewing. Zatropis chalcis, new species Female.—Length, 1.5-2.2 mm. Head coppery-red or bronze colored, shading to metallic green on the vertex and eye margins; antennal scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum tan; thorax coppery-red dorsally with a suggestion of metallic green along sutures; wing veins yellow; all coxae brown with faint metallic green iridescence, legs otherwise yellow; propodeum dark bronze-brown; gaster brown with faint bronzy irides- cence; silvery hairs and scales clothing head, body and legs. Head clothed with spatulate-acuminate scales; antennae inserted im center of face; relative lengths of parts of antenna: scape 44, pedicel 14, ring segments 2, 2, 3, funicle segments 10, 10, 10, 9, 9, club 24; height of compound eye slightly more than twice as great as width of malar space; occiput excavated and relatively narrow, lateral ocelli almost touching occipital margin and median length of head only one- fourth as great as width of head; postocellar line two and three-fourths times as long as ocellocular. Thoracic dorsum clothed with spatulate-acuminate scales, and a closely set row of these scales borne on mesepimeral ridge, with a tuft of these scales just ventral to tegula; coxae with sparse, long hair; pronotum at meson one-eighth as long as mesoscutum, the latter one and one-fifth times as long as mesoscutellum, mesoscutum one and three-fourth times as wide as long; marginal vein of fore wing twice as long as post- marginal, two and one-half times as long as stigmal, and three-fourths as long as submarginal; a single row of four to six bristles on ventral side of fore wing behind marginal vein. Surface of propodeum between lateral folds shagreened, median length of propodeum one-third as great as length of mesoscutellum, median propodeal carina strong, lateral folds complete and arcuate, six to eight scale-like hairs at either posterolateral angle of propodeum; propodeum entirely without neck; gaster clothed laterally with slightly flattened hairs and as long as head and thorax combined. eee PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 35 Male.—Length, 1.2-1.8 mm. Thoracic dorsum almost black, coppery- red color very faint, gaster with a vague yellow spot near base, color otherwise as in female; gaster two-thirds as long. as head and thorax combined. Type locality—Miami, Florida. Types—U. 8. N. M. No. 62304. Described from 32 @ and 14 ¢@ specimens as follows: holo- type @, allotype ¢, and 11 2 and 4 ¢ paratypes, reared from cotton bolls, Dee. 5, 1932, C. F. Rainwater; 1 2 para- type, Flagler Co., Fla., Dec. 28, 1929, taken in Florida Fruit Fly Survey, D. B. Webb; 13 2 and 6 ¢ paratypes, Long Key, Fla., reared from cotton blossoms, Oct. 1, 1932, C. F. Rainwater; 1 ? paratype, Key Largo, Fla., reared from wild cotton boll, May 8, 1933, C. F. Rainwater; 1 @ paratype, Grassy Key, Fla., Dec. 30, 1932, reared from wild cotton boll, C. F. Rainwater, 2 ¢ paratypes, Miami, Fla., Dec. 12, 1932, reared from cotton bolls, C. F. Rainwater; 1 @ paratype, Key West, Fla., Dec. 29, 1952, H. V. Weems; 1 @ paratype, Summerville, S. Car., July 1921, ex Anthonomus grandis, C. B. Nickels; 1 2 paratype, Dunedin, Fla., Apr. 18, 1930, L. J. Bottimer. Hosts—This species is said to be a parasite of the cotton boll weevil, Anthonomus grandis Boh., and it might also parasitize the wild cotton boll weevil, A. thurberiae Pierce. Mr. Rainwater, however, was of the opinion that it was para- sitic on the cotton flower bud maggot, Contarinia gossypu Felt, when he reared the specimens which are listed above from Miami, Florida, and the Florida Keys. This species closely resembles nigroaeneus (Ashmead) having the head and thoracic notum clothed with spatulate- acuminate scales and the first funicle segment as long as wide ; the thoracic notum of chalcis, however, is coppery-red in color, rather than black as in nigroaeneus, and the propodeum of chalcis entirely lacks an apical neck, ave nigroaeneus has a small one. Zatropis capitis, new species Female.—Length 1.2-2.0 mm. Head dark metallic green, antennae light brown, scapes yellow at bases; thorax black with faint iridescent green luster, legs mostly red-brown, light tan at apices of femora, bases and apices of tibiae, and on basal four segments of each tarsus, tegulae and wing veins yellow-brown; propodeum dark metallic green, gaster red-brown with faint metallic green or blue sheen. Face clothed with short, very inconspicuous, silvery hair; antennae inserted slightly below center of face, relative lengths of parts of an- tenna: scape 40, pedicel 14, ring segments 1.5, 1.5. 2, funicle segments 36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 6, 8, 8, 8, 8, club 24; width of malar space one-half as great as height of compound eye; occiput only slightly excavated—median length of head one-third as great as its width, lateral ocellus located more than its diameter forward of occipital margin; postocellar line two and one-half times as long as ocellocular. Thoracic dorsum with a few, scattered, golden-yellow hairs, mesepi- meral ridge bearing 3 or 4 hairs, hind coxa bearing 5 to 7 long hairs on its inner dorsal angle and having one row of shorter hairs along outer dorsal margin; pronotum two-thirds as long on meson as at lateral margins; scutum almost twice as long, scutellum as long as scutum; marginal vein of fore wing three-fifths as long as submarginal, stigmal vein slightly more than one-half as long as marginal; postmarginal vein five-sixths as long as marginal; a single, slightly irregular row of bristles on ventral side of wing behind marginal vein, this row com- posed of 10-12 bristles. Surface of propodeum between lateral folds faintly sculptured, almost smooth, median length of propodeum two-fifths as great as length of scutellum, median carina strong, lateral folds complete, arcuate, a deep pit at posterior end of each, and a depression at anterior end of each fold; spiracle almost touching anterior margin of propodeum, a tuft of long hair at each lateral margin of propodeum; gaster clothed later- ally with short, inconspicuous hair, gaster one and one-third times as long as head and thorax combined. Male.—Length 1.2-1.8 mm. Head and thorax bright, metallic green, antennae tan with base of scape and apex of pedicel yellow; row of bristles on ventral side of wing behind marginal vein composed of 6 to 8 bristles; gaster slightly shorter than head and thorax combined. Variation.—The smallest specimens of this species have the first funicle segment of the antenna proportionately shorter than it is in the largest specimens. Type locality—Reno, Nevada. Types —U. 8S. N. M. No. 62305. Described from 17 2 and 12 8 specimens as follows: Holo- type @, allotype ¢, and 8 9 and 11 ¢ paratypes reared from undetermined galls on Chrysothamnus, 1936-1937, Ira La Rivers; 2 2 paratypes, Ft. Duchesne, Utah, May 6, 1933, collected on Chrysothamnus, G. F. Knowlton; 3 2 paratypes, Tamalpias, Calif., Dec. 1927, from cecidomyiid gall on Bac- charis pilularis; 3 Q paratypes, Crater Lake National Park, Oreg., Aug. 4-Sept. 1, 19380, H. A. Scullen. Hosts.—This species may be parasitic on species of Rhopa- lomyia, cecidomyiid gall makers on Chrysothamnus and Bac- charis. Z. capitis agrees with Z. incertus (Ashmead) and bruchi- vorus in having the head and thoracic notum clothed with flattened hair, rather than simple hair or scales; capitis, how- ee a ee ee PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 37 ever, has the lateral propodeal folds complete, rather than be- ing interrupted in the middle as in incertus and bruchivorus. Zatropis albiclavus (Girault), new combination Eurydinoteloides albiclavus Girault, 1917, Chale. Nov. Mariland., pt. 3, p. 5. Peck in Muesebeck and others, 1951, U. S. Dept. Agr. Monog. 2, p. 566 (albiclava). Type.—vU. S. N. M. No. 21465. This species is known from New York, Maryland, and Ohio; it has been reared from the gall of an undetermined midge. CHARLES LESTER MARLATT 1863-1954 On the morning of March 3, 1954, Dr. Marlatt, the last of the Society’s ‘‘Old Guard,’’ passed on after a long, useful and adventurous career. The part that he played in the de- velopment of economic entomology and plant quarantine in this country will remain as a lasting monument to his force- ful character. 38 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 C. L. Marlatt was born in Atchison, Kansas on September 26, 1863. He graduated from Kansas State College, Manhat- tan, Kansas (originally chartered as Bluemont College in 1858 by a group of pioneers of whom his father was one) with the degree of B.S. in 1884. Two years later he received his M.S. from the same institution where it was his good for- tune to come under the tutelage of Prof. EK. A. Popenoe. Kan- sas State College granted him the Se.D. degree in 1922. In 1887 he was made Associate Entomologist of Kansas State College and it was while he was serving in this capacity, un- der Professor Popenoe, that Dr. C. V. Riley, Chief of the Division of Entomology, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, learned of his skill as an insect delineator. So impressed was Dr. Riley by Dr. Marlatt’s work that he brought him to Washington in January 1889 to serve as Assistant Entomolo- gist and artist. Fortunately for entomology, at about the same time Miss Lily Sullivan, another outstanding entomologi- eal artist, was employed. She made many of the excellent illustrations which appeared in the early bulletins of the Division. Her employment made it possible for this versatile young man to concentrate on insecticides and equipment for their application, rather than devoting his time to drawing insects. Rarely in the early days of professional entomology in this country did workers confine their interests to a single group or family of insects; Dr. Marlatt was no exception. Thus we find that during the first fifteen years of his official life he published papers on insect oviposition, morphology, life his- tory, hibernation and control, and descriptions of a number of new species of sawflies. In the meantime (1894) he was made First Assistant Entomologist and Assistant Chief of the Divi- sion (the Division was made a Bureau in 1904). He held this position until 1925 when he was promoted to Associate Chief. When Dr. Howard retired in 1927 Dr. Marlatt became Chief of the Bureau, adding this responsibility to his already heavy load as Chief of the Plant Quarantine and Control Administration. After serving approximately two years in this dual capacity, at his request he was relieved of the re- sponsibility of the management of plant quarantine enforce- ment in order that he might devote full time to the adminis- tration of the Bureau of Entomology. He retired in 1933. Along with these numerous jobs he found a little time to delve into the taxonomic aspects of the Nematinae and the Coccidae. He laid the groundwork for the classification of the former, and in a paper published in 1892 he described some ninety odd new species of sawflies which attack food plants over a wide range. The advent of the San Jose scale into the PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 39 East in the nineties greatly stimulated an interest in the Coccids of the United States and resulted in the accumula- tion of an outstanding collection of this family in the Bureau. Following a trip to southern California which revived his interest in scale insects in 1900 he assumed general charge of the National Collection of Coccidae. His methods of or- ganizing the great mass of coccid material which had been accumulated over a period of some twenty years brought or- der out of chaos. He devised a system of storing coccids on their hosts in pasteboard boxes of uniform depths and heights and a new system of housing slide material in manila jackets. Both boxes and jackets, after labeling, were filed in the man- ner of a card catalogue. These greatly increased the useful- ness and safety of the collection and resulted in a reduction of the time required in consulting material for comparative or identification purposes by approximately two-thirds. Fur- thermore, when it was learned of the care which surrounded the safeguarding of the National Collection, many of the eoccid workers of the several states turned over to the Bureau for safekeeping their type or cotype material. Likewise, some foreign types were made available for study and considerable foreign material was donated to the Collection. His ideas re- garding coccid classification and the papers which he pub- lished in this field were definite advances, both in knowledge and in working standards in the group. The literature of economic entomology is replete with pa- pers by Dr. Marlatt on insecticides and their method of appli- eation. He also published on insects affecting the household (ineluding the woodwork of buildings), cattle, wheat, and shade, forest and subtropical trees. The periodical cicada received considerable attention from him, and he devised a new nomenclature for the broods of this insect. The San Jose seale, because of its destructive nature and wide distribution in this country after its introduction in the early 70’s, was the subject of a number of papers which he published from time to time. Largely at his own expense he made a trip to Japan and China in 1901-1902 in search of the native home of this insect pest which more than any other aroused the interest of fruit growers as to the need for adequate plant quarantine protection, both State and Federal. Information obtained on this trip established the fact that China was the native home of this scale insect and he suggested that it should be known as the Chinese seale. This common name, however, was not accepted since it had gone under the pseudonym of San Jose scale for too many years and was too well known by the layman under that name. He also discovered that the Asiatic ladybird beetle was holding this pest in check in 40 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 Japan and China. Taking into account the success which was experienced by introducing the Australian ladybird beetle into California to control the cottony-cushion scale, he forwarded several shipments of the Asiatic ladybird beetle to Washington. Unfortunately, most of the specimens suc- eumbed en route, or during their first winter in this country. Two individuals survived the first summer and the progeny from these beetles exceeded 5,000 in a relatively short time. The story of the incidents associated with this trip is enter- tainingly told in his book An Entomologist’s Quest, privately published in 1953. An event of great importance to the welfare and future of entomological work in the U. S. Department of Agriculture took place in 1902. In the absence of the Chief of the Divi- sion the preparation and submission of the Annual Report fell upon Dr. Marlatt, and in that report he submitted a plan of reorganization of the work on the basis of field crop investi- gations. This was accepted by the Secretary and the Appro- priation Committee of the Congress in the appropriation bill for 1904, which likewise approved the elevation of the Divi- sion to Bureau status. This in turn resulted in the establish- ment in the new Bureau of divisions and sections, an efficient and orderly organization of the work. This continued with- out interruption for fifty years. Beginning in 1897. several attempts were made to secure a Federal law to curb the flow of insects and plant diseases into the United States, but after a number of failures the idea became moribund. Fortunately for the country Dr. Marlatt with his characteristic courage would not accept defeat. When told that the bill was not accepted by Congress he replied, ‘“A new bill will be introduced tomorrow.’’ The battle was on in earnest and numerous hearings were held by the Legis- lative Committee. On one occasion the Chairman of that Committee commented that he did not fear the bill so much as he did the possibility that it might be administered by its proponent, and mentioned Dr. Marlatt by name. Dr. Marlatt replied that he would not be disposed to accept ‘‘... such a thankless and difficult position.’’? When the Plant Quaran- tine Act of August 20, 1912 was finally passed he received a wire while en route on the S. S. Lurline from Honolulu to San Francisco from Secretary James Wilson asking him to accept the Chairmanship of the Federal Horticultural Board. This was a fitting recognition of victory after his years of persistent effort to provide the country with a law which would make it possible to prohibit or regulate the entry of plants and plant products (as well as their interstate move- ment) when the occasion required. Fortunately for the coun- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 41 try, Dr. Marlatt reconsidered the statement he previously made before the Legislative Committee and accepted this onerous task. This was an entirely new undertaking without previous experience from which to draw. However, his sound- ness of judgment and honesty of purpose resulted, with the help of the other members of the Board, in the establishment of a quarantine service second to none. This, of course, was not accomplished without some opposition, particularly by many nurserymen who were accustomed to receiving foreign nursery stock without any restriction as to permit, inspec- tion, certification or treatment. The situation at times became quite tense and the purposes of the Act might well have been defeated had its enforcement been placed in the hands of one with less stamina or one without the courage of his convic- ’ tions. Name calling and misrepresentation in the early twen- ties regarding these matters were not infrequent, but this did not deter or intimidate him. Some years after retirement he was hailed on the streets of Nassau by a prominent American importer who had bitterly fought Nursery Stock, Plant, and Seed Quarantine No. 37. “*Hi!’’ he ealled, and coming up to shake his hand, remarked, ‘“When last we met you were Mussolini and I was Haille Selassie !’’ Noting the tact and judgment displayed by Dr. Marlatt in the administration of the plant quarantines under the pro- visions of the Plant Quarantine Act of 1912, the Secretary of Agriculture asked him to take on an additional assignment. Difficulty was being experienced in the drafting and adminis- tration of regulations governing the shooting of game under the migratory law of the Tracy Act. The controversy between the rabid Audubon enthusiasts, who objected to the shooting of all birds, and the hunters, who wanted to shoot certain birds, had waxed hot. Dr. Marlatt in his honest way advised the Secretary that he was not an ornithologist —that he ‘*. . didn’t know a reed bird from a snipe.’’ Even so, the Secretary’s desire prevailed with the understanding that the assignment would be a temporary one. After some months had elapsed Dr. Marlatt was called by the Head of the Audu- bon Society who told him, ‘‘For some time now, I have been watching your work and have concluded at least you mean to be honest!’’, emphasizing his words by pounding on the desk. Dr. Marlatt chuckled when he told his wife that after many years in Government service he was glad that at least honesty had been conceded him. Two eradication programs were successfully completed un- der his leadership, the Mediterranean fruit fly in Florida and the date scale in California. The eradication of the former 42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 species, which first appeared in Florida in 1929, was almost at the ‘‘sunset’’ of his exciting and useful career. He ac- cepted this challenge, determined that nothing short of eradi- cation should be the goal. Displaying his usual ability to select the right man to do the job in the field, he appointed Dr. Wilmon Newell, Plant Commissioner of the State Plant Board of Florida, who was in complete accord with the eradi- eation idea. These two made an unconquerable team and within 18 months from the date of its discovery the much feared pest was indeed eradicated from 1,022 properties in Florida, at a cost of seven and one-half million dollars. Had this program been led by men with less foresight and deter- mination than was shown by Drs. Marlatt and Newell, this pest might have remained with us as a permanent unwelcome guest. It is men of this caliber that make us proud of our © profession. Dr. Marlatt was the author of more than one hundred pub- lieations on entomological and plant quarantine subjects. To this number should be added one Annual Report of the Bu- reau of Entomology as Acting Chief and six as Chief. While connected with plant quarantine work he published seven- teen Annual Reports as Chairman of the Federal Horticul- tural Board and as Chief of the Plant Quarantine and Con- trol Administration. Dr. Marlatt was a fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and a member of the Entomo- logical Society of Washington, Kansas Academy of Science, American Association of Economic Entomologists, Cosmos Club, Chevy Chase and Burning Tree Golf Clubs, Gamma Sigma Delta, and Phi Kappa Phi. Dr. Marlatt took an active interest in the affairs of the Entomological Society of Washington and served in the vari- ous offices of the Society, being President in 1896 and 1897. In 1951 he was made Honorary President. As retiring Presi- dent he presented two noteworthy addresses, ‘‘A Brief His- torical Survey of the Science of Entomology with an Estimate of What Has Been and What Remains to be Accomplished’’? and ‘‘An Investigation of Applied Entomology in the Old World.’’? The soundness of his conclusions fifty-eight and fifty-nine years ago are indicative of his breadth of vision. In 1899 he served as President of the American Association — of Economie En» logists. As an admiz or and organizer he had no superior in the fields of € -sogy and plant quarantine. He was a 1Proc. Ent. Soe '’ash., TV (2) :83-120 (1897) “Proc. Ent. Sor » ash., IV (3) :265-291 (1899) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 43 firm believer in the choosing of personnel with care, but after discussing the work to be performed in a general way with the appointee, he then gave the worker wide latitude in the exercise of judgment. This promoted loyalty and intense in- terest in the work. Further, he had the ability and person- ality to bring the needs of entomological and plant quaran- tine work to his superiors and members of Congress. As a host he had few equals, whether on the golf course, at his clubs mentioned, on the train, at scientific meetings, or in his home. He had the faculty of making one comfortable when it was one’s good fortune to be with him and to hear his many interesting and amusing comments. The meetings of the Entomological Society of Washington in the early days of the Society at his home on Massachusetts Avenue, N. W. and later on 16th Street were delightful and stimulating events long to be remembered. His was an adventurous spirit. The following paragraph taken from a courageous letter received from Mrs. Marlatt shortly after his leaving describes our friend perfectly: ‘He told one of our daughters a short time ago that when he was free he was going to fly around the world and then maybe up to the moon. I am sure that somewhere he is off adventuring.’’ ERNEST N. Cory W. DoyLE REED BE. RALPH SASSCER, Chairman -EENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 638TH REGULAR MEETING, OCTOBER 7, 1954 The 638th regular meeting of the Society was called to order at 8:00 P.M., Thursday, October 7, 1954, in room 43 of the U. S. National Museum by President A. B. Gurney. Sixty members and 31 visitors were present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The following new members were elected: Dr. G. Kruseman, Zodlogisch Museum, Afd. Entomologie, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam (0), The Netherlands Robert E. Hamman, Shell Chemical Corporation, 1120 Shoreham Bldg., Washington 5, D. C. Dr. Flora E. Gorirossi, ¢/o Dr. Clyde Smith, Box 5215, State College Sta., Raleigh, N.C. Dr. Clarence G. Thompson, Entomology Research Branch, Agriculture Research Center, Beltsville, Md. E. A. Taylor, Entomology Research Branch, vulture Research Cen- ter, Beltsville, Md. Arthur Lindquist, Entomology Research B lant Industry Sta- tion, Beitsville, Md. Jean E. Mabry, 320th Preventive Medici '’ ch. (Control), Fort George G. Meade, Md. 44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 George B. Craig, Jr., Medical Laboratories, Army Chemical Center, Edgewood, Md. Wm. Richard Ballinger, Orkin Exterminating Co., Inc., 5804 Georgia Ave., N. W., Washington, D. C. President Gurney reported that he had named a committee to study the finances of the Society, consisting of Alan Stone, chairman, H. J. ~ Conkle, P. X. Peltier, and F. W. Poos. A committee to study improve- ment of the Proceedings consists of R. H. Foote, chairman, P. X. Pel- tier, and F. W. Poos. A committee to prepare an obituary for Miss Colcord was named; it consisted of Miss Hawes, chairman, Doris H. Blake, and J. L. Wade. J. I. Hambleton spoke briefly about Professor Herbert Osborn, whose death in September deprived the Society of its oldest Honorary Mem- ber. The committee to prepare Professor Osborn’s obituary is Mr. Hambleton, chairman, D. M. DeLong, G. 8S. Langford, F. W. Poos, and R. I. Sailer. C. W. Sabrosky reviewed ‘‘Composition of Scientific Words,’’ by R. W. Brown, citing this reference work as a useful addition to the en- tomologist’s library. Price G. Piquett showed motion pictures of cockroaches of eleven species, including the giant drummer, Blaberus giganteus (.), which are being reared for experimental purposes in the Pesticides Chemicals Research Section. Two members of the Entomclogy Research Branch spoke on the use of microorganisms in the control of insect pests. The first speaker was Dr. C. G. Thompson, who told of the use of entomogenous protozoa and viruses in control of insect pests. The few field tests performed with artificial dissemination of Protozoa to control insect pests have given rather disappointing results. Protozoa, particularly the Microsporidia, cause considerable insect mortality in nature, but the method of infee- tion and dissemination is not thoroughly understood. Many show high infectivity in laboratory tests and are often major problems in imsec- taries. The best known protozoan diseases of insects are the Nosema diseases of the silkworm and honey bee. Of the four types of viruses in- fecting insects, those characterized by the presence of polyhedral inclu- sions and those granular ‘‘capsule’’ inclusions appear to be the most important in the biological control of insects. These viruses are long- lived, resistant to desiccation, tolerant to almost any condition tolerated by the insect host, and, as a rule, are highly destructive to their hosts. As yet, they cannot be produced on any medium other than in living host tissues. A number of successful attempts to control important in-— sect pests by the artificial dissemination of polyhedrosis viruses have been performed. (Speaker’s abstract.) Dr. S. R. Dutky continued on the use of entomogenous bacteria, fungi, and nematodes. Milky disease has been a successful control for the Japanese beetle. T use of spore formers and viruses for the con- trol of other insects ff roduced a new interest and hope in the gen- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 45 eral application of this method. The entomogenous bacteria, fungi, and nematodes provide a multiplicity of forms from which to choose patho- gens well adapted to a given insect and its peculiar ecology. In con- trast to the viruses, these microorganisms are usually less host specific and will attack a number of different insects; a pathogen isolated from one species may be effective against other quite unrelated insects. The choice of a particular pathogen for use against a specific insect includes jn addition to its virulence toward the insect a consideration of how its requirements for infection and development fit the ecology of the insect. Other factors to be considered in the choice are its ease of propaga- tion, resistance to unfavorable conditions, longevity in storage, and rapidity of kill. No single factor can be the basis of choice. (Speaker’s abstract. ) In addition to F. P. Keen of the California Forest and Range Ex- periment Station at Berkeley, visitors included a large number of stu- dents of the University of Maryland. Wm. Ballinger, new member, was also introduced. The meeting adjourned at 10:10 P.M.—Ketuir O’NEILL, Recording Secretary. ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 639TH REGULAR MEETING, NOVEMBER 4, 1954 The 639th regular meeting of the Society was called to order at 8:00 P.M., Thursday, November 4, 1954, in Room 43 of the U. 8. Na- tional Museum by President A. B. Gurney. Forty-eight members and 30 visitors were present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The following new members were elected: Dr. R. G. Dahms, Cereal and Forage Insects Section, Entomology Re- search Branch, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. Albert S. Michael, Section of Beekeeping and Insect Pathology, Ento- mology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, Md. Henry Gray, 916 Shoreham Bldg., 15th and H St., NW, Washington 5, DC: Roger O. Drummond, Robert A. McIntyre, Jr., Gordon M. Clark, Ivan Huber and Hansell F. Cross, all of the Department of Zoology, Uni- versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. T. E. Snyder for the Nominating Committee presented a slate of nominations for offices to be filled at the Annual Meeting. (Note: Offi- cers for the year 1955 are presented on the inside front cover: Ed.) R. W. Sherman reported on the sale of tickets for the banquet ¢ele- brating 100 years of professional entomology, announcing that the toast- master was to be Dr. William Mann. President Gurney spoke of the death of Mr. Austin H. Clark, whose obituary will be prepared by a committee consisting of T. E. Snyder, Chairman, H. H. Shepard and J. F. G. Clarke. 46 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 Notes and exhibitions of specimens were presented by several mem- bers. E. N. Cory exhibited underwear presented to him by Roy Camp- bell; on one article more than 100 specimens of ants were pictured, and on the other, H. L. Dozier had identified over 100 species of insects from their illustrations. Demonstrating the depth of Japanese interest in insects, L. W. Teller, recently a visitor to Japan, showed diverse objects including a child’s insect cage, a metal container for paper triangles, a Japanese-style pinning block, and a manual of insects of unexcelled color lithography. Different aerotropic reactions of the stink bug, Euschistus ictericus (u.), were demonstrated by R. 1. Sailer. When Dr. Sailer fanned the bugs with ordinary paper they clung to their string bean host; when he breathed on them they quickly dropped from it. He suggested that bugs failing to drop promptly when breathed upon by a grazing animal might be eaten by it. Dr. Dietrich Bodenstein, insect physiologist at the Army Chemical Center, spoke on ‘‘Endocrine Mechanisms in Insect Morphogenesis.’’ Transplantation or extirpation of appropriate endocrine organs can cause premature or delayed metamorphosis. Intermediate creatures (partially adult individuals) can be produced by experimentally alter- ing the normal humoral balance of the hormones responsible for larval or adult characteristics. Eyen adult insects can be made to molt again if they are supplied with molting hormone, and these retain their imaginal characteristics. A balanced hormone system and the constant interaction of the endocrine glands with each other are very impor- tant physiological requirements for a normal animal. A _ specifically balaneed humoral system and the ability of the target material to re- spond to this system together determine the characteristic developmental response. (Speaker’s abstract.) Introductions included L. D. Newson, head of the Entomology De- partment, Louisiana Agricultural Experiment Station, Baton Rouge; Dr. P. N. Chatterjee, Indian Forest Research Institute, Dehra Dun, U.P., India; and Dr. José C. M. Carvalho, Museo Nacional, Quinta da Boa Vista, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Maryland and George Washington Universities were each represented by a number of visiting graduate students. The meeting adjourned at 9:45 P.M—KuLLin O’NEILL, Recording Secretary. BOOK NOTICE A MANUAL OF THE DRAGONFLIES OF NORTH AMERICA By JAMes G. NeEeDHAM and Minton J. WESTFALL, JR. xii + 615 pp., 341 text illustrations, 1 plate, index. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1954. $12.50. The information on the inside of the jacket best explains the purpose and scope of this new book: \ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 47 ‘This is an authoritative introduction to dragonflies. ‘¢The first part of the book deals with dragonfly adults and nymphs in general. The species are introduced and their life histories, body structures, haunts, breeding habits, and other characteristics described. Under the subheading ‘Field Studies,’ many practical tips about meth- ods and implements for collecting, preserving and studying dragonflies are offered. ‘‘The second part consists of a systematic classification of species. In the preparation of keys and tables much time and thought were given to the convenience of the user and the limitations of the beginner. ‘ American Potash & Chemical Corporation TRON. ESTON CHEMICALS DIVISION Sere crerrerer ta 3100 EAST 26TH STREET, LOS ANGELES 23, CALIFORNIA SU Se 48 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1955 It’s curious! Never stopping . always looking ahead .. . the scien- tists who say ‘‘it’s curious’’ are already searching out new paths to tomorrow’s knowl- edge. As quickly as new ideas are marketed and enveloped by industry and agriculture — scientists are shouldering new tasks discovering new chemicals... striving for even greater perfection. This never-ending curiosity has made possible such out- standing pesticides as aldrin, dieldrin, endrin and D-D®. And even before these chemi- cal developments hit their peak of production and ac- ceptance—Shell scientists had other developments underway which may soon be released for practical applications: Shell Chemical scientists are grateful for the opportunity to work hand in hand with those in industry and govern- ment agencies without whose tireless co-operation more efficient chemicals for the farmer would not be pos- sible. , SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION Agricultural Chemicals Division P. O. Box 1617, Denver |, Colorado Atlanta e \Houston e New York e San Francisco e St. Louis Jackson, Mississippi Pee Se Se ee eee ee ee = a EE —————————————————————————————————————EEes For complete, accurate, up-to-date information on PARATHION and MALATHION direct your inquiries to the developer of these important broad-spectrum insecticides... AMERICAN Cyanamid COM PANY ® Manufacturer of jop hos Parathion Technical and MALATHION Technical AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N.Y. SE RE LET a QUALITY INSECTICIDES QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY A “space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperony] Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for usé where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF TRAK MOTH SPRAY Gulf's residual-action surface spray. Contains 6% DDT, by weight, to provide sufficient residual deposit. GULF TRAK MOTH PROOFER BOMB An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULFSPRAY ROACH & ANT KILLER Drives roaches and ants from hiding; direct spray produces effective kill. Invisible film remains active for weeks or until removal. Contains 0.19% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. GULFSPRAY CONCENTRATE AEROSOL INSECTICIDE Especially for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, or handled; in power-driven compressed air sprayers. Formula consists of 0.95% Pyrethrins and 0.67% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with increased insect-killing power and im- proved repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% Piperony! Butoxide. | GULF OIL CORP. ¢ GULF REFINING CO. |] GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. EE ——— RIL 1955 “ers VOL. 57, NO. 2 PROCEEDINGS of the NTOMOLOGICAL SUCIETY « WASHINGTON USe U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY CONTENTS BURKS, B. D.—A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS HALTI- COPTERA (HYMENOPTERA, PTEROMALIDAE) ___—s‘ 81 DOZIER, B. K.—A NEW CHRYSOBOTHRIS FROM EASTERN RED CEDAR, JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA (COLEOPTHBRA, IR es er et a EMERSON, K. C.—LIPEURUS DOVEI McGREGOR, A SYNO- ) NYM OF LIPEURUS CAPONIS (LINNAEUS) (MALLO- | SE NS RMEILOPPRRIDAT) 0 GALINDO, PEDRO AND F. 8. BLANTON—AN ANNOTATED | LIST OF THE CULEX OF PANAMA (DIPTERA, CULI- ) Rae ascent, Aled Ihe Ea haa 3 ll | NELSON, GAYLE H.—A REVISION OF THE GENUS DEN- DROCORIS AND ITS GENERIC RELATIONSHIPS (HE- | MIPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE) ______———s—CS=i SY? | SNYDER, THOMAS E.—A NEW FOSSIL TERMITE, PARA- . STYLOTERMES FRAZIERI, FROM OALIFORNIA (ISOP- | ZEA, RHINOTERMITIDAE) __————— CC t—C(CsCsC(CsC‘CsS?F . YOUNG, DAVID A—NOTES ON THE GENUS EUSCELIDIUS | RIBAUT IN THE UNITED STATES (HOMOPTERA, CICA- se ERS SR De Peace Wh Sanat erd re eee Nae Ree ee BOOK REVIEWS AND NOTICES sinieietinnnasiegia Gly Tay OO OBITUARY—AUSTIN HOBART CLARK (1880-1954) _..----.—~2« 83 OBITUARY—MABEL COLCORD (1872-1954) ..---- ==-—s————«~ HB dikispewtinins Sky OO | SOCIETY MEETINGS THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED March 12, 1884 The regular meetings of the Society are held in the U. S. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month, from October to June, in- clusive, at 8 P.M. Annual dues for members are $4.00, initiation fee $1.00 (U. S. curren- cy). Members are entitled to the Proceedings, and manuscripts sub- mitted by them are given precedence over any submitted by non-members. PROCEEDINGS Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, D. C. Terms of Subscription: $4.50 per annum, both domestic and foreign, payable in advance (U. 8. currency). Remittances should be made payable to the Entomological Society of Washington. The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. Authors will be furnished copies of the number in which their articles appear at cost to the Society, or reprints of such articles, at the follow- ing rates, plus postage and insurance, provided a statement of the number desired accompanies the returned proofs. 2pp. 4pp. S8pp. 12pp. 16 pp. Covers 50 copies .___.___—._ 2.00 58.00 500 5.60 625 2m 100: copies . a 8.50): 3.80" 6.00) 7:20): Baa ee Additional copies per 100__ 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 8.15 1.50 These charges are for reprints with side stapling; saddle stapled re- prints (which will open flat) may be had at prices approximately 70% greater. Illustrations in excess of one full page line cut are to be paid for by the author. Immediate publication may be obtained at author’s ex- pense. All manuscripts should be sent to the Editor, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. SPECIAL NOTICE The Committee on Memoirs of tke Entomological Society of Washington announces that it will consider manuscripts for possible publication in the Memoir series. Members who have papers comparable in length and scope to previously published memoirs are invited to correspond with the Editor. It is hoped that Memoir No. 5 may be published in 1955. Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. O. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 57 APRIL 1955 NO. 2 A REVISION OF THE GENUS DENDROCORIS AND ITS GENERIC RELATIONSHIPS (HeMIPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE) 1,2 By GAyLEe H. Newson, College of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, Calif. The generic name Dendrocoris was proposed by Bergroth in 1891 for Liotropis Uhler, 1877, which was found to be preoccupied by Liotropis Fitzinger, 1843, in the Reptilia. The type of the genus Den- drocoris is humeralis (Uhler), 1877, the only originally included species in the genus Liotropis. The latest work on the genus is the key to the species by Torre-Bueno (1939). The position of Dendrocoris within the family Pentatomidae has been a matter of dispute. It was first regarded by Uhler (1886) as belonging to subfamily Asopinae. It was later placed in the subfamily Pentatominae near the Brazilian genus Lopadusa Stal by Bergroth (1891). Montandon (1893) concurred with this placement and Kirk- aldy (1909), in his systematic arrangement, placed Dendrocoris be- tween Lopadusa Stal and Bothrocoris Mayr. A eritical study of Den- drocoris and closely related genera has indicated that this systematic arrangement should be modified. Lopadusa differs from Dendrocoris in its extremely small and proportionately shorter head, much ele- vated bucculae which are shorter than the first rostral segment, as well as the form of the mesosternum which has a pronounced median keel and metasternum which is broadly elevated. In Dendrocoris the head is slightly broader than long, but not to the extent found in Lopadusa, and the first rostral segment is shorter than the bucculae. The mesosternum and metasternum, instead of being keeled or ele- vated, are depressed to the extent of having a shallow median groove. The genus Bothrocoris also has the raised meso- and metasternum and is closely allied with Lopadusa. These two genera apparently belong to a group within the tribe Pentatomini quite apart from that to which Dendrocoris belongs. The group to which Dendrocoris belongs appears to include the genera Odmalea Bergroth and Brepholora Van Duzee. 1 Part of a thesis submitted to the Faculty of the Graduate School of the Uni- versity of Maryland in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Science. 2 Scientific Article No, A493. Contribution No. 2599 of the University of Mary- land Agricultural Experiment Station (Department of Entomology). MAY 16 1955 50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 Bergroth (1914) established the genus Odmalea for two species, quadripunctula, which he designated as the type of the genus, and schaefferi Barber, transferred from Dendrocoris. Kirkaldy (1909) placed the genus Brepholoxra near Arvelius Spinola to which it bears but a superficial resemblance. The following characteristics clearly ally Brepholoxa to Dendrocoris and Odmalea: (1) depressed mid- ventral line of meso- and metasternum (2) bucculae longer than the first rostral segment and (3) the projection anteriorly of the second ventral abdominal segment into a rather prominent blunt spine. The three genera may be separated by the following key: 1. Second segment of antennae always longer than the third, fourth, or fifth segments; ostiolar canal reduced to a short raised and blunt projection, never reaching the lateral 4% of evaporative area... ee ee a at COL Od Game ee Second segment of antennae always shoretr than the third, fourth or fifth joints; ostiolar canal long and tapering, attaining the lateral 43 of evapo- WAGIVEG Brea: 2. 2 ha Sg eS ee re 2 Femora with the apex above produced into a short spine or angle; humerus of pronotum produced into an acute triangular process be Oe he Re ON ama! Te aE, Cee ae Ee eer eee Odmalea Bergroth Femora unarmed apically; humerus of pronotum, if produced, an obtusely TOUNGEA™ PrOCOSsee ese he ee eek aa Sine Se Dendrocoris Bergroth no The genus Afizies described by Distant (1893) is a synonym of Dendrocoris. Distant’s description and figure of Atizies suffultus seem to differ from Dendrocoris only by his statement that the tibiae are suleate. Actually the suleation is obscure on the anterior and middle tibia and distinct only on the posterior tibia. Dr. W. E. China has examined the type of suffultus and confirmed its identity as a true Dendrocoris. The genus Dendrocoris and the two closely related genera men- tioned above are confined to the Western Hemisphere. Brepholoxa is known from Florida, and Odmalea from Texas, Panama, Bolivia, Brazil and Uruguay. Dendrocoris is known from northern United States, from the East to the West Coast, south to Southern Mexico, with the center of distribution apparently in the Lower Sonoran Life Zone of the Southwestern U. S. and Mexico. The biology of Dendrocoris is poorly known. From available infor- mation it is found on various trees and shrubs, except two Mexican species which came from orchids. More specific information, when known, is given in the discussion of each species. The technique used to study the internal male genitalia of Dendro- coris is as outlined by Sailer (1952), with the exception of the method of relaxing the specimens. Instead of using the 95% alcohol, ete., solution, the specimens were relaxed by immersing them for 30 see- onds in boiling water. The terminology of the parts of the internal male genitalia used in this paper is based on that proposed by Baker (1931). All deserip- — 1 * “ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 51 tions are with penis lobes of aedeagi distended; length measurements are made from the tip of the head to the apex of the membrane and widths are measured across the body at the base of the hemelytra. Acknowledgments.—The writer wishes to express his sincere appre- ciation to Dr. R. I. Sailer of the U. S. National Museum, at whose suggestion and under whose direction this study was undertaken, for the benefit of his experience in taxonomy and his knowledge of the literature. Thanks are also due to Dr. William E. Bickley of the University of Maryland for his encouragement and suggestions; to Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum for comparing specimens with the type of Atizies suffultus Distant; and to the following insti- tutions and individuals for the loan of material in their collections : United States National Museum (through R. I. Sailer) ; University of Kansas Snow Entomological Museum (through R. H. Beamer) ; University of California (through John D. Lattin) ; Chicago Natural History Museum (through R. L. Wenzel) ; Museum of Comparative Zoology (through P. J. Darlington) ; The American Museum of Natu- ral History (through Herbert Ruckes) ; California Academy of Sci- ences (through KE. S. Ross); Ohio State University (through J. N. Knull) ; University of Michigan (through T. H. Hubbell). Dendrocoris Rergroth Liothropis Uhler, 1877, Bul. U. 8. Geol. Survey, 3:399; 1886, Checkl. Hem.-Het. N.A.; 5; Lethierry and Severin, 1893, Cat. General Hemip., Tome I: 186; Van Duzee, 19U4, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30:62. ; Dendrocoris Bergroth, 1891, Revue d’Ent. 10:228; 1908, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belgique 15:177; 1914, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 83:438,439; Barber, 1906, Mus. Brookl. Inst. Sci. Bul. 1:262; 1911, Ent. News 22:268; Kirkaldy, 1909, Cat. Hemip. 1:151; 1912, Proc. Ent. Soc. Hawaii 2:126; Banks, 1910, Cat. Nearct. Hem.- Het. p. 84; Van Duzee, 1917, Cat. Hemip. N. Amer.:64; Stoner, 1920, Iowa Univ. Studies in Nat. Hist. 8:112, 113; Parshley, 1923, Hemip. Conn. 769; Blatchley, 1926, Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 173; Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Americana 19:208, 240; Froeschner, 1941, Amer. Midland Nat. 26:128. Atizies Distant, 1893, Biol. Cent. Amer., Heterop., 1:456. (New synonomy. ) GENERIC DESCRIPTION Color.—The general coloration is variable. Dorsum punctured fairly uniformly with concolorous punctures or in part or wholly fuscous to black. Punetures of venter pale concolorous. Fronotal cicatrices with a transversely elongate ring of punctures. Legs and antennae pale testaceous sometimes tinged with or com- pletely rufous. Rostrum straw color to rufous with a median line and distal por- tion of terminal segment black. Strueture—Oval to broad oval, sides subparallel, tapering rather sharply an- teriorly, more gradually posteriorly. Moderately convex dorsally and strongly so ventrally. Anterior half of pronotum and head slightly to rather strongly de- clivous. Head broader across eyes than long, juga contiguous before tylus. Tubercle of antennifer in part or almost wholly distinct from above. First seg- ment of antennae short and stout, second to fifth slender with second equal to or greater in length than first and third, fourth and fifth longer than either or to PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 joints 1 or 2. Second joint of antennae longer in female than in males (except reticulatus, in which they are subequal). Third joint longer in males than in females in all cases. Rostrum slender and extending to but not beyond posterior coxae. First and fourth rostral segments short, subequal in length, the second being the longest segment and third somewhat shorter but longer than segments one or four. Pronotum usually obtusely prominent, with a small tooth at anterior lateral angles. Ostiolar canal extending antero-lateraly to outer third of epister- num, evaporative area well defined. Thoracie sterna depressed as a shallow groove. Tibiae suleate, except in variegatus, the males of which have suleate anterior and middle tibiae but terete posterior tibiae, while the females have sulcate posterior tibiae, flattened middle tibiae and terete anterior tibiae. Scutellum as broad at base as long, apex rounded. Outer angles of corium bluntly acute. Connexivum exposed. Second ventral abdominal segment produced anteriorly at middle as a blunt spine, except in males of humeralis and variegatus which have but a median convexity. Male genitalia— Genital segment (ninth abdominal) a deep cup opening dorso- posteriorly. Anterior margin rounded downward; posterior margin of lip on either side of median notch, variously produced as a plate-like process. The inner margins of the processes carinate, the carinae extending downward on ventral surface of hypopygium approximately one fourth to one third the total exposed length. Hypopygium, from a ventral view, strongly convex at base and concave postero-laterally on either side of mesal carinae. Clasper with ental arm elongate and narrowly rounded; ectal arm variously produced or not at all, never equaling the ental arm. Aedeagus with lateral penis lobes well developed, projecting laterally with distal portion variously turned; median penis lobe distinct but not as prominent as lateral lobes; penisfilum curving upward, apex pointed dorsally or postero-dorsally. Female external genitalia.—Genital plates varying in size and placement. Sub- genital plates bluntly acuminate at tip, not reaching posterior margin of mid- dorsal plate. Lateral plates with apices not extending beyond posterior margin. Middorsal plate contiguous with lateral plates, their margins together evenly rounded in outline or slightly sinuate. Female internal genitalia not examined. KrY TO THE SPECIES OF DENDROCORIS i aVertex ot head and base of tylus) distinctly convex = eee 2 Wertexotehead and ‘base of jtylusiim part flatl. 2 ee eee 4 2. Antero-lateral margins of pronotum straight or somewhat convexly areuated Z (Qiiand Swe naked (States) gest | Maen Day eae pint Montandon — Antero-lateral margins of pronotum concavely arcuated.....-_- 3 3. General body color rufous, or if clay yellow, connexivum with black band at base and apex of each segment. (New Mexico) ene ARES es OMA Sn, SRS EA Ra sehr A Rao neomexicanus, new species (p. 64) General body color flavotestaceous; connexivum without a black band at base and apex of each segment (S. W. United States) PANE cctyce at ee a wel TAG Te ee NE ke COTE OTT ee a 4. Antero-lateral margins of pronotum straight or substraight..._______ 5 ¥ Antero-lateral margins of pronotum conecavely arcuated_....__-__»_ 77 5. Veins of membrane reticulated; form broad oval (Arizona) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 53 Veins of membrane not reticulated; form more narrow, suboval 6 6. Connexivum with a distinct black spot at incisures which is separated from lateral margin; spiracles raised, black (S. E. United States) Sit duh Do Zoo ga Pat GO CSRs SSS SS Sane 3 ca eee eee fruticicola Bergroth Connexivum with a fuscous or black band on either side of incisures, if black always extending to lateral margins; spiracles generally pale con- COlOLOUS CS 4 Wie United aStates) tee eae se eae ee arizonensis Barber Spiracles black; second ventral abdominal segment produced anteriorly at middle as a short blunt spine in both sexes (Mexico) Pie Moai Sol st O eels T Derk aN Wl oe Be alg Re eh suffultus (Distant) Spiracles pale; second ventral abdominal segment produced anteriorly at ENE (HU ebay Essa eal ete ONAL cyeeeeeee Bees Tal al ye IU a ek sf rena eee I ee ee 8 8. Head distinctly wider than long, a ratio of 1.36 to 1; mate hypopygium with a distinct tooth at antero-ventral apex of each median carina; an- terior margin of male head with widely spaced denticles (Mexico) REIRSON EMA GUS Dee nek Ved 5, Pods J wef ta hh) ee variegatus, new species (p. 60) Head appears to be as long as wide, actually width to length a ratio of 1.26 to 1; male hypopygium without a tooth at antero-ventral apex of each median carina; head of male smoothly rounded in front (United States) PMI Po Fie St NF AN PLEA BD Me gS TP Sh El Te humeralis (Uhler) = Dendrocoris humeralis (Uhler) Liotropis humeralis Uhler, 1877, Bul. U. S. Geol. Survey 3:400; 1886, Check]. Hem.-Het. N.A.: 5; Lethierry and Severin, 1893, Cat. Gen. Hemip., Tome I.: 186; Van Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30:62. Dendrocoris humeralis (Uhler): Bergroth, 1891, Revue d’Ent. 10:228, 229; 1914, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 83:438, 439; Uhler, 1904, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 27:351: Barber, 1906, Mus. Brookl. Inst. Sci. Bul. 1:262; 1911, Ent. News 22:269; Kirkaldy, 1909, Cat. Hemip. 1:151; 1912, Proc. Ent. Soc. Hawaii 2:126; Banks, 1910, Cat. Nearct. Hem.-Het.: 84; Van Duzee, 1917, Cat. Hemip. N. Amer.: 64; Stoner, 1920, Iowa Univ. Studies in Nat. Hist. 8:113; Parshley, 1923, Hemip. Conn.: 769; Blatchley, 1926, Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 173; Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Americana 19:241; Froeschner, 1941, Amer. Mid- land Nat. 26:131. Color.—Pale testaceous or clay yellow above and below frequently tinged with orange or rufous. Dorsal punctures variable. Head clay yellow narrowly margined with black and coarsely and thickly punctured with black or brown, except for im- punctate anterior and antero-lateral jugal margins, and two impunctate spots locat- ed on either side anterior to the ocelli and mesal to compound eyes, lateral spot oval and well defined, median spot elongate and less well defined. Eyes red to dark brown, ocelli red. Head beneath coarsely and thickly punctured with concolorous or pale ochraceous punctures, more numerous between bucculae and eyes. Dark line running from eye over base of tubercle of antennifer anteriorly. Antennae rufous, basal joint paler. Rostrum pale yellow or tinged with rufous, with a median line and distal half of terminal segment piceous or black. Pronotum pale testaceous or clay yellow sometimes with orange or rufous lateral margins. Pune- tures of pronotum concentrated at margins and frequently producing dark areas 54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 anteriorly and four spots (not always evident) across the disk, two near midline and two near lateral margins. Propleura thickly punctured with concolorous or pale ochraceous coarse punctures as on head, becoming coarser and darker (some- times black) laterally, iess numerous on mesopleura and much smaller and less numerous on the metapleura. Scutellum testaceous or clay yellow, thickly pune- tured rufous to black with concentrations at base forming irregular spots. Pune- tures less concentrated on disk, a black spot on either side at distal extent of frenum. Hemelytra testaceous or clay yellow with rose tints often coloring base or disk, punctures frequent but irregular, leaving a few bald spots on disk and costal margins. Membrane pale ochraceous, connexivum testaceous with orange tint, posterior lateral angles of segments black, sometimes anterior and posterior margins also. Abdominal venter testaceous or pale yellow with flecks of rufous, punctures concolorous or ochraceous to black laterally, fine and sparse on disk becoming coarse and concentrated lateraliy. Black spot evident at posterior lateral angles of segments. Spiracles concolorous with venter. Posterior edge of female anal segment black on each side. Structure.—Form broad-oval, with prominent humeri. Head width to length a ratio of 1.26 to 1, broadly rounded in front; sides subparallel; vertex flat. Tylus much shorter than juga. Almost all of tubercle of antennifer visible from above. Lateral margins of pronotum before humeri coneave. Length: ¢@, 6.3-7.3 mm; 2, 7.0-8.5 mm. Width: ¢@, 3.7-4.45 mm.; 9, 4.2-4.9 mm. Male genitalia—As in figures 1-4. Hypopygium as viewed from beneath con- cave posteriorly on either side of middle, with a well defined notch in median posterior margin. Hypopygium on either side of median notch produced poster- iorly as a plate and reflexed upward and forward with a shght torsion toward the outside; mesal and lateral angles of plate acutely produced. Clasper rounded medially, concave laterally, with ental arm elongate and narrowly rounded at apex, ectal arm reduced to a rounded lobe. Proctiger slightly concave ventrally and convex dorsally, posterior ventral margin truneate. Female genitalia—As shown in figure 14, strongly pitted with large punctures. Genital plates small and separated by twice their width at base. Subgenital plates bluntly acuminate at tip. Lateral plates contiguous with middorsal plate, their margins together rounded posteriorly. Variation.—Color varies considerably as mentioned above, a few specimens with punctures uniformly Jight colored, others with punctures almost wholly black. Male hypopygia are shown from a ventral caudal view; female genitalia from a ventral view. Punectation not indicated. Dendrocoris humeralis (Uhler): fig. 1, aedeagus, dorsal view; fig. 2, same, dextral view; fig. 3, clasper, postero-ventral view; fig. 4, male genital segment, showing ventral median notch posteriorly on hypopygium, hypopygial plates and mesal carinae; fig. 14, female genital segment, ventral view; fig. 5, D. contaminatus Uhler, male genital segment; fig. 6, D. fruticicola Bergroth, male genital segment; fig. 7, D. arizonensis Barber, male genital segment; fig. 15, female genital segment; fig. 8, D. suffultus (Distant), male genital segment; fig. 9, D. variegatus, new species, male genital segment; fig. 10, D. reticulatus Barber, male genital segment; fig. 12, female genital seg- ment; fig. 11, D. pini Montandon, male genital segment; fig. 13, D. neomexicanus, male genital segment. ee es PROC. ENT. SOC.—WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 on oO 8. suffultus 9. variegatus 10. feneuiaies 13. neomexicanus iA !4, humeralis 15. arizonensis 56 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 Spiracles in a few specimens darkened to brown or black. Rather uniform im structure except humeri which vary from broadly rounded obtuse to narrowly rounded acute. Type material.—Uhler described this species from a cotype series. One female has been selected as lectotype, labeled in Uhler’s long- hand with the following data: line 1, humeralis; line 2, June 28 Uhler; line 3, Sept. 30 on Carya; line 4, Md. Lectotype in U. S. National Museum. Distribution.—This species is widely distributed in the United States, being found throughout the East and South north to Massa- chusetts, New Hampshire, Michigan, and Iowa, and westward through Kansas, Colorado to California. Biology—Taken in New Jersey from small oaks in August and September, in New York and New Jersey from pine and in Colorado from small bushes. The author took it in Michigan in copula from black oak in July. Torre-Bueno (1939) records it from hickory and hazel also. Recorded as being predaceous. Dendrocoris contaminatus Uhler Dendrocoris contaminatus Uhler, 1897, Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. 1:390; Barber, 1906, Mus. Brookl. Inst. Sci. Bul. 1:263; 1911, Ent. News 22:269; Bergroth, 1908, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belgique 15:177; 1914, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 83:440; Kirkaldy, 1909, Cat. Hemip. 1:151; Banks, 1910, Cat. Nearct. Hem.-Het.: 84; Van Duzee, 1917, Cat. Hemip. N. Amer.: 65; Ruckes, 1938, Bul. Brookl. Ent. Soe. 33:13; Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Americana 19:241. Liotropis contaminatus: Van Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30:62; Os- born, 1909, Ent. News 20:177. Easily distinguished by its general coloration, and differs from humeralis in its more square male genital segment and short, obliquely narrowing head. Color.—Flavotestaceous or tinted with ochraceous or rufous with cicatrices of pronotum dark ochraceous or piceous, color extending toward humeral angles and in contrast to general body color. Punctured rather uniformly with concolorous punctures for most part, but black on anterior part of pronotum, black inter- rupted at middle and irregular on head. Antennae flavotestaceous to pale rufous, rostrum the same with typical dark markings. Under-surface flavotestaceous usu- ally paler than dorsum, with rose spots on venter of abdomen laterally, not al- ways present; punctures colored as venter. Spiracles pale or fuscous to black. Structure.—Form broad-oval, with moderately prominent humeri. Head width to length a ratio of 1.18 to 1; sides converging obliquely to rounded tip; vertex and base of tylus convex. Juga longer than tylus and either contiguous in front or not. Almost all of tubercle of antennifer visible from above. Lateral margins of pronotum before humeri slightly concave. Length: ¢, 6.0-6.8 mm.; 9, 6.5-7.7 mm. Width: ¢, 3.8-4.55 mm.; 9, 3.8-4.55 mm. Male genitalia. —Hypopygium as in figure 5, broader and more square apically, than huwmeralis, mesal angle of hypopygial plate less prominent, with a blunt lobe on lateral margin of plate near apex; ental arm of clasper prominent, more bluntly rounded than in humeralis, ectal arm as in humeralis but less rounded; proctiger and aedeagus as in humeralis. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 5 — | Female genitalia—As in humeralis, except that genital plates are hidden by sixth ventral abdominal segment, and subgenital plates are more acute at apex. Variation.—Color varies as mentioned above, the darkened area on anterior part of pronotum varying considerably in its extent. Occasionally the spiracles are black. General form constant, lateral margins of pronotum sometimes almost straight. In many specimens the juga are non-contiguous before the tylus. Type material—twUhler described the species from a cotype series. One female specimen has been selected as lectotype, labeled in Uhler’s longhand with the following data: D. contaminatus on the first line and Ariz. in the lower left hand corner. Lectotype in U. 8. National Museum. Distribution.—Found in Southwestern United States from Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, California and Utah. Biology Osborn (1909) records this species as feeding on Opuntia, and Hubbard collected it from Opuntia fulgens and from Cereus. E. W. Davis collected it in September from Covillea tridentata, R. S. Beal from Larrea by beating in July and J. H. Russell from Larrea in April. Ruckes (1938) took it frequently while beating Quercus gambeli near Santa Fe, New Mexico. Dendrocoris fruticicola Bergroth Dendrocoris fruticicola Bergroth, 1891, Revue d’Ent. 10:228; 1914, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 83:440; Lethierry and Severin, 1893, Cat. Gen. Hemip., Tome I: 186; Barber, 1906, Mus. Brookl. Inst. Sci. Bul. 1:263; 1911, Ent. News 22:269; Kirkaldy, 1909, Cat. Hemip. 1:151; Van Duzee, 1909, Buf. Soc. Nat. Sei. Bul. 9:157; 1912, Proc. Ent. Soc. Hawaii 2:126 (fruticicola cited in error) ; 1917, Cat. Hemip. N. Amer.: 64; Torre-Bueno and Engelhardt, 1910, Can. Ent. 42:148; Banks, 1910, Cat. Nearet. Hem.-Het.: 84; Blatchley, 1926, Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 174; Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Americana 19:241. Liotropis fruticicola: Van Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 30:62. Differs from humeralis and arizonensis in black color of spiracles and in its lack of markings on connexivum. Color—Pale ochraceous above and below, usually with an orange or ferruginous tinge above becoming rufous on corium. Punectures of dorsum variable, rufous to castaneous and black. Head punctured with castaneous or black except for an impunctate oval area mesal to each eye and impunctate margins on juga. An- tennae rufous, paler basally. Lateral margins of pronotum darker than disk with punctures of pronotum extremely variable in color, median impunctate line some- times obliterated, punctures concentrated toward margins and forming four dark spots across middle of disk, lateral two sometimes faint or absent. Punctures of thoracic pleura concolorous or pale castaneous laterally, coarse on propleura, less coarse and less numerous on meso- and metapleura. Legs pale ochraceous basally, becoming rufous distally. Scutellar punctures variable in color, coarse and numer- ous at base, progressively finer toward apex, a dark spot at antero-lateral angles and one on each side at apex of frenum. Hemelytra pale ochraceous or rufous, at least rufous on disk or with rufous punctures, with impunctate areas on disk. Membrane pale ochraceous, transparent. Connexivum pale yellow tinted with orange, with extreme apical angle of abdominal segments dorsally and ventrally, O1 oo PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 posterior edge of female genital segment on either side and a large spot at each incisure of connexivum next to costal margin, black. Venter of abdomen pale ochraceous, smooth with fine punctures laterally. Spiracles black and elevated. Structure General form as in arizgonensis but more convex dorsally. Head width to length a ratio of 1.29 to 1. Humeral angles of pronotum generally less rounded than in arizonensis. Length: ¢, 7.0-7.9 mm.; 92, 7.1-8.8 mm. Width: 6, 4.5-4.9 mm.; 9, 4.4-5.4 mm. Male genitalia.—Hypopygium as in figure 6, lateral angles of hypopygial plate blunt and more prominent than in hwmeralis; clasper like humeralis but with ectal lobe acute; proctiger and aedeagus like humeralis. Female genitalia—As in humeralis. Variation—Color varies as mentioned above, occasionally without orange or ferruginous tints in general coloration. Spot on connexivum at each incisure is distinct but sometimes quite small. General form rather uniform with an occa- — ee a sional specimen having lateral margins of pronotum before humeri slightly — concave. Type material.—Bereroth described the species from a cotype se- ries. One male has been selected as lectotype, with the printed label bearing the following data: Duval Co., Fla. Lectotype in U. 8. Na- tional Museum. Distribution.—Restricted to southeastern United States, recorded from Florida, North Carolina, Georgia and Alabama. Biology.—Torre-Bueno (1939) records it from scrub oak and H .G. Barber collected it at Wilmington, North Carolina in April on oak. The author collected one specimen while beating long-leaf pine at Southern Pines, North Carolina in June. Dendrocoris arizonensis Barber Dendrocoris arizonensis Barber, 1911, Ent. News 22:270; Bergroth, 1914, Ann. — Soe. Ent. Fr. 83:440; Van Duzee, 1917, Cat. Hemip. N. Amer.: 65; Torre- — Bueno, 1939, Ent. Americana 19:241. Closely related to humeralis from which it can be distinguished by its straight antero-lateral margins of pronotum and divergent mesal carinae on hypopygium; from fruticicola it differs as mentioned in the key to species. Color.—Pale stramineous to pale testaceous above and below with rosy tints frequently showing on corium. Dorsum punctured with castaneous, with black punctures frequently occurring on head, anterior and lateral parts of pronotum and on lateral parts of corium. A small block spot marks base of tubercle of antennifer before eye. Antennae and legs colored as venter or rufous, sometimes ferruginous. Connexivum as dorsum or tinted rufous, closely and concolorously ort i ite ae punctate except at base and apex of each segment where surface is smudged with — fuscous encircling smooth pale calloused edges of incisures; lateral margin of connexivum either side of incisures, black. Lateral edges of abdomen either side of incisures of segments 2-5, tip of 6th and edges of female genital segment, black. Spiracles usually pale, occasionally black. 9 Structure—Form broad-oval with humeral angles moderately prominent and rounded. Head width to length a ratio of 1.25 to 1, sides slightly converging anteriorly to broadly rounded front; vertex slightly raised; juga contiguous, ~~ qf PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 59 sometimes overlapping before tylus. Lateral margins of pronotum before humeri straight. Length: ¢, 6.6-7.3 mm.; 92, 7.4-9.25 mm. Width: 6, 3.9-4.5 mm.; 9, 4.3-5.5 mm. Male genitalia Hypopygium as in figure 7, similar to humeralis but with the antero-ventral apex of mesal carinae divergent instead of convergent; ental arm of clasper less prominent than in hwmeralis and ectal lobe angular; proctiger with concave surface extending dorsally farther than in humeralis; aedeagus as in humeralis. Female genitalia.—As in figure 15, not as coarsely punetured as in humeralis, subgenital plates more acuminate and more in line with body axis than in humeralis. V ariation.—Color varies considerably as mentioned above, some specimens be- ing almost wholly ferruginous or rufous. General form rather constant with some variation in the pronotal humeri, occasionally barely projecting beyond side margins of body. Type material.—Holotype and paratypes in the U. 8S. National Mu- seum (the author used the term cotype for paratype; description made from two females and one male). Type locality—Hnuachuea Mts., Ariz. Distribution.—In Southwestern United States from California, Ari- zona, Texas and Colorado. Biology.—One female was collected at the base of the Pinal Mts., Ariz. in September from oak by D. K. Duncan and two males were collected at Palo Alto, California in May from oak. The author took one at Prescott, Arizona in August while beating oak. This is the only information available as to the biology of this species. Dendrocoris suffultus (Distant), new combination Atizies suffultus Distant, 1893, Biol. Cent. Amer., Heterop., 1:456, pl. 39, fig. 20. A large Mexican species that resembles arizonensis but can be distinguished by concave antero-lateral margins of pronotum and black spiracles. Color.—Pale ochraceous and stramineous above, pale stramineous below, above punctured with dark brown and black punctures, ventral punctures concolorous or pale ochraceous. Head stramineous, ochraceous basally, margined with black; punctures above, black, coarse and partially confluent, outlining a smooth oval area mesal to each eye. Head beneath impunctate anteriorly on juga, punctures coarse posteriorly and tinged with pale rufous. A black spot before eye extends onto base of tubercle of antennifer. Antennae moderately ferruginous, basal joint paler. Rostrum stramineous, terminal segment ochraceous with typical black markings. Pronotum stramineous, cicatrices ochraceous; punctures black and concentrated laterally and anteriorly, brown and less concentrated on disk leaving a faint median impunctate line that extends to both anterior and posterior mar- gins. Seutellum colored as pronotum with disk punctured dark brown, punctures darker and concentrated as spots, one on either side where frenum ends and one near the apex; black punctures arranged along basal margin and forming indistinct spots at lateral basal angles. Hemelytra stramineous, faintly tinted with pale rufous on disk, deep rufous on ventral surface of corium; punctures dark brown and fairly sparse on disk leaving irregular smooth areas, but black and more concentrated basally and laterally. Membrane transparent, smoky. Connexi- 60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 vum pale stramineous with suffuse pale rufous markings, a broad band at base and apex of each segment surrounding smooth pale edges of incisures, black, extending to lateral margins. Dorsal disk of abdomen black. Ventral surface of — thorax and abdomen spotted with pale rufous. Propleural punctures coarse and numerous medially becoming less coarse laterally; mesopleural punctures moder- ately coarse but sparse; those of metapleura fine, a little heavier lateral to evap- orative area. Legs stramineous at base tinged with rufous toward apex of femora and on ochraceous tibiae, tarsi moderately ferruginous. Venter of ab- domen colored as mentioned above, with apical and basal angles of segments and spiracles, black. Structure——Form broad-oval, broadest across humeral angles. Head width to length a ratio of 1.30 to 1, sides narrowing anteriorly to broadly rounded front; vertex slightly raised; tylus enclosed at tip by juga. Tubercles of antennifer clearly visible from above. Lateral margins of pronotum slightly coneave before prominent rounded humeri. Length: ¢, 7.5-8.4 mm; 92, 7.8-9.0 mm. Width: 4, 4.70-5.15 mm; 9, 4.75-5.25 mm. Male genitalia. —Hypopygium as in figure 8, similar to arizonensis but with more prominent mesal and lateral angles on hypopygial plates; ental arm of clasper prominent, ectal arm slightly shorter and more blunt, clasper with a lobe at base of ectal arm laterally; proctiger as in arizonensis, aedeagus similar to humeralis but more rounded with apex of lateral penis lobes turning dorsally and not as prominent, median penis lobe more slender. Female genitalia.—Similar to humeralis, but genital plates are hidden by sixth abdominal segment. Variation—Fairly uniform in color and structure. Connexivum paler and humeral angles of pronotum acute in one pair from Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico, in the California Academy of Sciences collection; median impunctate line on pronotum sometimes obliterated. Type.—Described from a single male specimen; Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, H. H. Smith. British Museum. Dr. W. E. China compared specimens from Cuernavaca, Mexico with the type. The characteristic outline of the male genital segment of Dendrocoris as seen from above is clearly visible in Distant’s figure. Distribution.—Collected in Mexico from Cuernavaca, Morelos; and intercepted in the United States on orchids from the following lo-— ealities: Tuxtla, Chiapas; and Tepechitlan, Zacateca. Biology—One recorded from Epidendrum sp. and ten recorded from ‘‘orchid plants.’’ Dendrocoris variegatus, new species The contrasting colors make this one of the most colorful species of the genus. — Distinctive features: Male with denticulate head and hypopygial plates fused with sides of hypopygium. Like suffultus it is taken from orchids. Color.—Above ochraceous with brown markings, below head and thorax strami- neous, abdomen pale ochraceous with rufous markings. Punctures below con- colorous with body color, coarse on head and pleura, fine and sparse on abdomi- nal venter; above variable. Head punctures coarse, numerous, concolorous with a few light brown punctures on lateral margins of juga. Antennae light ferrugi- — nous; rostrum stramineous at base and light ferruginous distally with typical — PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 61 dark markings. Pronotum with brown on humeri; punctures concolorous on an- terior two thirds, black on anterior lateral margins, brown on posterior third and forming an indistinct spot on either side on middle of disk. Punctures sparse toward middle of disk leaving an impunctate median line on anterior half and a raised smooth anterior margin. Punctures of scutellum ochraceous, fine and sparse on disk, becoming coarser and dark brown toward base and lateral margins, a broad band of brown punctures marking lateral and distal margins of posterior half, concentrated near apex of frenum. Hemelytra ochraceous becoming brown on disk and pink laterally at base; punctures brown except laterally at base where they are concolorous with hemelytra. Punectures coarse at base becoming finer on lateral margins and toward apex, an irregular impunctate area occurring on corium two thirds of way from base on lateral margin and smaller impunctate areas on disk. Membrane transparent, faintly smokey; connexivum pink, posterior lateral angles of segments above and below, black. Structure—General form like humeralis with abdomen more narrow. Head short and broad with width to length a ratio of 1.36 to 1, sides parallel; rounded apex of juga with widely spaced denticles in male, smooth in female; vertex flatly raised. Tubercle of antennifer entirely visible from above. Lateral margins of pronotum before humeri concave, tooth at anterior lateral angle moderately prominent. Length: ¢@, 6.75-7.3 mm; 92, 7.1-8.5 mm. Width: ¢, 4.3-4.5 mm; @, 4.3-5.3 mm. Male genitalia—Hypopygium as in figure 9, anterior margin of hypopygial plate obliquely produced to antero-lateral margin of cup; a tooth is located at antero-ventral apex of each mesal carina; ental arm of clasper prominent, ectal arm produced but not as prominent; proctiger slightly convex ventrally, with a concavity dorsally; lateral penis lobes not as prominent as in humeralis, distally curving ventro-mesally, median penis lobe more slender. Female genitalia.—Differs from humeralis in the larger broadly rounded genital plates which are narrowly separated and in the subgenital plates which are broader in comparison to length than in humeralis. Variation—Some specimens have the dark punctures extending over whole surface of pronotum and head. Three specimens show pale rufous markings on seutellum and some lack the pink markings laterally at base of hemelytra and on connexivum. In form the species is rather constant with slight variation in humeral angles. One female from Tejupilco, Mexico, Mexico, in the University of California collection has the anterior margin of juga uneven. Type material.—Holotype: Male; Oaxaca, Oaxaca, Mexico, inter- cepted at Laredo, Tex. on orchids, December 20, 1949. U.S. National Museum. 4 ¢ and alsa?) paratypes—distributed in MEXICO—1, Chilpancingo, Guerrero, intercepted at Laredo, Texas, February 4, 1947 ; 1, Chilpancingo, Guerrero, intercepted at Laredo, Texas, March 27, 1946; 3, Mexico, intercepted at San Francisco, Calif., June 13, 1938; t ’ Chiapas, intercepted at Laredo, Texas, April 1, 1952; 1, Sinaloa, intercepted at Nogales, Arizona, November 20, 1948; 1 Sinaloa. intercepted at Nogales, Arizona, ‘June anal Na ra yor al Mexico, intercepted at Laredo, Texas, February Ate 1947: 4, Michoacan, June 14, 1938; 1, San Luis Potosi, intercepted at Laredo, Texas, December ’ 62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 4, 1951; 1, Tejupileo, Mexico, June 26, 1933, H. E. Hinton and R. I. Usinger. These paratypes are distributed in the following collections: 10, U.S. National Museum; 4, California Academy of Sciences; 1, Uni- versity of California. Distribution.—In Mexico as mentioned above. Biology.—Eleven specimens were intercepted on orchids so this species is evidently similar to suffultus in its habits. Dendrocoris reticulatus Barber Dendrocoris reticulatus Barber, 1911, Ent. News 22:270; Bergroth, 1914, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 83:440; Van Duzee, 1917, Cat. Hemip. N. Amer.: 65; Torre- ote. DT et nepgeles etiaee Le Sm Onto wea ea i Bueno, 1939, Ent. Americana 19:241. * This species differs from others in the genus by its broad oval body form, and ; ornately developed penis lobes in the male aedeagus. ¥ Color.—Uniform pale ochraceous, sometimes colored with rufous. Upper surface : coarsely and uniformly punctured with pale to fairly dark castaneous except on corium where irregular smooth areas exist on disk between exterior vein and y clavus; punctures sometimes becoming black toward margins of head, less fre- quently so on lateral margins of pronotum, corium and connexivum. Juga with a dark brown or black line marking the lateral margin. Antennae pale rufous usually with basal segment pale yellow. Rostrum straw colored with typical markings. Entire under surface pale ochraceous but usually paler than dorsum and with punctures concolorous or pale castaneous on pleural regions, side mar- gins of abdomen, and lateral impressed lobes of male genital segment. Legs of same color as venter, usually shaded with rufous, especially on tarsi. Disk of abdominal venter sparsely punctate and sometimes with flecks of red which are more numerous toward lateral margins. Rim of spiracles and apical angle of — each abdominal segment, black. : Structure.—Form short and broad, with moderately prominent humeral angles. Head with width to length a ratio of 1.37 to 1, sides converging to rounded tip; vertex flat; tylus noticeably shorter than juga, the latter contiguous in front. Only distal part of tubercle of antennifer visible from above. Second joint of antennae in male subequal or longer than in female. Lateral margins of pronotum Pa) - ctr h Cu ‘ before humeri straight. Length: ¢, 5.7-8.0 mm; 9, 6.3-8.2 mm. Width: ¢, 3.75- : 22mm; 9, 4.0-5.4 mm. ‘ Male genitalia—Hypopygium as in figure 10, hypopygial plate barely produced D at mesal and lateral angles, thickened at mesal angle and with a setae-bearing : lobe at lateral margin turning postero-ventrally; each mesal carina with a tooth — just before the antero-ventral apex; ental arm of clasper short and rounded, 4 ectal lobe acutely rounded; proctiger concave with convex margins. Aedeagus % with simple median penis lobe, but with greatly produced lateral penis lobes, ex- F tending laterally and turning posteriorly as in humeralis but with two smaller t lobes extending from curve, one anteriorly and one ventro-mesally, and two ex- — tending mesally from lobe distal to curve, one half way from curve to apex and one at apex. Female genitalia—As in figure 12. Genital plates (larger than any others of this genus) contiguous mesally. Subgenital plates broader than in humeralis. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 63 Variation.—General coloration remarkably stable, varying slightly as men- tioned above. Punctures more variable, an occasional specimen with black pune- tures along lateral margins of body and on head and some with bright orange punctures, Form rather constant with a slight variation in humeral angles, some are broadly rounded while others are narrowly rounded. Extremely variable in size, the smaller specimens were set aside as a possible new species in some collections. Type material—Holotype and paratypes in the U.S. National Mu- seum (the terms type and cotype were used by the author). Type locality—Huachuea Mts., Ariz. Distribution.—Limited to Arizona. Biology.—Two females were collected in July at Oracle, Ariz. from white oak by E. P. Van Duzee. Nothing else is known of the biology of this species. Dendrocoris pini Montandon Dendrocoris pini Montandon, 1893, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 16:51; Barber, 1906, Mus. Brookl. Inst. Sci. Bul. 1:263; 1911, Ent. News 22:269; Bergroth, 1908, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belgique 15:178; Kirkaldy, 1909, Cat. Hemip. 1:151; Proce. Ent. Soc. Hawaii 2:126; Banks, 1910, Cat. Nearet. Hem.-Het.: 84; Van Duzee, 1914, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 2:5; 1917, Cat. Hemip. N. Amer.: 65; Bergroth, 1914, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 83:440; Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Americana 19 :241. Liotropis pini: Van Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30:62. Its small size and oval body form are enough to separate this species from others in the genus. Color—Pale yellow ochraceous or ferruginous above and beneath. Punctures same color as body, or slightly dark in color, beneath pale concolorous. Head fully or partly margined with piceous or black. Antennae ferruginous usually paler toward the base. Rostrum concolorous as body with red tint and typical dark markings. Legs concolorous as body, in many eases ferruginous distally. Dark anterior and posterior lateral angles of abdominal segments visible from a side view. Spiracles concolorous with body. Structure—General form oval. Head width to length a ratio of 1.13 to 1, obliquely narrowing to rounded front; vertex and base of tylus moderately con- vex; juga contiguous in front. Disk of pronotum with irregular raised smooth areas, humeri not prominent, lateral margins before humeri straight or slightly convex. Scutellum with irregular raised impunectate areas on its lateral and apical margins. Hemelytra with a pale impunctate area in middle of disk and smaller irregular ones on lateral margins. Length: 4,3 5.4-6.7 mm; 9, 5.4-7.3 mm. Width: ¢, 3.3-4.0 mm; 9, 3.3-4.2 mm. Male genitalia——Hypopygium as in figure 11, with mesal angle of hypopygial plate not produced and lateral angle barely produced; clasper similar to that of humeralis with ectal lobe more prominent; proctiger less concave ventrally than in humeralis ; aedeagus with lateral penis lobes more prominent laterally and median penis lobe more acutely produced than in humeralis. ’Montandon, 1893 records a minimum of 5 mm., smaller than any specimens at the writer’s disposal. 64 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 Female genitalia.—Similar to but differs from reticulatus in the less promi- nent genital plates which are separated at the base by one half their width and in the less prominent middorsal plate. Variation.—General coloration may be wholly rufous or almost so. Structurally quite constant, the humeri vary in prominence from distinctly broader than body to the same width. Type material—Montandon described the species from a cotype series. One male has been selected as lectotype, with a printed label containing the following data: line 1, Argus Mts.; line 2, May 91 K. Lectotype in the U.S. National Museum. Distribution Found in western and southwestern United States from the following states: Oregon, Utah, California, Arizona, New Mexico and Colorado. Biology.—Cotype series collected from Pinus monophylla in May; recorded also from pine from other localities. Dendrocoris neomexicanus, new species Female similar to pini, but the concave antero-lateral margins of pronotum quickly separate it from that species; male similar to contaminatus, but smaller and differs in color as noted in key. Color.—Ground color ochraceous above and below, above heavily colored with rufous, with a waxy appearance; below with rufous tints on head and pleura. Head above mainly rufous, ochraceous showing at anterior end, on margins of juga, on base of tylus and on vertex mesal to each ocellus, black marking base of head behind each ocelius and extending to eye. Punctures coarse, concolorous with body color, more sparse at lateral margins of juga, at base of tylus and on lateral parts of vertex. Head beneath pale ochraceous, with pale rufous marking undersurface of juga, with black behind each eye and a small spot of black from before each eye to base of tubercle of antennifer; punctures concolorous as gen- eral color. Antennae dark ochraceous, basal joint pale. Rostrum ochraceous with typical markings. Pronotum profusely colored with rufous, ochraceous showing on median anterior and posterior margins and irregularly on disk; punctures ochraceous or rufous except on cicatrices and a few before and behind inner margin of cicatrices, which are black; punctures sparse on disk showing irregular smooth areas, becoming more numerous at margins. Pleural regions pale ochra- ceous with a small dark brown spot just before anterior median angle of evapora- tive area and a black line marking posterior margin of evaporative area. Pleural punctures coarse, concolorous ochraceous, except for a few dark brown pune- tures at anterior and posterior margins of propleura. Legs ochraceous with tarsi a little darker and distal portion of femora with definite rufous markings. Seutellum rufous with ochraceous showing on middle lateral margins and on apex, with dark spots, one on either side where frenum ends, one at each basal lateral angle and one on each side of basal margin midway between the lateral margin and median line; punctures colored same as scutellum, fairly coarse, finer apical- ly, sparse on raised portion of disk, an impunctate and raised area occurring — within lateral basal angles. Hemelytra ochraceous along median margin, gradu- ally becoming rufous toward lateral margins; punctures moderately coarse and numerous on lateral and mesal margins, disk showing a large impunectate area, “ | . PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 65 punctures concolorous laterally and on some parts of disk, but dark brown or black along mesal margin, dark punctures forming a faint spot midway along the lateral margin of the corium and another more definite spot toward the apex of the corium laterally. Membrane transparent, colorless. Connexivum ochraceous with dark brown apical angles laterally and an incomplete dark brown band at base and apex of each segment, band at base distinet but apical band becomes indistinct on posterior four segments. Abdominal venter ochraceous with a dark spot at lateral apical angles of segments; punctures concolorous ochraceous, ex- tremely fine, with the disk almost impunctate. Structure.—General form broad-oval. Head width to length a ratio of 1.20 to I, feebly narrowing to rounded front; vertex and base of tylus distinctly convex, tylus depressed anteriorly; juga contiguous in front and broadly rounded on the margins. All of tubercle of antennifer seen from above. Pronotum short and broad, humeri not prominent, lateral margins distinctly concave before the humeri with the antero-lateral tooth small and indistinct. Length: ¢, 5.8 mm; @ 6.25- 6.6 mm. Width: 6, 3.3 mm; Q, 3.7-3.85 mm. Male genitalia—Hypopygium as in figure 13, with mesal angle of hypopygial plate not produced, and a small blunt notch in posterior margin near lateral angle; internal genitalia not examined in the one specimen available. Female genitalia—Similar to pini but differs in position of genital plates which are hidden by sixth abdominal segment in this species. Variation—Male differs from female as follows: clay yellow above and below, ochraceous on head above and scutellum, rufous limited to punctures of abdominal venter. Dark markings more definite with the following additions: Punctures of pronotum toward center of anterior margin, behind cicatrices and across basal third, black; cicatrices black. Pleural regions with black punctures more numer- ous on propleura and near evaporative area. Tarsi darker. Punctures of scutellum pale brown to black. Punetures of hemelytra black except at base of lateral margin where they are ochraceous. Connexivum with black band at base and apex of each segment. Structurally like female. Dark markings more distinct on one female and vary to indistinct or absent on the others. Slight rugae may appear near base of scutellum on either side. Type material—Holotype: 2 ; Mountain Park, New Mexico, June 27, 1940, R. H. Beamer. Snow Collection, University of Kansas. Five paratypes—2 as above; 1, Fort Wingate, New Mexico, June 8, 1935, E. C. Van Dyke; 2 (one of which is the only male specimen), Gallup, New Mexico, August 18, 1954. These paratypes are distributed in the following collections: 2 (the male and one female), U.S. National Museum; 1, Snow Collection, University of Kansas; 1, California Academy of Science; 1, Univer- sity of Michigan. Distribution—As mentioned above, New Mexico. Biology.—tThe pair, collected by the author at Gallup, New Mex- ico, were taken while beating Juniperus sp. REFERENCES Baker, Alex D., 1931. A study of the male genitalia of Canadian species of Pentatomidae. Can. Jour. Research 4:148-220, 2 pls. 66 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 —————— Banks, N., 1910. Catalogue of the Nearetic Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Amer. Ent. Soe., Philadelphia. 103 pp. Barber, H. G., 1906. Hemiptera from Southwestern Texas. Mus. Brookl. Inst. — Sei. Bul. 1:262-263. Barber, H. G., 1911. Arrangement of the species of Dendrocoris Bergr., with de- ; scriptions of two new species (Hemip.) Ent. News 22:268-271. Bergroth, E., 1891. Contributions a 1’étude des Pentatomides. Revue d’Ent. 10:200-235. —, 1908. Enumeratio Pentatomidarum Post Catalogum Bruxellensem — Deseriptarum. Mem. Soc. Ent. Belgique 15:131-200. , 1914. Pentatomides Nouveaux de la Guyane Francaise (Hémipt. Pentatomidae). Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 83:423-441. Blatchley, W. S., 1926. Heteroptera or True Bugs of Eastern North America. The Nature Pub. Co., Indianapolis. 1116 pp. 3ritton, W. E., 1923. Guide to the insects of Connecticut. Pt. IV. The Hemiptera — or Sucking Insects of Connecticut. Bul. Conn. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv., No. 34. 807 pp. ; Distant, W. L., 1893. Insects. Rhynchota. Hemiptera-Heteroptera, Vol. I. in Biologia Central-Americana. Published 1880-1893, London. xx + 461 pp. Froeschner, R. C., 1941. Contributions to a synopsis of the Hemiptera of Missouri, ] Pt. 1. Scutelleridae, Podopidae, Pentatomidae, Cydnidae, Thyreocoridae. — Amer. Midland Nat. 26:122-146. é Kirkaldy, G. W., 1909. Catalogue of the Hemiptera (Heteroptera), with biol logical and anatomical references, ete. Vol. 1, Cimicidae (Pentatomidae). ’ Berlin. xl + 392 pp. —, 1912. A preliminary list of the Hemiptera of California, Pt. us 1 Proce. Ent. Soc. Hawaii 2:123-126. Lethierry, L. and G. Severim, 1893. Catalogue general Hémiptéres. Tome 1, Hétéroptéres; Pentatomidae. Bruxelles. 286 pp. : Montandon, A. L., 1898. Notes on American Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Proc. U. S. ' Nat. Mus. 16:45-52. Osborn, Herbert, 1909. Note on food habit of Liotropis contaminatus Uhler. Ent. ! News 20:177. Ruckes, Herbert, 1938. Additions to an annotated list of Pentatomids (Heterop-_ “ tera) of New Mex. Bul. Brookl. Ent. Soc. 33:13. } Sailer, R. I., 1952. A review of the stink bugs of the genus Mecidea. Proce. U.S. 4 Nat. Mus. 102(3309) :471-505. q Stoner, Dayton, 1920. The Scutelleroidea of Iowa. Iowa Univ. Studies in Nat. Hist. 8 (4) :1-140. Torre-Bueno, J. R. de la and G. P. Englehardt, 1910. Some Heteroptera of Vir- — ginia and North Carolina. Can. Ent. 42:147-151. Torre-Bueno, J. R. de la, 1939. A synopsis of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of America north of Mexico; family III Pentatomidae (continued). Ent. Amer- jcana 19:207-294. Uhler, R., 1877. Report upon the insects collected by P. R. Uhler during the explorations of 1875, imeluding monographs of the families Cydnidae and Saldidae, ete. Bul. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv. 3:399-401. , 1886. Checklist of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of North America. — . ae _— T= PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 67 Pub. by the Brookl. Ent. Soc., Brooklyn. 34 pp. —, 1897. Contributions towards a knowledge of the Hemiptera-Heterop- tera of North America, No. 1. Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. 1:390-391. Uhler, R., 1904. List of Hemiptera-Heteroptera of Las Vegas, Hot Springs, New Mexico, collected by E. A. Schwarz and H. S. Baker. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 27:349-364. Van Duzee, E. P., 1904. Annotated list of the Pentatomidae recorded from America North of Mexico, with descriptions of some new species. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30:1-80. 1909. Observations on some Hemiptera taken in Florida in the spring of 1908. Bul. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 9:149-230. , 1914. A preliminary list of the Hemiptera of San Diego Co., Cali- fornia. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. I1:1-57. , 1917. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of America North of Mexico, ex- cepting the Aphididae, Coccidae and Aleurodidae. Univ. California Pubs. Ent., Vol. If. xiv + 902 pp. BOOK REVIEW THE WORLD OF THE HONEYBEE, by Colin G. Butler. Cloth, xiv + 226 pp., 2 colored and 40 black and white plates, 1954. A volume in ‘‘The New Naturalist’’ series, MacMillan, $4.50. This book by the head of the Bee Department at the Rothamsted Experimental Station in England is an engaging and authoritative presentation of honeybee behavior and the organization of its social life. It is not a manual of beekeeping! As is usual with volumes in ‘‘The New Naturalist’’ series, this one is written in a very readable style which will appeal to the layman. Still, it is sufficiently technical so that the general entomologist and animal behaviorist can obtain a wealth of information from it. The photographs by the author are superb and have been well chosen to illustrate many phases of behavior. There are extended discussions of the latest published researches on bee behavior such as the monu- mental studies by von Frisch on honeybee language and senses, and those of Lindauer on the division of labor in the colony. The author also discusses his theory of ‘‘queen substance,’’ a product which the worker bees probably obtain by licking any part of the queen’s body surface. This substance is passed from one household bee to another during the movement and feeding that is continual- ly going on among bees engaged in duties within the hive. Butler suggests that this ‘‘queen substance’’ enables the bees in a colony to determine the loss or physical weakening of the queen even though only a small number have been in actual contact with her. So long as the queen is in good health and produces enough of this material, the ‘‘queen substance’’ is thought to inhibit the con- struction of all kinds of queen cells and the production of laying workers, and to promote colony cohesiveness—KARL V. KroMBEIN, Agricultural Research Service, Washington, D. C. BOOK NOTICE The 37th edition of the Naturalists Directory has just been pub- lished for readers who are interested in the study of nature in any of its branches. $5.00 postpaid. Published by the Naturalists Direc- tory, 720 Fillmore Road, East Meadow, New York. 68 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE CULEX OF PANAMA (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) By Pepro GALINDO! AND FRANKLIN S. BLANTON? The last comprehensive list of the Culex of Panama was published by Dyar in 1925. Since that date many new species have been de- scribed from this country and Rozeboom and Komp (1950) added several new records of species belonging to the subgenus Melano- conmion. During a light trap survey conducted in the years 1951, 1952 and 1953 (Blanton, Galindo and Peyton, in press) we personally examined a total of 22,878 terminalia of Culex males. This survey resulted in the discovery of a number of new species already described by the authors (Galindo and Blanton, 1954) and of several interesting new records for the country. The collections of the senior author in the last ten years which have covered every district in the Republic, as well as the intensive work on forest mosquitoes carried on by Dr. Harold Trapido and the senior author, have also yielded new records of Culex and interesting biological data on many of the species. With this information at hand we have considered it advisable at this time to publish a list of the species of Culex known to occur in Panama, giving taxonomic, biological and distributional notes in cases of special interest. In this list we include 88 species distributed in 8 subgenera as follows: Culex, 15; Neoculex, 1; Lutzia, 1; Aedinus, 2; Tinolestes, 4; Melanoconion, 54; Microculex, 7; Carrollia, 4. With few exceptions we have followed the classification proposed by Lane (1953). Subgenus Culex Linnaeus 1. beauperthuyi Antunes. Venezuela, Brazil and Panama. First record for the country. A single male was picked up during the light-trap survey in a trap set within an extensive fresh water swamp near the town of Aguadulee, province of Coclé. 2. bonneae Dyar and Knab. Surinam, Brazil and Panama. This relatively rare species was first recorded from Panama by Dunn (1934). Larvae are usually found in this country in fallen logs and at the base of buttressed roots. Males have been captured in light traps set 70 feet above the ground in the canopy of the forest. 3. chidesteri Dyar. Mexico to Brazil. Common in the lowlands of both coasts. Larvae may be found in large numbers throughout the year breeding in open fresh water swamps, par- ticularly in the presence of the large sedge Fuirena wmbellata Rottb. corniger Theobald. Mexico to Uruguay. coronator Dyar and Knab. Southern U. 8. A. to Argentina. delys Howard, Dyar and Knab. Panama. om Ol 1Entomologist, Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama, R. de P. 2Lt. Col., MSC, formerly with United States Army Caribbean, Ft. Clayton, ~ ©. Z. Now Army Medical Service Graduate School, Walter Reed, Washington — LL 2D eC: ee eee Cee 4 . — ¥, a ey hee eh ee =~] 10, 11. 13. 14. 16. it PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 69 This species, which was considered a synonym of mollis D. & K. by Dyar (1928), was revived by Lane (1953) because of the peculiar line of white scales at the base of the first vein. We have seen no material of it and the only specimen known to us is the type. inflictus Theobald. Mexico to Venezuela. Trapido and Galindo (manuscript in preparation) found females of this species attacking man on the ground and in the upper canopy of the forest after dusk. interrogator Dyar and Knab. U.S. A., Mexico and Panama. laticlasper Galindo and Blanton. Panama. Found only in the highlands of Chiriqui above 6,000 feet, where it breeds in very large numbers in the water held by fallen palm spathes in the forest. mollis Dyar and Knab. Mexico to Brazil. nigripalpus Theobald. Mexico to Brazil. pinarocampa Dyar and Knab. Mexico and Panama. According to Martinez Palacios (personal communication) pinarocampa occurs in Mexico from sea level to over 7,000 feet, breeding commonly in water held by the grooved leaves of Agave. In Panama it is found only in the Chiriqui Volcano region at elevations between 4,000 and 6,000 feet, breeding normally in water held by the basal leaves of Purcraeca sp. and occasionally in tree-holes. Galindo, Carpenter and Trapido (in manuscript ) report a single larva from a bamboo internode set out as a larval ‘‘trap.’’ pipiens quinquefasciatus Say. Tropics and subtropies. thriambus Dyar. Western U. S. A., Mexico and Panama. This species was described from Texas and in 1928 Dyar placed it in the synonymy of stigmatosoma Dyar. Galindo and Kelley (1943) revived the name, pointing out specific differences between the two forms. Martinez Palacios (1952 a) reported thriambus from Mexico and noted additional differences in the terminalia to separate it from stigmatosoma. In Panama the species is found in the highlands and it is possible that the records from Central America and Venezuela given by Dyar (loc. cit.) really refer to thriambus rather than to stigmatosoma. virgultus Theobald. Mexico to Uruguay. Lane (1953) considers declarator D. & K. a synonym of this species. Subgenus Neoculex Dyar derivator Dyar and Knab. Mexico to Panama. First reported from Panama by Bohart (1948) from material sent to him by the senior author. Females have been observed feeding on lizards of the genus Sceloporus in the Chiriqui Volcano region. It is interesting to note that Galindo and Trapido (unpublished report) found these lizards commonly infected with a species of Plasmodium which has been isolated and is being studied by Dr. Clay Huff. Subgenus Lutzia Theobald allostigma Howard, Dyar and Knab. Central America to Brazil. Subgenus Aedinus Lutz 18. accelerans Root. Brazil and Panama. 0 38. 39. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 This species was previously known only from the type locality in Brazil. The authors have several males taken in a light trap at Garachiné, Darién Province and one specimen from the Tocumen swamps near Panama City, both localities on the Pacific side of the Isthmus. amazonensis Lutz. Panama to Brazil. One of the commonest Culex of the Pacific coastal swamps of Panama. Males show a very strong positive phototropism and are picked up in large numbers in light traps set near their breeding place. Subgenus Tinolestes Coquillett browm Komp. Panama. In the last few years we have reared abundant material of this species from tree-holes in deep forest. It is particularly common in the area known as La Victoria or Cerro Azul, just east of Panama City. Females are not known to bite man. Males are only occasionally found in light trap col- lections. conservator Dyar and Knab. Panama to Brazil. corrigani Dyar and Knab. Panama. latisquama Coquillett. Costa Rica and Panama. Subgenus Melanoconion Theobald aikenti Aiken. Mexico to Brazil. albinensis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne. Surinam, Brazil and Panama. We have taken this species only in the vicinity of the extensive Tocumen swamps near Panama City where it appears to be fairly common. alogistus Dyar. Surinam, Brazil, Panama and Costa Rica. From the highlands of Chiriqui we have what appears to be a new species which differs from alogistus in larval characters (having the comb-scales in a patch as in vewillifer) and in details of the male terminalia. atratus Theobald. U.S. A., Antilles, Panama, Trinidad and Guianas. bastagarius Dyar and Knab. Mexico to Brazil. caribeanus Galindo and Blanton. . Panama. caudelli Dyar and Knab. Surinam, Brazil, Trinidad and Panama. changuinolae Galindo and Blanton. Panama. commevynensis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne. Surinam, Colombia and Panama. comminutor Dyar (—= distinguendus Dyar). Surinam, French Guiana and Panama. conspirator Dyar and Knab. Mexico to Venezuela. crybda Dyar. Central America to Brazil. dunni Dyar. Mexico to Brazil. Trapido and Galindo (manuscript in preparation) have found females of this species attacking man both on the forest floor and in the upper canopy after dusk. eastor Dyar. Panama to Brazil. educator Dyar and Knab. Mexico to Brazil. egcymon Dyar. Panama. : Very common in the lowlands along both coasts of Panama, but found nowhere else. ota ay get ii Ap PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1995 71 we elephas Komp. Panama. Closely related to egcymon but much rarer than the latter species. elevator Dyar and Knab. Mexico to Brazil. erraticus Dyar and Knab. U. 8. A. to Brazil. evansae Root. Brazil and Panama. fairchildi Galindo and Blanton. Panama. flabellifer Komp. Mexico, Honduras and Panama. foliafer Komp and Rozeboom. Surinam and Panama. We have a single slide in perfect condition of this distinct species originally deseribed from Surinam. Our male was captured in a hght trap set at Patino Point in the Province of Darien. fur Dyar and Knab. Panama, Surinam, Belice and Mexico. This species was described from Panama in 1907 and wrongly synonymized under spissipes Theob. by Bonne-Wepster and Bonne (1921). Lane (1953) revived the name after examining the type of spissipes in the British Mu- seum. The only specimen from Panama known to the authors is the type. galindoi Komp and Rozeboom. Panama. iolambdis Dyar. Mexico to Colombia. jubifer Komp and Brown. Panama. Previously known from a single specimen. The senior author has reared abundant material of this species from larvae collected in forested marshy springs some 15 miles east of Panama City. kummi Komp and Rozeboom. Panama. Locally common in the mountains to the northwest of Almirante, Bocas del Toro, in deep tropical rain forest. lacertosus Komp and Rozeboom. Panama. This species was described from two males captured by Komp in Almirante. No specimens have been taken since. limacifer Komp. Costa Rica and Panama. Commonly found breeding in shaded pot-holes along streams in the semi- arid region between Chame and Rio Hato on the Pacific side of Panama. menytes Dyar. Honduras to Brazil. We have found this species breeding in large, shallow, fresh water swamps covered with sedges. Trapido and Galindo (manuscripts in preparation), working in Panama and Honduras, have found females attacking man in the upper canopy of the forest, both during the day and at night, being particularly common during hours 1800 to 2000. mistura Komp and Rozeboom. Panama to Brazil. This species was recently described from Colombia and additional speci- mens were reported from Venezuela and Brazil in the same publication. The authors have two males-captured in a light trap set near Aguadulee, Coclé Province and one male from the Tocumen swamps near Panama City. mutator Dyar and Knab. Mexico to Panama. This represents the first time that true mutator is reported from Panama. We have taken larvae several times from pot-holes along rocky mountain streams, as well as males in light traps. oedipus Root. Brazil to Panama. opisthopus Komp. U. 8. A., Puerto Rico, Mexico, Honduras and Panama. 73. 74. 75. 76. (ile PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 paracrybda Komp. Panama. Described from a single male. We have additional light trap material from the Upper Chagres River, from the Madinga River in the Canal Zone, and from the Tocumen swamps. phlogistus Dyar. Panama to Brazil. pilosus Dyar and Knab (— hesitator D. & K.). U.S. A. to Brazil. plectoporpe Root. Brazil, French Guiana and Panama psatharus Dyar. Panama. Previously known from the Atlantic side of Panama only. We recently took two males in a light trap set by a mangrove swamp near Garachiné, Darién Provinee, on the Pacific side of the isthmus. pseudotaeniopus Galindo and Blanton. Panama. quadrifoliatus Komp. Panama. quasihibridus Galindo and Blanton. Panama. rooti Rozeboom. Panama and Mexico. sardinerae Fox (— bDilobatus Galindo and Blanton). Puerto Rico and Panama. When the manuscript in which we described bilobatus Galindo and Blanton, 1954, was already in press, we noted the description of sardinerae Fox, 1953. The excellent drawings and the description of this species leaves no doubt as to the conspecificity with bilobatus, thus making the latter a synonym. serratimarge Root. Panama to Brazil. spissipes Theobald (— chrysonotum Dyar and Knab). Mexico to Brazil. Lane (1953) has ineluded chrysonotum D. & K. and theobaldi Lutz in the synonymy of spissipes Theob. sursumptor Dyar. Colombia and Panama. taeniopus Dyar and Knab. Honduras south to Bolivia and Brasil. We have abundant material of this species from the north coast of Hon- duras where it is far more abundant than its close relative opisthopus Komp as judged by densities in light trap collections. Trapido and Galindo (manuscript in preparation) record taeniopus females attacking man in upper canopy of the forest after dark. tecmarsis Dyar. Panama and Venezuela. trifidus Dyar. Mexico to Panama. Found in Panama along precipitous mountain streams breeding in shaded rock-holes. The lobes of the ninth tergite in specimens from Panama con- sistently show three to five hairs instead of the single one typical of north- ern material, which may possibly indicate a subspecific difference. vexillifer Komp. Panama. The species referred to as vexillifer by Galindo, Carpenter and Trapido (1951) and found commonly breeding in tree-holes in La Victoria (Cerro Azul) near Panama City probably represents a distinct and undescribed species, as it obviously differs in several important details of the male terminalia from typical vexillifer collected by us in the Mojinga swamp and in Gatin Lake. vomerifer Komp. Panama and French Guiana. zeteki Dyar. Panama, Venezuela and French Guiana. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 73 Subgenus Microculex Theobald 78. chryselatus Dyar and Knab. Panama to Brazil. 79. daumastocampa Dyar and Knab. Panama. 80. erethyzonfer Galindo and Blanton. Panama. 81. gaudeator Dyar and Knab. Lane (1953) recognizes this species as valid despite the fact that Howard, Dyar and Knab (1915) and Dyar (1928) had considered it a synonym of jenningsi D. & K. It differs from the latter in the ornamented mesonotum, as in ¢mitator Theobald. We have no specimens in our collection. 82. imitator imitator Theobald. Panama to Argentina. 83. jenningsi Dyar and Knab. Panama. 84. restrictor Dyar and Knab. Mexico, Honduras, Costa Rica and Panama. Larvae of this species are encountered rather frequently in tree-holes in the highlands of Chiriqui above 3,000 feet. It is here reported from Panama for the first time. Subgenus Carrollia Lutz 85. bihaicolus Dyar and Nunez Tovar. Mexico to Brazil. This widely distributed species was first recorded from Panama by Galindo, Carpenter and Trapido (1951) and later Martinez Palacios reported it from Mexico (1952 b). It is very common in tropical rain forests as judged by larval collections, but does not appear to attack man and is seldom taken in light traps. 86. metempsytus Dyar. Costa Rica, Panama and Colombia. 87. secundus Bonne-Wepster and Bonne. Panama, Colombia and Brazil. 88. wrichii Coquillett. Panama to Brazil and Peru. REFERENCES Blanton, F. 8., P. Galindo and E. L. Peyton, 1955. Report of a three year light- trap survey for biting Diptera in Panama. Mosq. News (in press). Bohart, R., 1948. The subgenus Neoculex in America North of Mexico (Diptera, Culicidae). Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 41:330-345. Bonne-Wepster, J. and C. Bonne, 1921. Notes on South American mosquitoes in the British Museum. Ins. Ins. Mens. 9:20. Dunn, L. H., 1934. Entomological investigations in the Chiriqui region of Panama. Psyche 41:166-183. Dyar, H. G., 1925. The mosquitoes of Panama. Ins. Ins. Mens. 13:101-195. , 1928. The mosquitoes of the Americas. Carnegie Ins. of Wash., Pub. No. 387. Fox, I., 1953. Notes on Puerto Rican mosquitoes including a new species of Culex, Jour. Parasit. 39:178-181. Galino, P. and T. F. Kelley, 1943. Culex (Culex) thriambus Dyar, a new mos- quito record for California. Pan Pacifie Ent. 19:87. , S. J. Carpenter and H. Trapido, 1951. Ecological observations on forest mosquitoes of an endemic yellow fever area in Panama. Amer. Jour. Trop. Med. 31:98-137. and F. S. Blanton, 1954. Nine new species of neotropical Culex, eight from Panama and one from Honduras (Diptera, Culicidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 47 :231-247. 74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 Galindo, P., S. J. Carpenter and H. Trapido, (in manuscript). A contribution to the ecology and biology of tree-hole breeding mosquitoes in Panama. Howard, L. O., H. G. Dyar and F. Knab, 1915. The mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West Indies. Carnegie Inst. of Wash., Pub. No. 159, vol. 3, p. 4438. Lane, J., 1953. Neotropical Culicidae (vol. I). Univ. Sao Paulo, Brazil, 2 vols., 1112 pp. Martinez Palacios, A., 1952 a. Culex inflictus Theobald y Culex thriambus Dyar, mosquitoes nuevos para Mexico (Diptera, Culicidae). Rev. Soc. Mex. Hist. Nat. 13:75-87. , 1952 b. Nota sobre la distribucién de los mosquitos Culex en Mexico (Diptera, Culicidae). Rev. Soc. Mex. Hist. Nat. 13:75-87. Rozeboom, L. E. and W. H. W. Komp, 1950. A review of the species of Culex of the subgenus Melanoconion (Diptera, Culicidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 43:75-114. Trapido, H. and P. Galindo, (manuscript in preparation). Mosquitoes associated with sylvan yellow fever near Almirante, Panama. ; LIPEURUS DOVEI McGREGOR, A SYNONYM OF LIPEURUS CAPONIS (LINNAEUS) (MALLOPHAGA, PHILOPTERIDAB) Lipewrus lineatus McGregor, 1917 was described from a male supposedly col- lected from a quail at Hamburg, Mississippi. Later McGregor proposed Lipeurus dovei as a nomen novum for Lipewrus lineatus McGregor, 1917 (nec Giebel, 1874). Through the courtesy of Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck, the author was recently per- mitted to examine the Mallophaga collection of the U. S. National Museum. In that collection are two slides bearing the same collection data and Bishop number ; one has been labeled ‘‘type’’ and the other has a penciled notation ‘‘type mate- — rial.’? The writer has examined both slides and has found that these specimens Ca agree in all details with Lipeurus caponis (Linnaeus), a common parasite on the domestic chicken. Undoubtedly the poor drawings and absence of illustrations of the male geni- talia in the original description have been the principal reasons why the true identity of this form has not been previously established. REFERENCES , McGregor, E. A., 1917. Eight new Mallophaga of the genus Lipewrus from North — American birds. Psyche 24:105-117. r Ibid, 1918. Lipeurus dovei nom. nov. Psyche 25:46. ap K. C. Emerson, Ft. Leavenworth, Kansas z NOTICE Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication. Ref- A erences to literature should be included in the text. PROO. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 Js A NEW CHRYSOBOTHRIS FROM EASTERN RED CEDAR, JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA (COLEOPTERA, BUPRESTIDAE) By B. K. Dozimr, Tennessee Agricultural Experiment Station, Knoxville, Tenn. The Chrysobothris described below is of imterest because it illus- trates a typical and yet puzzling example of two very closely related species occurring on a mutually common host (Juniperus virginiana L.) in two widely separated areas. This brings up the question of whether the eastern form is merely an isolated or intergrading varia- tion of a widely ranging species. More intensive collecting through- out the Gulf Coast states would help clarify this problem. Juniperus virginiana lL. ranges from Maine to North Dakota, south through the central and eastern states to central Georgia, and across the northern sections of the Gulf Coast to central Texas. Along the Gulf Coast, across north Florida, and in the coastal areas of Georgia and South Carolina it is replaced by Southern Red Cedar (J. siliciola Small). In the southwest it is replaced by several species of junipers including Rocky Mountain Red Cedar (J. scopulorum Sarg.), which ranges from Washington south to central Arizona and New Mexico, Alligator Juniper (J. deppeana Steud.), which occurs from central Arizona to western Texas, and Utah Juniper (J. osteosperma Torr.), which occurs mainly in Utah, Nevada, and northern Arizona. The species of Chrysobothris described here is known only from the type locality in North Carolina, from J. virginiana; its nearest rela- tive, C. texana Le Conte, has not been recorded east of Texas and Nebraska and is evidently confined to the more arid area west of the Mississippi River. C. texana has been recorded from Eastern Red Cedar, Utah Juniper, Rocky Mountain Red Cedar, and Arizona Cypress (Cupressus arizonica Greene). Due to the structural differences noted in the description, and the apparent isolated distributions, the author believes that two very close yet distinct species are represented. The eastern species is de- scribed below. Chrysobothris neotexana, new species Holotype Male——Form small, moderately elongate, shining; antennae black; head and pronotum black with cupreous reflections, more pronounced on head; elytra black with greenish reflections in certain light; ventral surface black. Head black with strong reddish cupreous refiections; front converging dorsally, twice as wide at base of eye as at occiput, slightly convex, slightly depressed above clypeus, two small callosities in middle, surface heavily punctate, puncta- tions broad and shallow, densely clothed with long hairs, a smooth longitudinal carina on occiput bearing a prominent longitudinal groove; clypeus shallowly, broadly emarginate; antenna with first segment as long as following two united, Segments subtruncate beginning with the fourth. Pronotum black with faint reddish cupreous reflections, 1.6 times wider than ~ [or] PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 ee long, slightly wider anteriorly; base arcuately emarginate with a well produced median lobe; lobe broadly rounded at apex; anterior margin nearly straight; anterior median lobe faintly indicated; disk moderately convex, a vague depres- sion on either side near lateral margins, moderately punctate in center becoming confluently punctate near lateral margins, punctations broad and shallow, particu- larly near lateral margins. Chrysobothris neotexana, new species. Male genitalia, dorsal and ventral views; fore tibia and elypeus. Drawings from holotype. Elytra moderately elongate, 1.8 times longer than wide, 1.3 times wider than pronotum, sides nearly parallel, posterior third arcuately converging to broadly — rounded apex; lateral margins serrate; basal depression broad and deep; humeral depression broad and shallower than basal; heavily punctate between costae; four longitudinal costae on each elytron, the first extending from the base to apex; strongly elevated in posterior half; second costa extending from between basal and humeral depressions, joining fourth costa near apex, strongly inter- rupted at points one and two-thirds of its length; third costa extending from humerus, converging to meet second costa, interrupted near the middle; fourth — costa extending from humerus to apex paralleling lateral margin of elytron. Pd Ventral aspect: Prosternum densely punctate, fairly smooth at center, mod- erately clothed with long hairs; anterior femur with a single large obtuse tooth, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 ~] ca | heavily dentate on outer margin; anterior tibia moderately arcuate with a dilation near apex; middle and hind tibiae simple; abdomen moderately punctate, clothed with short white hairs; poorly developed lateral callosities present; last visible sternite broadly and shallowly emarginate with a serrate submarginal ridge. Allotype Female.—Differs from male in having less arcuate fore tibia, which lacks an apical expansion, by having prosternum and frons less hairy, and by having last visible abdominal sternite more narrowly notched. Variations.—One paratype male lacks the expansion on the fore tibia, otherwise no noteworthy variations can be seen in the type series. The length varies from 7.4 mm to 9.1 mm. Described from 27 males (one type) and 6 females collected by the author at Charlotte, North Carolina. Holotype, allotype and 28 para- types collected on May 31, 1953; 2 paratypes on June 14, 1953; and -1 paratype on July 5, 1953. Holotype deposited in the U. S. National Museum (No. 62301), paratypes in the collection of H. F. Howden, N. C. State College; the allotype and the remaining paratypes are re- tained in the writer’s collection. Host.—The type series was taken in a cut over second growth pine woods on recently cut logs of Eastern Red Cedar approximately four to eight inches in diameter. All specimens were taken on logs and none were observed or collected on the smaller branches in nearby brush piles. Apparently this species breeds in the main trunk of the tree and not the branches. The writer did not observe oviposition on cedar but he assumes that this is the host as no specimens were observed on any other species of tree in the immediate area. Comparison.—Chrysobothris neotexana will key to C. texana Le Conte in Fisher’s key (1942) and appears to be very closely related to that species. It can be separated from C. texana by its uniformly smaller size, more acuminate genitalia, and by the lack of a strong constriction behind the dilation on the fore tibia of the male. REFERENCE Fisher, W. S., 1942. A revision of the North American species of buprestid beetles belonging to the tribe Chrysobothrini. U.S.D.A. Mise. Publ. No. 470, 274 pp. BOOK NOTICE THE BLACK FLIES (DIPTERA, SIMULIIDAE) OF GUATEMALA AND THEIR ROLE AS VECTORS OF ONCHOCERCIASIS, by Herbert T. Dalmat, Laboratory of Tropical Diseases, National Institutes of Health. vi + 425 pp., 44 plates, bibliography, index. Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. 125, no. 1 (Publication 4173), Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D. C. 1955. A comprehensive review of studies occomplished by the author who worked in an endemic zone of onchocerciasis in Guatemala from 1947 to 1953.—Ep. 78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 NOTES ON THE GENUS EUSCELIDIUS RIBAUT IN THE UNITED STATES (HoMOPTERA, CICADELLIDAE ) The genus Huscelidius Ribaut contains two Old World species. One of these, BE. schenkii (Kirschbaum), has been recorded from North America for some years, 1 the earliest record being its redescription as Euscelis maculipenis by DeLong and Davidson (1934: 221), from Moscow, Idaho. Oman (1947: 63) synonymized the DeLong and Davidson name under the Kirschbaum species mentioned above and stated that the earliest collection record for North America was 1927. One species of Huscelidius is received fairly often for identification by the In- sect Identification and Parasite Introduction Section. It has been referred to E. schenkii (Kbm.) in earlier determinations, but more critical study indicates that two species have been confused, that both EH. schenkii (Kbm.) and | EB. variegatus (Kbm.) occur in the U. S., and that the latter appears to be more common and widespread. The male genitalia of the two species have been adequately illustrated by Ribaut (1952: 99). Externally the species are separable by the markings of the upper portion of the face, the dark clypeal ares fusing and forming a pair of conspicuous black spots in variegatus but retaining their separate identity in “| schenku. Specimens of schenkii are at hand only from Idaho; of variegatus from Wash- ington, Oregon, California, and Utah. The species used in virus transmission ex- periments in California, identified as Huscelis maculipenis by DeLong and Severin (1947: 532), is probably variegatus, although the genitalia illustrations un- doubtedly apply to schenkii. Possibly the illustrations were made from Idaho specimens from Dr. DeLong’s collection. Specimens collected in 1953 from Sonoma County, California, the same general region as the California records re- __ ported by DeLong and Severin (loc. cit.) are variegatus. , Probably both species of Huscelidius have been introduced from the Old World. REFERENCES Ribaut, H., 1952. Faune de France. Homoptéres Anchénorhynques. II. 57. 474 pp. ; DeLong, D. M. and Davidson, R. H., 1934. Some new species of Cicadellidae from the United States. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 42:221-224. DeLong, D. M. and Severin, H. H. P., 1947. Characters, distribution, and food plants of newly discovered vectors of California aster-yellows virus. Hil- gardia 17:527-537. Oman, P. W., 1947. Miscellaneous notes on Cicadellidae. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soe. 55 :59-63. —Davip A. Younc, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. ATTENTION! See special notice on inside front cover of this issue. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 79 A NEW FOSSIL TERMITE, PARASTYLOTERMES FRAZIERI, FROM CALIFORNIA (IsopTERA, RHINOTERMITIDAE) By THomMaAs E. SnyprErR, Washington, D. C. Except for fossilized pellets of excreta of Kalotermes and Zooter- mopsis in southern California and of Kalotermes in southern Florida from Quaternary (Pleistocene) formations, all evidences of fossil ter- mites in the United States have been discovered in Tertiary rock. In- cluded are termite borings recently found in petrified coniferous wood from Miocene formations of Idaho, Oregon and Washington. Fig. 1. Forewing of Parastylotermes frasieri new species in limestone concretion. Enlarged 6 times. To date, 9 species in 4 families and 7 genera have been described from Eocene or Miocene strata in Tennessee, Colorado and Washing- ton. No species of the highly specialized family Termitidae so far have been represented as fossils in the United States. The portion of the termite wing which is described in this paper was found in a gray nodule of calcium carbonate (approx. 80 mm. by 70 mm.) in Miocene or older calcareous shale strata, immediately be- low the principal colemanite horizon, age at least 25 million years. Chironomid flies and thrips were other fossil insects found in this deposit, where disarticulated fish and coprolites indicate a more or less permanent prehistoric lake. I am indebted to Dr. Allison R. Palmer of the U. S. Geological Survey for the opportunity to examine this fossil wine. 80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 Parastylotermes frazieri, new species Wing. Forewing? (fig. 1). Subcostal vein joined to the costal margin by nu- merous vertical short veinlets. Wing membrane strongly reticulated with acces- sory veinlets arising vertically from main nervures. Median vein free from stump, single, but slightly closer to cubitus than to subcosta, with numerous vertical, relatively short veinlets. Cubitus with many closely placed, branching branch- lets to posterior margin of the wing. All veins are prominent and thickened. Wing scale absent. Length of wing approximately 10.00 mm., broken, the pieces separated. Width of wing at widest portion 3.00 mm. Type locality: Old Frazier Borax Mine northwest of Frazier Moun- tain, west of Lebee in Mt. Pinos quadrangle, Ventura Co., Cal. Holotype: Forewing ?—Cat. No. 62383, U. S. National Museum. Collected by T. H. MeCulloh, U. 8S. Geological Survey, in March 1954. Two other species of the fossil genus Parastylotermes Snyder and Emerson have been found: washingtonensis (Snyder) from the Upper Miocene Latah shale of the state of Washington and robustus (von Rosen) in Lower Oligocene or Upper Eocene Baltic amber. P. wash- ingtonensis has the median vein closer to the cubitus than in frazierv. The closely related living genus, Stylotermes Holmgren, contains only one species, fletcheri Holmgren, which occurs in south India. BOOK REVIEW MATURE LARVAE OF THE BEETLE FAMILY ANOBIIDAE, by Adam G. Boving. Biologiske Meddelelser, vol. 22, no. 2, Copenhagen, Denmark, 1954. 298 pp., 50 plates. May be purchased from Ejnai Munksgaard, Norregade 6, Copenhagen K, Denmark. Price: 35 kroner. In this work on anobiid larvae Dr. Boéving has enhanced his already well- founded reputation as an authority of immature stages of the Coleoptera. Sel- dom has there been a more critical or exhaustive study made of a group of in- sects. The published result can not fail to help give studies of immature insects the important role in insect taxonomy that they deserve. The book is divided into two main sections or chapters. The first of these contains a detailed description of the internal as well as the external anatomy, with careful attention given to the musculature. The second chapter treats the taxonomy of the available larvae of the family. The key to the species is pre- ceded by a family characterization, and an important consideration of the natural groups based on larval characters. Following the key, the species are taken up in order with complete descriptions and references to figures. There are 50 plates containing 572 figures, each prepared carefully and accurately. A very comple index is supplied. Dr. Boéving and the Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters are to tee congratulated on the fine appearance of the work. The arrangement of the text by the editor and the reproduction of the drawings are excellent——W. H. ANn- DERSON, Agricultural Research Service, Washington, D. C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 $1 A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS HALTICOPTERA (HYMENOPTERA, PTEROMALIDAE) By B. D. Burks, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. Dr. W. V. Balduf, of the University of Illinois, has for several years been studying the complex of insects associated with the hips of wild roses. In the course of his rearings, Dr. Balduf has obtained a large number of specimens of an undescribed species of the chalcidoid genus Halticoptera. This species is here described to make its name available for use in papers dealing with its biological relationships. Halticoptera rosae, new species Female.—Length 3.5-4.0 mm. Head black with bright green or faintly brassy metallic reflections; antennae mostly very dark brown, but sensory areas of flagellum tan, base of scape and apex of pedicel tan, and scape dark, metallic green; thoracic notum bright, metallic blue-green, areas around sutures slightly darkened, pleura and sternum black with faint brassy reflections; each leg with coxa black, but showing faint metallic green iridescence from certain angles, first trochanter dark brown, second yellow, femur dark brown to black, with very faint metallic green iridescence, and apex yellow; tibia yellow with faint darker shad- ing in the middle, basal four tarsal segments yellow, apical segment and claws dark brown to black; propodeum bright metallic green, abdominal petiole and gaster black with faint metallic green reflections. Mandible with all teeth stout, ventral tooth the longest, 2 intermediate teeth sub-triangular, dorsal tooth truneate and shorter than the intermediate teeth; clypeal teeth relatively long and acute at apices; mandibular depression on gena with anterior margin carinate on mesal third; length of fronto-genal suture one- half as great as height of compound eye; apices of scapes reaching level of ventral margin of anterior ocellus; length of interocellar line slightly greater than length of ocellocular line; relative proportions of lengths of parts of an- tenna: Scape 40, pedicel 10, ring segments 2, 2, funicle segments 7, 8, 8, 8, 7, 7, club 17. Mesopraescutum with inconspicuous, sparsely set setae distributed over its sur- face, 4 to 6 long setae borne along inner margin of each axilla; seutellum with 4+ long bristles on each antero-lateral area, subapical cross-furrow well marked, composed of deep pits which are not contiguous; femoral furrow of mesopleuron With minute punctures, areas anterior and posterior to this furrow with larger punctures; subalar area smooth and shining; relative lengths of wing veins: submarginal 27, marginal 14, postmarginal 10, stigmal 7, stigmal vein with a slender, relatively long apico-dorsal appendix; median sector of metanotum shagreened. Propodeum with surface obscurely sculptured, almost smooth, lateral folds well developed, minutely scalloped, anteriorly almost reaching the broadly oval spira- cles; petiole with medio-dorsal, longitudinal carina sometimes minutely interrupted in the middle, usually continuous, lateral spines prominent, acute; petiole as wide as long; first gastral tergite longer than all following tergites combined, its surface smooth, shining; second tergite faintly reticulated on basal half, fol- lowing tergites with exposed surfaces sculptured; each cercus with 3 bristles. 82 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 Male.—Length 3.0-3.5 mm. Head and thorax bright metallic green, antennal scape yellow at base and shading to tan at apex, pedicel darkened at base, dis- : tally golden tan, funicle uniformly golden tan, club slightly darkened; coxae ‘ dark metallic green, legs beyond coxae bright yellow; petiole black, gaster dark metallic green. Enlarged terminal segments of maxillary palpus slightly longer ' than wide, apex of terminal segment nipple-like and hirsute; relative proportions of lengths of parts of antenna: scape 35, pedicel 12, ring segments 2, 2, funicle = segments 7, 8, 8, 7, 7, 6, club 18; surface reticulation of propodeum stronger than in female; first gastral tergite occupying more than half the dorsal surface of gaster; each cercus bearing 4 long bristles. Type locality.—Intersection of U. S. route 61 and Cascade River, Cook Co., Minn. x Types.—U. S. N. M. No. 62316. ‘ Described from 58 @ and 48 ¢ specimens as follows: Holotype 2, allotype ¢, and 13 @ and 9é paratypes, from type locality, June 17-Aug. 8, 1946, reared from hips of Rosa acicularis bourgeau- ana, W. V. Balduf; 12 9 and 15 ¢ paratypes, intersection of U. S. route 61 and Pike Lake Road, Minn., July 8-Aug. 18, 1946, from hips of Rosa acicularis bourgeawiana, W. V. Balduf; 5 9 and 12 ¢ para- types, intersection of U. S. route 61 and Temperance River, Minn., July 10-Aug. 1, 1946, from hips of Rosa acicularis, W. V. Balduf; 4 ? paratypes, Ely, Minn., July 4-11, 1947, from hips of Rosa blanda, W. V. Balduf; 2 @ and 3¢ paratypes, Bally Creek, Minn., July 11- 27, 1946, from hips of Rosa (?) blanda, W. V. Balduf; 86 para- types, Eaglenest, Minn., June 13-Aug. 3, 1945, from hips of Rosa sp., W. V. Balduf; 4 2 paratypes, Tower, Minn., July 23-Aug. 1, 1945, from trypetid in rose hips, W. V. Balduf; 4 2 and 1 ¢ paratypes, Madison, Wisc., July 8, 1946-July 9, 1947, from hips of Rosa arkan- sana, W. V. Balduf; 1 2 and 3 8 paratypes, Solon Springs, Wisc., June 27-30, 1947, W. V. Balduf; 2 2 and 3 8 paratypes, Chetek, Wisce., July 8, 1946-July 12, 1947, from hips of Rosa sp., W. V. Bal- duf; 1 2 paratype, Sarona, Wisc., June 24, 1946, from hip of Rosa blanda or arkansana, W. V. Balduf;2 2 and2 ¢ paratypes, Gordon, Wisc., June 12, 1946-July 6, 1947, from hips of Rosa blanda glandu- losa, W. V. Balduf; 5 @ and 3 ¢ paratypes, Newport, R. I., Sept. 30, 1943, from Rhagoletis basiola (O. S.) in hips of Rosa rugosa; 1 2 paratype, Newport, R. I., Sept. 30, 1944, from Rhagoletis alternata (Fallén) in hips of Rosa virginiana. Halticoptera rosae agrees with goodi Crawford in having the me- dian sector of the metanotum shagreened and the propodeal spiracles — broadly oval; in goodi, however, the sculpture of the surface of the propodeum is stronger than it is in rosae; the thoracic notum is bright _ metallic blue-green in rosae, but is dark bronzy green in goodi; and — the antennal flagellum is tan in goodi, but is dark brown in rosae. — In the males, the enlarged terminal segments of the palpus in goodi — are twice as long as wide, rather than approximately as wide, as in — rosae; the terminal palpal segment in goodi is elongate-acuminate, — rather than nipple-like, as in rosae. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 §3 AUSTIN HOBART CLARK 1880-1954 Newsweek— International 3orn on December 17, 1880 at Wellesley, Mass., Austin was edu- cated at Newton High School and Harvard University ; he was a typi- cal New Englander. In 1906 he married Mary Wendell Upham who, until her death in 1931, was a wonderful wife and companion. She, and their two sons and three daughters, shared Austin’s love of nature and biology. In 1933, he married Leila Gay Forbes who also en- thusiastically shared his biological studies. In 1901 Clark organized the first of several zoological expeditions, that to Margarita Island, Venezuela. In 1906-1907 he was acting chief of the scientific staff of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries’ SS Albatross, and in 1908 joined the Smithsonian Institution where he became curator of echinoderms in 1920. When he retired in 1950, he was made honorary associate in zoology. During his scientific career of more than half a century he achieved recognition throughout the world as one of the greatest authorities on echinoderms. Mr. Clark was also widely known for his studies on his hobby—butterflies. In these, which included not only collecting and studying his specimens, but also the effect of wing radiation on photographic plates and the study of scent-glands, he enjoyed the enthusiastic help of his family. Clark also held the important post of Director of the Press Service of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. In this position he was eminently successful in stimulating, and encouraging accurate and understandable writing to make science popular and known to the layman. 84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 Clark was a member of and served as president of many scientific societies in this country and was a fellow of the Royal Geographic Society. He was also a member of the Long Range Planning Com- mission of the Southern Association of Science and Industry as well as the noted Virginia Academy of Science. He served as scientific aide-de-camp to the Prince of Monaco during the latter’s Washington visit in 1921 and was decorated Knight of the Order of Dannebrog by Denmark. Research studies by this past president of our entomological society resulted in over 650 papers and books in oceanography, marine biol- ogy, ornithology and entomology and included important contribu- tions to our knowledge of the odd Peripatus. These many publica- tions are written in English, French, Italian, German and Russian. His Monograph of the Existing Crinoids, which appeared in bul- letins of the U. S. National Museum, 1931-1950, established him as an outstanding zoologist. Other books by Austin are: Animals of Land and Sea, 1925 (revised, 1927); Nature Narratives, 1929-1931; The New Evolution, 1930; Animals Alive, 1948; and, with his wife Leila, The Butterflies of Virginia, 1951, based on personal surveys in every county in Virginia. A member of the Cosmos Club, he played brilliant but companion- able bridge there in the 1920’s. He had a remarkably diverse learn- ing; a member once said, ‘‘We should have an up-to-date set of the Encyclopaedia Britannica.’’ ‘‘ Why bother,’’ answered another, ‘‘ Aus- tin Clark is a member of the elub.’’ Austin was very helpful to young scientists and foreign visitors. The chairman of this committee recalls with pleasure Saturday night beans-and-brown-bread suppers at his home, summer Sunday evening talks on the roof of the old Cosmos Club and one memorable night in 1920 at Bill Mann’s bachelor apartment when Africa was discussed — with explorer Edmund Heller. In the passing of Austin Clark on October 28, 1954, the world has lost an outstanding scientist, a gentleman and a friend. THomas E. SNYDER, Chairman Haroup H. SHEPARD J. F. Gates CLARKE PUBLICATIONS OF AUSTIN H. CLARK (prepared by Leila Clark) 1906. The effects of inbreeding, cross-breeding, and selection upon the fertility and variability of Drosophila. Contributions from the Zodlogical Labora- tory of Harvard College, no. 117, in Proce. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sciences, 41, no. 33:729-786, tables 1-28. May. (Joint author with W. E. Castle & — others. ) 1913. Revision of the American species of Peripaéus. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 26:15-20. Jap. 18. c 2 bs , * 3 & : ——. Notes on American species of Peripatus, with a list of known forms. — Smiths. Mise. Coll. 60(17):1-5. Jan. 25. 1931. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 85 ’ Three interesting butterflies from eastern Massachusetts. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 45:363-364, pl. 12. June 13. Piccole note su degli Onychophora. Zool. Anz. 42(6) :253-255. July 18. Sopra una piccola collezione di Onychophora da Australia. Zool. Anz. 43 (7) :316-319. Jan. 7. Notes on some specimens of a species of onychophore (Oroperipatus cor- radoi) new to the fauna of Panama. Smiths. Mise. Coll. 63(2):1-2. Feb. 21. On some onychophores (Peripatus) from the Republic of Panama. Zool. Anz. 45(4):145-146. Dee. 4. The present distribution of the Onychophora, a group of terrestrial inver- tebrates. Smiths. Misc. Coll. 65(1):1-25. Jan. 4. A note on the occurrence of Epiperipatus imthurmi (Sclater). Proe. Biol. Soe. Wash. 28:179-184. Nov. 29. Man’s chief competitors, the insects. More about insects. In Animals of Land and Sea: 49-81. There are many other references to insects through- out the book. Some unusual and interesting butterflies from eastern Massachusetts. ER vere Se Bek erties: Smeth. Inst Ann. Hept: for 1926, pp ont brs of some New England butterflies. Psyche 33(1):1-5. Sos Fi gs am giant moths. Sci. Mo. 23:385-397, figs. 1-19. Nov. 27. Fragrant butterflies. Smiths. Inst. Ann. Rpt. 1926: 421-446, pls. 1-13. Notes on the melitaeid butterfly Huphydryas phaéton (Drury) with de- scriptions of a new subspecies and a new variety. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 71(11) :1-22, pls. 1-5. April 22. Notes on some butterflies from New England. Psyche 35(4) :226-228. Dee. The butterflies of the District of Columbia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work, 1928: 101-108, figs. 89-93. Why a butterfly? [and 21 other brief popular articles on insects]. Zn his Nature Narratives, 1:47-107. { Note on the first record of the European house cricket (Gryllis domestica) at Greenfield, Mass.] Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 19(2):49. Jan. 19. On certain forms of common American butterflies. Psyche 36(1) :28-33. March. Preliminary list of the butterflies of the District of Columbia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 42:113-116. March 25. Peripatus from the Island of Montserrat. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 31(7): 139. October. Notes on some local butterflies. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 32(5):80-82. May. The world and the butterfly. Sci. Mo. 30:536-537. June. . Bachelor butterflies (and 14 other brief popular articles on insects), Jn Nature Narratives 2:56-82. Some observations on butterfly migrations. Sci. Mo. 32:150-155. February. Notes on the behavior and migration of the milkweed butterfly. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 21(8):171-172. April 19. Selling entomology. Sci. Mo. 32:527-536. June. $3 1937. 1939. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 The extirpation of one butterfly by another. Sci. Mo. 33:173-174. August. A new subspecies of Poanes massasoit Seudder. Annals Carnegie Mus. 21 (1) :7-9, fig. 1. Nov. 14. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 157. ix + 337 pp., 64 pls. Feb. 138. The forms of the common Old World swallowtail butterfly (Papilio ma- chaon) in North America, with descriptions of two new subspecies. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 81(11):1-15, pls. 1-8. July 12. Observations on the butterflies of Apple Orchard Mountaim, Bedford County, Virginia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 47:177-180. Oct. 2. Arctic butterflies. Smiths. Inst. Ann. Rept. 1934:267-296, pls. 1-7. The butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work 1934:33-36, figs. 28-31. Some butterflies from eastern Virginia. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 26(2): 66-70, figs. 1-14. Feb. 15. (Leila F. Clark, joint author.) Notes on the butterflies of the genus Hnodia and description of a new fritillary from Peru. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 83:251-259, pl. 22. April 11. Who’s who among the butterfiies. Nat. Geog. Mag. 69:679-692, pls. 1-8. May. ans uid Oe % gehts ah) The gold-banded skipper (Rhabdoides cellus). Smiths. Mise. Coll. ont): 1-50, pls. 1-8. May 6. The nest of Odynerus tempiferus var. macio Bequaert, with notes on the habits of the wasps. Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 84:89-95, table 1. November 24. (Grace A. Sandhouse, joint author.) The swallowtail butterflies. Smiths. Inst. Ann. Rept. 1935:383-408, pls. 1-14. The butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work 1936:47-52, figs. 40-45. A new subspecies of the nymphalid butterfly Polygonia faunus. Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus. 84:219-222, pl. 10. April. 9. Records of Argynnis diana and of some other butterflies from Virginia. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 27(5) :209-2138. May 15. (Carroll M. Williams, joint author.) Preliminary list of the butterflies of Virginia. Proce. Biol. Soe. Wash. 50:87-92. June 22. (Leila F. Clark, joint author.) * Potent personalities—wasps and hornets. Nat. Geog. Mag. 72(1):47-72, — pls. 1-8, 18 illus. July. Q Surveying the butterflies of Virginia. Sei. Mo. 45:256-265. September. & On some onychophores from the West Indies and Central America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 85:1-3. Nov. 5. The butterflies of Virginia. Smith. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work 1937:77-80, figs. 80-82. s Butterflies from Virginia and the District of Columbia. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 51:1-6. Feb. 18. (Leila F. Clark, joint author.) i, Notes on Virginia butterflies. Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash. 51:177-182. Noy. 3. (Leila F. Clark, jot author.) 3 Butterflies of a wood road, Suffolk, Virginia. Ent. News 50(1):1-5. Janu- — uary. (Leila F. Clark, joint author.) . 1951. CoO Soa | PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 . Butterflies from Virginia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 52:172-184. Dee. 15. (Leila F. Clark, joint author.) Butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work 1939: 63-66, figs. 68-73. Butterflies of Farmville, Virginia. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sei, 31(1) :38-40. Jan. 15. (Frank W. Trainer, joint author.) Some early butterfly records from Georgia. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 43(4): 80-85. April. (Leila F. Clark, joint author.) The genus Colias in North America (Lepidoptera: Pieridae). Ent. News 52(7) :185-187, 8:220-225. July and Oct. Notes on the American representatives of the butterfly genus Argynnis. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 31(9) :381-384. Sept. 15. Notes on some North and Middle American danaid butterflies. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 90:531-542, pls. 71-74. Nov. 4. Butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work 1940: 57-60, figs. 59-62. A new butterfly from the Solomon Islands. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 57: 95-96. Nov. 30. Butterflies of the Southwest Pacific. 5 pp., mimeographed. The onychophores of Panama and the Canal Zones. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 96:205-213. Feb. 21. Two new butterflies from the Admiralty Islands. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 59:119-120. Oct. 25. The interrelationships of the several groups within the butterfly super- family Nymphaloidea. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 49(6):148-149. June 11. Surveying the butterflies of Virginia—from the human as well as the scientific viewpoint. Author’s abstract of his address as retiring president of the Enotmological Society of Washington. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 50(3) : 74-76. March. Classification of the butterflies, with the allocation of the genera occurring in North America north of Mexico. Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash. 61:77-84. June 16. The Insects. Insect foods. Carnivorous insects. Paraistic insects. Aquatic insects. In Animals Alive, :109-149, 227-235. There are many other refer- ences to insects in the book. Long and short of the insect world. Condensed from a chapter of the book, Animals Alive. Sci. Digest 24(4):11-15. October. A new subspecies of Glaucopsyche lygdamus. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 50(7) : 176-178. Oct. 18. Foreword to The Butterflies of Georgia, by Lucien Harris, Jr. Georgia Soe. of Naturalists, Bull. No. 5. 1 p. Hiibner’s ‘‘Florida.’’ Lepidopterists’ News 4(6-7) :62. Lepidopterous larva feeding on exudations from woolly aphids. Lepidop- terists’ News 4:52. The butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Mise. Coll. 116(7):vii + 239 pp., 30 pls., col. frontisp., fold map. (Leila F. Clark, joint author.) Butterflies of the Marshall Islands. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 53:43-44. February. 88 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 1951. The organization and the first annual meeting of the Lepidopterists’ So- ciety in New York. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 53:114. April. ——, ‘‘A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America East of the Great Plains,’’ by Alexander B. Klots (review). Sci. Mo. 72:408. June. 1952. The first record of a butterfly migration in America. Lepidopterists’ News 6(1-3) :42. Oct. 8. ——, [Leland Ossian Howard (1857-1950). Cosmos Club Bull. 5(12):2-4. Oct. MABEL COLCORD (1872-1954) With the death of Mabel Colcord in a Philadelphia Hospital on June 4, 1954, the Entomological Society of Washineton lost an old friend who had been on its membership rolls since the 409th meeting, March 7, 1929. Daughter of Samuel Marshall and Elisabeth (Rodman) Coleord, she was born in Boston on December 24, 1872. After eight years im public schools she attended Arthur Gilman’s School for Girls in Cam- bridge, Massachusetts, leading a rather restricted life in the home of an aunt during this four-year period. A year in high school at Need- ham, Massachusetts completed her elementary education. An excel- lent student, she was sent to Radcliffe College from which she gradu- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 89 ated in 1895 with the degree of A.B. Miss Colcord majored in Latin and Greek and in after years she used to maintain (and prove it) that certain pages of the Index to the Literature of American Eco- nomic Entomology had a definitely Homeric rhythm. The years from 1895 to 1898 were spent as a teacher in both private and high schools. The loss of both father and mother in the same year left her much depressed and uncertain about her future plans. She did not wish to return to teaching and finally decided to enter the New York State Library School where she was a student from 1900 to 1902. Miss Coleord held her first library positions in 1901 and 1902 as assistant in the Young Men’s Association Library, Albany, N. Y., and in the New York State Traveling Library Division. In 1902 she went to the State University of Iowa as Assistant Cataloger, and from 1903-1904 served that library as Assistant in Charge. Her long asso- ciation with entomology began with her appointment to the Bureau of Entomology as ‘‘Scientific Assistant in Library Science,’’ effective July 9, 1904. Miss Coleord remained as a bureau librarian until all the bureau libraries were consolidated with the Main Library of the De- partment in February, 1942. She continued to work in the field of entomology, acting as Chief of the Entomological Unit of the Bibli- ography Division until her retirement on June 30, 1942. Miss Colcord came to the Bureau of Entomology trained in Library Science but with very little knowledge of her subject field. Three years later, in 1907, a memorandum from Dr. L. O. Howard contained the following significant comment: ‘‘She has familiarized herself with the conditions and needs of the Bureau and with the general subject of entomological literature with a rapidity that is surprising and very eratifying.’’ In 1904 the library was little more than a collection of books, uncataloged and with a charging system somewhat startling to a trained librarian. The entomologist detailed to watch over the “Library’’ simply took down the book and replaced it with a slip of paper on which he wrote its title. He saw no necessity for recording the borrower’s name because only one specialist had a right to be interested in that book. Miss Colcord met the situation with tact and humor, never yielding her objective of installing approved library procedures. Under her guidance the library became known as an out- standing collection, recognized and consulted by entomologists in this country and abroad. Tact was also required to maintain the delicate balance between her duty to Dr. Howard as Chief of the Bureau and her duty to Miss Claribel Barnett as head of the Department Library system. Great respect and liking for both Dr. Howard and Miss Barnett, as well as her own integrity, guided her through this difficult situation. She was always able to hold her own with a quiet dignity or to inject a humorous retort to dissolve tensions that became too acute. Dr. How- ard with his usual perspicacity never underrated her, nor she him, although she never hesitated to reprove him for scattering ashes on ———- 90 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 a her library floor. The two were singularly congenial and understood each other so that a friendship grew up over the years which endured until his death. Bureau workers learned to appreciate the quality of this small — woman with her quick intelligence, her capacity for hard work, her genuine interest in them and in their troubles; and they delighted in her irrepressible sense of humor. Even old Dr. Chittenden who used to grumble, ‘‘ All these librarians think of is keeping their books on the shelves,’’ would overturn all the litter on his desk for her in a frantic hunt to find a book lost in the clutter. C. F. W. Muesebeck writes, ‘‘To the older entomologists in the Department of Agriculture the library of the old Bureau of Entomology, for so many years under the direction of Miss Colcord, is one of their fond memories. It was a pleasant and comfortable place in which to work, with Miss Coleord or one of her assistants ready and able to provide the needed guidance even in the more complex problems. Miss Colcord, in fact, nearly always sensed the peculiar character of the need in troublesome cases and miraculously, as it seemed to the entomologists, tracked down the required literature. This was done, too, in a way so effortless, so friendly, so understanding, that the scientist soon came to look upon her, not as a librarian, but as a collaborator in his job. She has been ereatly missed.’’ Members of her own staff who watched her and learned from her certainly realized Miss Coleord’s skill as a research reference worker. She combined a large store of information with the imagination to see several angles of approach to a subject, and exercised unlimited patience in following various leads—she took : pleasure in the search. It was the good fortune of American entomologists to have the record of economic work, begun by Samuel Henshaw and Nathan — Banks, continued by Miss Coleord from Index IT (1915-1919) of the — Index to the Literature of American Economic Entomology through — Index VI (1935-1939). She has told how Dr. Howard called her into his office one day and said, ‘‘I’m going to ask you to continue the work of getting out the Index to Economic Entomology. “Tt came just lke that, 7 she said, ‘‘and for the moment I was completely stag- gered, but Dr. Howard seemed to think I could do it, so I told him I would tackle it.’’ It was a formidable task to add to an already heavy load, but she ‘‘tackled’’ it with her usual pluck and driving energy. Each five- -year cumulation reflects her determination to in- sure ever greater assistance to busy workers and her alert awareness of new subject headings needed to keep pace with the rapidly expand: ing field of economic entomology. Family relationships meant a great deal to Miss Colcord and she gave generously from her modest income to help with medical bills — or with the education of younger members. She valued her friend- ships, too, and the years only served to deepen and strengthen these ties. A sick friend could be certain of a cheerful visit and a friend — in misfortune of sincere sympathy and practical aid. ‘‘Is there anys PROC. BNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 91 thing I can do?’’ was no meaningless phrase from her. An active member of the Church of the New Jerusalem (Swedenborgian), Miss Colcord gave freely of her time for many years to care for the Church Library. Miss Coleord was a Fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and a member of the American Association of Economic Entomologists, the Entomological Society of Washing- ton, the Biological Society of Washington, the American Library Association, the District of Columbia Library Association, the Biblio- eraphical Society of America, the Agricultural History Society, and the American Association of University Women. On June 23, 1945, by action of the Iota of Massachusetts, she was made a member of Phi Beta Kappa at Radcliffe College. This action was taken in recog- nition of her high attainments in liberal scholarship and with par- ticular reference to the compilation of the Index. Miss Coleord had been in poor health for about two years and it is good to record that the affection and assistance she needed were gladly given by her cousin and friend, Dr. Jessie A. Rodman. After several heart attacks Miss Colcord passed quietly away. Funeral ser- vices were held in Philadelphia and she was buried in the family lot in Mount Auburn Cemetery, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Mabel Col- cord’s vivid personality will not be forgotten by those who knew her. She was a wonderful companion and, as one of her oldest friends wrote, ‘‘added good cheer and merriment to any company.’’ Ina L. HAweEs, Chairman Doris H, BLAKE J. S. WADE SOCIETY MEETINGS The 640th regular meeting of the Society was held in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum, Thursday, December 2, 1954, attended by 53 members and 18 visitors. President Ashley B. Gurney opened the meeting at 8 p.m. and the min- utes of the previous meetings were read and approved. The Society voted the following to membership: Dr. W. V. Garner, Towa State College, Ames, Iowa; Dr. J. U. McGuire, Biometrical Service, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md.; Mr. Harold D. Nelson, Stored Product Insect Investiga- tions, Agricultural Marketing Service, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Washington 29, D. C.; Mr. Clarence W. Travis, Municipal Center Building, 3rd and C Sts., N.W., Washington 1, D. C. The president referred to the banquet held at the Cosmos Club November 13, 1954 in celebration of the Centennial of Professional Entomology, sponsorsd jointly by the Entomological Society of Washington, the Entomological Society of America and the Insecticide Society of Washington. K. A. Haines served as chairman of the Banquet Committee. More than 170 persons attended, including numerous visitors from outside the area. Dr. W. M. Mann, Director of the Na- tional Zoological Park, was toastmaster. Dr. A. L. Strand, president of Oregon State College, gave the principal address. Other speakers were Dr. Robert Glen, <=) bo PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 David G. Hall and the presidents of the three sponsoring Societies, A. B. Gurney, © H. H. Ross and R. W. Sherman. : In the absence of nominations from the floor, the siate presented by the nomi- — nating committee was elected for the year 1955. Names of the new officers appear — on the inside front cover of Vol. 57, No. 1 of the Proceedings. President Gurney extended thanks to the officers with whom he had worked and ~ wished good luck to the incoming president. The death of Mr. J. M. Singleton in Brownsville, Texas on Nov. 22, 1954, was announced. After graduating from Clemson College where he studied en- tomology, Mr. Singleton was given a temporary appointment by the Federal Horticultural Board and was assigned to the project for the suppression and Horticulutral Board and was assigned to the project for the suppression and eradication of the pink bollworm. He served in that capacity about a year, after — which he was stationed on the Mexican border in the Division of Foreign Plant — Quarantines. Because of his intense interest in the work and his demonstrated ability, he was rapidly elevated to positions of increasing responsibility and trust, serving in the ports of El Paso, Hidalgo, Brownsville, and New Orleans. On May 16, 1940 he was brought to Washington, D. C. and on February 3, 1941 — was made Supervisor of the Atlantic Coast ports with headquarters in New York. He held this position with distinction until he succeeded Mr. O. D. Deputy as Supervisor of the Mexican border and was placed in charge of that important district in 1953. Mr. Singleton always had an interest in young men coming into — the service and the success which has been experienced in the in-service training — of these men on the Mexican border and the Atlantic and Gulf Coast districts © is in a large measure due to his enthusiasm and helpfulness. During World War — II in addition to managing the Atlantic Coast district, no mean task, he took on the additional responsibility of heading a survey for possible new foreign insect — pests that might have gained a foothold in the general vicinity of ports of entry — around the periphery of the United States. This resulted in the location of a number of unrecorded insect pests of foreign origin and the enrichment of the national insect collection. While it was not possible for him to attend many meetings of this Society, he read the Proceedings with a great deal of pleasure and interest and never lost an opportunity to urge those interested in entomology | to become members of the Society. His passing represents a distinct loss to the important field of plant quarantine entomology. (Mr. Sasscer’s abstract) Copies of proposed changes in Article III, Section 1 of the constitution increas: ing the life membership fee from $50 to $75 and the sustaining membership fee from $100 to $150 were passed among the members and visitors at the meeting. Dr. Oman reviewed Dr. Melville Hatch’s talk, ‘‘Entomology in Search of a Soul,’’ published in a recent issue of the Annals of the Entomological Society of America. He also spoke briefly about the popularity of insect collecting in Japan and exhibited a doll with a bamboo stick with adhesive to catch flies. President Gurney exhibited Volume 12 of the Index to American Economic Entomology | which contains a portrait of Miss Mabel Coleord. Dr. Jack Jones announced that he had discovered four large vesicles filled with fluid in the thorax of Anopheles larvae. He asked that anyone having knowledge of the purpose or nature of these ae communicate with him. i . José Carvalho, Entomologist, Museo Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, of a re PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 93 rently working at the National Museum, spoke on ‘‘ Entomological Explorations jin the Amazonia.’’ The primitive natural state of the fauna and flora of the Amazon valley is virtually untouched; humans have not yet disturbed its natural equilibrium. Entomologists are faced with the hazardous factors of high humidity and temperature, great distances, precarious means of transportation, apparatus to reach high levels in the forest, and two diseases, malaria and yellow fever. Wise choice of good labor, food and equipment assist the explorer in many im- portant ways. At least fiveiatural ecological habitats are encountered: equatorial forest, caatinga, savanna, campos and marsh, and the very large volume of fresh water in rivers and lakes. The best season for entering these areas is at a time when water reaches its highest level in the local rivers. (Speaker’s abstract.) Adjournment was at 9:30 p.m.—R. H. Foorn, Acting Recording Secretary. The 641st regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President T. L. Bissell in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum Thursday, Jan. 6, 1955 at 8:00 p.m. with fifty-one members and 23 visitors in attendance. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The following committee appointments were announced by President Bissell: Program, F. L. Campbell, Kelvin Dorward, Elizabeth Haviland, and Floyd F. Smith in addition to the elected chairman, J. F. G. Clarke; Notes and Exhibitions, G. W. Wharton, Chairman, C. F. Rainwater, W. B. Wood and C. W. Sabrosky; Membership, E. R. McGovern, Chairman, B. A. App, E. W. Baker, J. R. Foster, M. P. Jones, and P. A. Woke; Memoirs, W. HE. Bickley, Chairman, C. H. Hoff- mann, R. A. St. George, and R. H. Foote; Reserve Stock, Helen Sollers, Rose Warner, and H. J. Conkle (ex officio) ; Auditing, D. G. Hall and L. S. Henderson; Advertising, R. H. Nelson and G. 8. Langford. The following new members were elected: Royce B. Knapp, Cereal and Forage Insects Section, Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Center, Belts- ville, Md.; Paul H. Arnaud, Department of Entomology, 406th Medical General Laboratory, APO 500, San Francisco, Calif.; Ervin H. Kardos, Department of Entomology, Army Medical Service Graduate School, Walter Reed Army Medical Center, Washington 25, D. C.; C. W. Shockley, Economic Insect Survey Section, Plant Pest Control Branch, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Maryland. The Society voted to change Article III, Section 1, of the Constitution, accord- ing to the proposal presented at the 640th meeting. President Bissell announced that William N. Sullivan, Jr. and Lyle D. Goodhue have received the 1954 Achievement Award of the Chemical Specialties Manufac- turers’ Association in recognition of their work in developing aerosol insecticides. Reports on activities and papers given at the Entomological Society of America meetings at Houston were made by B. A. Porter and C. W. Sabrosky. The first speaker, Dr. E. N. Cory, told of ‘‘Orchids and their Pests.’’ Insects and the virus diseases they transmit are major limiting factors in the growing of orchids. According to the latest census figures this activity amounts to more than eight million dollars annually in the U. S.; it is estimated that there are approximately 30,000 amateur growers in this country. There is possibly an equal number in Hawaii but the number in tropical America is not known. Dr. Cory showed slides illustrating the principal insect pests and the types of injury they 94 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 cause, and many species of orchids commonly used in crossbreeding. (Secretary’s abstract. ) ‘‘Weather and Mosquito Abundance in Alaska’’ was discussed by Dr. R. I. Sailer, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. The serious nature of the mosquito problem in Alaska is generally recognized and has been the subject of investigation by the Alaska Insect Control Project conducted by the Entomology Research Branch, U.S. D. A. To a very great extent the problem is one of learning how to live and work most effectively in the regions where arctic and subaretic Aedes are prevalent. The fact that they cause little or no trouble over wide areas in some years suggested need for further information concerning causes of population fluctuation. Two summers of field work, in part supported by the Arctic Institute of North America, has demonstrated that a useful correlation exists between departure from normal precipitation during a period of 36 months prior to May 1 and mosquito abundance in an area during the following mosquito season. Dr. Sailer then added that predictions appeared to be most reliable when low populations were indicated. The greater inaccuracies observed at the other extreme had comparatively little practical significance be- cause any population level requires full mosquito protection, the effectiveness of which is not materially affected by variation in mosquito abundance above that level. (Speaker’s abstract.) L. C. McAlister of Ohio was a visitor. The meeting adjourned at 10:00 p.m.—KeLLIn O’NeEILL, Recording Secretary. A Salute to Research In pioneering and attaining leadership in the manu- facture of pyrethrum and the processing of allethrin, McLaughlin Gormley King has relied heavily on research. For example, the efficiency of allethrin and pyrethrum has been synergistically improved with research de- veloped formulae. This is but one of many excellent results ... others are on the way. Research is an integral part of our business. We salute those who so capably contribute so much to our industry. McLAUGHLIN GORMLEY KING COMPANY 1715 S.E. Fifth Street * Minneapolis, Minnesota PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 RESEARCH... key to the future DiamMonp ALKALI recognizes the importance of research and salutes the men and women whose continuing efforts to unlock the doors of knowledge promise a brighter future for humanity. As evidence of this belief, the staff and facilities of the Diamond Research Center again are being expanded. We will welcome requests for co-opera- tion on research and development projects. DIAMOND . DIAMOND ALKALI COMPANY Cleveland 14, Ohio THERE’S AN Eston Insecticide for every farm need... ALKRON® ESTONMITE® MALAPHOS+ ALDRIN & DIELDRIN parathion formulations miticide-ovicide malathon formulations liquid and dry formulations ARATRON}{ ESTONATE® METHYL BROMIDE TUMBLE-WEED+ new miticide containing 50% DDT liquids and space fumigant non-selective herbicides cramite powders TETRON® BROMOFUME® ESTONOX}+ TEPP formulations + Trade Mark A.P.&C.C. EDB soil fumigants toxophene formulations SALES REPRESENTATIVES IN ALL MAJOR AGRICULTURAL AREAS American Potash & Chemical Corporation faTRONA :: ESTON CHEMICALS DIVISION 3100 EAST 26TH STREET, LOS ANGELES 23, CALIFORNIA 96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 2, APRIL, 1955 It’s eurious! Never stopping . always looking ahead . . . the scien- tists who say ‘‘it’s curious”’ are already searching out new paths to tomorrow’s knowl- edge. As quickly as new ideas are marketed and enveloped by industry and agriculture — scientists are shouldering new tasks . . . discovering new chemicals... striving for even greater perfection. This never-ending curiosity has made possible such out- standing pesticides as aldrin, dieldrin, endrin and D-D®. And even before these chemi- cal developments hit their peak of production and ac- ceptance—Shell scientists had other developments underway which may soon be released for practical applications. Shell Chemical scientists are grateful for the opportunity to work hand in hand with those in industry and govern. ment agencies without whose tireless co-operation more efficient chemicals for the farmer would not be pos- sible. SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION Agricultural Chemicals Division P. O. Box 1617, Denver 1, Colorado Atlanta e Jackson, Houston « New York e San Francisco ¢ St. Louis Mississippi . a For complete, accurate, up-to-date information on PARATHION and MALATHION direct your inquiries to the developer of these important broad-specirum insecticides... AMERICAN Cyanamid COMPANY ® Manufacturer of Op HOS Parathion Technical and MALATHION Technical AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N.Y. NR TREN PER TRS EA TE RE QUALITY INSECTICIDES QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY A "space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF TRAK MOTH SPRAY Gulf’s residual-action surface spray. Contains 6% DDT, by weight, to provide sufficient residual deposit. GULF TRAK MOTH PROOFER BOMB An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULFSPRAY ROACH & ANT KILLER Drives roaches and ants from hiding; direct spray produces effective kill. Invisible film remains active for weeks or until removal. Contains 0.19% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. GULFSPRAY CONCENTRATE AEROSOL INSECTICIDE Especially for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, or handled; in power-driven compressed air sprayers. Formula consists of 0.95% Pyrethrins and 0.67% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with increased insect-killing power and im- proved repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% Piperony! Butoxide. GULF OIL CORP. ¢ GULF REFINING CO. GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. i iets Settee te ee rT. Tee 1955 Pr - VOL. 57, NO. 3 PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMUOLOGICAL SUCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY OiV. IRS. Wy, S. RAT: WSs. CONTENTS BOHART, GEORGE E. AND RICHARD B. SELANDER—NEW RECORDS OF HORNIA MINUTIPENNIS, WITH NOTES ON ITS BIOLOGY (COLEOPTERA, MELOIDAE) ....___, SS 121 KOMP, WILLIAM H. W.—_NOTES ON THE LARVA OF HAE- MAGOGUS JANTHINOMYS DYAR (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) 137 MOCKFORD, EDWARD L.—STUDIES ON THE REUTEREL- LINE PSOCIDS (PSOCOPTERA) SHANDS, W. A., G. W. SIMPSON, F. 8. ROBERTS AND C. FP. W. MUESEBECK—PARASITES OF POTATO-INFESTING APHIDS AND OF SOME OTHER APHIDS IN MAINE 131 SOLLERS, HELEN—IXODES DENTATUS (MARZ) COL- NG Oe Ee eee ee ee 120 TODD, E, L._ THE RECOGNITION OF SPECIES OF DICHOR- DOPHORA PROUT (LEPIDOPTERA, GEOMETRIDAE). 118 WIRTH, WILLIS W.—REPORT ON A COLLECTION OF BIT- ING MIDGES OF THE GENUS CULICOIDES FROM GUA- TEMALA (DIPTERA, HELEIDAE) ANNOUNCEMENT—SOUTHWESTERN RESEARCH STATION 108 BOOK REVIEWS AND NOTICES... 117, 130, 138 SOCIETY MEETINGS ____ oS eee 139 SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS, 1954... «141 THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED Marcy 12, 1884 Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U. S. eurrency). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge. Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of Washington. The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor. Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica- tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page, plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation, if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in which author, year, title, name of publication, volume and page are given in that order. In shorter articles, references to literature should be included in parentheses in the text. Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be borne by the author. Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac- companies the returned proofs: 2 pp. 4pp. S8pp. 12pp. 16pp. Covers BO Copies” (2s seals Based ls We $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00 1.O0 HeOpies \ 3 ea oa 25D 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75 Additional copies, per 100 ___.. 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50 Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price. The Corresponding Secretary, Custodian, Treasurer and Editor should be ad- dressed as follows: Entomological Society of Washington, c/o Division of Insects, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 57 3 JUNE 1955 TOs STUDIES ON THE REUTERELLINE PSOCIDS (PSOCOPTERA ) By Epwarp L. MocxrorpD, University of Florida, Gainesville. The subfamily Reuterellinae is discussed in only a single paper on Western Hemisphere psocids (Mockford, 1952), in which records of a single undetermined species of Reuterella are presented. Through examination of material from Florida and the West Indies, I have found four additional New World species, all of which are new; three of these I regard as representing a new genus. The addition of this genus necessitates some modification of the definition of the subfamily. It is the purpose of this paper to describe the new genus and species, to present life-history data for some of these (in part supplementing the morphological diagnoses), to present a key to the world species of Reuterellinae, to discuss the identity of the North American Reuter- ella referred to above, to re-define the subfamily and summarize evidence bearing on its taxonomic position, and to discuss the geo- graphical distribution of the group. Key TO THE WORLD SPECIES OF REUTERELLINAE 1. Color pattern of dorsal surface of abdomen a conspicuous white cross against a brown background (Pearman, 1936, pl. I, fig. 7). Body bearing numerous stout, spiniferous setae. Males apterous ___ Nepiomorpha_ 2 Color of dorsal surface of abdomen not at all as above, usually a single shade throughout membranous portions. Males of bisexual species a se es, Ll Me as Reiiet e LE el ES Re Cee a Ot ey ee . Head uniformly chestnut brown except for paler clypeus. Margin of subgenital plate with a distinct median process (Pearman, 1936, pl. I, fig. 12) and this bearing seven to nine stout setae. Inner valve of gonapophyses of ninth abdominal segment with a distinct, rather wide notch in apex, readily visible when valve is flattened ___ N. crucifera Pmn. Head pale brown and cream in color. Margin of subgenital plate scarcely prolonged medially (fig. 15) and this region bearing four to six stout setae. Inner valve of gonapophyses of ninth abdominal segment with narrow notch in apex, not at all visible when valve is flattened except in MaCKOnLeLOUS -LOrMS: 22.0286 2 se oy eee 22g Waa N. peripsocoides, n. sp. - Males with wings unciliated and lacking an areola postica. Subgenital plate bearing slender median process. Inner margin of female paraproct bearing short ‘duplex spines’ in close proximity to a long, stout spine RTT OS ere Es iets Neate St ES Mites os ie Palmicola, n. gen. 4 bo ise) “e at ‘MH + 2 sor. 98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 Males with wings ciliated on veins; areola postica present in forewings. subgenital plate lacking median process. Inner margin of female para- proct lacking ‘duplex spines’ but bearing two long spines in same region BE Ae Tian sae camara ace ag ee Reuterella End. (monotype: R. helvimacula End.) 4. Head of single specimen (female) buffy yellow. Numerous long, upright setae on dorsum of abdomen. Pigmented areas of subgenital plate shaped as in fig. 14. Jamaican species —___________-___________-- P. robinae, n. sp. Head some shade of brown. Setae of dorsum of abdomen short, lying flat. PlOvid aS pSCves sk IN oe ao Neen ee eee A i RS 5 5. Pigmented area of subgenital plate cree as in fig. 9. Duplex paraproctal spines of females better developed than in following species (fig. 2). A bisexual species of north-peninsular Florida. P. aphrodite, n. sp. Pigmented area of subgenital plate shaped as in fig. 8. Duplex paraproctal spines of females poorly developed (fig. 1). A parthenogenetic species Tews ayjooramaAswlehe TM konenaley Le ee P. solitaria, n. sp. Reuterella helvimacula Enderlein Leptella helvimacula Enderlein, 1901, Zool. Yahrb., Abt. Syst. 14:537-548, pl. 35. Reuterella helvimacula Enderlein, 1903, Zool. Anz. 27:131-134. Caecilius corticis Pearman, 1924, Ent. Mo. Mag. 60:58-61. A comparison of female genitalic characters, coloration, size, and proportions was made between specimens of this species sent from England by Mr. J. V. Pearman and Indiana specimens of Reuterella sp. The only differences found were (1) slightly smaller size of the Indiana specimens, and (2) presence of only two large setae on each of the processes of the subgenital plate in contrast to three on some of the British specimens. I therefore regard the Indiana specimens as examples of helvimacula. I have examined specimens from Illinois collected by K. M. Sommerman and have no doubt that they are the same species. Nepiomorpha peripsocoides, new species Diagnosis.—Differs from N. crucifera Pearman in pale brown and cream color of head, shorter central process of subgenital plate, and fewer setae on this region, narrower notch in apex of inner valve of gonapophyses of 9th abdominal segment, presence in thoracic tergites of fuscous subcuticular pigment in apterous forms and brown euticular pigment in macropterous forms, head more prolonged and narrowed in front of eyes, and relatively somewhat longer phallic frame. Macrop- terous females fairly frequent, whereas winged forms not known for N. ecrucifera. Holotype Female——Macropterous. Measurements: total body length 1.39 mm.; forewing length 1.43 mm.; antennal length 0.56 mm.; hind femur + trochanter 0.34 mm.; hind tibia 0.40 mm. Morphology (from macropterous paratypes and holotype).—Antennae ten-seg- mented, but apical segment with a constriction before its middle suggesting an incipient division. Antennal segments in ratio 0.42: 1.00: 1.79: 1.79: 0.89: 0.74: 0.58: 0.68: 0.47: 1.58. Antennal sensilla small and difficult to distinguish, appar- ently distributed as follows: small one lacking appendage in middle of F,, small ie } ; ae. a= & PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 99 Palmicola solitaria, n. sp. Fig. la (2), epiproct; fig. 1b (2), paraproet; fig. 3 (2), gonapophyses; fig. 8 (9), subgenital plate. Palmicola aphrodite, n. sp. Fig. 2a (2), epiproet; fig. 2b (9), paraproct; fig. 4 (2), gonapophyses; fig. 5 (4), phallic frame; fig. 6 (@), dorsal view of paratype (intact); fig. 9 (2), subgenital plate. Nepiomorpha peripsocoides, n. sp.: fig. 7 (2), gonapophyses. 100 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 one with short seta on apex of F3, small one lacking appendage near apex of Fg. Eyes fairly large with many small facets. Ocelli well-developed. Maxillary rods terminating in a pair of denticles, one truncated, the other acutely pointed. Thorax of usual form for macropterous psocids: meso- and meta-thorax with bulging tergal lobes; prothorax small. Rasp-type coxal organ present on bulging inner surface of posterior coxa. Tibial spurs absent. Tarsi similar to those of N. crucifera but hind basitarsus somewhat longer than apical segment. Fore- wings considerably exceeding tip of abdomen when at rest. Venation (fig. 11) of Peripsocus type, i.e. lacking an areola postica, but this partially present (with no connection to M) in some specimens. Rs broadly joined to M in hindwing. Axillary vein lacking in hindwing. Abdomen shaped and sclerotized as in JN. crucifera. Paraprocts bearing duplex spines on inner margin, but one of these spines much smaller than other. Sensory area of paraproct bearing trichobothria, and these with ‘basal rosettes’ in form of irregular ovoid areas. Gonapophyses (fig. 7) as in N. crucifera, but gonapophysis of Sth segment somewhat longer relative to others, and notch in apex of inner valve of gonapophysis of 9th seg- ment very slender. Subgenital plate (fig. 15) with sclerotized and pigmented area shaped much as in WN. crucifera, but apical process much shorter and bearing fewer (4-6) setae. Ciliation.— Spiniferous setae’ present on vertex and front, mesotergal lobes, radius basad of its branching, M distal to its juncture with Rs, Cu most of its length, and Ax most of its length. Truncated setae on outer surfaces of tibiae near femora; remainder of tibiae bearing normal, acuminate setae. Setae of abdomen normal. Color—Head pale brown (cuticular pigment) in occipital region, with a wide stripe of the same color extending forward in middle and another wide area extending forward on each side to include eyes; area between white; clypeus pale — brown. Eyes blue-black. Ocellar interval darker than remainder of median band. — Seape and pedicel colorless; flagellum pale brown. Tergal lobes dark brown; wings colorless. Abdomen medium brown (cuticular pigment) on first tergite, from eighth tergite to tip, and on pigmented area of subgenital plate. A broad longitudinal white band from second to 7th tergites inclusive, and a broad trans- verse white band including most of tergites three and four. Remainder of tergites with fuscous subceuticular pigment. Venter of abdomen colorless except for subgenital area. Allotype Male: Apterous. Measurements: total body length 1.02 mm.; antennal length 0.43 mm.; hind femur + trochanter 0.25 mm.; hind tibia 0.31 mm. Differs from holotype in complete lack of wings, smaller size, lack of ocelli, much fewer | and relatively larger facets in compound eyes, and thorax of nymphal type with closely adherent segments and flat tergites. Thoracic tergites mostly colorless with a few small subcuticular fuscous areas. Phallic frame similar to that of | N. crucifera but relatively somewhat longer. Palmicola aphrodite, n. sp. Fig. 10a (6), forewing; fig. 10b (6), hindwing; _ fig. 16 (2), antenna. Nepiomorpha peripsocoides, n. sp. Fig. lla (2), forewing; | fig. 1lb (2), hindwing; fig. 15 (2), subgenital plate. Palmicola robinae, n. sp. | Fig. 12 (2), epiproct (left), paraproct (right); fig. 13 (2), gonapophyses; — fig. 14 (9), subgenital plate; fig. 17 (@), antenna. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 101 102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 Variation.—Apterous females occur which are similar to the allotype in lacking ocelli, having fewer and larger facets of compound eyes, thorax of nymphal type, and in coloration. The median process of the subgenital plate is somewhat shorter than in macropterous forms. The duplex paraproctal spines are equal in length. The sensory area of the paraproct is represented only by a round, pale area lacking trichobothria. The coxal organ is absent, and spiniferous setae occur on all abdominal segments in addition to the thorax and head. ; Type Locality.—Florida, Sarasota County, Myakka River State Park. Holotype, allotype, 1 ¢ and 5 apterous 2 paratypes taken August 30, 1951 on trunks of Sabal palmetto. Other Paratypes—Type locality, 3 3, 7 apterous 9, April 12, 1952, same habitat as above. Florida, Alachua Co., Newnan’s Lake, on side of wooden shed, 37 apterous 2, April 19, 1952, 2 apterous ¢, 11 macropterous ?, June 18, 1952. Florida, Alachua County, Gaines- ville, 1 3,3 apterous 9, October 8, 1952 on north side of brick build- ing. Disposition of Types.—Holotype, allotype, 1 ¢ and 2 ? paratypes in U. S. National Museum. Two ¢@ paratypes in Florida State Museum at Gainesville. Two @? paratypes in each of the following private collections: K. M. Sommerman (Orlando, Florida), J. V. Pearman (Aston Clinton, Eneland), A. Badonnel (Paris, France), A. M. Nadler (New York City). The remaining paratypes will be retained in my collection. Biological Notes.—like N. crucifera, these insects spin no web and live in loose groups, the individuals being usually not in contact. Eeges are laid in large groups, one such group containing about 150 eges; eges are oval in shape, about 0.37 mm. in length, and each is covered with fine particles of debris. Hatching occurs through a slit at the narrow end of the egg. Genus Palmicola, new genus Females apterous and otherwise neotenic; males macropterous and adultoid. Male venation characterized by absence of Cu, in forewing and absence of Ax in hindwing; a long R-M erossvein in hindwing. Ciliation absent from wings. Duplex spines present on paraprocts, very short on females, longer on males. Mouthparts and genitalia of Reuterella type except that subgenital plate termi- nates in a single central process. Female eniproet nearly three times as wide as long and bearing in addition to other ciliation a pair of long, slender setae, one near each lateral margin, and three short, stout setae on posterior margin. Genotype: Palmicola aphrodite, new species. Palmicola aphrodite, new species Diagnosis —A )isexual species. Differs from P. robinae, n. sp., in larger size, general darker coloration, lack of long upright hairs on abdominal tergites, deeper anterior impression in pigmented area of subgenital plate, and relatively larger duplex paraproctal spines. Differs from P. solitaria, n. sp., in bisexuality, deeper anterior impression in pigmented area of subgenital plate, relatively larger PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 103 paraproctal spines, relatively wider gonapophyses, and lack of habit of spinning individual egg webs. Holotype Female.—Apterous. Measurements: total body length 1.24 mm.; antennal length 0.46mm.; hind femur + trochanter 0.25mm.; hind tibia 0.28 mm. Morphology (from paratypes and holotype).—Antennae 13-segmented; segments im ratio 0.60: 1.00: 0.67: 0.47: 0:60: 0.73: 0.73: 0.60: 0.67: 0.60: 0.67: 0.67: 1.13. Antennal sensilla distributed as follows: one lacking appendage near apex of F,, one bearing short seta near apex of F4, one lacking appendage (?) near apex of F,, one lacking appendage near apex of Fj9. Eyes rather small, with few large facets. Ocelli and frontal sutures absent. Maxillary rods terminating in a pair of blunt stubs. Thorax of apterous form with flat tergal lobes, but these well separated. Coxal organ absent. Tibial spurs present on all legs, two on front and middle, three on hind. Basitarsi about half as long as apical segments. Abdomen rounded, and sclerotized on first tergite and from eighth to tip. Paraprocts (fig. 2) bearing short duplex spines immediately above a long spine. Sensory area of paraproct absent. Epiproct (fig. 2) with usual ciliation for the genus and not much other. Gonapophysis of eighth and inner lobe of gonapophysis of ninth segment (fig. 4) terminating in long, slender, back-curved processes. Subgenital plate with sclerotized and pigmented areas shaped as in fig. 9, with a deep anterior median impression. Apical process of subgenital plate bearing three or four setae at its terminus. Color (in alcohol 17 months).—Antennae, legs, head, thoracic tergites, and sclerotized portions of abdomen dull brown (cuticular pigment); eyes purplish- black. Membranous portions of abdominal tergites pale red-brown (sub-cuticular pigment). Abdominal sternites colorless except for pigmented area of subgenital plate. Allotype Male: Macropterous. Measurements: total body length 1.08 mm.; forewing length 1.02 mm.; antennal jJength 0.50 mm.; hind femur + trochanter 0.25 mm.; hind tibia 0.28 mm. Differs from holotype in macroptery, slightly smaller size, relatively longer antennae, relatively larger eyes and smaller facets, presence of ocelli, bulging tergal lobes of pterothoracic segments, presence of par- aproctal sensory areas bearing trichhothria, longer duplex paraproctal spines, and in epiproct being only about twice as wide as long. Venation (fig. 10) charac- terized by lack of Cu, in forewing and lack of Ax in hindwing; an R-M crossvein present in both wings, longer in hindwings. Wings bare of ciliation. Pterostigma and costal cell proximal to it densely covered with minute denticles, these less dense over remainder of wing membrane including hindwing. Phallic frame oblong, rounded anteriorly. Aedeagal arch acute; external parameres quite wide and pointed apically. Variation—Some males occur with M in both forewings unbranched, others with M two-branched. In some males Rs and M meet almost at a point in fore- wings. Type Locality.—Florida, Alachua County, Newnan’s Lake. Holo- type, allotype, and 7 @ paratypes taken as nymphs on trunk of Liquidambar and Pinus, reared to adults in laboratory, and killed October 4, 1952. Other Paratypes.——Type locality, 10 ¢, 7 2, mostly taken as nymphs and reared in laboratory, killed from March 14 to August 17, 104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.. VOL. 57, NO. 3,. JUNE, 1955 1952. Florida, Alachua County: Lake Alice, 12 ¢@ taken on tree trunks as nymphs and reared to adults in laboratory, killed October 4, 1952; Gainesville, 8 @ on north side of brick building from September 22, 1952 to March 1, 1953. Florida, Marion County, near Eureka, 2 2 on trunks of Sabal palmetto April 10, 1954. Disposition of Types.—Holotype, allotype, and one pair of para- types in U. S. National Museum. One pair paratypes in Florida State Museum at Gainesville. One pair paratypes in collections of K. M. Sommerman (Orlando, Florida), and J. V. Pearman (Aston Clinton, England). Two @ paratypes in collections of A. Badonnel (Paris, France) and A. M. Nadler (New York City). The remaining para- types will be retained in my collection. Biological Notes.—These insects are solitary and live under small webs spun on the bark of trees. Food consists of Hehens under the web, and a new web is spun when the food supply under the old one becomes exhausted. Adult webs are seldom over 15 mm. in greatest diameter. Courtship and copulation were .observed once when I forced a male to enter the web of a virgin female. After entering the web, the male stopped and scratched rapidly on the floor of the web with his forelegs several times. The female started running about the web and attacked the male with rapid thrusts of the body. Then she ran to the opposite end of the web and remained quiet until the male began scratching the web again. As before, the female responded by running about the web, and after a few seconds ran to the male and mounted his back from behind in such a way as to push his wings out from their resting position. The male raised the tip of his abdomen and they copulated for slightly over a second, facing in the same direction. The female crawled off the male’s back after copulation. It is evident that much of the female’s precoital behavior was elicited by the male’s scratching on her web rather than the male’s presence, alone. Two weeks after the copulation, I scratched gently on the floor of the female’s web with a needle. The female approached the needle closely but did not attack it. I then forced a penultimate nymph of Archipsocus parvulus (about the same size as the male P. aphrodite and bearing long wing pads) into this female’s web, and I scratched the floor of the web gently with a needle near the Archipso- cus. The P. aphrodite female approached the Archipsocus nymph, and attacked it with rapid thrusts of the body, and mounted its back. From this observation it appears that a visual simulus, though not very exact, and a tactile stimulus consisting of vibrations produced by web scratching are sufficient to elicit the copulatory response in females of P. aphrodite. These observations also suggest that females of this species may copulate more than once. Eggs are laid under the dwelling web but usually not in contact with each other. They are oval in shape, about 0.40 mm. in length, and are covered with tiny particles of debris. Eggs were laid two days after copulation and about a week after the female became adult. ir Z wey 5) s A ‘ian ‘ a PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 105 This female laid 17 eggs which hatched in about 23 days at room temperature ; nymphal life lasted about 30 days. Palmicola sOlitaria, new species Diagnosis.—Differs from P. robinae, n. sp., in lacking long upright hairs on abdominal tergites, darker coloration, and slightly deeper median impression in pigmented area of subgenital plate. Differs from P. aphrodite, n. sp., in apparent lack of males, shallower median notch in subgenital plate, smaller duplex para- proctal spines, and in the habit of spinning individual egg webs. Holotype Female.—Apterous. Measurements: total body length 0.90 mm.; antennal length 0.34 mm.; hind femur +4 trochanter 0.22 mm.; hind tibia 0.25 mm, Morphology (from holotype and paratypes).—Antennae 13-segmented; segments MET AMOMOs(Oee O0e Osiorn 0-0 Ol sine Ov oreeOlton OL67 5 ~O:7o8" 0.585 Oa: 0.67: 1.17. Antennal sensilla distributed as follows: one beyond middle of F,, one beyond middle of F4, one near apex of Fe, one at apex of Fj); all apparently lacking appendages. Eyes rather small, with few large facets. Ocelli and frontal sutures absent. Maxillary rods terminating in a pair of points separated by a shallow notch. Thorax of apterous form, as in P. aphrodite females. Coxal organ absent. Three tibial spurs on front and middle, four on hind legs. Basitarsi slightly shorter than apical segments. Abdomen rounded and sclerotized as in P. aphrodite. Paraprocts (fig. 1) bearing very short duplex spines immediately above a long spine. Sensory areas of paraprocts absent. Epiproct (fig. 1) with usual ciliation for the genus plus numerous other setae. Gonapophysis of eighth and inner lobe of gonapophysis of ninth segment (fig. 3) terminating in long, slender, straight processes. Subgenital plate with sclerotized and pigmented area shaped as in fig. 8, with a shallow anterior median notch. Apical process of sub- genital plate bearing four setae at its terminus. Color (in alcohol 30 months).—Antennae, legs, thoracic tergites, and first abdominal tergite pale brown (cuticular pigment); eyes black. First abdominal tergite and eighth to tip of abdomen medium brown (cuticular pigment) ; remainder of abdominal tergites dull red-brown (subcuticular pigment). Abdomi- nal sternites colorless except for pigmented area of subgenital plate. Type Locality—Florida, Sarasota County, Myakka River State Park. Holotype and 1 @? paratype taken August 30, 1951 on trunks of Sabal palmetto. Other Paratypes (all from Florida).—Type locality, 28 9? either taken April 12, 1952 on trunks of Sabal palmetto or collected subse- quently from reared material taken then. Highlands County: High- lands Hammock State Park, 3 ? August 14, 1952 on trunks of Sabal palmetto. Hendry County: about 5 miles north of Devil’s Garden, 1 2 April 16, 1954 on trunks of Sabal palmetto; Clewiston, 3 2 on Ficus trunks April 16, 1954. Glades County: 8.6 miles south of Brighton on Indian Reservation road, 1 2 April 18, 1954 on trunk of Sabal palmetto. Indian River County: Vero Beach, 3 2 April 18, 1954 on trunks of Sabal palmetto. Disposition of Types.—Holotype and 2 ¢ paratypes in U. S. Na- tional Museum. Two @ paratypes in each of collections listed under ‘Disposition of Types’ for P. aphrodite. 106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 Biological Notes.—These insects are solitary and live under small webs similar to those of P. aphrodite in size and appearance. Like P. aphrodite, they feed on lichens under the web and spin a new web when the food supply under the one in use becomes exhausted. They | are apparently obligatorily parthenogenetic, as they were reared in the laboratory through three generations without the appearance of males. To determine the response of females of this species to males of P. aphrodite, | forced a male of the latter to enter webs of two females of the former. In neither case did these females exhibit a positive response to this male, but in both cases the females finally ran out of their webs as a result of disturbances caused by the male. ; Eggs of P. solitaria are about the same size and shape as those of P. aphrodite. There is no debris on their shells, but each egg is | completely covered by a tiny, dense, white web. These webs appear to the naked eye as tiny white spots in the dwelling web. Eggs were found at Highlands Hammock State Park, Florida, in August. Palmicola robinae, new species e | Diagnosis.—Differs from P. aphrodite n. sp. and P. solitaria n. sp. in paler coloration especially of head, presence of numerous long, upright hairs on all abdominal tergites, and shallower anterior median notch of pigmented area of subgenital plate. Differs from P. aphrodite also in smaller size. Antennae (fig. 17) bearing relatively longer setae than in other two species (P. aphrodite, fig. 16). Holotype Female.—Apterous. Measurements: total body length +0.98 mm.; antennal length 0.40 mm.; hind femur + trochanter 0.22 mm.; hind tibia 0.23 mm. | Morphology.—Antennae 13-segmented; segments in ratio 0.91: 1.00: 0.82: 0.54: . 0.54: 0.82: 0.73: 0.64: 0.73: 0.64: 0.73: 0.73: 1.27. Antennal sensilla distributed as follows: one (two together?) near apex of Fj, one in middle of Fy, one slightly beyond middle of Fg, one at apex of Fj); all apparently lacking appendages. Eyes rather small with two facets. Ocelli and frontal sutures absent. Maxillary rods terminating in a pair of toothed points, separated by a rather deep notch. | Thorax of apterous form as in P. aphrodite. Coxal organ absent. Three tibial spurs on front and middle, four on hind legs. Basitarsi slightly greater than half length of apical segments. Abdomen sclerotized as in P. aphrodite and about the same shape. Paraproets (fig. 12) bearing very short duplex spines above a long spine. Sensory areas of paraprocts absent. Epiproct (fig. 12) with usual ecilia- tion for the genus (some setae dislodged in mounting) plus numerous other setae. Gonapophyses (fig. 13) of typical form for the genus. Terminal process e of gonapophysis of eighth segment straight, that of imner valve of gonapophysis | of ninth segment bent (artifact?). Outer valve of gonapophysis of ninth segment bearing more setae than in other two species. Subgenital plate (fig. 14) with very pale pigmented area scarcely showing an anterior median impression; its apical — process bearing four setae terminally. , Color (in aleohol 20 months).—Generally pale brown in sclerotized portions 2 (cuticular pigment), but head dull yellow. Membranous abdominal tergites pale 2 | red-brown. Eyes black. q iy Oe att > PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 107 Type LocalityJamaica: Hardwar Gap (altitude over 4000 ft.). Holotype and one nymph taken in July, 1952, on bark of tree in cloud forest. This species is named for Mrs. Robin Krivanek who collected the type in addition to other psocids in Jamaica. Disposition of Type.—The holotype will be retained in my collee- tion until topotypes can be obtained. DEFINITION AND TAXONOMIC POSITION OF THE REUTERELLINAE As used in this paper, the Reuterellinae may be defined as a greup of psocids characterized as follows: 13 or fewer antennal segments; two tarsal segments; usually all, and always some females of each species apterous; antennae of apterous forms much reduced in length ; gonapophyses of a type in which all three valves are well developed and those of the eighth segment terminate as long, slender processes ; subgenital plate bearing a transverse row of setae; male genital armature an oblong, symmetrical phallic frame with well developed external parameres; wings with little or no ciliation. The quality and quantity of characters in this definition strongly suggest that the group is monophyletic, and a definition based on the inclusion of any other known psocid species would lower the prob- ability of monophyly. Hence I have chosen to exclude Graphocaecilius, Hemicaecilius, and Reuterella neglecta Roesler (1935). According to Pearman (in litt.) the latter species is not a Reuterella. The history of the taxonomic position of the Reuterellinae may be summarized briefly as follows: 1. Enderlein (1903)— erected Reuterellinae as monotypic subfam- ily of Caeciliidae. Badonnel (1943)—placed Reuterella in Elipsocidae with no sub- families. 3. Roesler (1944) —placed Reuterellinae in Pseudocaeciludae. Divided it into two tribes: Graphocaeciliini including Hemi- caectlius and Graphocaecilius; Reuterellini including Reuter- ella and Nepiomorpha. I would consider the Reuterellinae to be a subfamily of Elipsocidae, distinguishable from other Elipsocid groups by possession of only two tarsal segments. bo GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE REUTERELLINAP Reuterella helvimacula is found in England, northern Germany, Finland, the Vosges Mountains in France, Polish Galicia (Carpathian Region), and in Switzerland (Badonnel, 1943: 86). In North America, it has been taken in one locality in Indiana and one in Illinois. This wide and spotty distribution suggests that the species is a relict. per- haps with a more nearly continuous distribution in the Pleistocene. There is little possibility of its introduction by man from Europe as its North American localities of occurrence are very remote from human habitation. 108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 The two species of Nepiomorpha, N. crucifera in Ceylon and N. pervpsocoides in Florida, are both found in peripheral regions at the southern ends of continents. This genus, then, is probably another relict group, and its present distribution suggests a northern origin. The genus Palnucola appears to be confined to the Caribbean Region including Florida. P. aphrodite occurs in north-peninsular Florida, P. solitarva occurs in south Florida, and P. robinae occurs on Jamaica. That the species are allopatric and very similar to each other mor- phologically suggests that they have arisen recently. The entire facies of the Reuterellinae—its very distinct genera of few species, and its far-flung, spotty distribution—suggest that it is a group of great antiquity which probably is becoming extinct. SUMMARY The Reuerellinae appears to be a monophyletic group of three genera (Reuterella End., Nepiomorpha Pmn. and Palmicola n. gen.) and six species, four of which are first described herein. Taxonomi- cally, Reuterellinae is best considered a subfamily of the Elipsocidae. The Reuterellinae appears to be an ancient group and some of its representatives probably had wider ranges in the past than at present. REFERENCES Badonnel, A., 1943. Faune de France 42. Psocoptéres. Paris, P. Lechevalier et Fils. 164 pp., 375 figs. Enderlein, G., 1901. Neue deutsche und exotische Psociden. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. f. Syst. 14: 537-548, pl. 35. , 1903. Uber die Stellung von Leptella Reut. und Reuterella n. gen., die Vertreter zweier neuer Copeognathensubfamilien. Zool. Anz. 27: 131-134. Mockford, E. L., 1952. Additional notes on Indiana Psocoptera. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 62: 198-199. Pearman, J. V., 1924. A new species of Caecilius (Psocoptera). Ent. Mo. Mag. — 60:58-61. , 1936. Two new psocids from Ceylon. Ceylon Journ. Sci. B. 20(1): TSM oll; 1h ay tines Roesler, R., 1935. Reuterella neglecta nov. spec., eine neue rindenbewohnende 2 Copeognathen-Art. Zool. Anz. 111: 93-95, 8 figs. , 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 105: 117- 5 | 166. ANNOUNCEMENT The American Museum of Natural History has established a Southwestern — Research Station on the eastern slope of the Chiricahua Mountains, near Portal, - | Cochise County, in southeastern Arizona at an elevation of 5400 feet. The station d is designed to make research facilities available to workers in all branches of S science who are interested in the flora and fauna of that area. Details may be | obtained from Dr. Mont A. Cazier, American Museum of Natural History, Cen- | tral Park West at 79th St., New York 24, N. Y. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 109 REPORT ON A COLLECTION OF BITING MIDGES OF THE GENUS CULICOIDES FROM GUATEMALA (DiereRA, HELEIDAE) By WiuLtis W. WirtH, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. A study has been made of midges of the genus Culicoides Latreille collected by Colvin L. Gibson and Werner F. Ascoli, of the Laboratory of Tropical Diseases, National Institutes of Health, on detail to the Panamerican Sanitary Bureau, who were interested in their possible role as vectors of the filaria of human onchocerciasis in Guatemala. The collections were made principally in the municipalities of San Pedro Yepocapa and Acatenango, Department of Chimaltenango, at elevations between 2700 and 6300 feet. The geographical and climatic characteristics of this area are very well summarized by Dalmat (1950). They do not differ greatly from those around Huixtla (2300 feet elevation), State of Chiapas, Mexico, where Dampf collected most of the species described by Macfie (1948). Since a number of the same species are involved, the Gibson and Ascoli collection afforded a fine opportunity to supplement Macfie’s descriptions with material from essentially the same faunistic area. Gibson and Ascoli (1952) recently presented notes on the feeding habits of the four anthropophilie species of Culicoides in this area: gibson Wirth, diabolicus Hoffman,'! paraensis (Goeldi) and stigmalis Wirth. Of these species, paraensis was the most numerous and annoy- ing, biting man at all hours and under any weather conditions. C. gibson fed on man under about the same conditions as paraensis, but was comparatively rare. C. stigmalis fed most frequently between 4:30 and 6:00 P.M. under partly overcast skies and during warmer periods. C. diabolicus fed only during or immediately after light rain. Gibson and Ascoli dissected 929 wild-caught specimens of these species in the onchocerciasis area of Guatemala without finding any microfilariae. They found microfilariae in 58 of 305 (19.0 percent) stigmalis and in 1 of 47 (2.1 percent) diabolicus, but in none of 10 gibson and 385 paraensis that had been allowed to feed on persons heavily infected with Onchocerca volvulus. However, the compara- tive scarcity of diabolicus and the fact that microfilariae could not complete their development in stigmalis make it seem unlikely that the species are important vectors in Guatemala. In addition to the 1858 Culicoides specimens that had fed on man and were reported in their paper, Gibson and Ascoli collected 851 specimens feeding on man and horse (or mule) and at light. The species and numbers collected are shown in tables I and II. 1Reported by Gibson and Ascoli as guttatus (Coquillett), based on my erroneous determination. I have since satisfied myself that true guttatus is restricted to southern Brazil and that the Guatemala specimens collected by Gibson and Aseoli represent diabolicus Hoffman which was described from Panama. 110 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 All the biting collections at the lower elevation were made on man, whereas those at the higher elevation were mostly on horse or mule. In order of frequency, the species that bit man were paraensis, pachymerus (2), stigmalis, diabolicus, gibsont and debilipalpis, where- as those that fed on horse or mule were luteovenus, diabolicus and debilipalprs. TABLE I. Culicoides species collected in vicinity of San Pedro Yepoecapa, Guatemala (elevation approximately 2770 feet). Number Number of Times Collected of Specimens Species On Man At Light Collected debilipalpis Lutz il 1 2 diabolicus Hoffman 6 — 12 germanus Macfie = 2 i gibsoni Wirth 2 4 16 jamaicensis Edwards — 1 1 pachymerus Lutz (?) ie — 66 panamensis Barbosa = 2 26 paraensis (Goeldi) 13 1 159 poikilonotus Maefie = 2 99 propriipennis Macfie = 2 49 pusillus Lutz _— 1 1 stigmalis Wirth 7 — 10 New species near obsoletus 2 3 Number of collections made 22 3 TABLE II. Culicoides species collected in vicinity of Acatenango, Guatemala (elevation approximately 5320 feet). Number Number of Times Collected of Specimens Species On Horse At Light Collected cova-garciai Ortiz —_- 1 1 daedalus Maefie — 1 1 debilipalpis Lutz 2 — 3 diabolicus Hoffman 20 15 200 gibsonit Wirth — 2 2 luteovenus Root and Hoffman 29 18 199 panamensis Barbosa 1 6 10 Species near copiosus R. & H. — 4 4 Number of collections 49 25 The species composition of the collections at light may be compared more directly. There are enough records of luteovenus and the species near copiosus to show their preference for the higher altitude and enough germanus, pachymerus (°), paraensis, poikilonotus, propru- pennis and stigmalis were taken to indicate their preference for the lower elevation. The species gibsont, diabolicus, panamensis, and pusillus probably occur throughout the altitudinal range, but the other species were taken too rarely to permit generalization on their PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 111 habit. The species taken at light only were, in order of abundance, porikilonotus, propriipenms, germanus, new species near obsoletus, pusillus and jamaicensis at 2770 feet; the species near copiosus, daedalus and cova-garciai at 5320 feet; and panamensis at both eleva- tions. NOTES ON THE SPECIES Culicoides daedalus Macfie Culicoides daedalus Macfie, 1947, Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit. 42: 83. One male taken at light at Acatenango, June 22, 1951, fits Macfie’s figure and description except that the distal pale spot in cell R; meets the wine margin in its full breadth, the two distal pale spots in the anal cell are connected by a pale area and the apices of the parameres are not twisted so tightly. There are four almost equally long bristles in the hind tibial comb. Culicoides germanus Macfie Figure 1 Culicoides germanus Macfie, 1941, Ent. Mo. Mag. 76: 27. Five males and two females taken at light at Finca San Rafael, San Pedro Yepocapa, April 3 and July 26, 1951, were identified as ger- manus. This species, which Macfie described from British Guiana from a female, is distinguished from other members of the debilipalpis group by the practically bare wings, hairy eyes, the female antennae with the flagellar segments in a continuous series of the same length, distal sensory tufts on segments 3, 8, 9 and 10, the palpi with a small, deep pit, the hind tibial comb very oblique, with one lone and four rather short bristles, and with two equal oval spermathecae. Appar- ently the male has never been described and the genitalia may be characterized as follows: Male genitalia (fig. 1). Ninth sternite with slight mesal emargination, the ventral membrane bare; ninth tergite tapering to well-developed apicolateral processes. Basistyles with foot-shaped ventral roots, dorsal roots stout and nearly as long; dististyles slender and nearly straight. Aedeagus with basal arch to about one-half or two-thirds of total length, the apex apparently with a rounded dorsal lobe and several indistinct, sharp distal points below. Parameres with small basal knobs, the stems slightly swollen at bases, sinuate and gradually narrowed to simple, abruptly recurved, filamentous apices. Culicoides gibsoni Wirth Figure 2 Culicoides gibsoni Wirth, 1952, Jour. Parasit. 38: 246. This species was described from females taken by Gibson and Ascoli at San Pedro Yepocapa in the course of their onchocerciasis studies. In the present collection five males were taken, one in asso- ciation with five females biting man at Finca Nimaya (2800 feet), San Pedro Yepocapa, November 9, 1950, the other four at Finea San 112 PROC.: ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 Rafael, San Pedro Yepocapa, April 3 and July 26, 1951, at ight. The female has distal sensory tufts on antennal segments 3, 8, 9, 10, and 11 and the hind tibial comb with four bristles. The genitalia of the hitherto unknown male are described as follows: Male genitalia (fig. 2).—Ninth sternite with a distinct rounded mesal excava- tion, the membrane between it and the aedeagus bare; ninth tergite slightly long- er than basal breadth, the apicolateral processes short and broadly separated. Basistyles with ventral roots long and pointed with a small caudal hook near base, dorsal roots slender and nearly as long; dististyles slender and slightly curved to pointed apices. Aedeagus with basal arch to two-thirds of total length; ‘the basal arms curved and slender; a pair of submedian, subapical projections arising near their point of union with the distal, median portion, the latter quite slender. Parameres with large basal knobs, stems very slightly swollen and dis- tinetly bent at their middle; each abruptly recurved beyond a slight ventral pouch at distal three-fifths with apex gradually tapered to a fine point with a subapical fringe of fine barbs. Culicoides jamaicensis Edwards Figure 3 Culicoides loughnani var. jamaicensis Edwards, 1922, Bull. Ent. Res. 13: 165; Barbosa, 1947, An. Soe. Biol. Pernambuco 7:21; Fox, 1949, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 44: 32. One male captured at light at Finca San Rafael, San Pedro Yepo- capa, April 3, 1951. The male genitalia (fig. 3) closely resemble those of a male in the National Museum from St. Croix, Virgin Islands, except that the apicolateral processes are only about one-half as long and are not so slender. Barbosa’s figure, apparently of the St. Croix specimen, shows the apicolateral processes too stout at the base and the aedeagus too stout and not tapering enough at the tip. Culicoides copiosus Root and Hoffman described from Mexico, is very close to jamaicensis but has the mesonotum more subshining, has only one pale spot at the apex of the anal cell and has the membrane posterior to the male ninth sternite spiculate. Culicoides pachymerus Lutz ? Figure 4 Culicoides pachymerus Lutz, 1914, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 6: 83. This species was described from five females collected on the Rio Negro, Brazil. The specimens were poorly preserved except for the wings and legs and Lutz’ description gives few details except for leg characters and his excellent figures of the wing and hind leg. How- ever, it may be possible to recognize pachymerus on the basis of the distinctly swollen fore and hind femora; legs with femora pale, the knees dark, the tibiae brownish with broad sub-basal pale bands, the tarsi yellowish; wing with the greatly elongated second radial cell apparently dark to the apex, cell R; with the characteristic oblique dark subapical mark distinctly enclosing the rounded distal pale spot See PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 113 I. germanus DO O) La 5.panamensis 6. poikilonotus @propriipennis Guatemala Culicoides, male genitalia with parameres drawn separately (a), and figures of female palpus (b) and mesonotal pattern (¢) for some species. Fig. 1 germanus ; fig. 2, gibsoni; fig. 3, jamaicensis; fig. 4, pachymerus (?); fig. 5, panamensis ; fig. 6, poikilonotus; fig. 7, propriipennis. 114 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 which does not reach the wing margin; distal pale spot in cell M, oval, nearly but not quite reaching wing margin; pale spot in anal cell also not reaching wing margin; macrotrichia scarce and confined to that part of wing distad of apex of second radial cell; body length 1.2 mm., wing 0.7 mm. Culicoides caprilesi Fox, described from a female collected at Mount Marahuaca, Venezuela, differs from pachymerus mainly in wing markings, the distal pale spot in cell Rs being extended in the form of an inverted U to the wing margin and a subapical dark band extending forward to the second radial cell cutting off a small round pale spot at the costal margin just past the tip of this cell; the wing may be just a little hairier and the body is slightly longer (1.4 mm.). Culicoides uniradialis Wirth and Blanton and C. kintzi Wirth and Blanton are closely related to the above two species, having the char- acteristic greatly swollen femora and oblique markings in cell R;, but they both differ from the others in their paler wing markings which include the apex of the second radial cell in kintzi or more than one- half of the greatly elongate single radial cell of wniradialis, the distal pale spots meeting the wing margin in cells Rs, M; and anal cells, as well as in cells Mz and My. These two species, moreover, have distal sensory tufts on antennal segments 8, 9 and 10. Length of uniradialis 1.1 mm. (wing 1.1 mm.), of kintzi 1.0 mm. (wing 0.9 mm.). Sixty-six females, all taken biting man in twelve separate collec- tions at San Pedro Yepocapa, are probably pachymerus Lutz. They may be briefly characterized as follows: Length 0.86 mm. (wing 0.75 mm.) Eyes broadly separated, bare; antennae with distal sensory tufts on flagellar segments 3, 9 and 10; palpi (fig. 4) very short and pale, segments in proportion of 5:10:20:6:8, third segment very slightly swollen, with a small, very shallow, sensory pit on distal half. Mesonotum (aleoholie specimens) tawny yellowish brown, apparently with a pair of elongate, submedian spots on anterior half paler. Legs stout, fore and hind femora espe- cially swollen; pale yellowish, femora and tibiae except extreme bases of the latter, more or less brownish, especially at knees, hind tibial comb with four bristles. Abdomen yellowish, indistinctly banded with gray, darker at apex; two small, subequal, pyriform, well-sclerotized spermathecae. Wing with radial cells very long and narrow, second radial cell to 0.68 of wing length, slightly paler at apex; a few scattered macrotrichia in apices of cells R; and M,; the pattern of light and dark spots as figured by Lutz very obscure, the distal pale spot in cell R=; rounded, rarely with a narrow pale extension from anterior edge to wing margin. Culicoides panamensis Barbosa Figure 5 Culicoides panamensis Barbosa, 1947, An. Biol. Soe. Pernambuco 7: 22. Culicoides alambiculorum Maefie, 1948, Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit. 42: 81. NEW SYNONYMY. Barbosa (Joe. cit.) described panamensis from two males and six females (on slides) collected by J. Zetek (no. 4667) in June, 1940 on PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 1; Barro Golorado Island, Canal Zone, from flowers of Heliconia mariae. One of the males was marked as the type by Barbosa although he did not make such designation nor list the other specimens in his paper. Barbosa gave a figure of the genitalia of the holotype male, and evidently took the female description and a figure of the palpus from one of the slide-mounted females he did not list. The female mentioned in his paper is a pin-mounted specimen labelled ‘‘ Barro Colorado Island, C. Z., Jan.-Mar., 1944, Zetek no. 5126.’’ This speci- men, for which Barbosa gave a figure of the mesonotal pattern, is another species and has been made a paratype of Culicoides carpenterr Wirth and Blanton. A series of seven males and nineteen females from Finea San Rafael, San Pedro Yepocapa, April 3 and July 26, 1951, and ten females from Acatenango, May 5 to August 8, 1951, all taken at light, are identical with the Panama specimens of panamensis. They also agree very well with Macfie’s description of Culicoides alambiculorum, described from females from Chiapas, Mexico, which therefore be- comes a synonym. Descriptive notes based on these two specimens follow: Wing very hairy, with markings as figured by Maefie; no evident mesonotal pattern; pale markings of the legs confined to narrow subapical bands on fore femora and sub-basal ones on all tibiae, four rather long bristles in hind tibial comb; distal sensory tufts on segments 3, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of female antenna; female palpus (fig. 5b) with third segment strongly swollen, a large, deep pit opening through a small pore on distal end; spermathecae very unequal and retort- shaped. A figure (fig. 5) is given of the male genitalia of a Guatemala speci- men for comparison with Barbosa’s, which was made from a specimen obliquely flattened on a slide. Culicoides poikilonotus Macfie Figure 6 Culicoides poikilonotus Macfie, 1947, Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit. 42:82. Culicoides cacozelus Macfie, 1947, idem. 42: 85. NEW SYNONYMY. Macfie described poikilonotus and cacozelus each from a single female taken on May 28 and June 5 respectively at El Vergel, Chi- apas, Mexico, in a light trap. Macfie separated these species only on the difference (which he figured) in wing markings; the former having the pale spot on vein My» extending across the vein into cell Mg, the latter with the pale spot lying entirely in front of the vein. He further stated that they ‘‘are so similar that it may be questioned if they are distinct species, or two forms of a single species. Here I have regarded them as distinct, pending the examination of further specimens, especially males.’’ I have studied two series totalling 54 males and 45 females taken at light on April 3 and July 26, 1951, at Finca San Rafael, San Pedro Yepocapa, which agree well with Macfie’s descriptions of poikilonotus and cacozelus. The extensive pale mesonotal patches (fig. 6c) and 116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 the female palpal structure (fig. 6b) are very distinctive. The distal sensory tufts of the female antennae are found on segments 3, 5, 11, 12, 13 and 14. One long and three quite short bristles in hind tibial comb. The female spermathecae are subequal and nearly spherical. There is great variation in the extent of the pale spot on vein Ms, with all intergrades between the types figured by Macfie representing his two species. I can only conclude, therefore, that one somewhat variable species is involved, for which the name porkilonotus has page precedence. Ortiz (1952) has described the female of a species from San Felipe, Yaracuy, Venezuela, which he identified as cacozelus. This female, however, must belong to another, probably new, species since it differs from cacozelus in having but one distal pale spot in the anal cell and the third palpal segment is not so broad with the pit shallower and opening broadly. Male genitalia (of poikilonotus from Guatemala, fig. 6)—Ninth sternite a narrow transverse band, without mesal excavation or spiculate membrane; ninth tergite short, tapered, the apicolateral processes slender, somewhat variable in length (the shorter type figured) and with bases widely separated. Basistyles with ventral and dorsal roots very small, the former slender and hardly visible; dististyles nearly straight, with slightly narrowed, bent-in apices. Aedeagus very broad and stout, the basal arch attaining from one-fourth to one-half of total length, the distal portion with sides tapering gradually to a broad, truncate apex. Parameres small, the bases expanded laterad, the stems bulbous basally and abruptly bent caudad and strongly tapered to very slender, twisted, filamentous points. Culicoides propriipennis Macfie Figure 7 Culicoides propriipennis Macfie, 1948, Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit. 42: 84. Macfie described this species from a single female taken in a heght trap at San Cristobal, Chiapas, Mexico. Gibson and Ascoli took 32 males and 17 females at Finca San Rafael, San Pedro Yepocapa, April 3, and July 26, 1951, at light. Descriptive notes: Mesonotum with conspicuous, large, pale patches; wing as figured by Macfie, but the two distal spots in cell Rs vary in size and often partially fuse, the third pale spot at wing margin in cell M, sometimes faint or lacking; legs with knees dark, narrow subapical pale bands on fore and mid femora and sub-basal bands on all tibiae; four long bristles in hind tibial comb; female antennae with distal sensory tufts on seg- ments 3, (8), 9, 11, 12, 18 and 14; female palpus (fig. 7b) with third segment short and swollen, bearing a broad, shallow sensory pore. Male genitalia (fig. 7)—Ninth sternite with broad mesal excavation, the membrane bare; ninth tergite tapered, the apico-lateral processes very short, slender and widely separated. Basistyles with large, foot-shaped ventral roots and wedge-shaped dorsal roots about one-half as long; mesal margins of basistyles with scattered fine spimules; dististyles curved with slender apices. Aedeagus V- shaped, the anterior fork to about three-fifths of total length, the basal arms PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 aly straight, the posterior disto-median lobe slender with simple apex. Parameres very large, their bases knobbed, stems slightly swollen and sinuate, the slender apices abruptly bent ventrad with a subapical fringe of barbules which is basally broadened but distally attenuated to a slender filament. Culicoides new species near obsoletus (Meigen) Three specimens were taken of this species which is being described in a separate paper by Wirth and Blanton on Panama Culicoides. One male and one female were taken at light at Finca San Rafael, San Pedro Yepocapa, April 3, 1951 and one female was taken at light at Finca Las Victorias, 3500 feet, San Pedro Yepocapa, December 1, 1950. Culicoides species near copiosus Root and Hoffman Four females were taken at lights at Acatenango, elevation 5320 feet, April 27, July 10 and 26, and September 4, 1951. The condition and brevity of the series do not permit description of the species, al- though it is probably new. REFERENCES Dalmat, H. T., 1950. Studies on the flight range of certain Simuliidae, with the use of aniline dye marker. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 43: 537-545. Gibson, C. L., and W. F. Ascoli, 1952. The relation of Culicoides (Diptera: Heleidae) to the transmission of Onchocerca volvulus. Jour. Parasit. 38: 315- 320. Macfie, J. W. S., 1948. Some species of Culicoides (Diptera, Ceratopogonidae) from the State of Chiapas, Mexico. Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasit. 42: 67-87. Ortiz, I., 1952. Estudios en Culicoides (Diptera, Ceratopogonidae). IX. Rey. Sanidad y Asist. Social 16: 573-591, 8 plates. BOOK NOTICE MONOGRAPHIE SYSTEMATIQUE, PHYLOGENETIQUE ET ZOOGEO- GRAPHIQUE DES HYMENOPTERES CRABRONIENS, by Jean Leclercq. 371 pp., 40 text figs., 84 maps. Paper covers, 8vo., offset publ., 1954. $14.00. This important work is indispensable to the taxonomist engaged in identification of wasps and, in addition, is of great interest to the student of zoogeography. Several short preliminary chapters discuss morphology, phylogeny and ethnology of the crabronine wasps. These are followed by three lengthier chapters on the zoogeography of the Crabronini of the world, and of Belgium and neighboring countries, with a set of 84 maps illustrating generic and specific distributions. The section of most interest to the taxonomist comprises three appendices which con- sist of a key to the included genera, a synonymic catalog of the 84 genera and subgenera and 700 species, and a systematic tabulation of the known nesting habits and pray preferences. The catalog includes references to all papers pub- lished subsequent to Kohl’s work (1915) for the Palaearctic species or to Dalla Torre’s catalog (1897) for species of the other major regions, as well as citations to all the orginal descriptions. The volume may be obtained from John D. Sherman at the price quoted above, or from Classey in England or Reitter in Germany.— Kart V. KroMBeEIn, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 THE RECOGNITION OF SPECIES OF DICHORDOPHORA PROUT (LEPIDOPTERA, GEOMETRIDAE) By E. L. Topp, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. In the process of routine determination of a group of specimens from Montezuma Castle National Monument, Arizona, submitted by John C. Cook, a specimen of Dichordophora phoemx (Prout) was discovered. D. phoenix was not represented by named material in the collections of the United States National Museum. A check of the series of Dichorda rectaria (Grote), a superficially similar species, revealed two more specimens, a male and a female, and sixteen other specimens were located in a drawer of unidentified Geometridae. Drawings of the genitalia (figs. 1 and 5) were sent to D. 8. Fletcher of the British Museum (Natural History) for comparison with the genitalia of the holotype female and a male in that collection. Mr. Fletcher made this comparison and stated in a letter to me that the drawings agree with the genitalia of the type and a male from the Rothschild collection. Dichordophora Prout (Genotype, Dichorda (°) phoenix Prout, in Wytsman, Genera Insectorum, Fase. 129, p. 128, 1912) was described in 1913 (Novitates Zoologicae, vol. XX, no. 2, p. 437) when a male specimen became available to Prout. Of the many diagnostic charac- teristics of the generic description, the absence, in both sexes, of the frenulum and the median spurs of the hind tibia will permit the separation of Dichordophora phoenix from the species of Dichorda Warren (Genotype, Geometra iridaria Guenée, Species Général des Lépidopteéres, vol. [X, p. 344, 1857). In 1933 Prout in Seitz, Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, Bd. 8, Lief. 553, p. 70, referred Dichorda aplagaria Dyar (Proc. U.S.N.M., vol. 38, no. 1742, p. 261, 1910) to Dichordophora. He pointed out that males of aplagaria, unlike males of phoenix, possess median spurs on the hind tibiae. Females agree with the males in this characteristic. Therefore, the absence of median spurs on the hind tibiae is not of generic value and useful only in the separation of phoemx from aplagaria and the species of Dichorda Warren. The genitalia of both sexes (figs. 2 and 4), while specifically distinct from those of phoemx (figs. 1 and 5), support Prout’s assignation of aplagaria to this genus. Dichordophora phoenia (Prout): fig. 1, ventral aspect of ¢@ genitalia with aedeagus removed and shown in lateral aspect; fig. 5, ventral aspect of 2 geni- talia. Dichordophora aplagaria (Dyar): fig. 2, ventral aspect of ¢ genitalia with aedeagus removed and shown in lateral aspect; fig. 4, ventral aspect of @ genitalia. Dichorda iridaria (Guenée): fig. 3, ventral aspect of ¢@ genitalia with aedeagus removed and shown in lateral aspect; fig. 6, ventral aspect of 2 genitalia. 119 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 |. PHOENIX 3. IRIDARIA Hi(6. IRIDARIA \\ 5. PHOENIX 120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 The genitalia of Dichorda iridarva (Guenée) (figs. 3 and 6) are illus- trated for comparative purposes. Because females of the species of Dichorda and Dichordophora aplagaria lack a frenulum and possess median spurs on the hind tibia, it is desirable that some other diagnostic characteristic be employed to separate the two genera. Since the genitalia are very different, they may be used for this purpose, but for simple, rapid determina- tion some other character is desirable. In the past the postmedian line of the forewing has been used. In the species of Dichorda the post- median line usually is more oblique than in the two species of Dichor- dophora. The difference is, however, a matter of degree and therefore not completely satisfactory. Another character, the coloration of the antero-dorsal surface of the femora and the tibiae of the forelegs, may be used to supplement or replace usage of the postmedian line. In Dichorda the apex of the femur and the apical one-half of the tibia are brown, the remainder of the leg white or white with pale brown spots. In Dichordophora the femur and usually the tibia are uniform- ly pink. In some specimens the tibia may have irregular, indistinct, longitudinal patches of white, but the tibia never has a distinct, dark, apical patch. In addition to the characteristics given above, distribution may be an aid to the determination of the species of Dichordophora. At the present time phoenix is known only from Arizona and aplagaria from Mexico and Guatemala. Colored illustrations of the adults of Dichordophora phoemz (Prout), D. aplagaria (Dyar) and Dichorda rectaria (Grote) may be. found in Seitz, Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, vol. 8, pl. 6e and 81, 1933. It should be noted that the costal margin of the forewing of aplagaria is not always as dark as in the illustration. IXODES DENTATUS (MARX) COLLECTED FROM MAN (ACARINA, [XODIDAE) During the latter part of May 1954, a slightly engorged nymph of Ixodes dentatus was found attached to the neck of a child in Washington, D. C. The child lived adjacent to Rock Creek Park, where there are numerous rabbits and birds. As far as known, this is the first record of the species becoming attached to man. My determination of the specimen was verified by Dr. F,. C. Bishopp. I. dentatus, particularly abundant along the Atlantic Coast to Cape Cod, is a common parasite of cottontail rabbits. It has also been collected from muskrat, deer, meadow mice and other mammals and birds. The species may serve as a carrier of tularemia among rabbits, and the possibility that it might transmit that disease, or Rocky Mountain spotted fever, to man should not be overlooked.— HeLen Souters, Entomology Research Branch, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. — es PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 121 NEW RECORDS OF HORNIA MINUTIPENNIS RILEY, WITH NOTES ON ITS BIOLOGY (COLEOPTERA, MELOIDAE) By Grorgn E. Bowartr! and RicHAarp B. SELANDER2 INTRODUCTION Blister beetles of the genus Horna Riley are highly specialized parasites of the bee genus Anthophora. In addition to being physo- gastric, lacking wings, and having rudimentary elytra, these beetles are unique among the New World Nemognathinae in spending their adult life entirely within the nest of their host. Female beetles (fig. 11) mate, oviposit, and die within the cell which they have occupied as larvae. Males (fig. 10) vacate their cell to search out females. In doing so they tunnel outside of and parallel to the cell series in which they have developed (fig. 8) and enter cells containing female Hornia either through a terminal hole made by the female (fig. 7) or through a lateral opening which they themselves excavate. Neither sex feeds in the adult stage. First instar larvae leave the nest and crawl over the ground in the immediate vicinity of the nesting site, frequently maintaining their hold by spinning a silken thread from the anal opening. They subsequently attach themselves to adult bees directly from the ground and are carried into the nests, where they parasitize the next generation of their host, each larva consuming first the egg and then the provisioned food material in the cell. Because of their peculiar habits, Hornia beetles are rarely encoun- tered by collectors, although available evidence indicates that the genus is not particularly rare in nature. The more important works dealing with the genus are Linsley’s (1942) revision and the rather complete biological accounts of H. minutipennis Riley and H. boharti Linsley published by Linsley and MacSwain (1942). The species H. minutipennis is one of the most widely distributed blister beetles in North America, ranging across the United States and extending north- ward into Canada. In the literature H. minutipennis has been re- corded from California, Montana, Alberta, Colorado, Missouri, Dis- trict of Columbia, and New York. We are now able to fill a wide distributional gap by recording this species from several localities in Wyoming, Idaho, and Utah. These records are presented below, to- gether with some biological observations made on the species in Utah. NeEw Records In Wyoming Hornia adults have been recovered from cells of Anthophora occidentalis Cresson at two localities in the Wind River Basin, Fremont County. The first collection, made at a nesting site 5 miles south of Lander, about 5400 1Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Logan, Utah, in cooperation with the Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Logan. 2University of Illinois. At present with the Department of Zoology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City. 122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 feet, on August 25, 1954, consisted of an adult found dead in an unopened eell. Five other cells examined contained Hornia fecal pellets and exuvia, but no living specimens were found. The nest is in a clay bank produced by a road-cut. Abandoned Anthophora cells at this site have been used extensively by Osmia texana Cresson, a species apparently immune from attack by Hornia but parasi- tized in the same locality by a species of Nemognatha. The second collection of Hornia in Wyoming was made on the same date as the first, at Pavillion, 5960 feet. At this locality two pupae were removed from Anthophora cells found in the bank of a small eroded gully. One of the pupae was injured but the other one developed into a fully colored adult on September 2. Idaho records of H. minutipennis are based on collections made by W. F. Barr, who had intended originally to publish his own records. He collected H. minuti- pennis at three localities. The first of these is near a series of hot springs 9 miles northeast of Mountain Home, Elmore County. Here a single specimen of Hornia was found in a cell of Anthophora bomboides neomexicana (Cockerell). Cells of A. occidentalis from a nesting site several miles south of Lewiston, Nez Perce County, yielded a number of Hornia, including larval specimens. The third locality, also in Nez Perce County, is near the summit of Central Grade. Accord- ing to Dr. Barr, there is some question as to whether the host of Hornia at this locality is A. occidentalis, A. b. neomexicana, or both. Three adult males from the Central Grade nesting site, found dead in cells in August, 1953, were sent to the authors and have been compared with material from Wyoming and Utah. The specimens are in poor condition, but they are apparently identical with Utah and Wyoming specimens. Working in Utah, we have found H. minutipennis parasitizng A. occi- dentalis in six nesting sites. Observations at these sites have been made at irregular intervals since 1949. On several occasions living Hornia have been studied in the laboratory, but no intensive rearing program has been attempted. Three of the Hornia localities in Utah are in Cache County, in the northern part of the state. One of the host nesting sites occupies a hard clay layer of a high bank at the mouth of Logan Canyon, 4500 feet, near the campus of the Utah State Agricultural College. The bank faces south, overlooking a large reservoir at a distanee of about 100 feet. The site is extensive and apparently quite old, but the population of Anthophora is reduced at the present time, occupying only a small part of the available nesting area. The second site is on a west-facing wall of a clay gully about 100 feet from the Hyrum Reservoir, which is some 10 miles southwest of the nesting site in Logan Canyon. The third site occupies a south- eastern exposure on a clay bank in an old gravel pit near Hyde Park, a few miles north of Logan. This is an extensive site inhabited by both A. occidentalis and A. b. neomexicana. Both species are parasitized by the Hornia. Osmia texana, which nests commonly in the Anthophora burrows, is parasitized by Tricrania stansburyi (Haldeman) and a species of Nemognatha but not by the Hornia. A fourth nesting site of A. occidentalis with Hornia parasites has been found in central Utah at a locality 16 miles north of Mt. Pleasant in extreme southern Utah County. The site occupies a low clay bank facing a small canal to the west. Again at this locality there is evidence of considerable previous activity on the — . part of the bee, but the present population is small. When last visited, in 195] it appeared to be on the verge of extinction. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 123 a b c Hornia minutipennis Riley. Fig. 1, mandibles of first instar larva; fig. 2, hind tarsal claw of adult male; fig. 3, genitalia of adult male: a, tegmen, ventral view; b, tegmen, lateral view; ec, median lobe, lateral view. 124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 A fifth parasitized nesting site occupies clay banks on both sides of a small stream in Red Rock Canyon, near Parowan, Iron County, in the southwestern corner of the state. The sixth Hornia locality is in west central Utah, at Johnsons Pass, 5500 feet, Stansbury Mountains, Tooele County. The nesting site, which occupies a stream cut, was located in 1954 and is the latest of the Hornia localities to be discovered in Utah. With exception of the site north of Mt. Pleasant, Hornia localities in Utah are within the Great Basin, as is the Idaho locality in Elmore County. All nesting sites of Anthophora occidentalis studied in Utah have been found to be moderately or heavily parasitized by Hornia. Of 138 cells examined at Red Rock Canyon in 1950, 21 (15.2 percent) contained Hornia beetles. Thirteen (38.2 percent) of 34 cells from the Logan Canyon site examined on September 14, 1949, were infested with Hornia. TAXONOMY Some confusion exists as to the status of the two subspecies of Hornia minutipenms recognized in Linsley’s revision of the genus. Linsley assigned Colorado and California populations to the race of H. m. occidentalis Linsley on the basis of both adult and first instar larval characters. However, his conclusion concerning the supposed absence of a basal spine (fig. 2) on the tarsal claws of eastern adults of the species is erroneous. J. W. MacSwain first informed us of this in 1950 (in litt.), and the junior author has since verified this infor- mation by the examination of specimens, including the holotype of H. minutipennis in the collection of the U.S.N.M. The degree of selero- tization of the first and second abdominal tergites of the male appears to be quite variable and is of no particular diagnostic value in separat- ing races of H. minutipennis. As far as we have been able to ascertain, there are no adult characters which would justify the recognition of racial groups within the species. First instar larvae are available from two localities in Utah. These larvae agree with Linsley’s diag- nosis of the race of H. m. minutipennis, except that they have nine or ten teeth on each mandible rather than eight. According to Dr. MacSwain (in litt.), who has examined some of our material, it now appears that two races of H. minutipennis may be recognized. but that the name H. m. occidentalis must be restricted to Pacific Coast populations. Presumably, the races are distinguishable only on the basis of the first instar larvae. If the two races are distinct, host specificity is apparently not responsible since H. m. minutipennis parasitizes at least three species of Anthophora. On the other hand, Anthophora occidentalis is parasitized by both Horma neomexicana (Cockerell) and H. m. minutipennis. Furthermore, various subspecies of Anthophora bomboides Kirby are parasitized by both H. m. minuti- pennis and H. m. occidentalis. Hornia minutipennis Riley. Fig. 4, fifth instar larva, partially removed from fourth instar exuvia; fig. 5, fourth (left) and fifth (right) larval instar exuvia and pupa; fig. 6, adult female, enclosed by exuvial capsule, in Anthophora cell. Note characteristic fecal pellets produced by Hornia larva. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 125 Photographs for Figs. 5, 6, 9 and 10 are by W. P. Nye, and those for Figs. 4, 7, 11 and 12 by M. D. Levin. 126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS There is considerable discrepancy between our data on the seasonal distribution of the various stages of H. m. minutipennis in Utah and the data presented by Linsley and MacSwain for H. m. occidentalis in California. In Utah oviposition occurs in mid-June and eggs hatch in early July, the latter period coinciding with the height of the nest building activities of A. occidentalis. The larval period of Utah popu- lations appears to be of two months duration at most, so that the pupal stage is normally reached by early September and the adult stage is attained by mid-September. It appears, then, that although H. m. minutipenns in Utah oviposits about 2 months later than the West Coast race, its larval period is a month shorter, and, conse- quently, there is a lag of only about 1 month at the time of pupation and the appearance of the adult stage. Adult Horna overwinter in a capsule formed by the exuvia of the fourth and fifth instar larvae. Generally, the posterior end of the capsule is cemented to the fecal mass at the bottom of the bee cell (fig. 6). When removed from cells and kept in the laboratory, adult beetles usually emerged from their capsule through the posterior end, in the manner reported by Hocking (1949) for H. minutipennis in Canada. Under natural conditions the capsule is ruptured anteriorly and the exuvia are worked backward by the adult, a method of emer- gence described by Linsley and MacSwain. According to the latter authors, adult H. m. occidentalis readily feign death when disturbed. We have observed that when exposed to strong light adult H. m. minutipennis sometimes draw the head and lees in against the body and remain motionless for a few seconds, but no comparable behavior is evident when they are otherwise molested. Adults crawl freely over the hand when picked up and immediately attempt to right themselves when places on their back. If the head or thorax is touched the beetles usually move the abdomen convulsively and open their mandibles in an attempt to grasp the disturbing object. At such times and also in other situations (fig. 9) they oceca- sionally emit a drop of clear liquid from the mouth. Copulation of Hornia adults has been observed frequently. In most respects our observations on this activity are in agreement with those of Linsley and MacSwain. However, it should be noted that court- ship activity was noted in one instance when a male was observed to knead the abdomen of a female with his mandibles and legs, al- though not roughly enough to rupture the cuticle, prior to attempting — actual copulation. Response by the female consisted of increased respiratory movement of the abdomen. When placed together males and females copulated freely, the females ovipositing in the intervals between the reception of males. Copulation is accomplished with both Hornia minutipennis Riley. Fig. 7, adult female looking out of hole in cap of Anthophora cell; fig. 8. aduit male tunneling parallel to Anthophora burrow; fig. — | 9, copulating pair (Notice drop of liquid issuing from mouth of female). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 127 128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNB, 1955 parties facing the same direction (fig. 9) and usually lasts from three to eight minutes. The incubation period of eggs deposited by confined females aver- aged about 24 days. Under natural conditions the female beetle nearly fills her cell with eggs. As oviposition progresses the abdomen shrinks, and, when all eggs have been deposited, it is reduced to a small mass of wrinkled membrane (fig. 12). Because eges are laid over a con- siderable period of time, eggs in various stages of development as well as fully developed first instar larvae may be found within the same Anthophora cell. Presumably, the early hatching larvae remain quiescent within their natal cell until hatching is complete. Near Mt. Pleasant on July 14, 1950, a number of cells filled with eggs and first instar larvae of Horma were uncovered, but no larvae were pres- ent at the time within the tunnels, on the surface of the nesting bank, or on adult bees. Observations made on egg clusters in open dishes indicate that the first instar larvae instinctively tend to remain with the cluster for a day or more after hatching, but under natural condi- tions the earlier hatching larvae probably remain in their cell for a | week or more. Because the hatching of eggs begins at the bottom of — the cell, it is likely that the earlier hatching larvae are forced to — | await the hatching of eggs and the emergence of larvae above them before they can reach the exit hole prepared in the cell cap by the | female beetle. After completing oviposition the now badly withered female sta- tions herself at the exit hole, which she partially plugs with her head, maintaining this position even after death (fig. 7). This action is | probably a defense against the entrance of nest predators such as clerid larvae. The hole does not seem to be plugged tightly enough to prevent the Horma larvae from leaving. On June 15, 1951, while observing the behavior of adult Hornia obtained from the Red Rock Canyon nest, we witnessed an interesting encounter between two males. At the time, the males were crawling | over and about a large female confined to a sand filled dish. At short — intervals the males approached one another and made feeble grasping ~ motions with their mandibles. Finally, one of the males succeeded in sinking his mandibles into his adversary’s abdomen, and although the | attacked individual tried to dislodge the hold and grasp the body of © the attacker with his mandibles, he was unable to accomplish either. | During the next few minutes the attacker dragged his opponent over the surface of the sand, meanwhile almost burying his head in the wounded abdomen. After releasing his victim the male crawled | toward the female. The injured beetle remained motionless, with a clear liquid pouring freely from the wound. About five minutes later — the uninjured male returned to its victim and the two beetles inter-— Hornia minutipennis Riley. Fig. 10, adult male; fig. 11, adult female, before os oviposition; fig. 12, adult female (dead) after oviposition. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 129 130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 locked mandibles for a few seconds. Several hours afterward it was apparent that the injured beetle was dying. Combat between males of the family Meloidae does not seem to have been observed previously, or at least it appears that accounts of such activity have not been published. Members of several genera of Lyttinae which we have observed show no combative tendeney at all. However, antagonism between males of several species of Nemognatha, Zonitis, and Gnathiwm (Nemognathinae) has been observed by the junior author on several occasions. In the case of Hornia, where mating takes place in extremely confined quarters, a combative in- stinct on the part of males may have adaptive significance. REFERENCES Hocking, B., 1949. Hornia minutipennis Riley: new record and some notes on behaviour (Coleoptera, Meloidae). Canad. Ent. 81: 1-6. Linsley, E. G., 1942. Systematics of the meloid genera Hornia and .Allendesal- azaria (Coleoptera). Univ. California Publ. Ent. 7(9) : 169-188. Linsley, E. G. and J. W. MacSwain, 1942. Bionomies of the meloid genus Hornia (Coleoptera). Ibid., pp. 189-206. BOOK REVIEW INSECT FACT AND FOLKLORE, by Lucy W. Clausen, American Museum of Natural History and Columbia University. xiv + 194 pp., ill: The Mae- millan Company, New York, 1954. $3.50. For those having little or no knowledge of entomology Miss Clausen has written an entertaining introduction to the insect world. It is a small volume, combining a primer of entomology with anecdotes and world folklore concerning insects and their relationship to the life of man. Miss Clausen’s efforts are directed to initiating the layman into the subject of entomology by brightening the rudimentary scientific data with the more exotic aspects of the subject. Thus the book may appear rather naive to a practicing or even amateur entomologist. It may, however, succeed in its stated — purpose of arousing the curiosity of those who might undertake more serious studies in the field. On the whole Miss Clausen has performed a valuable service for the profes- sion in emphasizing the importance of entomological science and the role it plays in everyday life. Especially is this true in the chapter of her book devoted to the progress of the science and its potential. “Probably no other field in the range of biological endeavor, except medicine ~ and bacteriology, offers so much promise to the young biologist today,” Miss Clausen says. Miss Clausen is widely known for her work in the Department of Publie Instrue- tion of the American Museum of Natural History. In addition she is a lecturer at the College of Pharmacy, Columbia University. In 1953 she beeame the first woman president of the New York Entomological Society——R. E. WARNER, Hn- tomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 131 PARASITES OF POTATO-INFESTING APHIDS AND OF SOME OTHER APHIDS IN MAINE By W. A. SHAnps,! G. W. Simpson,? F. S. Roperts,? and C. F. W. MuESEBECK* Field collections of parasitized aphids were made between 1942 and 1950 in connection with research on the biology and control of potato- infesting aphids in Maine. Most of the collections were from north- eastern Maine near Presque Isle in east-central Aroostook county, although some were from the central part of the State. The number of collections varied from year to year. Most of the collections were from secondary host plants but some were from primary hosts. Host plants included potatoes (Solanwm tuberosum I.), wild rutabaga (Brassica campestris L.), wild radish (Raphanus raphanistrum l.), hemp nettle (Galeopsis tetrahit L.), lamb’s-quarters (Chenopodium album L.), smartweed (Polygonum lapathifolium L.), field sorrel (Rumex acetosella L.), oxeye-daisy Chrysanthemum leucanthemum var. pinnatifidum Lecoq and lLa- motte), English peas (Pisum sativum l.), alder-leaved buckthorn (Rhamnus alnifolia L’Her.), Canada plum (Prunus nigra Ait.), swamp rose (Rosa palustris Marsh.), and rugose rose (R. rugosa Thunb. ). The parasitized aphids were placed in vials and held at room tem- perature until adult parasites emerged. Then the parasites were pre- served with the aphids from which they emerged, by filling the vials with 30-percent alcohol. Parasites were reared from the following aphids during this period: JES EUSA DC vA NO) arto eee Ek a oe a pe eee ee Lt ae Aphis abbreviata Patch English grain aphid _..____Macrosiphum granarium (Kby.) oxo lovevap hid: 21 40 se Myzus solani (Kltb.)= convolvuli (Kitb.)= pseudosolani. (Theob.). Sotecieeveache ep hides. 522 See lth aeeor,) SE Myzus persicae (Sulz.) Hgeciere) rind ies wees Ss tue a! 8 oe Nie ee Sh a Macrosiphum pisi (Harris) oOtstonaphid. se. Ses Sas Reo” NA ag Macrosiphum solanifolii (Ashm.) SILENT ey OTC: 2S ce Ya sh A Rhopalosiphum pseudobrassicae (Davis) Hyalopterus atriplicis L. Capitophorus spp., believed to be mostly potentillae (Wlkr.) tetrarhodus (Wlkr.), and poae (Gill.). Table 1 shows the total number of each species of parasite reared from each species of aphid, grouped according to primary and hyper- parasites. According to Smith (1944), Clausen (1940), and others, all Species of Aphidiinae are primary parasites. The hyperparasites have been so designated by Haviland (1920, 1921, 1922), Spencer (1926), Ferri¢re and Voukassovitch (1928), Griswold (1929), Dunn (1949), 1Entomology Research Branch, U. S. D. A., University of Maine, Orono. “Maine Agricultural Experiment Station, Orono. ®United Fruit Company, Honduras. Formerly temporary field assistant, Maine Agricultural Experiment Station. 4Entomology Research Branch, U. 8S. D. A., Washington 25, D. C. 132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 and others. On the other hand, Folsom and Bondy (1930) stated that Pachyneuron siphonophorae is an important primary parasite of — Aphis gossypii Gloy., and Ullyett (1938) reported that Charips sp. | occasionally is a primary parasite. ‘ Table 1. Numbers of parasites reared from aphids at Presque Isle, Maine, 1942-50.1 — oS = ‘ 2 a = Se ga Coorg 7 a ce Ss oe 3 A a) BS E 2 2 8 8b ee nl oO fas} o ~ oct Cay B Sieg 5 8 @& 4 Som Species S aq 8&3 (2 1 eee of 3 (8 8 2 8 3 oS oe : = =| ° iS) 3 CS) a = os Parasite a So A & > & & As oe Primary parasites BRACONIDAE Aphidiinae Uhh Ay As Soin tS a) Praon sp. Di nl Sonny ae Q 1S Praon aguti Sm. 2 Se yall es Praon americanus (Ashm.) 1 i Praon simulans (Prov.) 5 7 i.) 28), 0eo Aphidius spp. 3 OVS ODS al Oe aes Lies Aphidius avenaphis (Fitch) ne 8 33 8 mee) Aphidius nigripes Ashm. Bie oie se ee nea ape 3 Aphidius nigriteleus Sm. Ee -14 8 2 62 3) Aphidius ohioensis Sm. paey papas 8 a ye 4 Aphidius phorodontis Ashm. h 5 a = eh eo Aphidius pisivorus Sm. ies 2 Pee eee. a Aphidius rosae Hal. 4 153 A. (Lysiphlebus) testaceipes | (Cress. ) BBE ties SiS eal ees > Diaeretus rapae (M’Int.) 7 309 2 1 ae Trioxys sp. 1 2 a Hyperparasites PTEROMALIDAE Sphegigasterinae Asaphes fletcheri (Cwfd.) el” 10) 223) 20S eel Asaphes rufipes Brues eh Ae 5 a Pachyneurini Coruna clavata Wlkr. a ets Se ee My ie Pachyneuron sp. ERA, Ae 1 [a Pachyneuron siphonophorae 2a al . Det ee (Ashm.) CYNIPIDAB Charipinae Charips sp. =O lev oh ee Charips brassicae (Ashm.) alt: 6 62-2510 Aen Allowysta sp. Lay Eh Ce sl CERAPHRONIDAB Lygocerus sp., probably niger How. 2 8 3 8 » 2 1Bold face numerals indicate what appear to be new parasitization records p ior to 1950. 3 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57; NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 133 The parasitizations observed in these studies were compared with those for the United States and Canada as published by MacGillivray and Spicer (1953), Muesebeck et al. (1951), Thompson (1944), Spen- eer (1926), Wheeler (1923), Smith (1919), Hauser et al. (1917), and Melander and Yothers (1915, 1916). In Table 1 bold face type is used to indicate what appear to be new parasitization records prior to 1950. These new records may be less accurate for the hyperpara- sites than for the primary parasites, since the literature frequently records the primary parasite as the host rather than the aphid from which the hyperparasite emerged. No effort in our study was made to determine the identity of the parasite from which the hyperpara- site emerged. There are 4 new records for primary parasites of the potato aphid, 5 for the green peach aphid, 3 for the buckthorn aphid, 4 for Capitophorus spp., 2 for the foxglove aphid, and 1 for Hyalop- terus atriplicis. Of the records for hyperparasites all are new except Asaphes fletcher for the green peach aphid, Pachyneuron siphono- phorae for the potato aphid, and Charips brassicae for the turnip aphid. At least 13 species of primary parasites and 9 species of hyper- parasites were reared. Among the primaries at least 10 species were reared from the green peach aphid, 9 from the potato aphid, 6 from the buckthorn aphid, 5 from Capitophorus spp., 3 from the foxglove aphid, 2 from the English grain aphid and the turnip aphid, and 1 from the pea aphid and Hyalopterus atriplicis. Amone the hyper- parasites at least 7 species were reared from the potato aphid, 6 from Capitophorus spp., 4 from the green peach aphid, 4 from the turnip aphid, and one each from the buckthorn, foxglove, and pea aphids. None were reared from the English grain aphid or Hyalopterus atri- pliers. Some of the parasites showed a considerable specificity for certain species of aphids, although specificity by the hyperparasites probably was for the primary parasite rather than for the aphid. Among the primary Aphidius parasites, (Lysiphlebus) testaceipes and Trioxrys sp. were reared only from the buckthorn aphid, Aphidius phorodontis only from the green peach aphid, and Aphidius ohioensis only from the potato aphid. Diaeretus rapae was reared almost entirely from the green peach aphid with only 2 specimens from the potato aphid, whereas Aphidius rosae was confined largely to the potato aphid. Among the hyperparasites, Pachyneuron siphonophorae and Asaphes rufipes were confined to the potato aphid, Allorysta sp. to the turnip aphid and Capitophorus spp., and Coruna clavata to the potato aphid and Capitophorus spp. The data in Table 2 indicate that the potato and green peach aphids were more commonly parasitized than were the buckthorn and foxglove aphids. Field observations corroborated this indication. lAsaphes americanus Gir. is a synonym. 134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 It appears that the relative abundance of the various species of para- ! sites differed from year to year, but this may have been due partly _ to differences in aphid abundance and the numbers collected. Praon americanus, Aphidius phorodontis, Trioxys sp., Pachyneuron siphono- Table 2. Total numbers of parasites reared from each species of aphid at Presque Isle, Maine 1942-50. ay Species of aphid 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 Total Primary parasites Aphis abbreviata 0 6 2 0 il 2 uel 3 47 Myzus persicae 4 3.5 204, 40% 86) .a19 9 oy al Seo Macrosiphum solanifolit 18 4 5 SOUS 84 lo Sa sD fa aEiO 7 35 464 Myzus solani 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 6 Capitophorus spp. 0 1 AT ab eelay: 6 2 0 Macrosiphum granarium 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 Macrosiphum pisi 0 4 22 0 0 0 0 i 1 28 Hyalopterus atriplicis 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 5! Rhopalosiphum pseudobrassi- cae 0 2 3 0 ert 5 0 0 22 otal he ae eee | 22) 052269, 173) sd @ LOU N00 SAGs ose es Hyperparasites Aphis abbreviata 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 Myzus persicae 8 Tye 1133 1 5 0 1 0 5 34 Macrosiphum solanifolii Te =} 6 2 (hoe Pay 9 4 7 83 Myzus solani 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 il 2 Capitophorus spp. 0 2 1 2 Le We ALY 2 0 0 23 Macrosiphum granarium 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Macrosiphum pisi 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 if Hyalopterus atriplicis 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ose) )) Rhopalosiphum pseudo- brassicae 0 1 1 0 0 2 1 0 0 5 Oeil pees s MLE 2B U9. = 20) el Degli eo OMmeals 4 1 ey ii phorae, and Alloxysta sp. were represented in only 1 year; Aphidius (Lysiphlebus) testaceipes, A. ohioensis, and A. avenaphis 2 years | each; Praon aguti 3 years; Asaphes rufipes 4 years; Coruna clavata 5 years; and Aphidius nigriteleus, Aphidius pisworus and Asaphes fletcheri 6 years each; Praon simulans, Aphidius mgripes, and A. rosae 7 years each; Charips brassicae 8 years; and Diaeretus rapae and Lygocerus sp. 9 years each. Parasites reared in greatest numbers were those found every year. In general the total number of individuals of a species was propor- tional to the number of years it was represented. There was a large | ¢ year-to-year variation in the percentage of parasitized aphids infested | with hyperparasites. B. D. Burks, A. B. Gahan, and L. H. Weld, of the former Bureau of En- | tomology and Plant Quarantine, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, identified the specimens of Pteromalidae and Cynipidae. Many assistants were employed sea- — sonally by the Maine Agricultural Experiment Station for collecting the para- eh | sitized aphids. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 135 Table 3. Total number of each species of parasite reared from aphids at Presque Isle, Maine 1942-1950. Parasite 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 Total Primary parasites BRACONIDAE Aphidiinae a AW Ae he iY My ts i dha Ob UN a a 1 Praon sp. oem 3 1 1 + 2 6 2 4 23 Praon aguti Sm. isu Shay Olgas 4 Tie aa ert 1 pad 6 Praon americanus (Ashm. ) SN ee, tg egy I a i ol a itp oh Das aah er ete 1 Praon simulans (Prov.) 1 Dene? Py ate Ae Whe 1 1 40 Aphidius spp. 18 30 6 7 7 7 2 3 3 83 Aphidius avenaphis (Fitch ) Re Sele ieee aes a ANTI hl neon Mounete. A eee a 19 Aphidius nigripes Ashm. hate aN Mates ORS noe ee One onl Paes) ay yeereen | Aphidius nigriteleus Sm. oe te eS an TS anak 6 Le ees 87 PAD UUs ONLOCNSIS SIN) ee) | ee ee eee enue epee 5 Clee ye 2 es 8 Aphidius phorodontis Aphidius pisiworus Sm. Hen OB les fh, Ys sila) 1 4 Tames we 3 37 Aphidius rosae Hal. SES Oger in ne one aol ON By oY Roe: 3 Dalla" A, (Lysiphlebus) testa- ceipes (Cress. ) Pomp Me Ub eanelet ye Ses te 1 Me eae 25 crt 32 Diaeretus rapae (M’Int.) 5 (eno RCO Dae mre tallies 2 4 344 Trioxys sp. BORN Pe ec Tt ARNT by cenit Ben a kh = 1 1 Otel. sae NL soe Pe OO mEZO9 » Lia: eelock = LOO MOOR 46a b3oeel035 Hyperparasites PTEROMALIDAE Sphegigasterinae Asaphes fletcheri (Cwfd.) 10 apne Wi Pek 4 7 4 4 38 Asaphes rufipes Brues 1 2 1 1 5 Pachyneurini Coruna clavata Wlkr. 2 th if 2 1 13 Pachyneuron sp. u 3 3 1 2 al Pachyneuron siphono- OCG OEY CA SURI») Map ee) pies yi eh fae est ila Vy gang 1 pee tact) sae pes 1 CYNIPIDAE Charipinae Charips sp. ree WE cet 8 1 3 By gaat eRe a Ba 13 Charips brassicae (Ashm.) 3 2 il il 1m il Bh, pd 1 23 Alloxysta sp. WA gh AT Meee Pa eC aD B34 gab Mina eg eae Nas 3 CERAPHRONIDAE Lygocerus sp. 6 9 10 3 8 4 4 1 8 53 Ua) Fe Le SR a 19%) 420) eae De velit gues Ont! els Ais LS ales 0 Percent of parasitized aph- ids from which hyper- parasites were reared 4G Sie OL OM pom coin Ie Ae Or ail pine SeOeee ete Teel) 136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 REFERENCES Clausen, Curtis P., 1940. Entomophagous Insects. 688 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York and London. Dunn, J. A., 1949. The parasites and predators of potato aphids. Bul. Ent. Res. 1402 97-122. Ferriére, C., and Voukassovitch, P., 1928. Sur les parasites des aphides et leurs hyperparasites. Bul. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2:26-29. Folsom, J. W., and Bondy, F. F., 1930. Calcium arsenate as a cause of aphid in- festation. U. S. Dept. Agr. Cir. 116, 12 pp. Griswold, G. H., 1929. On the bionomics of a primary parasite and of two hyper- parasites of the geranium aphid. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 22:438-452. Hauser, J. S., Guyton, T. L., and Lowry, P. R., 1917. The pink and green aphid of potato, Macrosiphum solanifolit (Ashm.). Ohio Agr. Expt. Sta. Bul. 317, 29 pp. Haviland, Maud D., 1920. On the bionomics and development of Lygocerus tes- taceimanus Kieffer, and Lygocerus cameroni Kieffer (Proctotrypoida- Ceraphronidae), parasites of Aphidius (Braconidae). Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. (n. s.) 65: 101-127. , 1921. On the bionomics and post-embryonic development of certain cynipid hyperparasites of aphides. Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. (n. 8.) 65: 451-578. , 1922. On the post-embryonic development of certain chalcids, hyper- parasites of aphides, with remarks on_the bionomics of. hymenopterous para- sites in general. Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. (n. s.) 66:321-338. MacGillivray, M. E., and Spicer, P. B., 1953. Aphid parasites collected in New Brunswick in 1950. Canad. Ent. 85 (11) :423-431. Melander, A. L., and Yothers, M. A., 1915 and 1916. Ann. Rpts. for the years ending June 30, 1915 and 1916. Wash. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bul. 127:30-38 and Bul. 136:35-42. Muesebeck, C. F. W., Krembein, Karl V., and Townes, Henry K., 1951. Hymenop- tera of America North of Mexico, Synoptic Catalog. U. S. Dept. Agr. Monog. 2, 1420 pp. Smith, Clyde F., 1944. The Aphidiinae of North America. 154 pp. Ohio State Univ. Press. Smith, Loren B., 1919. The life history and biology of the pink and green aphid (Macrosiphum solanifolii Ashmead). Va. Truck Expt. Sta. Bul. 27, 52 pp. Spencer, Herbert, 1926. Biology of the parasites and hyperparasites of aphids. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19 (2) :119-157. Thompson, W. R., 1944. A catalogue of the parasites and predators of insect pests. Sec. 1, Parasite host catalogue; Pt. 3, Parasites of the Hemiptera. 149 pp. Belleville, Ont., Canada. Ullyet, G. C., 1938. The species of Aphidius (Aphidimae: Braconidae) as para- sites of aphids in South Africa. Union So. Africa, Dept. Agr. and Forestry Sci. Bul. 178, 28 pp. Wheeler, E. W., 1923. Some braconids parasitic on aphids and their life history. (Hymen.) Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 16 (1) :1-29. i Pad ha PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 Asif NOTES ON THE LARVA OF HAEMAGOGUS JANTHINOMYS DYAR (DipTERA, CULICIDAE) By Winw1AmM H. W. Komp, Laboratory of Tropical Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. The larva of Haemagogus janthinomys Dyar was not described in the original description (Dyar, 1921). There it is stated: ‘‘The larva is described in the monograph (Howard, Dyar and Knab, 1912-1917) under the name ‘‘capricormi’’ (vol. iv, 877, 1917) and also figured (pl. 126, fig. 488, 1912).’’ In the description of the larva under ““capricorni’’ it is stated: ‘‘. . . both pairs of dorsal head-hairs in twos, the lowest pair situated rather low down on the face....’’ A later description by Dyar (1928) is nearly the same: ‘‘ Head-hairs in twos, situated low on the face.’’ The figures given by Dyar (1928) of the larval head and terminal segments (plate 32, fig. 103) are the same as those in plate 126, fig. 438, in the second volume of the mono- graph (2). Only two larval skins of H. janthinomys are associated with the type series of adults from Trinidad, B. W. I., in the U. 8. National Museum collection. One skin is on a slide numbered 17.1, which pro- duced one of the two type males designated in the original description. The other skin is on a slide numbered 2269 (Urich 17.3), which pro- duced one of the four paratype males. The head-eapsules of both of these skins are badly crushed under the cover-glasses. The larva which produced one of the type males (17.1) has the two anterior head-hairs present and single; the right posterior head-hair is missing, and what may be the left posterior hair is double. This hair may be extraneous, as it does not arise from an insertion in the head-capsule. Neither the anterior nor posterior head-hairs are visible on slide 2269 (Urich 17.3). It is thus apparent that an error of observation was made in describing the head-hairs of the larva of H. janthinomys. Further evidence confirming this is presented below. In August 1945 the writer collected hairy Haemagogus larvae from tree holes at St. Ann’s, a suburb of Port of Spain, Trinidad, B. W. L., the type locality for H. janthinomys. These larvae had both pairs of head-hairs single. A male reared from one of these larvae had the typical short-beaked mesosome of H. janthinomys. In March 1944, according to Kumm et al. (1946), Jorge Boshell visited the forests near the presumed type locality of H. spegazzinu Bréthes, near Ledesma, Province of Jujuy, Argentina, and obtained Haemagogus females. Eggs from these in due course produced adult _ males which had short-beaked mesosomes like those of H. janthinomys. On this evidence Kumm et al. reduced janthinomys to a synonym of H. spegazzinii Bréthes 1912. Kumm et al. further state that the larvae of H. capricorni, H. | Spegazzinu and its subspecies falco, are indistinguishable. They pre- Sent a table listing many of the morphological characters of 525 he 138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 larvae of H. spegazzini falco; in practically all of this long series the anterior and posterior head-hairs were single. Very few species of Haemagogus have larvae in which either the anterior or posterior head-hairs are double. If this character were present and stable in H. janthinomys, it would serve as a most convenient marker to sepa- rate this larva from the other two Haemagogus larvae with densely villose integument, namely capricornu and spegazzinu falco. Unfor- tunately this character is not present in janthinomys (=spegazzinn) as is shown by the evidence given above. H. spegazzinu has rather a wide range, extending northward from Ledesma in northern Argentina, through Brazil (Kumm and Cer- queira, 1951) and into French Guiana (Floch, 1950) and Trinidad. Intergrades between spegazzinu and spegazzinu falco have been re- ported from Brazil by Kumm and Cerqueira (1951). In Panama and Costa Rica, only spegazzinw falco has been found by Galindo and his co-workers (Galindo et al., 1951). Kumm and his associates (1946) state that spegazzinui and spegazzinu falco have been found naturally infected with the virus of yellow fever in endemic areas of this disease in Brazil and Colombia. REFERENCES 1. Dyar, H. G., 1921. The genus Haemagogus Williston. Ins. Ins. Mens. 9: 112. 2. Howard, L. O., H. G. Dyar and F. Knab, 1912-1917. The Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West Indies. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publ. 159. 3. Dyar, H. G., 1928. The Mosquitoes of the Americas. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publ. 387, p. 140. 4. Kumm, H. W., E. Osorno-Mesa and J. Boshell-Manrique, 1946. Studies on mosquitoes of the genus Haemagogus in Colombia. Amer. Jour. Hyg. 43: 13-28. Kumm, H. W. and N. L. Serqueira, 1951. The Haemagogus mosquitos of Brazil. Bull. Ent. Res. 42: 169-181. 6. Floch, H., 1950. Rapport sur le fonetionnement technique de 1’Institut Pasteur de la Guyane Francaise et du Territoire de 1’Inini, 1948. 7. Galindo, P., S. J. Carpenter and H. Trapido., 1951. Westward extension of the range of Haemagogus spegazzinii falco Kumm et al. into Costa Rica. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 53: 104-106. On BOOK REVIEW MOSQUITO CULTURE TECHNIQUES AND EXPERIMENTAL PROCE- DURES, by Helen Louise Trembley (Mrs. Kenneth M. Durkee, 113 Sonora Avenue, Danville, California). American Mosquito Control Association Bul- letin No. 3, 1955. 73 pp., 17 illus. May be purchased from C. T. William- son, 16 Orowae Avenue, Islip, New York. Price $2.00. The author is an entomologist who has had more than 15 years of experience in the U. S. Department of Agriculture and the National Institutes of Health in the culturing of mosquitoes under controlled conditions, and in disease trans- mission. This bulletin is an account of her personal experiences and a summary PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 139 of her intensive search of the literature. General and specific techniques and equipment are described for the culturing of 63 species (8 genera) through conscutive generations and for 26 species reared from immature stages to the adult. The 425 references cited, the majority of which are annotated, are listed under four categories: rearing; development and behavior; disease transmission and other experimental studies; and general reference works. Heretofore, this vast amount of information has not been assembled in a separate publication. The publication is characterized by its thorough treatment of the subject and its simplicity of presentation. The relatively informal style will be appreciated especially by the non-English speaking scientists who will find the bulletin easy to translate. Miss Trembley and the American Mosquito Control Association are to be con- gratulated on making so valuable a contribution to the fields of research and con- trol of mosquitoes and mosquito-borne diseases.—ERNESTINE B. THURMAN, Divt- sion of Research Grants, National Institutes, of Health, Bethesda, Maryland, SOCIETY MEETINGS The 642nd regular meeting of the Society, attended by 27 members and 8 visitors, was held in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on February 3, 1955. President T. L. Bissell called the meeting to order at 8:00 P.M., and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Reports for 1954 were given by the Treasurer, the Corresponding Secretary, the Custodian, and the Editor. These appear elsewhere in this issue. E. L. Todd gave a note on a new cotton pest, Acontia dacia Druce, whose damage has been reported from Texas and Louisiana. Its known distribution, its discovery as a cotton pest, and its differentiation from A. terminimaculata (Grt.) and other species of Acontia were discussed. F. S. Haydon circulated a collection of Korean insects. The khapra beetle, Trogoderma granarium Everts, was briefly discussed by W. H. Anderson. Originally described from India, this beetle damages stored grain, especially barley, and other products in certain southwestern states and in countries outside the U. S. Its populations in some warehouses become unbeliey- ably large. (Author’s abstract.) Dr. Anderson stated that the quart of larvae he exhibited might have come from as small an area as a foot or two in one Warehouse and would therefore not satisfy the specialist’s demand for an adequate Sample of the distribution of the species. President Bissell exhibited large rhinoceros beetles collected alive in Maryland in January during the clearing of rotted stumps. A dead beetle was found in a cell 3 or 4 inches long, evidently made by the larva. In recognition of outstanding service to entomology, C. F. W. Muesebeck and H. G. Barber were voted to Honorary Membership. Mr. Barber has been a member in good standing since 1894. , The address of the retiring president, A. B. Gurney, was entitled “A Nevada | Grasshopper Quest, and Lessons Learned About Grasshopper Abundance.” A | very unusual migratory swarm of the Nevada sage grasshopper, Melanoplus _ rugglesi Gurney, was found in central Nevada in 1939. The migration has moved northwesterly and has since virtually run its course after about 5 years of activity 140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 in southeastern Oregon. Dr. Gurney visited the infested area in 1949 and again in 1953; the latest trip, made partly in company with Dr. Claude Wakeland, shed ¢ considerable light on the preferred habitats of the solitary phase. With the aid of kodachrome slides the speaker reviewed the identity, distribution, habitat € preferences and probable population responses of rugglesi to climatic changes. c He emphasized the advantages in the present study of close cooperation among control workers, taxonomists and ecologists, and the benefits obtained by the taxonomist who pursues some of his work in the field. A comprehensive report on 4 rugglesi and its allies is in preparation. (Author’s abstract.) Dr. C. L. Remington of Yale University was introduced. The meeting adjourned at 10.07 P.M.—KELLIzn O’NEILL, Recording Secretary. 2 The 643rd regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President T. L. — Bissell in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum at 8:00 P.M. on Thursday, — March 3, 1955, and was attended by 35 members and 18 visitors. The minutes — of the previous meeting were read and approved. William E. Bickley reported for the Memoirs Committee, expressing the hope | that additional manuscripts will be submitted for consideration as Memoir No. 5. A letter of greeting to the Society from W. Dwight Pierce recalled his election to membership fifty years ago and told of his present work. The appointment of R. H. Nelson as Executive Secretary to the Entomological Society of America was announced by the President. ; T. J. Spilman reviewed the introductory volume of Insects of Micronesia by J. — Linsley Gressitt. wy S. R. Dutky told of parasitic nematodes found on codling moths. This note is — to be published elsewhere in the Proceedings. According to A. B. Gurney, Miss Sophy Parfin has sneceeded in rearing larvae ~ of certain genera of Myrmeleontidae; some of these have not previously been associated with adults. Dr. Gurney also mentioned newspaper and magazine advertisements offering egg-cases of praying mantids for sale. He concluded that while mantids are often valuable in gardens they have little effect on certain | highly injurious pests. (Speaker’s abstract.) The yellow clover aphid was described as a new pest of alfalfa in the South- west by R. G. Dahms. The insect has been known in eastern U. S. for several years, but not considered serious. Its appearance and rapid spread in Arizona, New Mexico and southern California on alfalfa resulted in five million dollars worth of damage during the first year. The aphid kills young plants, causes older © plants to shed leaves, and produces honeydew which causes mold to grow on the plants and makes alfalfa almost impossible to dry for baling. Other alfalfa- growing states are watching it closely. (Secretary’s abstract.) W. E. Bickley announced publication by the American Mosquito Control Asso- é ciation of Helen Louise Trembley’s bulletin entitled Mosquito Culture Techniques — and Experimental Procedures. The principal paper, “Photoperiodic Responses of Plants and Animals,” was given by Dr. H. A. Borthwick, Principal Plant Physiologist at the Beltsville Plant Industry Station. In plants photoperiodism controls production of flowers | and fruits; formation of runners, tubers and bulbs; abscission of leaves and | coloration of parts of plants. In animals it regulates reproduction, change of color PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 141 of feathers or fur, moulting and, to some extent, migration. The daylength stimulus is perceived by the leaves of plants; in animals photoperiodic percep- tion occurs in the eye or region of the eye and the reaction is believed to operate through the pituitary. Light from the red part of the spectrum is most effective in promoting flowering of long-day plants or inhibiting flowering of short-day ones. In each case far red light (wavelength about 7350 $3612.84 Meerinrru nes Cumin ell Oiy4 ti, OR nee Rw ee 3366.05 Cash and securities on hand December 31, 1954 246.79 “TORII” ek Sam a RS Pe GSE SD Oo ee SCR ee 3612.84 Memoir Publication Fund Cash and securities on hand January 1, 1954 $4525.45 Recapis and earnings during 1954 2 957.69 PGA. EERE ea a ee OR oD ASO $5483.14 Meemrinires Murine D954 02 a 75.54 Cash and securities on hand December 31, 1954 (ine. 2400.00 Olamestriched principal) pees 2 ee A fe 5407.60 TE hs i sy ec ce eA isl Ges de ae eS Ae $5483.14 Respectfully submitted, P. X. PELTIER, Treasurer Copies of the complete Treasurer’s report, approved by the Auditing Committee, are on file with the Corresponding Secretary and the Treasurer. CUSTODIAN During 1954 the value of items sold by the Custodian amounted to $543.67. These consisted of 2 copies each of Memoirs 1 and 2, 15 of Memoir 3, and 52 of Memoir 4; 20 entire volumes and 117 miscellaneous numbers of the Proceedings; 4 copies of the Traver mite paper; 1 each of sets of unbound papers on mites, Coleoptera and mosquitoes. 142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 Contributions from various sources amounted to 16 entire volumes and 39 — miscellaneous numbers. As the end of the year the status of the 4 Memoirs was as follows: Memoir Original Issue Sold to Date On Hand 12/31/54 No. 1 300 179 121 { No. 2 300 239 61 No. 3 510 234 276 No. 4 Ist Printing 784 82 702 No. 4 2nd Printing 626 272 354 Respectfully submitted, H. J. ConKuE, Custodian Copies of the Custodian’s complete report are on file with the Corresponding — Secretary, the Treasurer and the Custodian. EDITOR Six numbers of Volume 56 of the Proceedings, a total of 320 pages, were published in 1954. Seventeen pages were devoted to advertising and 303 pages to scientific papers, notes, book reviews and minutes of meetings. This is in contrast } to 336 pages published in 1953, all of which were devoted to scientific papers — and notes, obituaries, book reviews, and minutes of meetings. During 1954, 18% ~ published pages were paid for by their authors; in 1953, 39 pages were paid for ] by their authors. Volume 56 contained 40 original contributions (excluding book — reviews, obituaries and minutes) averaging 8 pages in length; Volume 55 con- — tained 48 averaging 7 pages. : ie se Each sdechlata te: nae ones =" ete ier eich ae al 2 llr Sect mx as Respectfully submitted, B. D. Burks, Editor CORRESPONDING SECRETARY Membership — January 1, 1954 (adjusted figure) =<. eee Reductions: J Reopen oH 20 kuti ewe Cc Pte ae Ce eptaies PE. Lim re a Us Fea ak 17 Ue tr 7 Gp See et Baio Nail SET BL pa 1 ADD) TS OTD Cd ea eS NS EE eR eB 8 DC CEASCO Ge ess ae ot eee UN a ie ee ees 7 TIN tell] Gees Ree ei) ots el en loth Ne A 2h a A See 33 Additions: Elected to membership —— Ue 2 bd se Tage te a 39 Rem stated pees kaw ie Reet Pe ay De 1 Day eigen eas a ens foe Ne a ELC SM Me i LN 40 Netigain jin’ membership, 19540002 ee ee eee Total, membership; Dee, sion (2. en ee ee eee Classes of Membership Active, dues paying (16 have not paid since 1951) _-----_- TD a= ora sea RR Es i Ne Nes oe ee et a ee ay ae Pe ee rea WEE ies a sey en cee Totals ine Foe eee el EE i a Ee A IR ee PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 143 The membership is distributed among 42 states, the District of Columbia, 5 terri- tories and 20 foreign countries. Circulation of the Proceedings (December 1954 issue) : Via U. S. mail States (poundaresrate—— insta Pedy yes eee es eee 375 District of Columbia (poundage rate, umstamped) ams 33 U. S. Territories (poundage rate, unstamped) _.. =. 18 Monee Nw Count rieswis tani ped ews ee me ahem cere eaMe sO en 141 WTR, COMER a eA EB) ARI tO LN a le SUR Ue ee ete ns EE 113 STURGES ales SSL ie EI ea Ee oe Sn eee ne ace ee Sa a SETAE: - 680 Distribution : IMG) Teach) ove fs fia Tate RE ae ND Ae ae 5 A Ri AS aL IR sagt 465 ROME ED SCLTD CTS mes ne sebh us iinmee te BUS Ona athe R Ue Me ees Oe oid dL a ee yd 5 LGU Es ae a cane PSL Bes SS Ma dae Melee 2 aed TA & elle Petia MAS Bs EA ISO SD 680 The Proceedings go to members and subscribers in 47 states, the District of Columbia, 5 territories and 41 foreign countries. Respectfully submitted, LouisH M. RuSSELL, Corresponding Secretary Date of publication, Vol. 57, No. 1, was February 28, 1955. Date of publication, Vol. 57, No. 2, was May 16, 1955. A Salute to Research In pioneering and attaining leadership in the manu- facture of pyrethrum and the processing of allethrin, McLaughlin Gormley King has relied heavily on research. For example, the efficiency of allethrin and pyrethrum has been synergistically improved with research de- veloped formulae. This is but one of many excellent results ... others are on the way. Research is an integral part of our business. We salute those who so capably contribute so much to our industry. McLAUGHLIN GORMLEY KING COMPANY 1715 S.E. Fifth Street *« Minneapolis, Minnesota 144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 3, JUNE, 1955 RESEARCH... key to the future DiamMonpD ALKALI recognizes the importance of research and salutes the men and women whose continuing efforts to unlock the doors of knowledge promise a brighter future for humanity. As evidence of this belief, the staff and facilities of the Diamond Research Center again are being expanded. We will welcome requests for co-opera- tion on research and development projects. DIAMOND ALKALI COMPANY Cleveland 14, Ohio cia THERE’S AN Eston Insecticide for every farm need... : Bak eer averages ALKRON® ESTONMITE® MALAPHOSt ALDRIN & DIELDRIN ‘ parathion formulations miticide-ovicide malathon formulations liquid and dry formulations ARATRON{ ESTONATE® METHYL BROMIDE TUMBLE-WEED+ new miticide containing 50% DDT liquids and space fumigant non-selective herbicides aramite powders TETRON® BROMOFUME® ESTONOX+ TEPP formulations t+Trade Mark A.P.&C.C, EDB soil fumigants toxophene formulations SALES REPRESENTATIVES IN ALL MAJOR AGRICULTURAL AREAS American Potash & Chemical Corporation aT Pa ESTON CHEMICALS DIVISION 3100 EAST 26TH STREET, LOS ANGELES 23, CALIFORNIA For complete, accurate, up-to-date information on PARATHION and MALATHION direct your inquiries to the developer of these important broad-spectrum insecticides... AMERICAN Cyanamid COMPANY ® Manufacturer of jophos Parathion Technical and MALATHION Technical AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y. NN A ER SE STEGER Re TE ST GULF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES — QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY A "space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knock- down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF TRAK MOTH SPRAY Gulf's residual-action surface spray. Contains 6% DDT, by weight, to provide sufficient residual deposit. GULF TRAK MOTH PROOFER BOMB An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULFSPRAY ROACH & ANT KILLER Drives roaches and ants from hiding; direct spray produces effective kill. Invisible film remains active for weeks or until removal. Contains 0.19% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. GULFSPRAY CONCENTRATE AEROSOL INSECTICIDE Especially for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, or handled; in power-driven compressed air sprayers. Formula consists of 0.95% Pyrethrins and 0.67% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with increased insect-killing power and im- proved repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF OIL CORP. © GULF REFINING CO. GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. UGUST 1955 f ; VOL. 57, NO. 4 PROCEEDINGS of the NTOMOLOGICAL SULIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY CONTENTS BICK, GEORGE H.—THE NYMPH OF MACRODIPLAX BAL- TEATA (HAGEN) (ODONATA, LIBELLULIDAE).___.__ 191 BLAKE, DORIS H.—_NOTE ON THE REARING OF ANOLIS- | IMYIA BLAKEAE, A SARCOPHAGID FLY FROM THE | AMERICAN CHAMELEON, ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS EG RENE OR, STL alan ED seal SMO Ce Od ee tee ee 187 BOHART, GEORGE E.—GRADUAL NEST SUPERSEDURE | WITHIN THE GENUS OSMIA (HYMENOPTERA, APOIDEA) 203 DODGE, HAROLD R.—SARCOPHAGID FLIES PARASITIC ON REPTILES (DIPTERA, SARCOPHAGIDAE)._____-_. at 183 DRAKE, CARL J.—A NEW LEPTOPODID FROM INDIA Pee trea, Gener TOPODIDAR) 02 201 KOMP, W. H. W.—THE OCCURRENCE OF HAEMAGOGUS BOSHELLI IN PANAMA (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE)..________. 181 KROMBEIN, KARL V.—SOME NOTES ON THE WASPS OF KILL DEVIL HILLS, NORTH CAROLINA, 1954 (HYMEN- Sree ACU LEATA) {ape tate eens 145 LEE, ROBERT D. AND RAYMOND E. RYCKMAN—FIRST PRECISE LOCALITY RECORD OF HESPEROCIMEX COL- ORADENSIS LIST FROM MEXICO (HEMIPTERA, CIMI- RN ee BE pa bras ea ee ME SETS A OE 164 MALDONADO CAPRILES, J.—CRYPTOTYLUS STONEI, A NEW TABANID FROM VENEZUELA (DIPTERA, TABANI- TE gt Sa ea Se ee ene eee SOR Ss Be ER le 189 MCATEE, W. L.—_NOTE ON FILTER FLIES (DIPTERA, PSY- AEB O12 SA) DRI GNIS 6a eee IRS Raat ae Ee a See (Continued inside front cover) THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U. S. currency). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge. Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of Washington. Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac- companies the returned proofs: 2 pp. 4 pp. Spp. 12pp. 16pp. Covers 0) CQ POR ect eee ee Reese ON $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00 TOO seo pies eae eee ee oe 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75 Additional copies, per 100 ___._ 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50 Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price. CONTENTS—(Continued from front cover) MCCONNELL, HAROLD S.—A REDESCRIPTION OF ACLER- DA ISCHAEMI RAMAKRISHNA AND THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW AFRICAN ACLERDA (HOMOPTERA, COC- POEPCERERA:) 2 ee ee _._ 165 MOORE, THOMAS E.—A NEW SPECIES OF AGNOCORIS FROM ILLINOIS, AND A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS IN NORTH AMERICA (HEMIPTERA, MIRIDAE) 175 MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—NEW REARED BRACONIDAE FROM TEINIDAD (HYMENOPTERA)... _.. se PARFIN, SOPHY—ADDITIONAL RECORDS FOR BRACHY- PANORPA CAROLINENSIS (BANKS)... _ 204 TIBBETTS, TED—A NEW NASAL MITE FROM A KOREAN WOODPECKER (ACARINA, EPIDERMOPTIDAE) ___.__._._ 197 Bi OGRE O TIO R225 eee 202 ANNOUNCEMENTS 2. 2) eee 182, 205 BOOK REVIEWS PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 57 AUGUST 1955 NO. 4 SOME NOTES ON THE WASPS OF KILL DEVIL HILLS, NORTH CAROLINA, 1954 (HYMENOPTERA, ACULEATA ) By Karu V. KroMBEIN, Arlington, Virginia The wasp fauna at Kill Devil Hills, Dare County, North Carolina has been the subject of a series of papers (Krombein 1950, 1953a, 1953b) listing its composition, habitat preferences and the behavior of some of its members. The earlier papers were based respectively on collections and observations made during 1948, 1950 and 1952. The present contribution is based on similar observations and collections made between June 21 and July 3, 1954. It lists the few species of wasps captured during 1954 which were not taken in previous years and details most of the biological observations. It was sunny during the day and hot for the entire two weeks. Be- fore this period there had been a prolonged drought for about a month, so that the top few inches of sand were quite dry. About 650 speci- mens of wasps were collected in the families considered in these papers, representing 114 species and subspecies. I am indebted to my wife for assistance with some of the photog- raphy of the behavior of Bicyrtes quadrifasciata (Say), and to my father for helping with some of the collecting. I am also grateful to various specialists for identification of the prey or parasites of the wasps as follows: EK. W. Baker (Acarina), H. W. Capps (Lepi- doptera), W. J. Gertsch (Philodromus in Araneae), A. B. Gurney (Orthoptera), B. J. Kaston (Araneae except Philodromus), C. W. Sabrosky (Diptera), and R. I. Sailer (Hemiptera). Wasps NEw TO THE KILL Devit Hints LIst The following nine species were not collected in previous years and bring the total number of species and subspecies known from this area to 192 in the families of wasps treated in this series of papers. Those new to the North Carolina State List or Supplements thereto (Brimley hi 1942; Wray 1950) are preceded by an asterisk in the following ist. i SN a i a aric1 8 198° 146 PROC, ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 Family VESPIDAE Eumenes fraternus Say. 49 9,14; June 22 and 30; in woods; not worn. *Symmorphus walshianus (Saussure). 12 ; June 27; in woods; not worn. Family POMPILIDAE *Psorthaspis mariae (Cresson). 29 9; June 23 and July 1; in woods; slightly — worn. 7 Evagetes parvus (Cresson). 1¢; June 21; in woods; quite worn. Recorded in State List as Psammochares (Nannopompilus) argenteus (Cresson), a synonym. *Agenioideus (Gymnochares) birkmanni (Banks). 12, 16; June 21 and 23; in woods; the female worn, the male only slightly so. *Pompilus (Anoplochares) similaris (Banks). 26; June 23 and 27; in woods; the earlier one fresh, the later worn. Family SPHECIDAE | *Plenoculus davisi atlanticus Viereck, new status. 42 9,14; June 30 and July — 1; on barrens on sand with very sparse vegetation; some fresh and some worn. This subspecies has been taken in coastal areas from Connecticut to North Carolina and in Texas. The basal abdominal tergites are distinctly punctate, and the propodeum and abdomen have the silvery pubescence very sparse as contrasted to the nominate race. Podalonia violaceipennis (Lepeletier). 192, 664; June 21-30; flying over rather sparsely vegetated areas on barrens; some worn and some fresh. Gorytes (Pseudoplisus) phaleratus Say. 12; June 23; in woods; unworn. BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON SOME WASPS Family VESPIDAE Wooden trap nests were set out on June 21st in the woods and on the barrens in such situations as in tree crotches, on branches, and on stubs of dead limbs of trees. They were taken up on July 3rd. The nests were made from blocks of soft, straight-grained wood measuring 20x20x180 mm. or 20x20x140 mm. The longer ones each contained a boring of 6.4 or 4.8 mm. diameter, 150 mm. long; and the shorter a boring of 3.2 mm. diameter, 65 mm. long. The trap nests were put out in sets of three, one of each diameter boring in each set. Several of these traps were utilized during this 12-day period by solitary vespids as described below. In discussing these nests the cells are numbered in sequence, the one constructed at the inner end of the boring being designated as the first cell. Rygchium megaera (Lepeletier) ce A female of this species utilized one of the 6.4 mm. diameter trap nests (nest F-4) in open woods. This nest had been tied to the dead stub of a pecan limb together with a 4.8 mm. nest (F-5) which was utilized by a female of Stenodynerus (Parancistrocerus) histrio as reported below. a This trap was split on July $th to observe the development, the split occurring along a plane which permitted only 5 em. of the boring nearest the entrance to. be seen. The cell nearest the entrance was incomplete and its bottom was 4.5 cm. from the entrance. It contained a shriveled wasp egg, suspended from the top of : the boring 10 mm. from the inner end of the cell, and 6 fresh, paralyzed, black a "3 Atay PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 147 lepidopterous larvae. These were identified as the last or penultimate instar of Nephopteryx nyssaecolella (Dyar), a phycitid leaf roller on black gum. The trap was split along a different plane on July 15th which permitted obser- vation of the other cells. Altogether there were 5 completed cells measuring respectively 22, 22, 22, 21 and 20 mm. long in order of construction. There were a few grains of sand at the end of the boring. The partitions closing the cells were of sand grains cemented together, 2-3 mm. thick at the sides and about 1 mm. thick in the middle, except that the partition closing cell 5 had a very thin coating of mud above the sand grains. The cocoons were complete though thin, white, and excluded the meconium and prey remains. Each was flush with the inner end of the cell and extended to within 4 mm. of the partition closing the eell. On July 9th there was an active, full grown wasp larva in cell 5, which had not yet begun to spin its cocoon. On July 15th all cells contained prepupae enclosed in cocoons, that in cell 1 having been crushed during splitting. The wasps remained in the prepupal stage during the summer and fall, and the trap was placed in an exposed spot outdoors in Arlington, Virginia, for the winter. On April 18th the wasps were still in the prepupal state. The prepupa in this species remains plump and never assumes the dehydrated, flaccid appearance which characterizes the prepupa of Ancistrocerus a. antilope (Panzer) which has entered diapause. The trap was still kept outdoors, but was now examined every few days to record development. By April 25th the wasps had transformed to the pupal stage, and were entirely pale except for light tan eyes. The eyes were darker on May 2nd, and the body except appendages had become infuseated by May 6th. The appendages had darkened by May 9th. Adult females eclosed in cells 3, 4 and 5 on May 11th, and in cell 2 on May 12th. These adults remained in their cells until May 16th, by which date the female in cell 5 had broken through the partition capping her cell. Both sexes of this species have been taken at Kill Devil Hills during each of my previous visits, which occurred from late May or early June until early August. It is possible, therefore, that occasionally there is a partial or complete second generation, even though the single rearing reported above indicates only a Single generation. Stenodynerus (Stenodynerus) ammonia histrionalis (Robertson) One of the 6.4 mm. diameter nests (Nest E-25) on the barrens was used by a female of this species. This trap had been tied in a horizontal position 60 em. above the ground near the base of a branch of a scrubby Quercus marilandica. The nest was in the full sun and was oriented with the entrance to the southeast. The boring had been only partially utilized when the trap was taken up on July 3rd. This was determined when the trap was split on July 9th to observe the development. There were seven cells in the boring, measuring 11, 11, 12, 12, 14, 14 and 10 mm. respectively from first to seventh. The partitions between the cells were of sand grains cemented firmly together, and were 1 mm. thick except for the partitions capping the sixth and seventh cells which were 2 mm. thick. There was a wasp prepupa in the first cell on July 9th, but the second to seventh cells had been invaded by miltogrammine maggots of Amobia floridensis (Tns.), which had destroyed the wasp eggs or larvae present in those cells. The flies were in the pupal state on July 9th. The cocoon cap made by the wasp larva in the 148 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 first cell was spun against the inner surface of the partition closing the cell. The walls and inner end of the cell had been lined with silk which also covered the caterpillar frass and the meconium voided by the wasp larva at the inner end of the cell. The wasp in the first cell had transformed to the pupal stage by July 17th, and was fuily colored by July 31st. There was a heavy infestation of unengorged adult mites belonging to Pyemotes (=Pediculoides) on this pupa on July 31st. They were fully engorged in several days and had killed the wasp. The latter had developed enough so that it could be identified positively as a female S. (S.) ammonia histrionalis (Robt.). The scanty data available suggest that from five to six weeks are required during the summer for the complete cycle from egg to adult. Desiccated lepidopterous prey remains in the second to seventh cells were identified as belonging to a species of Tortricidae. It was not possible to determine the number of specimens of prey used to stock an individual cell. Stenodynerus (Stenodynerus) krombeini Bohart One of the 4.8 mm. diameter nests (Nest E-17) on the barrens was used by a female of this species. This nest had been tied in a horizontal position 60 em. above the ground near the base of a branch of a scrubby Quercus marilandica. The nest was exposed to the full sun and was oriented with the entrance to the southeast. The boring had been only partially utilized when the trap was taken up on July 3rd, as was determined when it was split on July 9th to observe the develop- ment. There were two cells at the end of the boring, 17 and 18 mm. long respec- tively, which were capped by partitions, 2 mm. thick, of sand grains eemented firmly together. The wasp had begun a third e¢ell, for an egg was suspended by a slender thread 4 mm. beyond the partition capping the second cell. The wasp larvae had lined the walls and inner end of the cells with silk, and both cells had a silken cap toward the outer end, 1.5 mm. inside the closing partition in the first cell, and 7 mm. from the closing partition in the second. The wasp larvae had covered with silk the caterpillar frass excreted by the stored prey, and each had voided its meconium at the inner end of the cell and covered it with silk. When the trap was split open on July 9th the immature wasps in the first and second cells were in the prepupal stage. They had transformed to pupae by July 17th, on which date they were creamy white except for reddish-brown eyes. On July 31st there was a fully emerged but teneral adult female in the first cell and a fully colored female pupa in the other cell. Both were infested with clusters of numerous engorged adult mites belonging to Pyemotes. The wasps did not develop further and were killed by the mites within a few days. The available data indicate that the cycle from egg to adult requires a month to five weeks during the summer. The specimens of prey were entirely consumed by the wasp larvae. The pellets of frass voided by the prey indicate that lepidopterous prey was provided, which would be normal for wasps of this genus. Stenodynerus (Parancistrocerus) histrio (Lepeletier) A female of this species constructed a couple of cells m a 4.8 mm. diameter nest (Nest F-5) in open woods. This nest had been tied in a subhorizontal position Te Oe PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 149 a meter and a half above the ground on the dead stub of a pecan limb. The nest was in full shade and the opening was toward the east. The trap was split on July 9th to observe the development. There were two cells at the end of the boring, 19 and 18 mm. long respectively, each containing a wasp prepupa. There was a thin layer of mud at the end of the boring, and the partitions capping the cells were 4% mm. thick and composed mostly of mud with a few interspersed sand grains. There was a shriveled wasp egg in what would have been the third cell, suspended by a slender thread from the wall 4 mm. from the partition closing the second cell. The walls and ends of the cells were sheathed with silk, the latter also covering the larval meconium of the wasp at the inner end of the cell and a few pellets of frass from the prey. The wasps in the first and second cells had transformed to pupae by July 15th. On that date the one in the first cell was dead, and that in the second was entirely pale except for the brownish eyes. By July 30th the pupa in the second cell was fully colored, but was infested by adult mites belonging to Pyemotes. It had been killed by these mites several days later, but had developed sufficiently so that it could be identified as a male S. (P.) histrio (Lep.). The available data indicate that the cycle from egg to adult requires a month to five weeks during the summer. The specimens of prey were entirely consumed by the wasp larvae, but the pellets of frass voided by them were of lepidopterous origin. When the trap was split on July 9th there were two active adult mites on the wasp prepupa in the first cell, and one such mite on the prepupa in the second cell. On July 15th one female and one male were recovered from the second cell and preserved for future study, but none could be found in the first cell. These mites belong to the genus Kennethiella, the species of which are external para- sites of several genera of solitary Vespidae. The female in the second cell had deposited nearly 50 eggs on the wasp pupa by July 15th, but the eggs were destroyed by the Pyemotes mites which gained access to the nest between July 15th and 31st. This species of Aennethiella is distinct from a species recovered from a nest of Stenodynerus (Parancistrocerus) perennis anacardivora (Rohwer) in Florida (Krombein and Evans, in press). Family POMPILIDAE Sericopompilus apicalis (Say) A worn female (7254 H), 9 mm. long, was captured on the barrens at 4:10 p-m. on July 2nd as she attempted to fly with a small paralyzed spider 5.6 mm. long. The prey was an adult female of a plant-dwelling thomisid, Philodromus washita Bks. Episyron posterus (Fox) This species, as in previous years, was one of the most abundant pompilids both in the woods and on the barrens. Most of the individuals captured on the barrens were males, while most of those noted in the woods were females. Observa- tions were made on the nesting or prey transport of five females in the latter habitat. All were using epeirid spiders as prey as follows: 62754 A, a somewhat worn female 8.5 mm. long, the spider a juvenile female 7.7 mm. long of a species of Neoscona, on June 27th at 2:20 p.m.; 62954 D, an unworn female 9.5 mm. 150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 long, the spider probably the same species as that recorded for 7254 A but smaller, at 3:45 p. m. on June 29th; 63054 B, a somewhat worn female 9 mm. long, the spider an adult female 10.5 mm. long of Hustala anastera (Walek.), on June 30th at 1:40 p.m.; 7254 A, an unworn female 8 mm. long, the spider a juvenile female 8 mm. long of a species of Araneus, at 10:20 a.m. on July 2nd; and 7254 B, an unworn female 9 mm. long, the spider an adult female 5.6 mm. long of Hustala cepina (Walek.), at 10:25 a.m. on July 2nd. Three of the females cited above, 62754 A, 7254 A and 7254 B, were captured with their paralyzed prey during or after transport. One female (62754 A) had eached her spider several centimeters off the ground in a plant in the angle formed between a leaf petiole and the margin of the rounded leaf. Some data were obtained on burrow construction and provisioning by the other two females, 62954 D and 63054 B. In both cases the burrows penetrated the sand at an angle of 45° to the horizontal, 62954 D in a northerly direction, the other in a southerly direction. Each ended in a small rounded cell 7.5 and 6 cm. below the surface respectively. Both burrows had been entirely filled with sand flush to the surface. No egg could be found on the spider stored by 63054 B. The wasp egg had been placed obliquely on the right side of the venter of the abdomen of the spider stored by 62954 D. The spider was completely paralyzed and was incapable of reflex movements that evening. The wasp egg hatched on July Ist and the larva was sucking fluid from the spider’s abdomen that evening. The larva was still feeding with its head inside the abdomen the next evening. By the evening of July 3rd the abdomen had been completely devoured and the larva was now feed- ing externally on the cephalothorax. It had eaten the spider completely by the next evening and was beginning to spin its cocoon, so it was preserved at that time for future taxonomic study. Anoplius (Lophopompilus) atrox (Dahlbom) A slightly worn female (7254 E), 14.5 mm. long, was captured at 11:40 a.m. on July 2nd in a rut in the woods road. She was struggling to free her paralyzed prey, a giant fishing spider 21 mm. long, from some fine tree roots in which it was entangled. This pisaurid spider was a female in the penultimate instar of Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz. Family SPHECIDAE Chlorion (Palmodes) daggyi (Murray) Some behavioral and life history data were obtained on two females, 62454 A, a worn specimen, and 62454 B, an unworn specimen. The former was observed at 1:45 p. m. on June 24th dragging a paralyzed adult male grasshopper to her burrow between the ruts of the woods road. She came to the surface a minute or so after pulling her prey into the burrow and began to fill in. Some sand was flung backward beneath her body with her forelegs, but most of it was pulled down from the burrow ceiling. She pressed the loose sand down with her head, accompanied by audible buzzing. Several centimeters at the top of the burrow were left unfilled. She flew off at 1:51 to clean herself on a shrub 10 meters away, and I captured her at that time. The burrow entrance was 2.5 em. in diameter, and the burrow PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 15r went in at an angle of 30° to the horizontal in a northerly direction. The grass- hopper was in a cell 5 em. below the surface. The other female (62454 B) was just filling in her burrow under pine needle litter at the edge of the woods road at 2:44 p. m. on June 24th. She was captured when the burrow was filled almost to the surface. This burrow also went in at an angle of 30° to the horizontal and ended in a cell 5 em. below the surface, but it penetrated the sand in a westerly direction. The prey in this case was similarly colored, but a female. The wasp egg on each grasshopper was appressed to the lower part of the left side of the thorax above the hind coxa, and measured respectively 4.5 and 4.2 mm. long. Both grasshoppers exhibited jerky reflex movements that evening and had voided excrement several times. Both eggs hatched on the 26th and the wasp larvae were sucking fluid from the thorax that evening. The larvae had devoured all the prey except for a few fragments by the evening of June 29th, and 62454 A had started to spin a cocoon. The other larva was preserved at that time for subsequent taxonomic study. The prey fragments of both tettigoniids were determined as belonging to a species of Atlanticus. The cocoon of 62454A had been completed by the evening of July Ist. A male wasp 18 mm. long emerged from the cocoon on July 26th. A network of loose threads attached the cocoon proper to the edge of the rearing tin and to the sand. The outer envelope is fusiform, 26 mm. long and 7 mm. wide in the middle, the tail abruptly narrowed 4 mm. from the end. It is composed of an irregular network of fairly close threads varnished over with a secretion which turns the silk dark brown. Beneath this outer envelope is a continuous thick silken thread which begins at one end and covers the entire wall in a moderately close coil (approximately 0.5 mm. between each convolution). Inside this coil is an inner envelope of varnished silk identical with the outer envelope. The larval meconium occupies the constricted tail end of the outer envelope, the inner cocoon being short fusiform and 19 mm. long. At the head end of the outer cocoon is a small opening. About 2 mm. inside this opening is a cap 1 mm. thick composed of thick silken threads criss-crossing to form a rather close, though open, mesh. The head end of the inner cocoon has at the tip a small cireular area of tightly spun golden silk with a tiny depression in the middle. However, this pore is varnished over on the inside of the inner cocoon. The adult wasp escaped from the cocoon by cutting transversely through the two envelopes 6 mm. from the end of the inner cocoon to form an irregular cap. Sphex procerus (Dahlbom) A cocoon of this species was found on June 30th in a cell 6 em. below the surface during the excavation of a burrow of Bicyrtes quadrifasciata (Say) (62954 A). This burrow was in the area between the wheel ruts of the sand road through the woods. A male of Sphex procerus emerged from this cocoon between July 8th and 13th. This species also spins a double cocoon. The outer envelope is composed of very fragile, light brown silk, similar in texture to the cocoon of Scelinhron caementarium (Dru.), and in this specimen was about 25 mm. long. The inner cocoon is also very fragile, 21 mm. long, and more or less fusiform with a blunt head end and a tapering tail end 2.5 mm. long containing the larval meconium, The 152 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO, 4, AUGUST, 1955 outer surface of the inner cocoon is a very light brown with a matted appearance, and the inner wall is varnished light brown. There is no pore at the head end. The wasp, which was 26 mm. long, escaped by cutting transversely through the two envelopes about 4 mm. from the head end of the inner cocoon. Bicyrtes quadrifasciata (Say) A small colony of several dozen females was found along the sand road through the woods. The nesting sites were in a stretch of the road about 100 meters long which was exposed to the sun during most of the day. Most of the nests were constructed in the raised area of dry sand between the wheel ruts. I did not start to make nesting observations before June 27th, but somewhat worn males were present on June 21st, and somewhat worn females were collected on the following day. I did not observe any actual matings, but males were actively cruising up and down the road for the entire period during most of the day, and occasionally one would pounce on one of the nesting females on the ground and attempt to mate. The nesting burrows were rather constant in several features. In every case the burrow was started on a horizontal surface (fig. 1). The eight burrows I dug up penetrated the sand at an angle between 30° and 45° to the horizontal. The cells were horizontal in position, elongate fusiform in shape, from 2.2 to 2.5 em. long and 1.3 em. high, and were at distances varying from 6 to 10.8 em. below the surface. There was only one terminal cell in each burrow except in one ease. In this latter nest (62954 A) there was a burrow going into the sand toward the northwest at an angle of 30° to the horizontal, and terminating 8 cm. below the surface in a cell containing 10 specimens of prey and a wasp egg which was injured during my excavation. There was a plug of loose sand about 2.5 em. long above this terminal cell, and then a lateral burrow off toward the east 10.5 em. long at an angle of 30° to the horizontal. This lateral burrow also contained some loose sand and terminated in a e¢ell containing 11 specimens of prey, but no wasp egg could be found. Most burrow construction took place during the morning, though at least two females were observed excavating burrows during the afternoon. Since the burrows were dug in pure sand, the excavation required very little time and was completed in an hour and a half in the two examples which were timed from beginning to end of the construction. After a female selects some particular spot on the surface she inclines her body at an angle of about 30° to the hori- zontal with her head near the sand, and supporting herself on the mid and hind legs begins to dig out the sand with her forelegs, flinging the loose sand beneath and behind her body some 22 to 30 em. As the burrow deepens, the loose sand accumulates in the burrow behind her body and is pushed out to the surface periodically by her abdomen and hind legs and then is dispersed over the area behind the entrance as noted above. The excavated sand is spread over such an area behind the entrance that no mound or pile of sand is formed. After the burrow and cell have been dug, the wasp comes to the surface head first and begins to make a temporary closure in the top centimeter or so of the burrow by raking sand with her forelegs beneath her body and into the burrow. Usually she flies up several times to inspect the degree of concealment, returning to scratch more sand over the entrance from several directions until the surface is completely j i P PROC, ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 153 smooth with no trace of the entrance. Then she makes one or several short reconnaissance flights in the immediate area, ascending slowly in irregular spirals to a height of about 3 meters, and finally disappears to hunt for her first prey, a nymphal pentatomid or coreid in the second to fifth instars, ae ae a = & : Brisk: cic ESS Bicyrtes quadrifasciata (Say): fig. 1, female beginning to excavate burrow, June 27; fig. 2, a different female (62954 A) in flight with a paralyzed nymph, probably of Archimerus alternatus (Say), June 29—note that prey is clasped with both mid and hind legs; fig. 3, another female (62854 B) just after alighting at concealed burrow entrance with paralyzed nymph of Archimerus alternatus (Say), June 28—note that prey is now held by mid legs only; fig. 4, the same female a moment later as she digs through the loose sand concealing the burrow entrance. About 1.6 x. I was able to make an accurate record of the elapsed time between completion - of the burrow and bringing in of the first prey in two cases. This was 25 minutes for 62854 A and 18 minutes for 62954 A. Of course, it is quite possible that these two females may not have gone directly from burrow construction to prey hunting, but may have visited flowers before beginning to hunt. Seven provisioning flights, or at least the elapsed time between bringing in of successive nymphs, were timed for 62954 A, 62854 C and 7154 C, and these varied from 7 to 35 minutes, with a mean elapsed time of 1644 minutes per flight. 154 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 The wasp in flight with her prey (fig. 2) clasps it beneath her, head forward and venter up, with her mid and hind legs, most of the bug being beneath her abdomen. She almost invariably approaches the burrow from two to three meters above the surface, and from a direction opposite to that in which the burrow penetrates the ground. Reaching a point several meters above and behind the entrance she descends extremely slowly in a straight line to the concealed burrow entrance, making a noticeably loud humming noise as she descends. She alights right at the entrance(fig. 3), still clutching the bug beneath her, and rapidly scratches the loose sand out of the way with her forelegs (fig. 4) and disappears inside with her prey. Photographs taken with the aid of electronic flash apparatus demonstrate that during the process of opening the entrance the wasp clutches the bug beneath her abdominal venter with the mid legs only, digs with her fore- legs, and steadies her body by bracing her hind legs against the sides of the burrow. Usually less than half a minute is required for her to place the bug in the cell. She emerges head first, and walking forward away from the burrow scratches sand beneath and behind her to cover the entrance. Then she flies off without making a reconnaissance flight. One female (62954 A) approached her burrow several times with prey in the manner described above, but at least once she brought a bug to the entrance, flying only a few centimeters above the ground for some distance. However, the approach from a pronounced height is the usual procedure, and has been noted by other observers (Parker 1917; Rau and Rau 1918; Smith 1923). After the cell has been completely stocked with prey, the wasp fills about two centimeters of the burrow adjacent to the cell with loose sand. She then comes to the entrance head first and rakes in some sand beneath her to fill the top few centimeters of the burrow. One female (62854 C) flew out several times and hovered over the area to inspect the degree of concealment. Each time she returned, backed into the burrow and raked in more sand. After the burrow is filled flush with the surface, the wasp scratches sand beneath her toward the entrance from several different spots until the entire area is smoothed over. None of the sand in the burrow is compacted and is much looser than the adjacent sand. Conse- quently the observer who knows the general location of the burrow can always find the entrance by blowing gently on the surface, thus displacing the filled-in sand faster than the surrounding sand and uncovering the burrow entrance. I excavated a total of nine cells, four of which were fully stocked with prey. Each cell, completely stocked or not, had a mixture of nymphs of several instars, and in every case but two, of two or more species. The contents of these cells are as shown in Table 1. Specimens of each instar of each species represented were identified as follows: CoREIDAE—Archimerus alternatus (Say) [2nd, 3rd (9 mm. long) and 4th (14.6 mm. long) instars] and Leptoglossus oppositus (Say) [3rd (9 mm. long) instar]; and PENTATOMIDAE—Euschistus tristigmus (Say) [4th and 5th (8 mm. long) instars], Thyanta custator (F.) [4th (5.6 mm. long) and 5th instars], Brochymena carolinensis (Westw.) [3rd (10.5 mm. long) instar], and Dendrocoris humeralis (Uhl.) [5th instar]. In addition to the prey records listed above, two females were captured while flying with their prey. One (7154 A) was taken in the woods carrying a para- lyzed fourth instar nymph of the pentatomid, Hdessa florida Barber, and one PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 iin) On (7154 D) was captured on the barrens with a third instar nymph of Brochymena carolinensis (Westw.). From Table 1 it will be noted that the number of nymphs in completely stocked cells varied from 9 to 14. In connection with the total number of nymphs required to bring a larva to maturity, mention should be made that the larvae of 62854 A and 62854 B which came from only partially stocked cells, were reared to maturity by adding nymphs from other cells to the rearing tins containing these two larvae. Thus, 62854 A was brought to maturity by adding one third instar and two fourth instar nymphs of Archimerus to those listed in Table 1, and 62854 B by adding one fourth instar of Archimerus and two fifth instar of Huschistus to the nymphs listed in Table 1. TABLE 1. Contents of excavated cells by species and instar. Cells marked with an asterisk were completely stocked. COREIDAE | PENTATOMIDAE Archimerus Leptoglossus| Euschistus Brochymena Thyanta Dendrocoris 62854 A 3 in 3rd 1 in 4th 1 in 4th 62854 B 4 in 3rd 1 in 4th 1 in 4th 62854 C* 2 in 3rd 3 in 5th 1 in 5th 4 in 4th Ist cell (emcord 2 in 4th 62954 A 1 in 4th 2nd cell 1 in 2nd 62954 A 8 in 3rd 2 in 4th 62954 E 3 im 3rd iimniesnd 1 in 5th 3 in 4th 7154 B* 3 in 3rd 2in 3rd 1 in oth 3 in 4th 7154 C* 13 unidentified nymphs infested with miltogrammine maggots 7254 C* 10 in 3rd 3 in 4th 1 in 4th There is one additional matter requiring comment in connection with the prey recovered from the cells listed in Table 1. That is, that nymphs of Archimerus alternatus were recovered from each cell in which the contents were identified specifically, and that nymphs of this species constituted the majority of prey in each cell. It appears that there was a decided preference at this season among members of this Bicyrtes colony for Archimerus. Probably this species was sought for primarily (because it was the most readily available?), the other species of Coreidae and Pentatomidae stored being randomly met with in the search for Archimerus. A corollary supposition is that probably only one or several plants may be visited in searching for prey. The specimens of prey were rather thoroughly paralyzed by the wasp, and were capable of only very weak reflex actions of the legs and antennae. The paralysis was permanent and some specimens from the first cell of 62954 A were kept alive 156 PROC, ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 in a rearing tin full of sand for two and a half weeks. They might have been kept alive even longer, but the sand in this tin was inadvertently allowed to dry out and the specimens were dead when examined three weeks after having been paralyzed. A female requires all of one day and part of another to excavate a burrow, stock the cell completely and make a final closure. The beginning and end of the entire process were observed for only two individuals, 62854 C and 7254 C. The former began excavation of her burrow at 10 a.m. on June 28th, made a temporary closure and reconnaissance flight at 11:25, and was observed making the final closure at 1:55 p.m. on June 29th. The other wasp probably began her excavation about 9 a.m. on July 2nd, for she made a temporary closure and reconnaissance flight at 10:30 a.m. The final closure was made at 1:25 p.m. on July 3rd. Five other females were observed excavating their burrows on one day and still bringing in prey on the following day more than 24 hours later. Only one deviation was noted from the practice of a female to construct a single cell at the end of a burrow. This female (62954 A) was first observed at 10 am. on June 29th while she was excavating her burrow. She completed this, filled in the entrance, and made the usual reconnaissance flight at 10:20. She returned with her first bug at 10:38, and then brought in successive specimens of prey at 10:49, 10:56, 11:19, and 11:27. Additional observations at this site were discontinued for a while, but the wasp was noted bringing in another bug at 2:29 p.m. on the same date. At 2:41 she began to excavate a lot of sand from the burrow, just as though she was engaged in constructing a burrow. This process was still gomg on at 3:05 when I left for a short time. When I returned at 3:26 there was a temporary closure of sand at the burrow entrance. This burrow was excavated at 3 p.m. on June 30th, and was found to consist of a single cell at the end of the first burrow, and a second e¢ell at the end of a lateral burrow as deseribed in the second paragraph. There was an injured wasp egg in the eell at the end of the main burrow which may have been injured during excavation. The first cell probably was completely stocked for there was loosely packed sand above it to the junction of the main and lateral burrows. No egg was recovered from the cell at the end of the lateral burrow. The wasp was captured at 3:35 p.m. when she flew in with another nymph. This wasp was aberrant also in one other respect. She was the only one noted that occasionally approached her burrow flying only a few centimeters above the ground. It was determined during the excavation of several cells that the egg is laid on the first nymph brought in. This nymph is placed on its back at the far end of the cell. The egg is deposited on the thoracic sternum, usually on the midline between the fore and mid coxae, and stands upright. In one case it was laid on the abdominal sternum mesad of the apex of the left hind coxa. In those eells where uninjured eggs were recovered, the contents of the cell were placed in a depression in damp sand in an ointment tin for rearing. The duration of the egg stage was not determined exactly, for the rearing tins were examined only once a day in the evening. The available data indicate that the egg stage lasts between 11%4 and 2% days. Upon hatching, the larva remains attached at the oviposition site by the tip of its abdomen. It reaches over and begins to feed on a nymph adjacent to the one to which it is attached. The larva remains attached to this first nymph as it ~~ PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 15 grows and continues to feed on the other nymphs stored for it. The larva usually devours all the contents of the cell before spinning its cocoon. The larval stage lasts between two and three days Three reared females (62854 A, 62854 B, 7154 B) emerged from cocoons from August 12th to 15th, 42 days after the larvae had begun to spin, so the total cycle from egg to adult requires almost seven weeks at this time of the year. The cocoons of the three reared specimens are fusiform in shape, and vary in length from 17 to 20 mm. and in width from 6.5 to 7 mm. They are con- structed of a single layer of sand grains held firmly and closely together by a network of pale brown silk. Enecircling the cocoon at the midpoint is a series of from five to seven scattered pores of which the method of construction and use are unknown. Hach of these pores on the outer surface of the cocoon appears as a tiny tube of about 0.2 mm. diameter. On the inner surface the pore is repre- sented by a low raised mound of black material (of meconial origin?) sur- rounded by a thin rim of white substance about 1 mm. in diameter. The larval meconium is voided at the tail end of the cocoon. The adult wasp emerges by cutting an irregular cap at the head end about 2 or 3 mm. from the tip. This wasp is parasitized to some degree by the miltogrammine fly, Senotainia rubriventris Macq. Specimens of this fly were reared from two (7154 B and 7154 C) of the nine cells which I dug up. There was only one miltogrammine maggot in cell 7154 B, so I was able to rear the wasp to maturity. The habits and life cycle of this fly are discussed in detail in a section which follows on the biology of the Miltogrammini. Several observers have published observations on the nesting habits, prey pref- erences and life cycle of this species (Parker 1917, p. 134; Rau and Rau 1918, pp. 41-42; Rau 1922, p. 28; Smith 1923, pp. 238-246; Rau 1934, p. 260; Krombein 1953a, p. 287). The noteworthy differences from the information recorded above may be summarized as follows. Both Rau and Rau in Kansas and Smith in Mississippi found burrow construction in sand much as I have described it. How- ever, Rau and Rau state that the two burrows they excavated were 12 and 17 inches long, the cell of the latter being 9144 inches below the surface, and Smith found the cell to be about 6 inches below the surface. Rau and Rau record the prey as several species of nymphal Pentatomidae in Kansas, Rau (1934) records the wasp flying with a nymph of the coreid, Anasa tristis (DeGeer) in Missouri, Parker found it usmg nymphs of the pentatomid, Nezara in Ohio, and Krombein caught it with a nymph of the pentatomid, Nezara viridula (L.) at Kill Devil Hills, N. C. Smith records the following nymphs as prey in Mississippi and states that they were of various sizes and instars, but gives no figures as to the average number of nymphs found in a completely stocked cell: PENTATOMIDAE—A croster- num hilare (Say), Brochymena quadripustulata (F.),and Euschistus sp.; COREIDAE —Archimerus calcarator (F.), Leptoglossus phyllopus (1u.), Chariestrus antennator (F.) and Acanthocephala femorata (F.); and RepuvupaAE—Zelus sp. and Apio- merus sp. Smith also states that the leaf footed plant bug [Leptoglossus] and the green soldier bug, [probably Acrosternum] were stored most commonly. Smith is the only other worker who has published information on the duration of stages in the life cycle. The averages (extremes in parentheses) he gives for the various stages are 2 days (1-3 days) for the egg, 6 days (3-14 days) for the larval, and 25 days (15-40 days) for the pupal. 158 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON SOME MILTOGRAMMINI (SARCOPHAGIDAE) I obtained a limited amount of information on the behavior and host relationships of some of these interesting wasp inquilines during the observations on wasp biology which are reported in the preceding section. Amobia floridensis (Townsend) Members of this genus apparently may have as hosts almost any wasp which builds clay cells or uses earth in the construction of cell partitions in pre-existing cavities in wood. Allen (p. 11) reports that this particular species has been reared from clay cells of Sceliphron caementarium (Dru.) and the type series of Sarcomacronychia trypoxylonis Tns., a synonym of floridensis, was reared from clay cells of Trypoxylon politum Say. It preys also on wasps which nest in pre- existing cavities and make earthen partitions between the cells, for I reared it from three of the wooden trap nests used by solitary vespids as reported in the preceding section. The first of these nests (E-26) had a 4.8 mm. diameter boring and had been tied 60 cm. above the ground near the base of a branch of scrubby Quercus marilandica on the barrens. It contained 10 cells built by an unknown solitary vespid with the cell partitions of sand grains cemented firmly together, and with a closing plug of sand grains 4.5 mm. thick. When the nest was split on July 9th, eight dipterous puparia were found near the plug closing the entrance. During the larval stage they had made a shambles of the interior of the nest, breaking through the cell partitions, destroying all the wasp eggs or larvae, and feeding on the lepidopterous prey stored for the wasp larvae. Fragments of the latter were identified as belonging to a species of Tortricidae. Four females and four males of A. floridensis emerged from the puparia from July 15th to 17th. The wooden trap nests had been placed in a cardboard carton after they were collected from the field on July 3rd. When they were examined on July 9th it was found that eight dipterous maggots had emerged from two of the nests (E-25, E-38) and had transformed to puparia in the carton. Four females and three males of A. floridensis emerged from these puparia from July 20th to 22nd. Stenodynerus ammonia histrionalis (Robt.) was the host wasp in Nest E-25. The maker of the other nest is unknown, though presumably it was a solitary vespid, for remains of some of the prey stored by the wasp comprised five specimens of a species of Olethreutidae and nine specimens of a species of Gelechiidae. The latter nest contained only three cells from 19 to 21 mm. in length. It had been tied in a horizontal position to a branch of a serubby live oak 38 em. above the ground on the barrens in full sun with the entrance to the southwest. From the data reported for Nest E-26, a calculation can be made that the entire cycle from deposition of the dipterous larvae in the nest to emergence of adult flies requires not much more than three weeks, and probably less. This trap nest was set out on June 21st and probably several days elapsed before the host wasp began to nest in it, and certainly it took a few days for the wasp to construct and stock 10 cells. The flies began to emerge on July 15th. Senotainia rubriventris Macquart Allen (p. 26) records this species as having been reared from Bicyrtes quadri- fasciata (Say) and from an unidentified wasp which stored grasshoppers. It was PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 159 also captured after entering a burrow of Oxybelus quadrinotatus Say. Undoubtedly it preys upon a wide variety of ground-nesting wasps, for this summer I captured two females (63054 A, 7254 F), each trailing closely behind a hunting female pompilid, Anoplius cylindricus (Cr.), on the barrens at 9:30 a.m. on June 30th and at 2:38 p.m. on July 2nd respectively. During my observations of Bicyrtes quadrifasciata I saw specimens of this fly dash rapidly into burrows right on the heels of a female wasp laden with her hemipterous prey, and come out seconds later but before emergence of the wasp. These flies did not trail the wasp, but lay in wait for her at the burrow entrance. One fly dashed into a burrow after a Bicyrtes (7154 C) at 12:30 p.m. on July 1st along the woods road. This burrow was excavated at 11 a.m. on July 2nd, some time after the wasp had made a final closure, and it contained 13 paralyzed hemipterous nymphs, an undamaged wasp egg on the first nymph in the cell, and at least 10 dipterous maggots, four each on two nymphs and one each on another pair. Ten hours later the wasp larva had hatched but was not yet feeding. On the following evening the dipterous maggots were quite large and were feeding on the bugs like typical sarcophagid maggots, but the wasp larva could not be found, presumably having been destroyed by the maggots. All the miltogrammine mag- gots had entered the sand in the rearing tin to pupate on the evening of July 4th. On July 18th six females and eight males of S. rubriventris emerged, and there was also one dead puparium in the sand in the tin. One miltogrammine larva was found in the cell of another Bicyrtes (7154 B) when it was excavated at 11:15 a.m. on July 2nd. This cell contained also nine paralyzed hemipterous nymphs and an uninjured wasp egg. A male S. rubriventris emerged from this rearing tin on July 20th, and the wasp larva also was able to transform and emerged as an adult on August 15th. Senotainia litoralis Allen Presumably this species is rather similar to rubriventris in behavior and life history. There are no available host records. I captured two females on the barrens while they were closely trailing wasps. One (62654 A) was following a hunting female pompilid, Anoplius apiculatus pretiosus (Bks.) at 3:40 p.m. on June 26th, and the other (7354 A) was shadowing a preyless Microbembex monodonta (Say) as she opened her burrow at 10:25 a.m. on July 3rd. REFERENCES Allen, H. W., 1926. North American Species of Two-winged Flies Belonging to the Tribe Miltogrammini. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 68, Art. 9:1-106, 5 pls. Brimley, C. S., 1938. The Insects of North Carolina. N. C. Dept. Agr., unnum- bered publ., 560 pp. , 1942. Supplement to Insects of North Carolina. N. C. Dept. Agr., unnumbered publ., 39 pp. Krombein, K. V., 1950 (1949). An Annotated List of Wasps from Nags Head and Kill Devil Hills. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sei. Soe. 65:262-272. , 1953a. Biological and Taxonomic Observations on the Wasps in a Coastal Area of North Carolina. Wasmann Jour. Biol. 10:257-341. , 1953b. Kill Devil Hills Wasps, 1952. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 55:113- ie ys: 160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 and H. E. Evans, in press. An Annotated List of Wasps Collected in Florida, March 20-April 3, 1954. Parker, J. B., 1917. A Revision of the ‘Bembicine Wasps of America North of Mexico. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 52: 1-155. Rau, P. and N., 1918. Wasp Studies Afield. Princeton Univ. Press, 372 pp. Rau, P., 1922. Eeological and Behavior Notes on Missouri Insects. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 24:1-71. , 1934. Behavior Notes on Certain Solitary Wasps. Canad. Ent. 66:259- 261. Smith, M. R., 1923. The Life History and Habits of Bicyrtes quadrifasciata Say. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 15:238-246. Wray, D. L., 1950. Insects of North Carolina, Second Supplement. N. C. Dept. Agr., unnumbered publ., 59 pp. BOOK REVIEW THE EVOLUTION AND TAXONOMY OF THE SARCOPHAGINI, by Selwyn S. Roback. Illinois Biological Monographs, vol. 23, nos. 3-4, v + 181 pp. University of Illinois Press, Urbana, 1955. This appears to be a eareful and well-documented classification, with a bibliography of 305 titles and 34 well-executed plates of figures, of which all but one are original. However, only 4 species are illustrated for the first time, and the work is more incomplete than its title would indicate. From a study of 145 species, chiefly Nearetic, the author has recognized and keyed 35 genera which are distributed among 2 tribes and 12 subtribes. Nine of the supergeneric names are new, but they are not identified as such. Seven new Nearetic genera, with 4 new subgenera, are established from Sarcophaga. The student using this should bear in mind that 119 generic names proposed before 1937 and referred to the tribes Agriini, Stephanostomatini (=Sarcopha- gini) and Moriniini by Townsend (1937-38, Manual of Myiology, Vols. 5 & 6) are omitted, and that no provision is made for the Melanophoridae (sensu Townsend ) (= Rhinophorinae, sensu Séguy), which would key nearly as a group to Sareopha- ginae in Roback’s previous classification (1951, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 44: 327-361). Townsend indicated in 1917 that a study of females and larvae would be essential to classify this group, and that the life-history stages (of the sapropha- gous species) can be easily reared from gravid females. It is disappointing to see a modern classification based purely on the males when the other stages of many species certainly are available. Certain generic names are misspelled, and there is only a short paragraph on all previous classifications. The terminology is partly unfamiliar, but Chart I homologizes the terminology of various authors (except Lopes and Aldrich). No reviewer can hope to satisfy all his critics, and the tendency is to be hyper- critical when one is close to the subject. The classification of this group is diffi- cult; the reviewer will point out that he does not have a better system.—HAROID R. Doper, U. S. Forest Service, Federal Building, Missoula, Mont. PROC. ENT.’ SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 161 NEW REARED BRACONIDAE FROM TRINIDAD (HYMENOPTERA ) By C. F. W. Mursesecr, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. In the course of studies concerned with the biological control of Ancylostomia stercorea (Zeller), a phycitid which is a serious pest of pigeon peas in Trinidad, several new parasites have been reared for which names have been requested. Three new Braconidae which have been submitted to me for identification are described here, and in addition, a second new Phanerotoma which is very similar to the one from Ancylostomia. Bracon cajani, new species From Bracon thurberiphagae (Mues.), which often parasitizes the same host, this species may be distinguished at once by its smooth and polished abdomen, the complete lack of notaulices, and the much longer ovipositor which is nearly or quite as long as the thorax and abdomen combined. Female.—Length of type about 3.5 mm. Head, thorax and abdomen smooth and polished, with only the face delicately alutaceous and mat; face receding; temple receding slightly, much narrower than eye; antennae usually 23- to 28- segmented; suture at base of scutellum very fine pitted; propodeum without the usual short median longitudinal keel or carina at apex; second tergite (fig. 3) with a shallow, somewhat curved, longitudinal groove each side toward lateral margin, and with posterior margin strongly sinuate. Yellowish ferruginous; antennae, including scapes, black; mesopectus, and lateral mesonotal lobes posteriorly, sometimes more or less blackish; hind tibiae at extreme apices and hind tarsi black; tegulae yellow; wing bases blackish; fore- wing somewhat infumated toward base, hyaline apically, veins dark, stigma light brown but outlined with dark brown. Male.—Kssentially like the female, but with the fifth or sixth tergites, or both, sometimes blackish medially. Type.—vU. 8. National Museum No. 62539. Type locality—St. Augustine, Trinidad, B. W. I. Described from the following material, all reared from Ancylo- stomia stercorea (Zeller) in pigeon peas by F. D. Bennett except as otherwise noted: Three 22 (including type) and two é ¢, St. Augus- tine, Trinidad, February 1952; two 22, Paradise Mt., Trinidad, March 1953; four 22 and seven 6 4, Paradise Mt., Trinidad, Janu- ary 1952; ten 22 and five ¢ 46, Tacarigua, Trinidad, December 1951, F. J. Simmonds; two 22, Arouca, Trinidad, December 1951, F. J. Simmonds; eight 22 and three 6 ¢, St. Augustine, Trinidad, May 5, 1949, BE. McC. Callan; one 2 and three ¢ 6, St. Augustine, Trinidad, June 9, 1942, R. G. Fennah, and two 22, Paradise Mt., Trinidad, Mareh 1952. Apanteles etiellae isolatus, new subspecies Structurally this appears to be identical with typical etiellae Viereck, but it may be distinguished at once by its clear hyaline stigma. In etiellae the stigma is dark brown. 162 PROG, ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 Type.—vU. 8. National Museum No. 62542. Type locality —St. Augustine, Trinidad, B. W. I. Described from the following specimens, all reared from Ancylo- stomia stercorea (Zeller) in pigeon pea; Eleven 22 (including type) and six 64, St. Augustine, Trinidad, May 5, 1949, E. McC. Callan; one 2 and two ¢ 4, Tacarigua, Trinidad, December 1951, F. J. Sim- monds; three 22, St. Augustine, Trinidad, February 1952, F. D. Bennett; five 22 and two é 4, Paradise Mt., Trinidad, January and March 1952, F. D. Bennett; three 22 and two ¢4, St. Augustine, Trinidad, June 1942, R. G. Fennah; three 2 2, Grenada, March 1954, F. D. Bennett, five 2 2 and three é 6, British Guiana, February 1954, F. D. Bennett; two 22 and one ¢, Virgin Gorda, V. I., February 1954, and two 22 and one 6, Roseau, Dominica, B. W. I., May 1954, F. D. Bennett. Phanerotoma bennetti, new species Distinguished from the following species, which it closely resembles super- ficially, in having the second abscissa of the radius much longer than the first, in its shining clypeus, and in usually having only the apex of the scutellum black. Female.—Length about 4 mm. Face more than twice as wide as long from base of antenna to clypeal fovea, very finely rugulose; eyes large and prominent; malar space less than half as long as clypeus and shorter than distance from elypeal fovea to eye; clypeus very large, smooth and shining, with only scattered and very shallow punctures, its lower margin broadly rounded; extreme width of temple less than half width of eye; frons and vertex transversely rugulose on a delicately granular surface; antenna 23-segmented, the apical segments somewhat flattened, much shortened and narrowed. Mesoscutum uniformly granularly rugulose; notaulices weakly suggested anteriorly; dise of scutellum with fine longitudinal sculpture; propodeum finely granular, with an incomplete transverse carina slightly before middle and a few short rugae extending forward from it; pleura finely granular and dull; hind coxa shining, a little alutaceous on outer side; hind tibia strongly thickened apically, its longer calearium more than half as long as hind metatarsus; first abscissa of radius much shorter than second and shorter than width of stigma; second abscissa of radius nearly or quite as long as second intercubitus and much more than half as long as first intercubitus; recurrent vein entering first cubital cell very near apex; basal vein and cubitus widely separated at origin or parastigma. Abdomen longitudinally rugulose; third tergite slightly longer than first and much longer than second; first with two longitudinal carinae originating at basal lateral angles and con- verging caudad, obsolescent on apical fourth of tergite; ovipositor sheath only very little exserted. Yellow; stemmaticum, apices of antennae, apical spot on scutellum and a smaller one on middle of metanotum, blackish; third tergite rather reddish yellow; wings hyaline, forewing with a small, faintly fuscous blotch below stigma and another in the region of the nervulus; hind tibia yellowish brown at base and dark brown on apical two-fifths. Male.—Like the female except that the antennae are longer and more slender. Type.—uvU. 8. National Museum No. 62540. Type locality.—Paradise Mt., Trinidad, B. W. I. PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 163 Described from the following specimens, all reared from Ancylo- stomia stercorea (Zeller) in pigeon peas: Three 2? 2 (including type) and two 6 6, Paradise Mt., Trinidad. March 1952, F. D. Bennett; one ?, Arouca, Trinidad, December 31, 1951, F. J. Simmonds; one 2, St. Augustine, Trinidad, February, 1952, F. D. Bennett; one ¢ St. Augustine, Trinidad, May 17, 1949, E. McC. Callan; one 4, Taca- rigua, Trinidad, December 1951, F. J. Simmonds; one 2, British Guiana, February 1954, F. D. Bennett; and one 2 and three 4 ¢, St. Augustine, Trinidad, June 9, 1942, R. G. Fennah. I am pleased to name this species for Mr. F. D. Bennett who has done some excellent work in the field of biological control of insect pests, first in Bermuda and more recently in Trinidad. —- SX" OSE ‘ 3 Fig. 1; Phanarotoma nigripelta, central portion of forewing. Fig. 2; Phanero- toma bennetti, central portion of forewing. Fig. 3; Bracon cajani, second ab- dominal tergite. Phanerotoma nigripelta, new species In having the dise of scutellum evenly granular and entirely black, and in the relatively short abscissa of radius, this form differs from all known related species. Female—tLength nearly 4 mm. Face at narrowest point twice as wide as its length to base of clypeus; temple finely granular, about half as wide as eye; antenna shorter than body, 23-segmented, much narrowed at apex, some of the segments of apical third not or barely as long as broad; mesoscutum evenly granular and opaque; notaulices indicated only at anterior margin of mesoscutum ; dise of scutellum uniformly finely granular and dull, not at all longitudinally 164 PROG, ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 sculptured as in bennetti; propodeum granular, medially and posteriorly also more or less coarsely reticulate; pleura finely, evenly granular and mat; first abscissa of radius as long as the second which is less than half as long as first intercubitus ; recurrent vein interstitial with first intercubitus or entering extreme base of second cubital cell; inner calearium of hind tibia barely half as long as hind metatarsus. Abdomen strongly longitudinally rugulose striate; first and third tergites subequal in length, the second shorter; first tergite with two prominent carinae arising at basal lateral angles, converging and growing gradually weaker caudad, sometimes attaiming posterior margin of tergite. Honey yellow; apical eight or ten segments of antenna infuscated; a black, roughly quadrate spot on scutellum taking in all of the disc; metanotum with a much smaller, median black spot; abdomen with an interrupted blackish streak down middle beginning near middle of first tergite; wings hyaline, forewing weakly infuscated behind stigma and behind first discoidal cell; legs very pale with only apices of hind tibiae a little brownish. Type.—vU. 8. National Museum No. 62541. Type locality—sSt. Augustine, Trinidad, B. W. I. Described from four 2 2 reared April 8, 1954 from a lepidopterous larva on Tephrosia by F. D. Bennett. FIRST PRECISE LOCALITY RECORD OF HESPEROCIMEX COLORADENSIS LIST FROM MEXICO (HEMIPTERA, CIMICIDAP) On August 24, 1954, several hundred specimens of Hesperocimexz coloradensis List were collected 18 miles southeast of Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, from a nest containing well-feathered nestling Purple Martins (Progne subis). The nest was located in an abandoned woodpecker’s hole, 15 feet above the ground in a cactus identified as Pachycereus pecten-aboriginum. The bedbugs were collected by R. H. Ryckman, C. P. Christianson, and D. Speneer. This is the first specific locality record of this species from Mexico. List (1925, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 38:103-110) pointed out that Horvath (1912, Am. Mus. Natl.-Hist. Nat. Hungary 10:257-262) had a specimen of this species labeled ““Mexico’’? but had it confused with Oeciacus vicarius. The only other record for H. coloradensis is given by List from Colorado Springs, Colorado, collected by W. D. Edmonston. Professor List indicated (in litt.) that he had returned +o Colorado Springs a few years ago in search of the bug but was unsuccessful in finding it. The authors acknowledge with appreciation the assistance of Drs. R. L. Usinger and F. A. Pitelka of the University of California, Berkeley, for identifying the bedbugs and the host, and Professor Edmund C. Yaeger, Riverside, California, for identifying the cactus. Specimens of H. coloradensis have been placed in the California Academy of Sciences, in the California Insect Survey, Berkeley, and in the United States National Museum. A live colony is being maintained for re- search purposes in the Department of Entomology, School of Tropical and Preven- tive Medicine—Roser? D. Lee and RAYMOND E. RycKMAN, Department of Entomology, School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine, Loma Linda, California. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 165. A REDESCRIPTION OF ACLERDA ISCHAEMI RAMAKRISHNA AND THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW AFRICAN ACLERDA (HomorrrrA, Coccorppa ) 1 By Harotp 8. McConneLL, University of Maryland, College Park Since the publication of a paper by this author, ‘‘A classfication of coccid family Aclerdidae’’ (1953), material of the two species con- sidered below has become available. Aclerda ischaemi Ramakrishna Figure 1 Aclerda ischaemi Green, 1930 (1929), MS Ramakrishna, Ayyar T. V. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, Bull. 197: 52. Aclerda imperata Green, 1930 (1929), MS Ramakrishna, Ayyar T. V. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, Bull. 197: 52. Nomen nudum. In 1929 Ramakrishna published the following note in Bulletin 197, page 52 of Agriculture Research Institute, Pusa: ‘£123. Aclerda ischaemi Green, MS. Habitat. On Stem of Ischaemum hirtum. Sengleteri, found with Diaspis barbatus G.’’ The note was accompanied by a pen sketch of a scale on a piece of the host. Apparently Ramakrishna sent this scale to E. E. Green for identification, who considered it to be an undescribed species and gave it the manuscript name ischaemi, which Ramakrishna published as indicated above. The pen sketch which accompanied the locality and host data is apparently adequate to validate the name ischaemi with Ramakrishna as the author. Some unmounted specimens which are said to be part of the original collection of this species were received through the courtesy of the Entomology Staff of the Agricultural College and Research Institute, Coimbatore, South India, labeled as follows, ‘‘Aclerda ischaemi Green, MS on Ischaemum hirtum.’’ More recently some unmounted specimens labeled as follows, ‘‘ Aclerda ischaemi Green, MS on Ischaemum hirtum, Tinnevelli Hills, 3000 feet, India, Coll. Ramakrishna, 12/VI1/ 1921, No. 221A’? was received from the British Museum through the courtesy of Mr. J. D. Doneaster of the Museum, and Dr. D. J. Williams of the Common- wealth Institute of Entomology. On the same page of the publication in which Ramakrishna recorded Aclerda ischaemi, he recorded the name Aclerda imparatae Green, MS, giving only the host, locality, and date of collection for the material, as follows: ‘‘Habitat. On Imperata arundinaceum, Janjore, (Farm Manager, Collr.).’’ This is clearly nomen nudum. Three mounted specimens of this material, labeled as Ramakrishna recorded the name, were also received from the British Museum. They are clearly the same as ischaemi. Habit.—The insects occur behind the leaf sheath of the hosts above the nodes; both males and females are found in this position. The young adult females are 2 to 3.5 mm. long and 0.60 to 1.5 mm. wide, flat, light brown in color, frequently with a considerable amount of white powdery wax beneath and along the margins. The older and fully mature females are larger, 8 to 10 mm. long and “4 to 5 mm. 1Scientific Article No. A-504. Contribution No. 2621 of the Maryland Agrienl- ture Experiment Station. (Department of Entomology, Project No. H-56.) 166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 wide, convex, especially the abdomen; heavily sclerotized, ranging in color from brown to nearly black. Male test thin and glossy in appearance with a small amount of loose threads and powdery wax along the margins. Adult Female.—The mounted adult females vary greatly in length and width, depending upon the stage of maturity. Young females 2.1 mm. to 3.6 mm. in length, and 0.66 mm. to 1.6 mm. in width, most of the specimens widest at the mid-abdominal area, tapered toward the anterior end, which is rounded; posterior end more abruptly narrowed, with sides nearly straight and serrate, the apex pointed, the angle between the sides somewhat more than 90° in the young specimens, and much more than 90° in the older specimens, caudal sclerotized area rather narrow, with only a few ridges and furrows, the margins serrate. Setae.—The tuberculate marginal setae arranged in a band two to four irreguiar rows of setae wide around the body, the setae set close together in young specimens and more widely separated in older specimens; the band usually about two rows of setae wide at the anterior end, wider on the thorax and most of the abdomen, and two irregular rows wide at the posterior ends of the band, the latter set close together just above the margin; the ends of the band about three times the width of the anal plate anterior to the anal cleft. The setae vary somewhat in shape and size, the average is about nine w long and six » wide; those on the posterior parts of the band are somewhat shorter and appear stouter; the apex of these setae vary from rather pointed to quite blunt, and some of them are some- what truncate. The dorsal invaginated setae on each side of the abdomen widely spaced on the caudal sclerotized area, much more closely spaced on the membranous area anterior to the caudal area, and forward along the submargins where they are present some- times nearly to the plane of the posterior spiracles, 75 to 80 each side; the setae variable in length and diameter, those on the caudal sclerotized area only slightly more than half as wide and considerably longer than those on the membranous part of the abdomen, the latter somewhat dumbbell shaped, about 12 » long, with the apex projecting slightly above the derm, in the older specimens the lumens appear to have fine seulpturing. Body setae more numerous on the ventral surface than on the dorsum and most of them longer and stouter; the ventral setae vary from stout and spine-like to rather small and acutely pointed. Ducts and Pores.—Macrotubular ducts on both dorsal and ventral surfaces; the dorsal ducts noticeably larger, arranged in a submarginal band three to four duets wide on most of the body, widened considerably on the posterior part of the abdomen, and some mingled with the marginal setae, these ducts about 15 w long, the inner end distinctly flared and sclerotized, about two times as wide as the external opening; the ducts of the ventral band smaller but similar in shape, about 12 w long and six or seven uw wide, the band one to two irregular rows wide at the anterior end of body, gradually becoming wider toward the posterior, the band ends at about the plane of the genital opening. Microtubular ducts present on the ventral surface only, mesal to the marginal tuberculate setae, mingled with the ventral macrotubular ducts, the band extending from the head to about the mid- point of the abdomen, these ducts apparently absent on the posterior half of the abdomen, a group of about 20 are present on the derm at the base of the beak; PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 167 Fig. 1, Aclerda ischaemi Ramakrishna. Adult. a, body outline (early adult), left dorsal, right ventral, with microanatomical details, x60; b, antenna, x750; ¢, ventral microtubular duct, x1000; d, quinquelocular dise pore, x1000; e, ventral macrotubular duct, x750; f, ventral submarginal seta, x1000; g, marginal tuber- culate setae, x750; h, dorsal invaginated setae, x750; i, anal complex, dorsal view, x160; j, dorsal macrotubular duct, x1000. Larva. k, lateral margin, with types of setae (greatly enlarged) showing their arrangement, x75; I, antenna, x160. 168 PROC, ENT. SOG, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 the band of ducts four to five irregular rows wide on the head and somewhat nar- rower on the abdomen; the ducts small, the tube about four microns long and half as wide, the tube and internal filaments together six to eight microns long. Quinquelocular dise pores present on the derm anterior and lateral to the spiracles and in the atrium of the spiracles, none elsewhere on the body, the number on the derm quite variable and seattered, those at the anterior spiracle varying from five to 13 and those at the posterior spiracles four to 12. Simple dorsal disc pores few in number, these on the submargins anterior to the caudal sclerotized area. Anal Complex.—Anal cleft about one and one-half times as long as wide on the dorsal surface, the invaginations from the cleft heavily sclerotized, usually with a variable length tubercle from each anterior lateral angle of the invagination, more prominent in fully mature specimens. Anal plate slightly longer than wide, about 75 microns long, basal portion widest, evenly rounded, then gradually narrowed toward the apex which is about half as wide as the base, apex variable in shape from deeply emarginate to sometimes truncate, with four or five setae on each side, two on the anterior third and three near the apex, the posterior lateral seta much longer and stouter than the others. Anal ring about half as wide as the anal plate, anal ring setae about two times as long as the anal plate. Anal tube apodeme about three times as long as the anal plate, the arms heavily sclerotized, posterior half sub-parallel, anterior half gradually widened, somewhat diamond shaped, the anterior end of the apodeme abruptly narrowed. Antenna a conical tubercle, the base about 30 mw wide, and 12 to 15 mw high, with two or three short stout setae on the derm mesal to the base, with eight to 10 variable length setae on the cone, the longest ones about 35 mu long. Mouth framework prominent and heavily sclerotized, beak 1-segmented, rounded, wider than long. Spiracles prominent, atrium large, round, with a sickle-shaped band of pores on the upper wall, the bar variable, L-shaped cr T-shaped. Evidence of leg vestiges sometimes present on the mesothoracic and metathoracic segments; they may appear as a group of three to five, small, with or without a sclerotized spur. Larva—tLength 0.6 mm. to 0.8 mm., width at the thoracic area 0.2 mm. to ().3 mm., anterior end rounded, slightly narrowed opposite the antennae and at the anterior spiracles; abdomen with margins approximately parallel, anal lobes definitely protruded. Antennae 6-segmented, stout, rather short, 140 to 160 » in length; the basal segment globular and largest; II smallest, III asymmetrical, the posterior margin produced so that it is one-third to one-half longer than the anterior margin; IV, asymmetrical, the posterior margin greatly produced, termin- ating im a strong seta-like spur; V and VI spindle-shaped, VI longest, with a whirl of variable-sized setae below the apex, one quite long, apex with six to eight setae of variable sizes. Legs slender, tarsus approximately half as long as the tibia, tarsal digitules exceeding the claws by nearly one-third their length, faintly knobbed, claw digitules exceeding the claw, claws slender, nearly straight except at the base. Beak quadrate, wider than long. Spiracles rather large, cylindrical, most of them with two multilocular dise pores, one within the atrium and one at the margin, which is sometimes outside the atrium, and sometimes absent; bar long and narrow. Ventral microtubular ducts few in number, these arranged singly on the submargins of thorax and anterior abdominal segments. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 169 Marginal setae of five fairly well defined types, varying from slender conven- tional setae to those that are button-shaped, and wider than long; there is some variation in the shape among the setae of the several types, which are arranged in definite sequences on the margins. The five types of setae are as follows: (1) slender conventional type setae (only two of this type); (2) button-shaped, broader than long, with a tiny apical marginal spur, sometimes without any evi- dence of a spur; (3) with a strongly inflated base, smaller than (2), with a mar- ginal extension one to two times as long as the width of the base; (4) similar to (2) but with a variable marginal mucronate spur, usually shorter than width at base; (5) stout, spike-like setae, most of them evenly tapered, sometimes the basal portion somewhat enlarged, these principally on the abdomen. The marginal setae arranged as follows: the anterior marginals (those between the eyes) 10 in number, the median pair like (1), about 15 w long; the submedian pair like (2) sometimes with a minute marginal spur, the next two pairs are quite variable in shape and length, usually similar to (3), but they may be shorter with the basal half more inflated; the preocular pair like (4); the anterior lateral marginals (those between the eyes and the anterior spiracles) five on each side, the first two and fifth like (3) and the third and fourth like (4); the interspiracular marginals (those between the spiracles) five in number on each side, the first, second, and fifth setae like (5) and the third and fourth like (4); the abdominal marginals (those between the posterior spiracles and the anal lobes) 16 in number, types (4) and (5) alternating, except the posterior pair, the ultimate seta is like (2) (sometimes with a minute spur) and penultimate seta is like (5). The anal lobe dorsal setae three in number on each side, the median seta short, stout, some- what narrowed at the base, then the apical half tapered to the acute apex; the lateral pair similar to (5) above but somewhat smaller. Anal lobe apical setae nearly as long as the body. Male——The wax test thin and glossy with a small amount of threads and powdery wax on the margins. The adult male winged, rather strongly sclerotized throughout; antennae 10-segmented, the two basal segments globular, the second strongly reticulated, the other eight imbricated and with numerous long stiff setae. Legs slender, tarsi and tibiae with numerous stout, stiff setae, claw digitules long and slender. Spiracles small, bar vase-shaped, with three quinquelocular dise pores outside the atrium. Body setae few in number, most of them small; dorsal abdominal setae arranged in segmental rows of four to seven setae, ventral setae fewer and smaller; marginal setae rather numerous, large and stout, especially on the posterior segments where there are five to eight on each side. Basal piece cf penis sheath quadrate, apical piece funnel-shaped, the narrowed apical portion with numerous light-staining pore-like structures. The penis sheath is rather short, the anterior end is narrowed, while the posterior end is much broader. The adult females of this species are similar to A. zoysiae McC., and A. balachowskyi described below as a new species. The larvae are similar to A. coganicola McC. and A. balachowskyi. The apparent re- lationship of these species will be discussed more in detail at the end of this paper. This species was redescribed from mounted adult females, larva and males from the two lots referred to above. An adult female from the 170 PROC, ENT. SOO. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 British Museum lot was selected and labeled lectotype; the other adult females, larvae, and males from both lots were labeled as lectopara- types. The British Museum specimen was designated as the lectotype since that lot of unmounted material had the same data as that pub- lished by Ramakrishna. The designation of a lectotype in this instance is not in strict accord with the International Code definition of a lectotype, since neither lot was specifically labeled as type material. The procedure followed seems to be a practical solution of the problem, since it is reasonably certain that the specimens at hand are part of those with which both Ramakrishna and Green were dealing. The lectotype was deposited in the British Museum, lectoparatypes were returned to the Agricultural College and Research Institute, Coimbatore, South India and The British Museum; additional lecto- paratypes were deposited in the United States National Collection of Coecids, and the author’s collection. Aclerda balachowskyi, new species Figure 2 The material on which this species is based was received from Dr. A. Balachow- sky, Pasteur Institut, Paris, who kindly granted permission to describe it. It is labeled as follows: ‘‘On Anadelphia arrecta, Fulaya-Kindia, Guinea, French West Africa, 18-II-1953, Mr. Valardelo, Collector.’’ Habit—The material was preserved in alcohol, with most of the specimens separated from the host material, which consists of short pieces of the basal part of the plant about one-half inch long, with a few specimens attached to the host. Most of the specimens are fully developed, and nearly all contain embryos. The mature females are quite convex, varying from nearly round to about two times as long as wide, with the ventral surface rather flat; at least some of them with considerable wax on the ventral surface. A few young adults were present, which are flat, and oval in shape. The fully mature females are 2.75 to 3.5 mm. long and 1.5 to 3.0 mm. wide. The early adults are 1.5 to 1.75 mm. long and about 0.75 mm. wide. Adult Female.—The dimensions of mounted adult females approximately as in- dicated above. The fully mature specimens rounded, except the posterior apex which is pointed; the early adults, nearly two times as long as broad, the anterior end well rounded; the posterior end more angular, with much more than 90 degrees between the side, the apex broadly notched. The caudal sclerotized area rather narrow with a few straight, longitudinal ridges and furrows along the margins of both surfaces, some farther forward tend to be wavy and transverse; the posterior margins fairly straight and serrate. Setae—The tuberculate marginal setae arranged in a band around the body two to four irregular rows wide, except along the posterior margin where it is one or two irregular rows wide, and at the anterior end where the band is two irregular rows wide, the posterior ends of the band about two times the width of the anal plate anterior to the midpoint of the anal cleft; the setae vary somewhat in size and shape. The larger ones about nine u long, and six mw wide, some are PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 171 Fig. 2, Aclerda balachowskyi, new species. Adult. a, body outline (early adult), left dorsal, right ventral, with microanatomical details, x75; b, antenna, x500, ¢, quinquelocular dise pore, x750; d, ventral microtubular duct, x1500; e, ventral sub- marginal seta, x1000; f, ventral macrotubular duct, x750; g, marginal tuberculate setae, x1000; h, dorsal invaginated setae, x1000; i, anal complex, dorsal view, x160; j, dorsal invaginated x750; k, dorsal submarginal seta, x1000. Larva. 1, anal lobe, showing dorsal anal lobe setae (greatly enlarged); m, lateral margin, with types of setae (greatly enlarged) showing their arrangement, x75; n, antenna, x160. 172 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 considerably smaller, especially those on the caudal margins of the abdomen; they are broadest at about the midpoint, with the base slightly narrowed, and rather gradually narrowed from the midpoint to the blunt, rounded apex; there are about 20 conventional-shaped setae between the ends of the band of tubereulate marginal setae and the anal cleft, each about 30 mu long. Body setae few in number; the dorsal setae slender to flagellate in form on the caudal sclerotized area of the abdomen, 20 to 25 » long, anterior to this they are stouter and much shorter, nine to 12 / long, and spike-like or digitate, most of them on the marginal and submarginal area, but without any apparent segmental arrangement; ventral setae similar in form and size to the stouter dorsal setae, and having a transverse segmental arrangement on the abdomen. The dorsal invaginated setae 60 to 70 in number on each half of the abdomen, rather widely spaced on the caudal sclerotized area, more numerous and more closely spaced on the adjacent membranous area and forward along the abdominal submargins; the setae variable in length and diameter, depending on their position on the abdomen, they appear longer and more slender on the heavily sclerotized caudal area, the longest ones about 15 uw long, and shorter ones eight to ten mu long, all with the dome-shaped apex projecting above the surface of the derm. Ducts and Pores.——Macrotubular ducts present on both surfaces; the dorsal ducts noticeably larger, few in number, these on the submargins, most of them mingled with the marginal tuberculate setae, only an occasional duct occurs on the caudal sclerotized area; ventral macrotubular ducts smaller, much more numerous, in a band three to four irregular rows wide submarginal to the marginal tubereu- late setae, the band ending at about the anterior margin of the caudal sclerotized area, and with a few ducts in transverse segmental rows on the mid-abdominal segments. Microtubular ducts on the ventral surface only, distributed similar to the ventral macrotubular ducts, and mingled with them, except that there are none in transverse segmental rows, and in addition there is a group at the base of the beak; the ducts about five « long, with an internal prolongation nearly as long as the duct, the duets arranged in a band four to five ducts wide, the band ends at the anterior margin of the caudal sclerotized area. Quinquelocular disc pores present in small numbers anterior and lateral to the atrium of the anterior pair of spiracles, usually three to seven; they are usually absent at the posterior spiracles, sometimes a single duct may be present. A few simple dise pores are present on the dorsal submargins. Anal Complex.—Anal cleft rather unusual in appearance in that it appears as a wide apical notch, somewhat like a flattened inverted V; shallow invaginations from the lateral margins of the cleft heavily sclerotized. The anal plate small, about as wide as long, approximately circular, 72 mu in diameter, the posterior apex with a broad shallow notch or emargination, with four or five setae on the posterior half of each side, all similar in length and size except the lateral seta which is smaller and shorter; anal ring about half as wide as the anal plate, anal ring setae ‘about two times as long as the anal plate, anal tube apodeme about three times as long as the anal plate, the arms straight and parallel, except at the anterior end where they diverge, the apex abruptly narrowed. Antennae with a broad base and a narrower tubereulate projection from about the center of the base, there are three or four large setae on the mesal portion of PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 173 the base and five or six smaller setae on the tuberculate projection. Mouth frame- work prominent and heavily sclerotized, beak rounded, wider than long. Spiracles prominent, atrium with a somewhat sickle-shaped band of pores on the upper wall, the bar L-shaped. No evidence of leg vestiges observed. Larva.—Length about 1.0 mm. and width 0.2 to 0.8 mm. wide at the thorax; anterior end rounded to truncate, narrowed at the antennae, and opposite the anterior spiracles; sides of the abdomen subparallel; anal lobes definitely pro- truded, but short and sclerotized. Antennae 6-segmented, stout, about 160 u long; basal segment largest, II shortest and smallest, III asymmetrical, with the posterior margin one-third to one-half longer than the anterior margin, IV asymmetrical, short, the posterior margin greatly produced and terminating in a long slender spur which is about three times as long as the anterior margin, the apex of the spur extending to about the midpoint of the apical segment; V and VI spindle- shaped, VI somewhat larger and about one-half longer. Legs slender, tarsus about half as long as the tibia, tarsal digitules slender, faintly knobbed, exceeding the claw, claw digitules slightly knobbed, exceeding the claw by one-third its length. Spiracles rather large, cylindrical, with two multilocular dise pores, one apparently outside the atrium, a few ventral microtubular ducts present on the abdomen and thorax, usually one or two on each side of the thorax, and two to four on each side of the abdomen, never more than one on the side of a segment, sometimes apparently entirely absent. Marginal setae of four well defined types varying from slender conventional setae to those that are button-shaped and wider than long. Some variation occurs in the shape of all these types of setae except conventional form; the setae ar- ranged in definite and constant sequence on the margin. The four types are as follows: (1) slender conventional setae (only two of this type); (2) button-shaped, broader than long and without an apical marginal spur, the discal apex papillate; (3) somewhat similar to (2) but smaller in diameter, and longer, and with a marginal apical spur that is variable in size and length. These marginal setae arranged as follows: the anterior marginals (those between the eyes) 10 in number, the median pair bike (1), 15 to 20 w long; the submedian pair like (2), about four uw long and 12 uw in diameter, the next two pairs like (4), but some- times they appear to have the basal portion larger, the preocular pair like (3). The anterior lateral marginals (those between the eyes and anterior spiracles) five on each side, the first two pairs like (4) and the other three pairs like (3). The interspiracular marginals five in number on each side, the first two and fifth like (4) and the third and fourth like (3). The abdominals (those between the posterior spiracles and the anal lobes) 16 in number on each side, types (3) and (4) alternating, except the posterior pair where the ultimate seta is like (2) and the penultimate seta is like (4), sometimes an extra seta may occur in the anterior groups of setae. The anal lobe dorsal setae three in number on each lobe, the median seta short and stout, somewhat narrowed at the base, the apical half nar- rowed, the apex bluntly rounded; the other two setae placed anterior to the median seta, and in about the same plane near the anterior lateral margin of the lobe, the lateral seta larger and longer, both similar in shape to (4) but smaller. The apical seta somewhat longer than the abdomen. Male.—Only the glossy test observed. 174 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 Type Locality.—F ulaya-Kindia, Guinea, French West Africa, on Anadelphia arrecta. Types.—Holotype, an early adult female, deposited in the United States National Collection of Coeccids. Paratypes, numerous adult females, most of them fully mature, a few early adults, and numerous larvae, some returned to Dr. Balachowsky, some deposited in the United States National Collection of Coccids, and some in the authors collection, all collected on Anadelphia arrecta, Fulaya-Kindia, Guinea, French West Africa, Mr. Valardelo, collector. The adult females of the two species considered above, and A. zoysiae McC. are similar, and some difficulty may be encountered in differentiating them. A. ischaemt and A. balachowskyi both run best to couplets 16 and 20 of the McConnell key (1953), despite both having the angle between the sides of the posterior end of the body ereater than 90°. A. balachowskyt can be separated from the other two species by the paucity of dorsal macrotubular ducts, there being only 20 to 380 and most of these intimately associated with the marginal tuberculate setae ; further, there are practically no ducts on the caudal sclerotized area; the anal plate is nearly round while the plate of A. ischaemi and A. zoysiae is more elongate and tapered toward the posterior apex. A. ischaemi and A. zoysiae are very similar, and when adequate material of all the stages becomes available, it may be found that A. zoysiae is a synonym of A. ischaemt. The most striking difference is in the marginal tuberculate setae, the setae of A. zoysiae are smaller and more acutely pointed and the body setae are smaller. The larvae of A. coganicola McC., A. ischaemi, and A. balachowskyi are similar, but the larva of A. zoysiae is unknown to the author. The larvae of the first three species will run to couplet 4 of the McConnell key (1953). The anterior marginals of A. balachowskyi and A. cogam- cola are quite similar, differing principally in the form the submedian pair of button-like setae; in A. balachowskyi nearly all of them have a minute lateral spur, while in A. coganicola they are without a spur; these two species have different shaped median dorsal anal lobe setae; in A. cogancola it is short and thumb-shaped, while in A. balachow- sky? it is larger, longer, with the apical half tapered to a round, blunt apex. A. ischaemi differs from the other two species principally in having the two preantennal pairs of setae of the anterior marginal group longer and the basal part less inflated, and also in the shape of the fifth seta of the anterior lateral group of setae; it is like the first and second setae rather than like the third and fourth. This species is named for Dr. A. Balachowski, eminent French coccidologist, who supphed the material upon which the species is based. aN AS REFERENCE McConnell, Harold S., 1953. A classification of the coccid family Aclerdidae. Mary- land Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin A-75:1-121. PROC. ENT. SOC.. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 175 A NEW SPECIES OF AGNOCORIS FROM ILLINOIS, AND A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS IN NORTH AMERICA (HeMIPTerRA, Mirmar)! By THoMAS E. Moore, [Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana The name Agnocoris was first applied to this group of insects by Reuter, who proposed it in 1875 as a subgeneric epithet in the genus Cyphodema Fieber to include the single European species, rubicun- dum (Fallén). Later, 1896, Reuter transferred this species to the genus Lygus Hahn. Since that time Agnocoris has been considered a subgenus of Lygus. Wagner and Slater (1952) reviewed the species of Lygus (Agnocoris) for the world, illustrated parts of the male and female genitalia, and pointed out that the eastern and mid-western United States form that had been known as Lygus rubicundus (an eastern European species) was a distinct entity and should be re- ferred to the available name, pulverulenta Uhler, 1892. The figures of male genitalia in the paper by Wagner and Slater are not all oriented in the same fashion, making comparison difficult. Figure “‘A’’ of ‘‘Plate I’’ of this paper is a mirror image of the proper orientation of that aspect, and the subapical protuberance which appears in the drawing is present neither on the type specimen? nor on any specimen that I have seen, and consequently is probably an artifact. Also, figure “‘G’’ of this same plate shows the ‘‘vesica’’ (appendage) as a twisted structure. This is not actually the case, but that effect is sometimes produced by the membranes enveloping the structure. A phylogenetic study of American and European genera of the tribe Mirini Hahn has led the author to raise Agnocoris to full generic rank. It seems most probable that Agnocoris, Lygus (restricted to include only subgenera Lygus, Exolygus, and Orthops), and Capsus evolved from a common ancestor, each of the three lines becoming as distinct from one as from the other. Due to a lack of external diag- nostic characters one must resort to characters of the internal genitalia for the separation of Agnocoris species. Appreciation is extended to Dr. R. I. Sailer for comparison of draw- ings with the lectotype of Agnocoris pulverulenta and for the loan of specimens from the United States National Museum. Agnocoris Reuter, 1875 Diagnostic characters: Aedeagus with one right vesica appendage, gonopore sclerite fused to right vesica lobe, coiled-spring structure of gonopore present, ejaculatory reservoir narrowly tubular. Female genitalia as characterized and illustrated in Slater (1950) and Wagner and Slater (1952). Genotype: Agnocoris rubicunda (Fallén), type by monotypy. 1This paper is a joint contribution of the Section of Faunistic Surveys and Insect Identification, Illinois State Natural History Survey, and the Department of Entomology, University of Illinois. 2Personal communication from Dr. R. I. Sailer. 176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 The gender of this generic name is feminine. The genus contains three closely related North American species and two occurring in Europe. Agnocoris pulverulenta is a northern North American species whose range, hosts, and feeding period overlap those of the southern species, A. rossi, at least in Tilinois (fig. 4). The known ranges of the three North American species are indicated in figure 5. The common host of this complex is willow (Salix spp.). Both Ilnois species are recorded from Salix amygdalovdes. Agnocoris pulverulenta (Uhler), new combination This is in part the species recorded by Knight (1941) as Lygus rubicundus (Fallén), and the Illinois records from this bulletin not listed for A. rossi apply to this species. As noted on the map in fig. 4, the two species occur together in Tllinois at Elizabethtown, Hardin County, and West Union, Clark County. Since the publication of the above article A. pulverulenta has been collected from Apple River Canyon State Park, New Milford, and White Heath, Illinois, and West Quincy, Missouri. This material is deposited with the Illinois State Natural History Survey. Parts of the male genitalia of A. pulverulenta are illustrated in fig. 2. Additional Records—FKort Yukon, Alaska, July 18, 1951, R. I. Sailer, 13, 32. DeBeque, Colorado, July 29, 1922, EK. R. Kalmbach, Ibias 19. Washington, District of Columbia, June 7, 1884, P. R. Uhler Collection, oe. November 14, 1885, 1¢ [from Uhler’ S cotype series |. Ames, Towa, July 2 , 1929, H. Mills, 1¢. Plummers Island, Maryland, July 24, 1903, eee : July 5 1908, KH. A. Schwartz, 1¢. Las Vegas, New Mexico, August fA Shs 'S. Barber, 12. Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexi- co, El Paso, Texas, August 10, 1940, on onion tops, 1¢; August 12, 1940, on mustard top, 1¢ ; August 5, 1943, with radishes, 1¢. El] Paso County, Texas, November 2, 1936, T-1895, peach foliage, 12. All of these specimens are deposited in the United States National Mu- seum. Agnocoris rossi, new species This species is closely related to A. pulverulenta (Uhler). The coloration, size, and external morphology of the two species are so similar that they defy definition on these bases. A. rossi differs from A. pulverulenta in the following manner: Male (fig. 1).—lLeft vesica lobe nearly as long as right, a patch of sclerous teeth preceding the apical constriction; right vesica lobe prolonged beyond sono- pore sclerite; vesica appendage proportionately more narrow and elongate; gono- forceps as in figure, left gonoforcep with apex more attenuate and lacking ventral hook and notch. Female.—At present indistinguishable from A. pulverulenta except by associa- tion with males. Types.—Holotype, 6, Grand Tower [Jackson Co.], Illinois, June 1, 1913; allotype, 2, Grand Tower, Illinois, July 11, 1909. Holotype and allotype deposited in the collection of the Illinois State Natural His- tory Survey. Paratypes—Ilinois: Alton, July 19-21, 1932, on Salur. PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 177 N\ \ ! ! | | | \ t ! | / Ic Ip 2c ¥ i HA th aa aay 2B \ / 20 “--- Fig. 1, Agnocoris rossi (oblique aspect of aedeagus); fig. 2, A. pulverulenta ; fig. 3, A. utahensis. A, apex of aedeagus, viewed from open side of gonopore; B, vesica appendage, viewed from back of aedeagus; ©, apex of left gonoforcep, oblique, inner lateral aspect; D, right gonoforeep, outer lateral aspect. G, gonopore; GS, gonopore sclerite; Lv, left vesica lobe; RV, right vesica lobe. 178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 Ross & Dozier, 24, 22; Browns, July 24, 1930, Knight & Ross, 14 ; Elizabethtown, June 22-24, 1932, Ross, Dozier & Park, 1 teneral ¢ ; Grafton, June 26, 1934, along river, DeLong & Ross, 14, 32 ; Grand Tower, June 27, 1906, willow, 4¢, July 12, 1909, on willow, 24, 22; Harrisburg, June 15, 1934, at light, DeLong & Ross, 3é; Havana, August 14, 1907, river shore, 1¢, June 13, 1913, 14, July 12, 1932, on Salix, Dozier & Park, 36, 42, June 20, 1936, swamp, Mohr & Burks, 12; Herod, July 24, 1930, Knight & Ross, 1¢ ; Horseshoe Lake, July 11, 1935, on cypress, DeLong & Ross, 26, 12; Meredosia, August 22, 1917, tree trunk, 2¢ ; Mounds, August 16, 1951, on Fagus grandifolia, Ross & Stannard, 1¢ ; Mt. Carmel, Wabash Co., June 12, 1890, Acces- sion Number 15745, Marten, 14; Springfield, July 8, 1931, T. H. Frison, 14 ; Thebes, June 29, 1909, at light, 1¢, 12 ; West Union, June 26, 1932, on Salex, Ross, Dozier & Park, 26 ; York, July 23, 1932, on Salix, Dozier & Park, 2¢, 12%. Paratypes are deposited at the British Museum (Natural History), the California Academy of Science, the Canadian National Museum, the Illinois State Natural History Sur- vey, and the United States National Museum. Additional Records——Illinois: Beardstown, June 10, 1932, Ross & Mohr, 12 ; Cairo, July 27, 1930, Knight & Ross, 12 ; Carbondale, July 19, 1909, 12 ; Dongola, May 19, 1917, on willow, 12 ; Golconda, June 22, 1932, on Salix, Ross, Dozier & Park, 12. Alexandria, Louisiana, March 12, 1912, B. R. Coad, in spanish moss, Hunter No. 3461, 1¢. Webster Groves, Missouri, July 12, 1903, at hght, Satterthwait, 14, Walnutlog, Tennessee, July 16, 1919, W. L. McAtee, 1¢, 12. Browns- ville, Texas, November 24, 1910, in house in S. Tex. Garden, 12; October 16, 1939, Mexico in gray moss, 3¢é. The specimens from Illinois and the female from Texas are in the collection of the Illinois State Natural History Survey. The others are deposited in the United States National Museum. The specimens from Alton, Beardstown, Browns, Cairo, Carbondale, Dongola, Golconda, Grafton, Grand Tower, Harrisburg, Havana, Herod, Meredosia, Mount Carmel, Springfield, Thebes, and York, Illinois, were recorded by Knight (1941) as Lygus rubicundus. Agnocoris utahensis, new species This species is also closely related to A. pulverulenta. The small series at hand averages slightly smaller and seems to be slightly redder than a corresponding number of A. pulverulenta, but the species overlap on both characters. A. utahensis differs from A. pulverulenta by the characteristics listed below: Male (fig. 3).—lLeft vesica lobe slightly shorter than right, its sclerous teeth extending almost to apex of lobe; right vesica lobe not prolonged beyond gono- Fig. 3, Agnocoris utahensis: ©, apex of left gonoforceps, oblique, inner lateral as pect; D, right gonoforcep, outer lateral aspect. Fig. 4, chart of known distribu- tion of A. rossi and A. pulverulenta in Illinois. Fig. 5, chart of known distribution of Agnocoris species in North America. a TATTC a= TC PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 179 (oie) S7LPHENSON | Wi, IMME BAGO peda aat| =a fe ne eo Fn, /ROQUOIS 3p avg ee i, Pag fas a ae aia i] Nee ey FIG. 4 © PULVERULENTA ® ROSSI UTAHENSIS 180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 pore sclerite; vesica appendage relatively short and stout; gonoforceps as in figure, apex of left gonoforcep more attenuate but notch and hook present. Female—As in the case of A. rossi, at present indistinguishable except hy association with males. Types.—Holotype, ¢, Ogden [Weber Co.], Utah, May 16, 1915, A. Wetmore; deposited in the United States National Museum. Allotype, ?, and 1 2 paratype, same data as for holotype. Additional Records.—Peralta, California, May 8, 1945, 13637, R. Dickson, 875, Saliz, 16,12. The Dalles, Oregon, June 25, 1921, C. C. Sperry, 26, 22. One male and one female from The Dalles, Oregon, are deposited at the Illinois State Natural History Survey; all others are deposited in the United States National Museum. Kry TO WORLD SPECIES FOR Agnocoris MALES 1. Apex of left gonoforcep lacking a ventral hook or notch (fig. 1, ©) ; vesica ApPeMd age as MMMn Ele pee tik NS ee ee TOSSt Apex of left gonoforcep bearing a ventral hook and notch (fig. 2, ©); vesica appendage proportionately shorter and thicker 2 26) Specimens collected im) North America, a eee 2 Specimens collectedsim—Wunop ec 2 4 3. Left vesica lobe much shorter than right, its outer margin bearing only a few sclerous teeth quite removed from apex (fig. 2, A); vesica appendage as in fig. 2, B; right gonoforcep with apex broadly rounded below (fig. Dos aay) ny ret ah oe hea SOS ts Seal SRE een SoM area pulverulenta Left vesica lobe nearly as long as right and bearing numerous sclerous teeth extending almost to its apex (fig. 3, A); vesica appendage as in fig. 3, B; right gonoforcep with apex pointed hook-like below (fig. 3. D) 4. Vesica appendage relatively long and thick, distinctly wider at middle than at base (cf. Wagner and Slater, 1952, pl. I, p. 275, I) ---_----_--— rubicunda Vesica appendage relatively short and thin, not wider at middle than at ASCE GOP av UD CCl eI) ee aa ene RE ae Vee sae eat SA ENS Lg eaters reclairet REFERENCES Knight, H. H., 1941. The plant bugs, or Miridae, of Illinois. Bull. Ill, Nat. Hist. Surv., 22:153. Reuter, O. M., 1875. Cyphodema (Agnocoris) rubicundum Reuter. Hemiptera Gymnocerata Seandinaviae et Fenniae, p. 79. , 1896. Lygus rubicundus Reuter. Hemiptera Gymnocerata Europae aE (Ze Slater, J. A., 1950. An investigation of the female genitalia as taxonomic char- acters in the Miridae (Hemiptera). Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci. 25:1-[81]. Wagner, E. and J. A. Slater, 1952. Concerning some Holarctie Miridae (Hemi- ptera, Heteroptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 54:273-281. Uhler, P. R., 1892. Observations on some remarkable Heteroptera of North America. Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. 1:179-184. PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 181 THE OCCURRENCE OF HAEMAGOGUS BOSHELLI IN PANAMA (DipTERA, CULICIDAE) By W. H. W. Komp, Laboratory of Tropical Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland. In view of the renewed interest in yellow fever and its mosquito vectors in Panama, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, and Honduras from 1948 to date (1954), the hitherto unrecorded presence of a species of Haema- gogus in Panama is here reported. Haemagogus boshelli was described by E. Osorno-Mesa (1944) from Bahia Solano, Choc6, Colombia, in 1944. This locality is on the Pacific coast of Colombia, south of Cupica, in the Intendencia of Choc6. This part of Colombia has a high rainfall, in some places having over 200 inches annually. During a survey of the mosquito fauna of a number of the Pearl Islands in the Bay of Panama, the writer also visited a small airfteld near the village of Jaqué, on the Pacific coast of Panama, southeast of Guarachiné, about fifty miles from the Colombian border, in the Province of Darién. Three days, July 3, 4, and 5, 1945, were spent collecting mosquitoes at this locality. While the primary consideration was the collection of Anopheles, it became evident immediately that Haemagogus mosquitoes were present in such numbers as to be a pest. Adults were extremely abundant in the tangle of vines and aroids on fallen trees in a rice-field south of the runway and in nearby forested areas. The females attacked avidly at ground level at all times of the day, even during transient showers. Many were collected in a chloro- form-tube while biting, and males were taken in a collecting-net. Larvae were found in almost every ‘‘container-habitat’’ examined. Among these were tree holes, fallen palm spathes, fruit husks, coconut shells, tin cans, and in water-holding crevices between the buttressed roots of a species of Ficus or wild fig. Fortunately, a large series of larvae was obtained, from which adults were reared in the laboratory. It then became apparent, even without microscopical examination, that an aberrant species of Haemagogus had been encountered. The claspers (dististyles) of the male terminalia of H. boshelli are greatly hypertrophied and exserted, as shown so well in the figure accompany- ing Osorno’s description. Examination of larval skins served to con- firm the identification. At the time of collection, it was thought that the species concerned was H. chalcospilans Dyar, which had been collected in numbers a few days previously on San José Island in the Pearl Island group. H. chalcospilans somewhat resembles H. boshelli in the golden coloration of the coxae and trochanters, but the male terminalia are very differ- ent. Any Haemagogus species that bites in numbers at ground level is suspect as a possible vector of jungle yellow fever, particularly if it occurs in an endemic region. Calvo and Galindo (1952) state: ‘‘It 182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 should be mentioned that in July 1952 a report was received of ap- proximately 100 deaths, caused by a fever of unknown origin but with a symptomatology similar to that of yellow fever, among the native population of the Alto Bayano and around the source of the Chucu- naque River between the Provinces of Panama and Darién.’’ This area is not far from the Pacific coast of Darién, where H. boshelli was found. So far as the writer is aware, the only records for H. boshelli are those given in Osorno’s original description (1944) and by Kumm et al. (1946) (Bahia de Solano, Bahia de Utria, El Valle, and Napipi, Colombia. All these places are on the Pacific coast of the Intendencia of Choc, in northwestern Colombia. The species is not recorded from Panama by Galindo and his coworkers as late as 1951 (1950,1951). Hitherto the species has been considered rare, and it possibly is con- fined to regions of high rainfall in northwestern Colombia and along the Pacific coast of Panama near the Colombian border. It is in just such sparsely settled areas, where transport and communication are difficult, that localized outbreaks of Jungle yellow fever may occur and be unrecognized by the health authorities. Calvo and Galindo (1952) make a plea for a careful study in the Province of Darién, to deter- mine whether an ‘‘enzootic area’’ of yellow fever may exist there. If such an area is found, H. boshelli should be viewed as a possible vector of sylvatic yellow fever, because of its local abundance, and its propensity to bite man at all times of the day. REFERENCES Calvo, A. E., and P. Galindo, 1952. Epidemiology of yellow fever in Panama (1949-1952). Symposium on yellow fever. First Inter-American Congress of Public Health, Havana, Cuba. Mimeographed, pp. 1-14. Galindo, P., S. J. Carpenter and H. Trapido, 1951. Ecological observations on forest mosquitoes of an endemic yellow fever area in Panama. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 31:98-137. , H. Trapido and S. J. Carpenter, 1950. Observations on diurnal forest mosquitoes in relation to sylvan yellow fever in Panama. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 30:533-574. Kumm, H. W., E. Osorno-Mesa and J. Boshell, 1946. Studies on mosquitoes of the genus Haemagogus in Colombia. Am. Jour. Hyg. 43:13-28. Osorno-Mesa, E., 1944. Two new species of Haemagogus from Colombia, H. andinus and H. boshelli. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 46:165-175. ANNOUNCEMENT The 12th annual meeting of the American Mosquito Control Asso- ciation, Inc., is to be held in the Edson Hotel, Beaumont, Texas, Feb- ruary 5-8, 1956. A practical application of mosquito control methods and equipment is being stressed in the program planning. PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 183 SARCOPHAGID FLIES PARASITIC ON REPTILES! (DipTeRA, SARCOPHAGIDAE) By Haroup R. Donen, U. S. Forest Service, Federal Building, Missoula, Montana The genus Cistudinomyia Townsend (1917) is based on Sarcophaga cistudinis Aldrich (1916), a species which has been reared only from land turtles in eastern North America. Until now it has been the only sarcophagid known to parasitize reptiles, at least in North America. The recent discovery of a second species parasitic on reptiles is credited to Dr. James A. Oliver, who sent larvae from a subcutaneous lesion on an American chameleon, Anolis carolinensis Voight, to Mr. C. W. Sabrosky in 1952. Mrs. Doris H. Blake was the first to rear the adult. She found a parasitized American chameleon in October, 1953, from which she reared a pair of flies, presumably of the same species, on December 1, 1953. These she brought to Mr. Sabrosky for deter- mination, and he transmitted them to the writer.? Aside from host relationships, broad male front, and fourth abdominal segment red- dish, this species differs markedly from cistudinis and appears to rep- resent a new genus and species. Anolisimyia, new genus This new genus may be separated from other genera of Sarcophagidae known to the writer by the combination of the following characters: hind coxa pilose posteriorly, propleuron pilose, prosternum and postalar declivity bare, three posterior dorsocentral bristles, anterior acrostichals absent, and male mid femoral comb and hind tibial villosity lacking. The absence of spiracle 7 in the female is also unusual. Other characters are as described and figured for A. blakeae, the genotype, which follows: Anolisimyia blakeae, new species Ghost ety 45 pen i) A small species with legs, base of antennae, abdominal segment 4 and epaulets reddish. In Aldrich (1916) it keys, together with Sarcophaga ignipes Reinhard, to couplet 3 of Group D. Both differ from the species included by Aldrich by the legs being entirely reddish, the absence of outer vertical bristles, and other char- acters. It differs from ignipes by the bare prosternum, the anterior acrostichal bristles absent, and in characters of the genitalia. In volume 2 of Townsend’s ‘¢Manual of Myiology’’ (1935), the male keys to Fletcherimyia and Eufletcheri- myia but does not agree with the key characters of either, since the propleuron is pilose but the prosternum bare; the female runs to Fletcherimyia (type Sarco- phaga fletcheri Aldrich), but has very different genital sternites. Female fletcheri has the first genital tergite broad and preciptious, shield-shaped. Male.—Length 6.8 mm.; body greyish, with legs and 4th visible segment of abdomen reddish. 1From the Communicable Disease Center, Public Health Service, U. S. Depart- ment of Health, Education, and Welfare, Savannah, Georgia. 2See Mrs. Blake’s note, this issue.—Eb. 184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 Head (Fig. 5) greyish, with two postocular rows of black setae, the rest of the occiput and metacephalon clad with pale hairs; outer vertical and proclinate fronto-orbital bristles absent; front broad, 0.24 of head width, frontal rows of about nine bristles, moderately divergent anteriorly; antenna reddish, the apical half of the third segment darkened; arista with short basal segments, third seg- ment thickened on basal two-fifths, long plumose over two-thirds its length; para- frontal and parafacial areas nearly bare, each with about six very fine setules; clypeus dished; epistoma warped forward; vibrissae slightly above the epistoma; facial ridges bare except adjacent to the vibrissae; cheeks clad with dark hair, nearly a third as wide as the eye height; palpus reddish; haustellum shorter than the third antennal segment. Head about two-thirds as long as high, the vibrissal axis somewhat shorter than the antennal axis. Thorax grey, with three dark stripes and no submedian prescutal markings. Chaetotaxy: acrostichals 0:1; dorsocentrals 2:3; intraalars 1:2; supraalars 1:3; humerals 2; notopleurals 4, the first and third very small; sternopleurals 3; seutellars: two marginal, one dorsal preapical, no apical. Abdomen grey, the fourth segment reddish, abdominal markings a changeable pollinose pattern, not strongly set forth, with elongate oval, median dark spots on the intermediate segments when viewed from behind. Median marginal bristles on third segment; a marginal row on the fourth; first genital segment with an inter- rupted marginal row of 6. Genital segments (Figs. 1, 2) yellowish, of medium size, the first slightly larger, the second with only bristly hairs, cleft to its basal sixth by the perianal membrane. Spiracle 6 in membrane before the first segment ; spiracle 7 on the segment. Forceps yellow basally, the apices darker, straight, well-separated, tapered to blunt tips. Accessory plate yellow, with a triangular apical free portion and slender basal portion. Claspers yellow, subequal in !ength and size, the posterior pair divergent, slender and curving beyond the large subbasal bristle, the anterior pair nearly parallel in ventral view, with apices somewhat flattened and twisted. Penis apparently of three segments, subequal in length, the basal stalk yellow, more slender than the others, completely sclero- tized; the distal segments mostly darkened but with considerable membranous areas at the joint and the apex flattened, brownish. Anteriorly the distal segment bears at its base a pair of disk-shaped black lobes which are wedge-shaped in lateral view and which connect by a pair of small, black selerites to the anterior process, which spans the distal two segments and encloses a rather large, triangu- lar membranous area, as seen in lateral view. The anterior process has a median tongue-shaped body with six coarse serrations in its apical margin and a pair of divergent arms with tips ineurved, arising from near its base. Fifth sternite yellow, with divergent, flattened arms and a median pair of pads with sparse setules but no bristles. Wings hyaline, with dark brown veins; costal spine vestigial; costal segments 1 to 6, respectively, 2.6/4.7/2.5/6.5/3.5/.3; vem 1 bare; vein 7 with 7-8 setules reaching nearly to the anterior cross vein above and two setules below; epaulet reddish; squama bare, white, with a small, brownish, median cloud. (The posterior cross vein of each wing bears a small spur vein directed towards the body; however, this is considered to be a mutant character.) Legs reddish, including the coxae and the bases of the tarsi, but the latter are ~ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 185 Anolisimyia blakeae, n. sp.: fig. 1, male genital composite, lateral view; fig. 2, male genital composite, posterior view; fig. 3, female abdominal sternites 2-8, ventral view; fig. 4, female genitalia, ventral view; fig. 5, male head, lateral view; fig. 6, female spermatheca; fig. 7, female cerci and environs, postero-ventral view. Cistudinomyia cistudinis (Aldrich), female: fig. 8, sternites 4-8; fig. 9, genital segments, postero-ventral view; fig. 10, spermatheca; fig. 11, cerci and environs, postero-ventral view. 186 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 darkened apically. Femora and tibiae non-villous; middle femur without comb; middle tibia with two anterodorsal and no anteroventral bristles. Female.—Length 6 mm. Outer vertical bristle absent, as in the male; proclinate frontoorbitals 2; front 0.29 of head width; chaetotaxy of thorax and legs identical to the male except that the middle tibia bears one anterodorsal and an anteyro- ventral bristle at the middle of its length. Palpi, squamae and coloration identi- cal to the male. Posterior cross veins without spur veins. Genital segments (Figs. 4, 7) reddish, concealed from above; sternites 6-8 simple, oval, setulose, not intimately fused; sternite 9 lacking; sternite 10 sub- triangular, setulose; there are no thickened areas in the bursa copulatrix. First genital tergite a narrow, inverted U-shaped band, pollinose, setulose, with a marginal row of numerous small bristles, not constricted or divided mid-dorsally; second genital tergite represented by a pair of lateral setose plates opposite the cerei, which latter appear to be divided, the dorsal portion bearing the coarsest setae. Spermathecae 3, each oval, with 2-3 wrinkles at about its middle. Spiracle 6 in the membrane; spiracle 7 apparently absent (no spiracles can be distinguished on the first genital tergite). Puparium.—Length 6-6.5 mm.; dark brown, cylindrical, with posterior spiracles set in a deep concavity. Holotype ¢ and allotype 2, Wilmington, North Carolina, reared ex chameleon, December 1, 1953, Doris Blake, collector. Deposited in the U. 8. National Museum, Type Number 62300. Cistudinomyia cistudinis (Aldrich) (Figs. 8, 9, 10, 11) Sarcophaga cistudinus Aldrich, 1916, Sarcophaga and Allies, p. 278; Knipling, 1937, Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 39:91-101. Cistudinomyia cistudinis Townsend, 1917, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 30:48. Concerning this species, Knipling (1937) has given a very good account, with eight references, and described and figured the larvae in all instars. He recorded it as parasitizing Gopherus polyphemus, Chrysemys picta, Terrapene sp. and Testudo sp. Efforts to rear it in an alligator, goats or sheep, and dead fish were unsuccessful. Female genitalia—(Figs. 8, 9, 10, 11). Genital segments in posteroventral posi- tion, concealed from above, yellow, pollinose. First genital tergite inverted U- shaped, less than half as long as the fourth tergite, not weakened or constricted mid-dorsally, with sparse setules and a marginal row of about 18 bristles; spiracle 6 in the membrane near the anterior margin of the tergite, spiracle 7 in the posterior margin, between the lower two marginal bristles. Second genital seg- ment also inverted U-shaped, but broadly vestigial mid-dorsally, devoid of bristles or setulae. Sternites 6 and 7 transverse, slightly broader than sternite 5, with an interrupted row of 8 to 10 marginal bristles; sternite 8 narrower, transversely oval, with two pairs of marginal bristles; sternite 10 subtriangular, sclerotized, densely setose; cerci ordinary, setose; above each cereus are 2-3 strong bristles arranged in a transverse row, each arising from a small sclerotized platelet. Bursa copulatrix without sclerotized thickenings; spermathecae 3, ordinary, oval, dark brown, the walls smooth, with fine spiral thickenings internally. on os PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 187 Distribution Plainfield, New Jersey (type); Georgia, Florida, Mississippi and Houston, Texas (Knipling). Material examined.—College Station, Texas, H. J. Reinhard; Me- Pherson and Chautauqua Counties, Kansas, R. H. Beamer; Wray, Colorado, July 10, 1948, host Terrapene ornata (predet. M. T. James) ; Dauphin and Cumberland Counties, Pennsylvania (larvae in Carnegie Museum) ; New River, North Carolina, G. & R. Bohart (a mated pair, the female of which is figured) ; Cuthbert, Georgia, P. W. Fattig; Orlando, Florida, G. & R. Bohart; Hilliard, Florida, J. D. Beamer. Variation.—The male from Orlando, Florida, has the fourth seg- ment completely dark instead of yellowish, but in other respects agrees with the other material examined. SUMMARY Anolisimyia blakeae, new genus and species, is described from flies reared from larvae in a subcutaneous lesion in a chameleon, Anolis carolinensis Voight. Distributional data are given for the turtle para- site, Cistudinomyia cistudinis, and the female genitalia of that species is described. REFERENCES Aldrich, J. M., 1916. Sarcophaga and Allies in North America. Thomas Say Foundation, Vol. 1. Knipling, E. F., 1937. The biology of Sarcophaga cistudinis Aldrich (Diptera), a species of fly parasitic on turtles and tortoises. Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 39(5): 91-101. Townsend, C. H. T., 1917. New genera and species of American muscoid Diptera. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 30:43-50. NOTE ON THE REARING OF ANOLISIMYIA BLAKEAE, A SARCOPHAGID FLY FROM THE AMERICAN CHAMELEON, ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS VOIGHT! (DiptTERA, SARCOPHAGIDAB) On Monday, the 26th of October, 1953, we were driving home in the general vicinity of Petersburg and Richmond, Virginia, from a trip through the Caro- linas when a small American or False Chameleon, Anolis carolinensis Voight, appeared on my shoulder, very green and frightened. Presumably he came from a considerable mass of Spanish moss which we had gathered early that frosty morning in Brunswick Co., North Carolina, about 7 or 8 miles south of Wilmington, on the road to the Orton Plantation, and which was stored in the back of the car. When we reached home we put the lizard in a cloth-covered glass, meaning to take him to the zoo at the first opportunity. During the next 2 or 3 days we put several flies in the glass and he certainly ate one or two of them. Then lhe began to shed skin on Wednesday or Thursday (he never completed the operation) and became sluggish and did not take any more of the flies. We exhibited him to visitors Friday evening, the 30th of October, and feel pretty sure that he was 1See page 183.—Ep. 188 PROC. ENT. SOC: WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 then alive. The next morning, the 31st, my husband noted that he was not moving and thought he might be chilled, so he set the glass on a mildly warm register. A little later, he took the lizard out and found him dead. As he held the little animal in his hand in the sunlight he noted a heaving of the left flank and thought for an instant that he might have revived, but as we watched, something whitish came through the skin on the back near the left shoulder. It wriggled back and forth several times and then snapped out—a maggot about 8 mm. long. The whole operation of emerging may have taken a minute. The next morning when we looked in we could see no maggot, and on picking out the lizard, we found a hole in the belly which had not been there before. During the day I observed 17 maggots (all at once) going around and around in the glass. I put in some damp sand and soon they all disappeared in the sand. On December Ist, two flies, a male and a female, emerged, and on December 5th they were both dead. To date, March 11th, no others have transformed, although the pupae have the appearance of being alive. Dr. H. R. Dodge, to whom the adult flies were sent by Mr. C. W. Sabrosky, has informed me that they are a new genus as well as new species of sarcophagid fly—Doris H. BuAKkn, U. 8. National Museum, Washington, D. C. BOOK REVIEW THE EVOLUTION OF AN INSECT SOCIETY, by Derek Wragge Morley, Hampstead, England. Cloth, 8 vo., 215 pp., 55 illus., 3 tables and 1 chart. Charles Seribner’s Sons, N. Y., 1955. Price $3.50. In a very interesting but simple manner the author describes what transpires in an ant commune of the common European wood ant, Formica rufa L., from the time of the establishment of the first colony until the present time, many years later. In following this chronological and lucid account the reader learns how ant colonies are founded, how they develop and reach maturity, and even how some perish! The account covers every detail of ant life such as the marriage flight, the founding of a colony, the construction of the nest, the nursing and care of the young, foraging, fighting, and even some of the psychical aspects. The author also shows why the wood ant (one of the most highly specialized types) is more successful than a primitive ponerine ant. He indicates that much of the success of the wood ant is due to the numerous and prolific queens and therefore their numerous brood which drive the workers to labor feverishly to care for the queens, brood and the nest. He also states that there are in each colony certain workers (“excitement center ants”) which have a higher degree of nerve develop- ment and energy than their less active, lethargic companions. It is these ants which spark the colony into greater accomplishments! Occasionally the reader will discover some interesting parallels between an art society and a human society. The numerous illustrations add to the interest of the book as also do the chart and tables. There are, however, certain technical names, the correctness of which may be questioned; for instance Acanthomyops niger for Lasius niger. The book is especially recommended to those who wish to learn the various factors that operate in the founding and maintaining of an ant community. The simple terminology and brevity of the book make it easily readable—MArion R. SmirH, Hntomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washing- ton, D.C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 189 CRYPTOTYLUS STONEI, A NEW TABANID FROM VENEZUELA (DiptTERA, TABANIDAE) By J. MALDONADO CAPRILES, College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Mayaguez, Ph. The author is greatly indebted to Dr. Alan stone, of the Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, for the identifi- cation of this and other tabanids collected by the author in Venezuela, for the checking of the manuscript, and for other valuable suggestions that made possible the publication of this paper. oe ) Cryptotylus stonei, n. sp.: fig. 1, front view of head; fig. 2, lateral view of antenna; fig. 3, wing venation. Cryptotylus stonei, new species Female—Length 13.5 mm.; wing 13.0 mm. Brownish orange above, anterior portions of thorax and abdomen somewhat paler; face, thorax and first three abdominal sterna lighter, yellow orange. Without any greenish tinge. Frontal 190 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 callus, subeallus and frons concolorous, lighter than mesonotum, frons with short erect black hairs. First two antennal segments light brownish-orange, third slightly darker. Palpus uniformly yellow brown, with decumbent, short, black hairs. Labrum-epipharynx light brownish-yellow; labium and labella shiny black. Mesonotum with slightly decumbent blackish pile; pteropleura with blackish brown pile, remaining parts of pleura with golden yellow pile, this longer than that of mesonotum. Wings hyaline; costal cell and stigma yellowish; stigma narrow; veins dark brown. Halter with yellowish shaft, grayish brown knob. Legs yellow, tarsi darker; pilosity of coxae, hind femur below, and basal under portion of hind tibia yellowish, the rest black. Pile of dorsum of abdomen entirely dark, first three abdominal sterna with yellow pilosity at base and with scattered black hairs on apical margin; rest of segments with longer and mixed yellow and black hairs, black hairs predominating. Frons less than three times as high as basal width, the sides very slightly diverging above, with a very shallow coneavity before upper end (fig. 1). Frontal callus narrow, somewhat indistinct, about one third width of frons at base, dorsal extension reaching almost to middle of frons; subcallus not elevated, smooth or with a few shallow diagonal corrugations. Dorsal angle of third antennal segment strong but slightly produced forward (fig. 2); second segment with a strong spine in upper anterior angle. Palpus moderately stout at base, tapering apically. Proboscis less than three-fourths as long as height of head. Labella rather long, reaching to middle of proboscis. Wing venation as in figure 3; no stump vein at base of vein R4. This species seems closer to Cryptotylus luteoflavus (Bellardi) and C. cauri Stone than to the other four known species (C. wnicolor Wiedemann, C. princeps (Bréthes), C. limonus (Townsend), and C. pallidipalpis Stone) because of the shape of the third antennal seg- ment and the predominance of black hairs on the palpus. It can be separated from luteoflavus by the lack of stump in Ry, and broader frons and from cauri by the longer extension of the frontal callus and the predominating blackish color. There is very little variation among the 28 specimens at hand. In four of the specimens the first two antennal segments are dark brown- ish orange instead of light, the mesonotum is lighter in three of the specimens and much darker in one—otherwise all follow very closely the color pattern of the holotype. Holotype.—, from the mouth of the Cunucunuma River, affluent of the Orinoco River, Territorio Amazonas, Venezuela, 8. A.; collector J. Maldonado Capriles; April 3, 1950. U. 8S. N. M. No. 62896. Paratypes.—27 2? distributed as follows: 10 at the U. S. N. M.; 5 at the Museo de Ciencias Naturales, Caracas, Venezuela; 6 in the collection of the College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Mayagiiez, Puerto Rico; and 6 in the author’s collection. REFERENCE Stone, A., 1944. Some Tabanidae from Venezuela. Bol. Ent. Venez., Caracas. 3 (3) 2125-138. PROC. ENT. SOC,. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 191 THE NYMPH OF MACRODIPLAX BALTEATA (HAGEN) (ODONATA, LIBELLULIDAP) By Grorcp H. Bick, Zoology Department, Tulane University, New Orleans, La. Needham and Fisher (1936) described the nymph of Macrodiplax balteata (Hagen) by supposition from a single immature individual taken from the stomach of a duck near Wilson, Florida. Needham (1945), with seven ‘‘fresh specimens’’ on hand from Sarasota, Flor- ida, stated that certain features in the 1936 individual were due to compression in the stomach of the duck. In 1947 Dr. Westfall col- lected 12 individuals from Bayport, Florida. Dr. Westfall has kindly loaned me all of the above specimens, none of which have been reared. In 1950, Mr. James Aycock collected four balteata nymphs from a large rock pit at Hollywood, Broward County, Florida and reared two males and two females to transformation. One individual molted once before transforming. These exuviae and their associated adults are in my collection and are labelled: BaTD, male; B48D, male; B47A, female; B57A, female. There is no description of Macrodiplax halteats based on reared material at present in the literature. Macrodiplax was not included in Byers’ (1936) key to the genera, and the individuals on hand can not be determined to genus either in Needham and Fisher (1936) or in Wright and Peterson (1944). Therefore a redescription of Macro- diplax balteata from reared material is required. The following de- scription is based on four reared ultimate exuviae. Supplementary notes on the single penultimate exuvia and on the above 20 indi- viduals which were not reared follow the description. Nymph of Macrodiplax balteata (Hagen) Measurements.1—tTotal length, 21.7-24.0 mm.; length of abdomen, 12.7-13.6 mm.; of head, 3.5 mm.; of hind femur, 5.8-6.3 mm.; width of head, 6.9-7.0 mm.; of abdomen, 7.3-7.9 mm. Rather large, not conspicuously hairy; abdomen narrowly ovate and slightly wider than head; mostly flax colored. Head.—Somewhat darker anterior to the frontal suture. Widest at rear margin of eyes; width at eyes twice the mid dorsal length. Caudo-lateral margins rounded; with several stout setae but not hairy. Rear of head with about 30 short setae in five ill-defined rows on either side of the mid-dorsal line. Posterior margin very slightly coneave and not hairy. General dorsal surface without hairs. Eyes rounded laterally; not elevated; their caudal margins extend posterior to the middle of the head. Antennae 7-segmented; very sparsely hairy; the basal seg- ment slightly darker than the more distal ones. 1All observations, measurements and drawings are from exuviae preserved in 70% alcohol. They were studied with a Spencer dissecting microscope equipped with 9X oculars, with 1X, 2X and 3X objectives, and with an ocular net reticule ruled into 0.5 mm. squares. Drawings were made with the aid of the reticule and cross-section paper. Color terminology follows Maerz and Paul (1950). 192 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 Labial suture? at anterior 14 of the mesosternum. Palpal setae: 12, & 211, 12, & 512, 11, & 512, 12, & 512. There is a group of small spiniform setae on each palpus near its juncture with the prementum. Distal border of the palpus with 10 very shallow crenations, each bearing 2-5 setae; the setae are considerably longer than the depth of the crenations. Inner margin with 9-12 widely spaced setae, the edge minutely crenulate. Outer margin without hairs or setae. Movable hook long and slender, subequal in length to the nearest palpal seta. Mid-dorsal length of prementum, 6.1 mm.; basal width, 1.6 mm.; distal width, 5.2 mm. (measured with labium removed but unflattened). There is an oak colored triangular patch on the prementum near its juncture with each labial palpus. Four or five short, stout setae at the disto-lateral margins of the prementum; just posterior to these are one or two smaller setae. Premental setae: 19, + 520, 21 4 21, 20 + ,21, 18, + ,19. The outer nine are so closely spaced that their basal sockets could scarcely fit in the intervening spaces. The inner ones are more widely spaced and their basal sockets could easily fit in the intervening spaces. The distal margins of the prementum meet at an angle considerably greater than 90 degrees. There is a small median projection as in many Libellula species. There are but 6-8 evenly spaced setae at the distal margin of the median lobe on either side and the actual edge is minutely crenulate. Thorax.—Almost uniformly flax colored. Prothoracie ridge well elevated and with numerous short setae but with scarcely any hairs. Cervical processes minute. Wing buds extend to the middle of abdominal segment VI. There is a patch of setae at the antero-lateral portion of the mesosternum and a smaller but similar patch on, the prosternum., Legs uniformly flax colored. A dense fringe of long hairs on posterior surface of pro- and mesotibia, very few hairs on metatibia. Three tarsal segments on all legs. Hind femur extends to the posterior margin of abdominal segment VI. Divided setae are present distally on all tibiae; about 10 on the protibia; approxi- mately 8 in two ill defined rows on the mesotibia; approximately 12 on the meta- tibia. Divided tarsal setae only on the protarsus. The three protarsal segments combined have an anterior row of approximately 18 divided setae. Abdomen.—Narrowly ovate, not depressed, widest at juncture of segments VI and VII. Mostly flax colored but there are two ill defined oak colored spots on either side of the mid-line on V throughVIII and the medial third of IX is oak colored. The dorsal spines on VI, VII and VIII are darker than all else dorsally. Almost devoid of hairs both dorsally and ventrally but with numerous small spinules on the dorsum. Lateral margins of III through V with inconspicuous setae which become progressively more numerous and pronounced on VI, VIL and on the lateral margins of the spines on VIII and IX. Triangular sclerites (Schmidt, 1951) are present on abdominal segments III, IV and Y. All are triangular and increase in size posteriorly. Dorsal abdominal spines present on II or III through VIII, increasing in size posteriorly. On two of the four exuviae very minute projections? (figs. 1 and 2) were present on II. The other two individuals (fig. 4) showed no projection of 2T am following the terminology proposed by Corbet (1953) in deseribing the Jabium. 3The term spine seems scarcely appropriate for so minute a projection. PROG. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 193 Imm 6 Nymph of Macrodiplaa balteata. Figs. 1 and 2, lateral view of abdomen, varia- tion in dorsal spines of segment II (fig. 1, reared exuvia B49A; fig. 2, B47D) ; fig. 3, lateral view of abdominal segments I, II, III, Needham and Fisher speci- men; fig. 4, lateral view of abdomen, reared exuviae, B57A and B48D; fig. 5, dorsal view of posterior abdominal segments of Needham and Fisher specimen ; fig. 6, dorsal view of posterior abdominal segments, reared exuvia, B57A. 194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 any sort on the dorsum of IJ. All spines posterior to segment II are acutely pointed. On III the spine projects dorsally and scarcely extends beyond the middle of the segment. On the more posterior segments the spines point pos- teriorly. The spine on IV scarcely extends to the posterior border of that seg- ment, that on V extends to the anterior 44, of VI, on VI and VII the spines reach the bases of the spines of the following segments, on VIII the spine extends to or just beyond the posterior margin of segment IX. Lateral spines (fig. 6) are present on abdominal segments VIII and IX. Their axes are very nearly parallel to the mid-line of the body; their tips are garnet brown. The spines on VIII (axial length, 0.8 mm.; basal width, 0.38 mm.) are % the mid-dorsal length of that segment and extend to 1% the mid-dorsal length of IX. Their lateral margins are straight, the medial ones slightly concave. The spines on IX (axial length, 1.8 mm.; basal width, 0.5 mm.) are 1.7 times the mid-dorsal length of that segment and extend beyond the tips of the lateral abdominal appendages but do not reach the tips of either the superiors or inferiors. The lateral margins are straight; the posterior % of the median margins are very slightly concave. Lengths of abdominal segments VIII, IX, X along the mid-dorsal line are 1.5, 1.0 and 0.4 mm. respectively. Lengths of abdominal appendages: superior, 2.0 mm.; inferiors, 2.0 mm.; laterals, 1.0 mm. All are sharply pointed and colored garnet brown at the apices. The superior is broad at the base and tapers to a sharp point; it is elevated along the mid-line to form a rather definite keel. There are 4-6 short stout setae in the mid-line and long hairs at the lateral margins of the superior, The lateral margins of the inferiors are slightly incurved and bear several stout setae; their inner margins bear numerous long hairs. The laterals are without hairs or setae. The one penultimate exuvia (total length, 17 mm.; wing pads ex- tend to base of IV) showed substantially the same features as de- scribed above. However, the following should be noted. Palpal setae: 12, & 511; premental setae: 18, + 18. There is a minute dorsal spine on abdominal segment II and the dorsal spine on VIII extends well beyond the posterior margin of IX. Each femur is faintly marked with 3 darker bands. There is a confusing variation in the shape of the abdomen which showed no correlation with size. It is not depressed in any of the reared exuviae but is strongly depressed in the Needham and Fisher specimen. Some of both Sarasota and Bayport nymphs are depressed, others are not, yet all specimens are clearly conspecific. The color pattern of the Bayport and Sarasota nymphs is similar to that of the exuviae but their coloration in general is more pro- nounced. For this reason, the dorsal spines on VI, VII, and VIII of the Bayport and Sarasota nymphs are about the same color as the oak of much of the abdomen, whereas the spines of the reared exuviae are markedly darker than the rest of the abdomen. Each femur of the nymphs shows 3 oak colored bands in contrast with the femora of the exuviae which are not banded. = PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 195 There is variation in the presence or absence of abdominal spines on II. They were present (figs. 1 and 2) in 2 of the ultimate exuviae, absent (fig. 4) in the other 2. A minute spine is present in the penulti- mate exuvia and there is a definite one in the Needham and Fisher specimen (fig. 3). Likewise the Bayport and Sarasota nymphs showed variation in this character. The spine is absent in all 8 of the mature nymphs (wing pads extend to VI or VIL). However, 6 of the younger nymphs (wing pads extend to IV or to V) had spines on IT and 6 did not. This variation makes this character invalid in differential diag- nosis. The lateral spines on IX are strongly incurved in the Needham and Fisher specimen (fig. 5). However, Needham (1945) stated that their ineurvature was probably due to compression within the duck’s stom- ach, and that on fresh specimens (the Sarasota material mentioned in this paper) these spines weve directed straight rearward. Ouh study of the Sarasota and Bayport series as well as the reared exuviae showed that the lateral spines on IX are directed straight rearward in all individuals. Hence both characters, dorsal abdominal spine on II and the incurvature of the lateral spines on IX, used by Wright and Peterson (1944) to differentiate Macrodiplax and Leucorrhinia are invalid. The dorsal spines on VIII of the reared exuviae extend to or beyond the posterior border of IX. This is true of the Needham and Fisher specimen, of the penultimate exuvia, and of all (8 individuals) of the Bayport and Sarasota nymphs with wing pads extending to VI or VII. However, in 3 of the 12 younger nymphs (wing pads extend to IV or V) these spines extend only to the middle of IX. The extent of the dorsal spine on VIII along with the number of premental setae appears to offer a more reliable means of differentiating Leucorrhinia and Macrodiplax than has hitherto been proposed. The reared ultimate exuviae run to couplet 15 in Wright and Peter- son (1944) but here difficulty is encountered because of the variation in the abdominal spines on II and because of the straight lateral spine on [X. This situation can be corrected if couplet 15 is modified as follows: 15. Dorsal abdominal spines on segment 8 extend to or beyond caudal margin of segment 9; 18-21 premental setae _.. aise untied Macrediplax Dorsal abdominal spines on segment 8 extend only to the middle of Seoment 9);" 13-15 poremental setae 2 2 ee Leucorrhinia (in part) REFERENCES Byers, C. F., 1936. The immature form of Brachymesia gravida with notes on the taxonomy of the group (Odonata: Libellulidae). Ent. News 47: 35-37, 60-64. Corbet, P. S., 1953. A terminology for the labium of larval Odonata. The Ento- mologist 86: 191-196. Maerz, A. and M. R. Paul, 1950. A Dictionary of Color., 2d Edition, 208 pp., McGraw-Hill, N. Y. 196 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 Needham, J. G., 1945. Notes on some dragonflies of southwest peninsular Florida. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 40(4) : 104-110. and Elizabeth Fisher, 1936. The nymphs of North American Libellu- line dragonflies. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 62: 107-116. Schmidt, E., 1951. Sclerotizations in the lateral body wall of the nymphal abdo- men in Odonata. Ent. News 62(4) : 125-134. Wright, M. and A. Peterson, 1944. A key to the genera of anisopterous dragonfly nymphs of the United States and Canada (Odonata, Sub-order Anisoptera). Ohio Jour. Sci. 44(4) :151-166. NOTE ON FILTER-FLIES (DiprERA, PSYCHODIDAE) The purposes of this article are to: record a definite technical name for a filter- fly; to remark upon the occurrence of a species at Chapel Hill, N. C., and to eall to attention publications on psychoda-flies that appear to be outside the ordinary reading of entomologists. The name, Zelmatoscopus albipwnctatus (Williston), has been provided by Dr. Alan Stone, who kindly identified several specimens taken at different seasons. These occurrences extended from early April to late October, a period during which the flies were noted in the half-house occupied by me. Ordinarily they are seen one or two at a time, but on occasion come into the house in large numbers. From June 18 to 21, 1953, I killed hundreds nightly in my bedroom. Whether few or many, they attempt to enter the eyes, ears, nostrils, and mouth, particularly just after lights are turned off. With such proclivities, their abundance, and their foul breeding places, they would seem likely to become of interest from a public health point of view. The small numbers usually seen in houses probably breed in plumbing traps or tanks, though these habitats would seem most hazardous. They frequent tree- holes also, but their main breeding place in this neighborhood is the bed of a trickling-filter at a municipal sewage-disposal plant. They are a nuisance to employes there and sometimes swarm at dusk so as to invade passing automobiles and nearby homes. Upon oceasion, probably when wind-borne, they reach areas half a mile from the plant. Ordinary window-screening is no bar to their entrance. The city manager calls them filter-flies and gray filter-flies, but in the literature, are named also drain-, moth-, psychoda-, and trickling-filter-flies. The publications to which I refer are books on sewage disposal, and while they deal mostly with control methods, they treat life-histories of the flies briefly and may contain some original matter. At any rate, they are sources of informational accounts on Psychodidae that should not be neglected. Works available here comprise the following books all published in New York, N. Y.: (the page references being to principal statements, there being others in most cases), Babbitt, Harold E., Sewerage and Sewage Treatment, 1952:616; Imhoff, Karl, and Gordon M. Fair, Sewage Treatment, 1940:105; Keefer, C. E., Sewerage-Treatment Works, 1940:288-292; Fuller, George W. and James R. McClintock, Solving Sewage Problems, 1926:400; Metcalf, Leonard, and Harrison P. Eddy, American Sewerage Practice, second edition, Vol. 3, 1916:610; and Steel, Ernest W., Water Supply and Sewerage, 1938:553.—W. L. MCATEE, 3 Davie Circle, Chapel Hill, N. Car. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 197 A NEW NASAL MITE FROM A KOREAN WOODPECKER (ACARINA, EPIDERMOPTIDAE) By Trep Trsserrs, Department of Zoology, University of Maryland, College Park During 1953, while attached to the 5th Air Force in Korea, I had the opportunity to examine a number of birds for nasal mites. These birds were taken in a heavily wooded area of the Korean National Forest, approximately 4000 feet in elevation and 20 miles west of Uijongbu. Several species of birds were parasitized by mites belonging to the family Rhinonyssidae, but one woodpecker (Dryobates sp.) was para- sitized by a mite belonging to the family Epidermoptidae. Boyd (1949) described a new genus and species of Epidermoptidae collected from the nasal cavity of a ring-billed gull from Galveston, Texas. Furman and Tarshis (1953) reviewed the literature on Epider- moptidae and described a new species in the genus Microlichus taken from hippoboscid flies parasitizing quail in California. Dubinin (1953) also presented an excellent review of the families Epidermoptidae and Freyanidae and described a new genus of epidermoptid from birds. Epidermoptids are usually found on the skin of birds or their ectoparasites, although Thurman and Mulrennan (1947) found Der- matophagoides crassus on rats in Florida. Now it is evident that some of these mites have adapted themselves to live in the nasal passages of birds. The Epidermoptidae are closely associated with the Psoroptidae. The genital opening of the Psoroptidae is, in general, transverse, slightly arch-shaped and pointing anteriorly, while that of the Epidermoptidae is, in general, triangle-shaped with the rounded apex pointing anteriorly. The exception is in the internal parasites of the genus Pneumocoptes and Turbinoptes. In the Pneumocoptes the genital opening is longitudinal, and in the Turbinoptes it is transverse. The following key to the genera is based upon females and has been modified from Furman and Tarshis (1953) and Dubinin (1953). Ky TO THE GENERA OF EPIDERMOPTIDAE eG enitalwopenimp amen ImVvertedsecuyie eae e met Bia ate 2 et Oe ee 2 Genital opening either transverse or longitudina) 8 Anterior genital sclerite free, situated behind posterior ends of eunderes II; apodemes IIT and IV face obliquely forward; posterior of body not Lapil oS] oye lemme a Meee AA pd a aN eo ia ek Dermatophagoides Bogdanow, 1864 Amtenor.scurtale scleritesLused) to .apodemewl pe wee eee ee 3. Anterior genital sclerite fused to middle portion of apodemes I so Fiat two long processes of the apodemes project posteriorly from points of attachment; sharp toothlike processes on tibiae I and II; posterior of body with apaircoLpromlberancessbearme setae eee 2 ERNE ah et ee SP ae i ry eat NDS Rr Bae Nee Oe OY _Strelkoviacarus Dubinin, 1953 bo 198 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 Anterior genital seclerite connected to posterior ends of apodemes I _. 4 A, Distal clawlike spimes*of tarsi absent or vestigial (203s eee 5 Distal clawlike spines on tarsi highly modified on tarsi J Af 5. Tarsi and femora III and IV with reflexed, hooklike processes; coxal apodemes ITI and IV transverse __Dermation Trouessart and Newmann, 1888 Tarsi normal; coxal apodemes III and IV point obliquely forward _________ 6 6. Distal clawlike spines present on all tarsi; distal segment of palpi with [Ey tece), Taney op een NOVUNS feAcON VINO Se ks oe Epidermoptes Rivolta, 1876 Clawlike spines not present on tarsi; palpi without membranous growth __ _ Rivoltasia Canestrini, 1894 7. Hysterosomal plate present; clawlike spine on tarsus IJ — ea A Microlichus Trouessart and (Newmannaelsss Hysterosomal plate absent; clawlike spine absent on tarsus IJ _. c Loh ot Doi MOS Se Be picenk ee na __......_Myialges Sergent and Trouessart, 1907 8. Gential opening transverse; coxal apodemes not enlarged ST ial Sol SO ROTA eee) La OD La ae ws Se EN _............Turbinoptes Boyd, 1949 Genital opening longitudinal, with vulva margins wrinkled; coxal apodemes COVET! EN Fire: Vierit eT ee ea el ar NS eee Pneumocoptes Baker, 1951 Dermatophagoides sorensoni, new species Diagnosis—Body oval, with few setae; dorsal shields present; legs of equal length; legs I and II of similar width but thicker than legs III and IV, which are of equal width; tarsi short, each bearing few setae, one large clawlike spine, one small clawlike spine, and an elongated, segmented, distally-expanded pre- tarsus; sexual dimorphism as illustrated; genital sclerite of female neither wide nor U-shaped and not surrounding genital opening; apodemes of coxae III of male @nited in a transverse band anterior to genital opening. Female (fig. 1).—Body oval, with few setae. Skin soft, with striae. Anterior dorsal plate present, 118 uw long and 163 mw wide. Two lateral depressions, with one pore and one seta each, located on each side of the plate (fig. 4). No suture visible between proterosoma and hysterosoma. Eyes lacking. Posterior extremity of body rounded. Anal opening pointing subterminal; genital opening triangular, anteriorly, lying between coxae III. Body length from posterior margin to an- terior margin of the dorsum 455 4; body width 292 uw. Gnathosoma conspicuous from above; chelicerae strongly chelate (fig. 2); pharyngial support can be seen at base of gnathosoma. Legs. The five-segmented legs attached to venter with anterior pairs of coxae separated from posterior pairs. Legs I and II directed for- ward and outward, legs III and IV directed posteriorly. All legs of similar length, less than one half that of body. Legs I and II of equal width but stouter than legs III and IV, which are also of equal width. Epimera I not united. Genital apodeme short, neither U-shaped nor surrounding genital opening. Tarsi I and II of each sex (figs. 8, 9, 10, 11) each with a single distal clawlike spine or extension of segment; tarsi III and IV each with a large and a small spine. Dermatophagoides sorensoni, n. sp.: fig. 1, venter of female; fig. 2, chela, female; fig. 3, venter of male; fig. 4, dorsum of female; fig. 5, pretarsus of female; fig. 6, egg; fig. 7, dorsum of male; fig. 8, tibia and tarsus I, female; fig. 9, tibia and tarsus IT, female, fig. 10, tibia and tarsus J, male; fig. 11, tibia and tarsus II, male. ; 7 q 199 NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, 200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 Flask-shaped elongated segmented pretarsus (fig. 5) arises laterad of the single spine on tarsi I and II, and from between the paired spines on tarsi III and IV. Body setae. Venter of body with thirteen pairs of setae, consisting of one medio-lateral pair 129 uw long, one pair anterior to apodemes of coxae II, one pair anterior to apodemes of coxae III and IV, respectively, three ‘spiniform pairs flanking genital opening, two spiniform pairs on each side of anal opening, and four terminal pairs. Two pairs of the terminal setae extremely long, the longest being 270 uw in length. Dorsum with seven pairs of setae, one short pair in lateral depression of dorsal plate, two pairs in propodosomal area, the longest pair being 126 w long; four pairs in hysterosomal area, the longest pair only 23 m long. Male (fig. 3)—The male differs from the female in body size and in the character of the genital and anal region. Two dorsal plates present ieee Length of male from base of gnathosoma to posterior end of hysterosoma 251 4; width 234 mw; the longest anal seta 285 wu long. Posterior dorsal plate 129 mw long and 117 wu wide; two pores located on lateral margins of plate. Anterior dorsal plate 138. wide and 120 uw long; two lateral depressions, with one pore each, located on lateral margins of plate. Anal suckers located on each side of anus. Apodemes of coxae III united in a transverse band anterior to genital opening. Egg (fig. 6).—During the process of mounting, an egg was expelled; the egg is 184 uw long and 90 mw wide. Type material.—Holotype ¢ and allotype 2 from the nasal cavity of a woodpecker (Dryobates sp.) collected near Uijongbu, Korea, October 10, 1953. Holotype, allotype, and two paratypes deposited in the U. 8. National Museum, Washington, D. C. U. 8. National Mu- seum No. 2203. Remarks.—Two males and four females were collected from the nasal cavity of a woodpecker. These mites are very small and colorless and can be found by observing the nasal membrane of the bird under a dissecting microscope and watching for a movement in the nasal fluids caused by the mites. This species is easily separated from the other genera in that the tarsi have two clawlike spines on each leg and epimera I are not united. The genital opening is triangular. It can be separated from other species of Dermatophagoides in that the tarsi have double clawlike spines, the genital sclerite of the female does not surround the genital opening, and epimera III of the male are connected to form a transverse band anterior to the genital opening. The mite was named after Professor C. J. Sorenson, Emeritus Pro- fessor, Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, who has con- tributed an outstanding service to the institution and to the state of Utah. I also wish to express my sincere gratitude to Drs. E. W. Baker and G. W. Wharton for their suggestions and criticisms during my work on this paper. REFERENCES Baker, E. W. and G. W. Wharton, 1952. An Introduction to Acarology. The Maemillan Co., New York. Boyd, E. M., 1949. A new genus and species of mite from the nasal cavity of the ring-gilled gull (Acarina: Epidermoptidae). Jour. Parasit. 35 (3) :295-300. ESE Te PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 201 Dubinin, W., 1953. Analgesoidea, Part 2, families Epidermoptidae and Freyani- dae. Fauna U.S.S.R. Arachnida 6 (6) :1-411. Furman, D. P. and I. B. Tarshis, 1953. Mites of the genera Myialges and Micro- lichus (Acarina: Epidermoptidae) from avian and insect hosts. Jour. Parasit. 39 (1) :70-78. Thurman, D. C. and J. A. Mulrennan, 1947. Sarcoptoid mites on rats in Florida. Jour. Econ. Ent. 40 (4) :591. A NEW LEPTOPODID FROM INDIA (HEMIPTERA, LEPTOPODIDAE) By Cart J. DRAKE, Ames, Iowa During the course of studying shore-bugs of the family Leptopo- didae in the British Museum (Natural History), I found an unde- seribed species of the genus Leptopus Latreille in the unsorted acces- sion from India. In addition I also came across several specimens of the rare Leptopus horvatht Drake and Hottes from Kamaon, Kal- dwani District, India, collected by H. G. Champion. The latter was described from Madagascar. It also seems desirable to point out that Drake and Hoberlandt (1951) failed to include the occurrence of Leptopus spinosus Rossi in western United States. According to Usinger (1951), this leptopodid was accidentally introduced into Cali- fornia and is now widely dispersed along the Pacific Coast of that state. Leptopus decus, new species Small, obovate, black, shining, hemelytra grayish testaceous with numerous small brownish spots and two much larger subapical dark brown spots (one in each outer corium); embolium pale testaceous, without markings; head black, fore part of vertex and entire front fulvous, a median longitudinal sulcus in front of eyes, a subbasal spot near inner margin of each eye, and a large callose just back of ocelli flavous; ocelli continguous within, placed obliquely on top of a brownish tubercle with surfaces sloping downward laterally; head beneath fuscous, with two extremely long testaceous spines on each side, also with several smaller testaceous spines and long bristly hairs on gula; eyes very large, blackish fuscous, slightly convergent anteriorly, widely separated. Rostrum pale testaceous with last segment brownish; segment I beneath with an extremely long pair of slender testaceous spines on each side; II broader, with shorter lateral spines; III much slenderer, tapering apically; proportions: I, 28; II, 20; III, 13. Antennae testaceous, segment 1 one and one-third times as long as second, the other segments missing. Pronotum blackish fuscous to b'ack, shining, the explanata margins testaceous with cuter edge embrowned; collar constricted, not raised anteriorly, narrower than fore lobe; anterior lobe much narrower than hind lobe, divided longitudi- nally by a median suleus into right and left lobes, without distinct punctures; hind lobe convex, deep black, quite shining, coarsely punctate, almost as long as front lobe without collar. Secutellum a little wider at base than median length, 202 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 blackish, deeply broadly impressed in the middle at the base, with apex elevated and pale testaceous. Hemelytra coarsely punctate, slightly constricted near the base, widest at middle, roundly narrowed apically; embolium rather narrow, punctate; membrane pale with a slight brownish shade, composed of four cells. Acetabula grayish testaceous, sometimes slightly brownish, each anterior acetabu- lum with a long testaceous spine. Venter fuscous, shining, the segments margined behind with testaceous. Middle and hind legs very long, slender, testaceous. Fore legs much shorter, stouter; femora stout, armed beneath on both front and hind margins with four or five long testaceous spines, also with several much shorter spines; tibiae also armed beneath with three or four marginal spines on each edge, also with some shorter spines. Hemelytra and pronotum sparsely clothed with rather long, pale, erect hairs. Length, 3.20 mm.; width, 1.30 mm. Type (male): Punjab Karnal, India, Feb., 1928, P. J. Barraud, in British Museum. Paratype: 1 specimen, same data as type. Separated from Leptopus horvathi Drake and Hottes by the smaller size, shorter appendages and scattered, long, erect, pale testaceous hairs on dorsal surface. L. scitulus Drake is more elongate, with fewer erect hairs on dorsum, brownish color with the whitish testaceous hemelytra prominently marked with dark fuscous. REFERENCES Drake, C. J. and Hoberlandt, 1951. Check list and distributional records of Leptopodidae (Hemiptera). Acta Ent. Mus. Nat. Prague 26 (373): 1-5. Usinger, R. L., 1941. A remarkable immigrant leptopodid in California. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 36: 164-165. A CORRECTION After the completion of a recent, not yet published study on the classification of the larvae of the Ptinidae, it occurred to me that a mistaken identification might have been made of the larvae of the anobiid genus Gastrallus in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. On due revision of the material, I found that the specimens, in reality, are ptinid larvae, possessing all the taxonomic characters by which they are recognized, and not anobiid larvae. Consequently the reference of the larvae to the genus Gastrallus was wrong in my paper on the anobiid larvae in the U. S. National Museum. (Boving, Adam G., 1954, Mature larvae of the beetle-family Anobiidae, Dan. Biol. Medd. 22:146-147, pl. 40.) The main lot of the larvae in the Museum is labelled: ‘‘Gastrallus sp, probably G. laevigatus Oliv. (imagines det. by W. 8. Fisher) in seeds of Callistemon lanceolatum from France; U. S. Seed-house, 2 XII 1929.’’ These larvae were not reared, but merely deter- mined by association with the imagines of Gastrallus sp. from the same lot. The other larvae in the Museum named Gastrallus sp. were determined by comparison with the larvae in the main lot. Unfortunately, the wrong identification of all the larvae was made inattentively, without recalling the fact that J. C. M. Gardner had reared, figured and, in his precise and competent way, described the unques- tionably true anobiid larva of Gastrallus birmanicus var. insuleatus Pic. from dead wood of many species of trees in Dehra-Dun, India. (Gardner, J. C. M., 1937, Immature stages of Indian Coleoptera (22), Indian Forest Records, III (6): 134.)—ApAm G. Bovine, Washington, D. C., May, 1955. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 203 GRADUAL NEST SUPERSEDURE WITHIN THE GENUS OSMIA (HYMENOPTERA, APOIDEA ) By Grorce E. Bowart, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Entomology Research Branch, Logan, Utah.1 In Utah it is fairly common for cell series started in wood tunnels by Osmia (Osmia) lignaria Say to be completed by Osmia (Cepha- losmia) californica Cresson. The two species choose the same types of nesting places, and their activity periods overlap, although californica has a later activity peak by a week or two. Burrows that contain cells of both species usually show an abrupt supersedure by californica. Whether this results from aggressive behavior of the superseding bee or merely follows the disappearance of the original nest builder from other causes has not been determined. Work by the two species can be easily distinguished by the char- acteristics in Table 1. TABLH 1. Distinctions in nesting habits of Osmia lignaria and californica in Cache Valley, Utah Species Usual pollen Pollen mass Egg placement Partitions lignaria Hydrophyllum Lopsided Vertically in top of Mud layered lump pollen mass. californica Balsamorhyza Tightly Horizontally near Mixture of mud packed center of pollen and leaf pulp cylinder mass. One nest, collected by M. D. Levin in Cub River Canyon near Franklin, Idaho, in May 1954, had been worked on simultaneously for several days by a bee of each species. As shown by Figure 1, the first four cells contained eggs and were provisioned largely by lignaria, although there was some pollen collected by californica in the fourth cell. The fifth, sixth, and seventh cells were provided with eggs and provisioned chiefly by californica. However, about half the pollen in the fifth cell was collected by lignaria. Most of the first partition was made by lignaria, but a small hanging fragment (perhaps torn away by lignaria) was made by californica. The next partition was made by lignaria but surfaced above by californica. All succeeding parti- tions, including the massive terminal plug, were made by californica. Gradual supersedure by one species of bee over another has been observed a number of times in bumble bees, although none of the species are known to supersede habitually. In the Meliponinae the genus Lestrimelitta (Schwartz, 1948) makes a practice of gradually superseding the nests of Trigona. Perhaps such close association between species as that exhibited by these two Osmia bees could lead in time to the development of the cuckoo type of parasitism characteristic of many bee genera. 1JIn cooperation with the Utah Agricultural Experiment Station. Vee. 204 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 . REFERENCE Schwarz, H. F., 1848. Stingless bees (Meliponidae) of the Western Hemisphere. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 90:173-181. Photographs by W. P. Nye Fig. 1. a: Nest of Osmia californica; one pollen mass opened to show egg and egg pocket. b: ‘‘Mixed’’ nest constructed by Osmia lignaria and californica (ex- posed eggs laid by lignaria). c¢: Nest of Osmia lignaria. ADDITIONAL RECORDS FOR BRACHYPANORPA CAROLINENSIS (BANKS) (Mxcoprpra, PANORPIDAE) A male of this species, kindly donated to the USNM by R. L. Hoffman, was collected by him at Mt. Rogers, Virginia, July 28, 1954 at an elevation of 5500 feet. According to Mr. Hoffman, the specimen was taken while sweeping ferns (Dennstaedtia, Dryopteris, Osmunda) m a red spruce (Picea rubens) and balsam (Abies balsamea) forest with a ground cover of moss. The specimen differs from PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 205 five other males in the USNM collection in the possession of a blackish triangular spot between the antennae and a longitudinal blackish brown streak over the frons, clypeus and labrum. The wing membrane is darker, reminiscent of ore- gonensis (McLachlan), and the apices of the claspers are more blackish. Since my identification of the 1954 specimen, Mr. Hoffman informed me of another male in the Virginia Polytechnic Institute collection from Mt. Rogers, collected on June 27, 1953 at about 5000 feet by E. C. Turner, well below the spruce-fir forest. Carpenter (1958, Psyche 60:32) has given Linville Falls, North Carolina as the northernmost record and Union Gap, Georgia the southernmost, with records existing for these two states only. This extends the northernmost record about 95 miles and the length of the narrow strip of mountainous country, in which it seems to be confined, from 120 to about 215 miles and adds a third state, Vir- ginia, to the distribution. This species is particularly interesting because, as pointed out by Carpenter (loc. cit., p. 154), there is a predominance of more or less flightless females with wings shorter than the abdomen, collected before 1920 and in 1938, and of females able to fly and with wings longer than the abdomen, collected since 1951. This has given rise to the speculation that the selective advantage of the long- winged female over the short might account for the change in wing length after 1938. It will be interesting to note the wing length of females from Mt. Rogers and other localities when they become available—SopHy PArrFin, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. ANNOUNCEMENT The Tenth International Congress of Entomology will be held in Montreal on August 17-25, 1956. Following the Congress a number of excursions to places of entomological interest will be arranged. All those hoping to attend the Congress and wishing to obtain fur- ther information should communicate as soon as possible with the Seeretary, Mr. J. A. Downes, Division of Entomology, Science Service Building, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. SOCIETY MEETING The 644th regular meeting of the Society, held in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on Thursday, April 7, 1955, was attended by 49 members and 16 visitors. President T. L. Bissell called the meeting to order at 8:00 P.M., and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. President Bissell announced that Price Piquett will succeed R. A. Nelson as advertising manager of the Proceedings. Mr. Nelson has resigned to become Execu- tive Secretary of the Entomological Society of America. The following were voted to membership: Ross T. Bell, 9766 T. S. U., Frederick, Md.; Richard A. Boettcher, 4803 Guilford Rd., College Park, Md.; Dr. Kenneth 206 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1955 W. Cooper, Head, Department of Biology, University of Rochester, Rochester, N. Y.; Dr. Louis G. Gentner, Southern Oregon Branch Experiment Station, 5595 Pacifie Highway South, Medford, Ore.; Mr. Norman G. Gratz, Entomologist, Division of Sanitation, Ministry of Health, Jerusalem, Israel; Dr. Robert H. Jones, Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, Madison 6, Wis.; Robert D. Murrill, Insect and Rodent Control Section, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.; Ted Tibbets, Moab, Utah; Alfonso Varela, Entomologist, Division of Agriculture, Pan American Union, Washington 6, D. C.; Joseph Thomas Whitlaw, Jr., 405 E. Melbourne Ave., Silver Spring, Md. The Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology and Paleontology, Toronto, requires the assistance of interested entomologists in a study of Monarch butterfly migration, according to a recent letter from Dr. F. A. Urquhart, Director. Cooperators would be supplied with the small gummed labels to be attached to the edge of the wing to mark the butterflies. Interested persons should contact Dr. Urquhart for further information. K. V. Krombein projected close-up pictures of the nesting behavior of a solitary wasp, Bicyrtes quadrifasciata (Say), taken with a 35-mm., single-lens reflex camera and electronie¢ flash. H. R. Dodge illustrated a technique for sweeping small insects that prevents loss of scales and fine hairs. ‘“The Chemistry of Pesticides’? by D. E. H. Frear was reviewed by H. H. Shepard. J. S. Wade reviewed ‘‘Aplied Entomology’’, revised and rewritten by H. T. Fernald and H. H. Shepard and now in its fifth edition. E. R. Sasscer related interesting incidents from the lives of Edward Burgess, H. A. Hagen, A.S. Packard, S. H. Seudder and W. M. Wheeler. These are recorded in ‘‘ Mount Auburn Biographies’’, a book by F. W. Russel. The President recommended ““Free Trade’’, Dr. H. H. Ross’s presidential address to the Entomological Society of America at Houston, Texas, in 1954. It appears in Vol. 1 of the Bulletin of the ESA. As an example of letters that brighten an entomologist’s day, President Bissell exhibited an inquiry from a pants company about control of ants in its product. (Insects in the sample submitted proved to be termites.) First of the principal papers of the evening was ‘‘ Use of Insects in the Develop- ment of New Respiratory Protective Devices,’’ by Dr. Robert A. Fulton and Dr. Floyd F. Smith, both of the Entomology Research Branch, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Md. A method has been developed to determine the effic- iency of respiratory protective devices against toxie insecticides. Aphids and spider mites detect small quantities of the organic phosphate vapors (under 1 ppm.) which are considered safe for use. As a result of this work, new filtering and absorbing materials have been developed and incorporated into practical respira- tors, which are now available for protection against all of the common insecticides. (Speakers’ abstracts. ) “ seas NE eg BOE os aR 4: | KOMP, W. H. W.—THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF HAEMA- GOGUS JANTHINOMYS DYAR (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) 277 DE MEILLON, B. AND W. W. WIRTH—A NEW SPECIES OF CERATOPOGON FROM WEST AFRICA (DIPTERA, HELEI- AACR aI) pees See are te age rece, cae ngpe a RK eset REI eT hts: a el pn OFS SMITH, M. B—ANTS OF THE GENUS PHEIDOLE, SUB- GENUS HENDECAPHEIDOLE (HYMENOPTERA, FORMICI- LSA Se) pA RIS ae Reg SE aN Dr NY EE a a See 2 | (Continued inside front cover) * 7S. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MarCH 12, 1884 Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. 8. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the seience of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U. 8. currency). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge. Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of Washington. Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ae- companies the returned proofs: pp. 4pp. S8pp. 2pp. 16 pp. Covers GOreopies st eee $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00 1OO0Meopies 2 a oo 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75 Additional copies, per 100 -....... 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50 Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purehase price. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) SMITH, M. R.—THE CORRECT TAXONOMIC STATUS OF PHEIDOLE (PHEIDOLACANTHINUS) BREVISPINOSA DONISTHORPE (HYMENOPTERA, FORMICIDAE) _...._. 305 SNYDER, T. E..—ANOPLOTERMES BRUCEI, NEW SPECIES, FROM BOLIVIA (ISOPTERA, TERMITIDAE) PeRO ERE TRE WELD, L. H—A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN CYNIPOIDEA (HYMENOPTERA) .—_.._.__— 274 WILLIAMS, R. W.—TWO NEW SPECIES OF CULICOIDES FROM _CHEBOYGAN COUNTY, MICHIGAN dale ctg HELEIDAE) OBITUARY—ERNEST RALPH SASSCER, 1882-1955 _.__..... 309 SOCKET YL BEEBE TING connec sccsccenecsscsces css cscs same SAB BOOK NOTICES AND REVIEWS /.......... 267, 280 INDEX TO WOXOBEE 57, OGG anne ce cesta CLS Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. O. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DECEMBER 1955 NO. 6 <4 © = | =<) SOME NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF NORTH AMERICAN SCARABAEIDAE! (COLEOPTERA ) By Henry F. Howpen, Department of Zoology and Entomology, University of Tennessee, Knoxville. The purpose of this paper is to describe three new species of Scarabaeidae belonging to the genera Rhombonalia, Anomalacra, and Stephanucha and to record several species not previously reported from North America. One new record and specimens of one of the undescribed species were taken by the writer in southern Texas. For furnishing the other material included in this paper, the writer is indebted to Drs. George D. Butler, Jr., and Floyd G. Werner of the University of Arizona and to Dr. J. N. Knull of the Ohio State University. I would also like to express my gratitude to Mr. Hugh B. Leach who com- pared the undescribed species with related species in the California Academy of Science, to Mr. E. R. Leach of Piedmont, California, who examined the Stephanucha, and to Mr. O. lL. Cartwright of the U. 8. National Museum who examined the new species and concurred with the writer that they were undescribed. Thanks are also due Mr. O. Z. Oliver who aided with the preparation of the plate. Rhombonalia Casey Casey, 1915. Memoirs on the Coleoptera, VI: 5. The species described below keys to the genus Rhombonalia in Casey’s generic key (1915, p.3) of the Anomalini. However, the characters used by Casey to delimit the genus probably should be modified slightly. Robinson (1941, p.132) in his description of Rhombonalia adsecita notes that ‘‘the four anterior tarsi are cleft thus bringing this genus closer to Anomala.’’ In the opinion of the writer the two genera are very close, since some of the species belonging to the genus Anomala occasionally lack the cleft tarsal claws. The narrow ligula is in some species of Rhombonalia shallowly emarginate approaching to a small degree the rather broadly emarginate ligula of Anomala. Other characters given by Casey seem to vary only slightly. All of the known species of Rhombonalia are light tan, with the exception of the species described below which is dark brown. 1This work was in part supported by grant No. 1723 from the Penrose Fund of the American Philosophical Society. JAN 4 1956 258 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 Rhombonalia butleri new species (Figure 8) Male (holotype): Length, 11.6 mm.; greatest width, 6.5 mm. Dorsal color brown to dark brown with the vertex, margin of the clypeus, and part of the posterior margin of the pronotum brownish black. Brown elytra mottled with circular, irregularly spaced, brownish black spots. Pygidium darker anteriorly and posteriorly. Labrum 1 mm, wide and slightly emarginate. Clypeus (fig. 8) sharply reflexed anteriorly, less so laterally. Sides of the clypeus distinctly narrowed behind. Posterior clypeal suture vaguely indicated, not at all raised. Clypeus coarsely punctate on disk, the punctures not separated by more than their own diameter. Behind the clypeus the frons is slightly indented and coarsely rugosely punctate, the punctures becoming smaller and less distinct on the vertex. Pronotum shiny, vaguely alutaceous, with scattered coarse punetures; com- pletely narrowly margined with lateral margins slightly more arcuate anteriorly than posteriorly. Pronotum widest in posterior half, almost twice as wide as long at widest point, and quite convex. Posterior pronotal margin sinuate. Seutellum wider than long, only slightly elongate; vaguely concave with a few seattered punctures. Elytra shiny, finely alutaceous with fine scattered punctures. Six vaguely indi- cated striae between suture and humeral umbone. Intervals rounded, three inner- most ones transversely rugose. Elytra flared, widest in posterior third. Pygidium transverse with scattered punctures centrally, the area between the punctures being vaguely alutaceous. Dorsally the punctures become larger and irregular in outline with interspaces noticeably alutaceous. On either side of the midline the large dorsal punctures bear long yellow setae, there being about 16 setae on each side. Along the apical margin of the pygidium, there are also long scattered yellow setae and some vague punctures. Ventral color brown to dark brown with coxae, femora and tibiae yellowish brown to brown. Ligula long and narrow as is the case with all the species of Rhombonalia. Antennal club 1-% times as long as stalk, last segment of club on outer surface shallowly but closely punctate, the bottoms of the punctures noticeably shiny. Prosternum narrowly separating the anterior coxae with a small median keel. Meso-and metasternum hairy with numerous distinct but shal- low punctures. Abdominal segments shiny medially becoming alutaceous laterally. Except for the terminal segment there is an irregular row of coarse seta-bearing punctures across each segment. At the lateral margins the punctures become more irregular and the rows lose their continuity. Anterior tibiae bidentate, tarsi with terminal segment enlarged with claws simple as is characteristic of most of the genus. Meso- and metafemora with scattered long setae over their entire surface. Meso- and metatibiae each with only one definite outer transverse carina slightly post-median in position. The mesotibiae quite slender, the metatibiae thickened and enlarged. Posterior tarsi longer and heavier than either the anterior or middle tarsi. Female.—Unknown. Type material—Holotype, ¢, Cochise Stronghold, Dragoon Mts., 4,850 ft., Ariz. Oak-juniper zone, July 21, 1949, at Light, F. Werner and W. Nutting. (Deposited on loan from the University of Arizona collection in the California Academy of Sciences. ) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 259 iQ mee ‘ Ro e' cost vis ou 7 Anomalacra werneri n. sp.: fig. 1, holotype male; fig. 6, lateral view of male genitalia; fig. 7, apical view of tips of parameres. Stephanucha anneae, n. sp.: fig. 2, holotype male; fig. 4, tip of male genitalia; fig. 5, dorsal view of parameres. Stephanucha areata (Fab.): fig. 3, tip of male genitalia. Rhombonalia butleri n. sp.: fig. 8, head of holotype male. 260 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 Rhombonalia butleri can be separated from the other North Ameri- can species by its dark color, indented eclypeal suture, by the shape of the clypeus (see Fig. 8), and by the transversely rugose elytral intervals. This species is named in honor of Dr. George D. Butler, Jr., who has been of great help in the accumulation of information on Arizona Scarabaeidae. Anomalacra Casey Casey, 1915. Memoirs on the Coleoptera, VI: 10. Casey based this genus on characters exhibited by a single Mexican species, Anomalacra cuneata Casey. The species described here will key to Anomalacra (Casey 1915, p.3), but if placed in this genus several of the delimiting characters should be redefined. In the species described below the labrum is very thin, almost invisible, the clypeus is elongate, thin and reflexed apically, being in this respect similar to Anomalacra cuneata. The ligula, while angularly emarginate anteriorly, is only slightly wider than long and in this respect seems related to Anomala, Since the type of Anoma- lacra, A. cwneata, is a female, several of the characters mentioned by Casey apply only to that sex. The slender anterior tarsus with the larger tarsal claw toothed at the outer third of the lower edge is characteristic only of the females. The males of the present species (the male of cuneata is unknown to the writer) have the anterior tarsus thickened with the larger claw cleft as is typical of males in the genus Anomala. If it were not largely for the elongate clypeus and very thin labrum, the genus Anomalacra probably should be considered synonymous with Anomala. However, until some inter- gradation of these characters with those of Anomala can be shown, the writer believes that the genus Anomalacra should be considered valid. The species described below is its only North American repre- sentative. Anomalacra werneri new species (Figures 1, 6, 7) Male (holotype).—Length 7.3 mm.; greatest width 4.0 mm. Dorsal color yellowish tan mottled with dark brown. The head, dise of pronotum, scutellum, sutural interval and elytral margins dark brown. (fig. 1.) Labrum very thin, almost invisible. The clypeus, which overhangs the labrum, is remarkably elongate and sharply reflexed anteriorly, being only slightly reflexed laterally. Posterior clypeal suture slightly indented, extending in a straight line across the head. Surface of the elypeus slightly raised medially and rather evenly coarsely punctate, the punctures being slightly larger laterally and posteriorly. Head between the eyes coarsely punctate, the punctures being separated by 2 to 3 times their own diameter, becoming smaller along the posterior margin of the head. Edge of the eye canthus forming a very obtuse angle with the edge of the clypeus, the point of their juncture being slightly raised. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 261 Pronotum quite convex, the surface evenly coarsely punctate, the punctures fewer and smaller medially. Area between the punctures shiny and _ slightly alutaceous. Midline of the pronotum vaguely indented. Laterally and posteriorly the pronotum is margined, the anterior margin becoming obsolete near the mid- line. Anterior pronotal angles acute, posterior angles obtuse. Lateral margins posteriorly almost parallel, but in the anterior half rather strongly convergent. Posterior margin of pronotum very vaguely bisinuate. Scutellum coarsely pune- tured, the punctures being similar to those of the pronotum. Seven elytral striae between suture and humeral umbone. The second and fifth being very imperfect, indicated by rows of irregular punctures. Intervals convex, the ones adjacent to the second and fifth striae being somewhat less rounded. Posteriorly the elytra are slightly flared, being widest in the apical third, and it is at this point that the greatest width of the beetle was measured. Pygidium brown, rather uniformly scabrous. Parallel to the basal edge of the pygidium is a row of short indistinct setae. The apical margin of the pygidium bears a row of rather prominent setae, otherwise bare. Ventral surfaces yellowish brown. Ligula almost as wide as long, shallowly emarginate and vaguely concave. Antennal club as long as stem; the club itself is long and slender, the outer surface of the last segment being finely punctured, the punctures separated by about their own diameter. Dark lines between pune- tures give a reticulate appearance. Middle coxae almost contiguous. Metasternum coarsely punctured laterally, becoming almost impunetate medially; posterior portion of midline suleate. Abdominal segments with large shallow scattered punctures, the surface between these punctures becoming finely alutaceous laterally. Across each abdominal segment is an irregular row of setae which becomes more irregular laterally. The last abdominal segment is extremely narrow and slightly emarginate. Fore tibiae bidentate. Apical tarsal segment enlarged with larger claw cleft as typical of males of genus Anomala. Mesotarsal claws with larger claw cleft but claw not enlarged as in anterior tarsus. Posterior tarsal claws simple. Meso- and metatibiae not noticeably thickened and of approximately the same length as their respective femora. Meso- and metatarsi slightly longer than their respective tibiae. For details of male genitalia see figs. 6 and 7. Female (allotype)—lLength 8.5 mm.; greatest width 4.3 mm. Dorsal color and markings similar to male, but with the brown areas reddish instead of dark brown. Characters of head similar to those of male, the clypeus being slightly broader and more rounded. Pronotum with punctures more seattered and slightly smaller than holotype, the convexity of thorax even more apparent than in male. Punetures of scutellum and elytra smaller but otherwise the general configuration of the scutellum and elytra is like the holotype. Sides of the elytra less flared than in male, but widest point is still in posterior third. Shape of pygidium differs considerably from that of male, being almost a third again as long and considerably more convex. The surface is still more scabrous, the apical and basal setae are as described in male, but over the surface of the pygidium there are a few scattered setae. Ventrally the color, punctures and setae are quite similar to those described for the male. The antennal club is shorter being only two-thirds as long as stem. The anterior tarsi are not as enlarged as they are in male, and the larger tarsal claw instead of being cleft, has a small tooth directed 262 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 anteriorly. The mesotarsal claw is more deeply cleft and shorter than that of male. The meso- and metatarsi seem relatively shorter than in the male, being approxi- mately the same length as the tibiae. Abdomen of female when viewed in profile is convex in outline, while in males the abdominal profile is concave. Last abdom- inal segment, while still narrow, is broader than that of male and is only very slightly emarginate. Type material—Holotype, ¢, Cochise Stronghold, Dragoon Mts., 4850 ft., Ariz., Oak-juniper zone, July 21, 1949. F. Werner and W. Nutting. (Type deposited on loan from University of Arizona ecol- lection in Calif. Acad. of Sciences). Allotype, @, with same data as type (Univ. of Ariz. collection). Two é¢ paratypes, 2 miles southwest Patagonia, Ariz., 4050 ft., willow-cottonwood zone, July 30, 1948, F. Werner, W. Nutting. (One paratype Howden collection, one paratype Univ. of Ariz. collection). Variation.—The two male paratypes are 6.5 and 7.5 mm. in Jeneth and 3.5 and 3.7 mm. in width. General configuration is quite similar to that described for the holotype, but the markings of both para- types are much more obscure. Dorsal color of both paratypes is a more even yellowish brown, the head of one being evenly brown, the other being darker between the eyes. Thoracic pattern is similar to that described for the holotype. Elytral markings on one of the paratypes is similar to the holotype, but only light brown. In the other paratype the markings are so vague as to be almost invisible. The characteristics of the head of both paratypes are similar to those of the male, but in the pronotum there is some variation. In one specimen the punctures are slightly less numerous and smaller, re- sembling closely those of the allotype. In the other paratype, the pronotal margins instead of being parallel in the posterior half are shghtly convergent and sinuate. The configuration of the elytra is similar in all the specimens, but in one paratype the strial punctures are almost entirely lacking, and instead of punctures, the second and fifth striae are obscured by irregular transverse wrinkles. (The elytra of this specimen seem to be aberrant.) In all other respects the two male paratypes appear practically identical to the holotype. This species can be easily separated from the only other species in the genus, Anomalacra cuneata Casey, by its much smaller size, brown markings, and characteristic lgula. It gives me a great deal of pleasure to name this species in honor of Dr. Floyd Werner who has sent me many interesting Arizona specimens. Stephanucha Burmeister Burmeister, 1842. Handbuch der Entomologie, III:349. The North American representatives of this genus have, on oc¢a- sion, been included in the genus Huphoria. While similar to Huphoria, the species belonging to the genus Stephanucha (sensu stricto) can be readily identified by the presence of four reflexed spiniform teeth at the anterior edge of the clypeus. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 263 Stephanucha anneae new species (Figures 2, 4, 5) Male (holotype)—lLength 13.5 mm.; greatest width 7.8 mm. Dorsal color of head, pronotum, and seutellum black. Elytra dull yellowish brown, with irregular black markings. Clypeus anteriorly quadridentate, the teeth being sharply reflexed upward and longer than wide. The two median teeth are closer to each other than to the lateral teeth and are anterior to them. Behind these teeth the clypeus is densely, rugosely punctate with a small concavity on either side of the median line. Posteriorly on each side near the base of the clypeus, there is a small tooth overhanging the antennal insertion. The posterior clypeal suture is indis- tinct, the front and vertex of the head, beimg only slightly less punctate-rugose than the clypeus. Both the clypeus and head bear scattered long yellowish setae. Pronotum heavily punctate, more so anteriorly. Pronotal disc shining. Laterally, between pronotal angles, there is a gray pruinose band approximately half a millimeter wide concealing almost entirely any lateral punctures. Near the posterior part of the midline is a dull impunctate area. Laterally and posteriorly the pronotal punctures bear scattered yellow setae; however, the median anterior third is almost bare, and the few setae in this area are short. Sides of pronotum just behind the anterior angles are slightly sinuate, and in the posterior half are almost parallel. The base of the pronotum is slightly simuate on either side of the seutellum, being truncate in the area above the scutellum. Scutellum smooth, elongate, faintly shining. Each elytron with two vague costae between suture and humeral umbone. Surface finely punctate and very feebly shining. Most of the punctures bear short, very fine yellow setae. Yellowish brown elytra marked in black in following manner (fig. 2): sutural costa around scutellum and two-thirds of elytral base, humeral umbone, apical protuberance and seattered spots along the two vague costae. Elytral apices vaguely pruinose, but not heavily punctate. Pygidium shiny black only along basal edge and median apical area. On either side of the mid- line there is a large pruinose spot varying from gray to white. The surface of the pygidium is finely, rugosely punctate with sparse yellowish white hairs. Ventral surfaces brownish black, thorax almost entirely black. Antennae red- dish brown except for basal two segments which are brownish black. Antennal club almost 43 longer than stem. Ventral surfaces of head and thorax rather densely hairy. Lateral parts of metasternum rugose-punctate towards the mid- line. Metasternum with a vague median sulcus running over half its length. Much of the center of the metasternum is almost devoid of hairs, and between the punctures is shiny. Abdominal segments smooth and shining medially, while laterally each segment is basally punctate. Also laterally at the point where the abdomen curves under the elytra, there is a small pruinose spot on each of the first four abdominal segments. Abdominal hairs which are present in many of the lateral punctures are noticeably shorter than many of the thoracic hairs. Legs brownish black, being slightly lighter at tibial apices. Fore tibiae triden- tate, the upper tooth being almost median in position. Middle and hind legs very similar to those of Stephanucha areata. Male genitalia (figs. 4 and 5) with apices sharply curved downward and more widely flared than the genitalia of Stephanucha areata (fig. 3). Female.—Unknown. Type material—-Holotype, ¢, two miles south Los Olmos Creek 264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 and U.S. Rt. 77, Texas, May 31, 1954.. H. F. Howden and W. Cloyd. (Type deposited in U.S. National Museum.) Paratype, 3, same data as type (Howden collection). Variation—There is remarkably little variation between the holo- type and the paratype. The length of the paratype is 13.3 mm., greatest width 7.5 mm. Pronotal setae are more pronounced anterior- ly, but are short and fine as in the holotype. The lateral pruinose area of the pronotum is slightly more evident, but does not quite reach the anterior angles. The markings on the elytra are almost identical to that of the type, only the outline of the scattered spots varying slightly. Ventral aspects seem to be almost identical with the holotype with the exception of the setae which seem slightly longer in the paratype. The two specimens were taken by Mr. Cloyd flying along the edge of a railroad embankment paralleling U.S. Route 77, approximately 2 miles south of Los Olmos Creek. Several other specimens were seen flying over the low and sparse vegetation in the area. The habitat was very sandy with open patches of white sand, being similar to that in which Stephanucha areata occurs in the southeast. It gives me a good deal of pleasure to name this species after my wife who has been of tremendous help to me on many occasions. Stephanucha anneae can be easily separated from the two closest species S. areata Fabr. and S. pilipennis Kr. by the following char- acters. S. anneae is larger than either of the two species, the black markings on the elytra cover considerably less area than on any specimens of the other two species the writer has examined. Dorsal setae are shorter and sparser than is the rule for areata and consider- ably shorter than pilipennis. S. anneae is more closely related to areata than to pilipennis, but is easily separated on any of the above characters. The three species mentioned below do not appear to be recorded in the literature as occurring in North America. More than a single specimen has been seen of each of the following species: Onthophagus incensus Say. Palm Jungle, Brownsville, Texas, June 1, 1954, H. F. Howden. Cyclocephala lunulata Burmeister. Nogales, Arizona, August 4, 1953, D. J. and J. N. Knull. Euphoria canescens Gory and Perch. Atascosa Mt., Arizona, Octo- ber 3, 1938, R. A. Flock. REFERENCE Robinson, Mark, 1941. Studies in the Scarabeidae of North America (Coleoptera). Pt. II, Seven new species of Scarabeidae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 67:131-136. for) oO PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 26% SPECIES OF THE PALLIPES GROUP OF NEBRIA IN THE EASTERN UNITED STATES (COLEOPTERA, CARABIDAE) By Ross T. BreuL, Department of Zoology, University of Vermont, Burlington The pallipes group in the genus Nebria was erected by Casey for N. pallipes Say, and two very similar species, N. lacustris Casey and N. expansa Casey. N. appalachia Darlington is evidently a member of the same group. It is probably restricted to the southern Appa- lachians. It is readily distinguished by its small size and by other characters, and will not be considered in this paper, the purpose of which is to clear up the confusion between pallipes and Casey’s two species. In N. pallipes, the apex of the elytron is rounded and curves evenly to the suture (fig. 1). In the other two species, the apex is pointed, and the elytron is emarginate between the apex and the suture (fig. 2). Casey separates his two species by their general proportions. N. lacustris is described as smaller and shorter than N. pallipes, with a smaller head and prothorax and with deeper elytral striae. N. expansa is described as differing from both preceding species in being longer, with a larger head and prothorax, and with shallower elytral striae. Banninger (1925) lists only lacustris, indicating that he considered expansa to be asynonym. After examining the materials in the United States National Museum, including the types of both species, I believe that expansa is at most a poorly defined geographic race of lacustris. Typical lacustris is from more northern localities, but typical expansa and intermediates are represented from both southern and northern localities. The coleopterist in the eastern United States is thus faced with the problem of recognizing two very similar species, Nebria pallipes Say and N. lacustris Casey. Published records for N. pallipes are of little value unless it is certain that the authors were able to recognize the other species. The structure of the tip of the elytron, as described above, is a good character. It can be examined on live specimens in the field by inserting the edge of a light colored piece of paper under the tip of an elytron. Banninger (1925) points out two additional differences. In NV. pallipes, the anterior marginal seta of the pronotum is absent (fig. 5). This seta is present in N. lacustris (fig. 6). In N. pallipes, there is a pair of well defined light spots on the vertex. These spots are absent in N. lacustris. I have found that the shape of the tip of the aedeagus is of use in separating the males. In N. pallipes, the tip is obtusely rounded (fig. 3), while in N. lacustris, it is acutely pointed (fig. 4). Casey gave no locality records for NV. pallipes, but listed V. lacustris from Bayfield, Wisconsin, and Minnesota, and N. expansa from Indi- ana and Texas. Records by other authors for ‘‘N. pallipes’’ are use- less, for many of them may actually be for N. lacustris. Therefore, I will record the ranges of the two species as known to me from my 266 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 own collections and from examination of the specimens in the United States National Museum. ‘‘R. T. B.’’ indicates specimens in my personal collection. All other specimens cited are in the United States National Museum. Those specimens marked with an asterisk tend toward the typical form of N. lacustris, rather than toward expansa. ---Suture anterior - pronotum \_--Mmarginal seta ‘_--posterior _-posterior marginal marginal 5 seta 6 seta Fig. 1, NV. pallipes, tip of left elytron; fig. 2, N. lacustris, the same; fig. 3, N. pallipes, tip of aedeagus; fig. 4, NV. lacustris, the same; fig. 5, N. pallipes, head and pronotum; fig. 6, N. lacustris, the same. Nebria pallipes Say District of Columbia: Washington (M. L. Linell) Illinois: Danville, Fox Ridge State Park, Kickapoo State Park (R.T.B.) Indiana: The Shades State Park, Turkey Run State Park (R.T.B.) Kentucky: Mammoth Cave National Park (R.T.B.) Maryland: Cabin John (J. Swade), Frederick (R.T.B.) Massachusetts: Montgomery (Wickham) New York: New Windsor, West Point (Robinson) North Carolina: Linville Falls, Round Knob, Retreat (F. Sherman) Pennsylvania: Germantown, Glenside, Lancaster (Auyer), Lower Merion, Swarth- more, West Park (Kalker), Wyoming. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 267 Virginia: Dead Run in Fairfax Co., Nelson Co. (Robinson), Rosslyn (F. H. Chittenden ) West Virginia: Grafton (Hubbard and Schwarz) Nebria lacustris Casey District of Columbia: Washington (M. L. Linell) Illinois: Grape Creek, Kickapoo State Park, Muncie (R.T.B.) Indiana: The Shades State Park (R.T.B.) Maryland: Buckeystown (R.T.B.), Plummer’s Island (Fisher, McAtee, Warner). Massachusetts: No locality* (Belfrage) Minnesota: No locality* (Casey ) New Hampshire: Mount Washington* (C. V. Riley) New Jersey: No locality* (J. B. Smith) New York: Buffalo (C. Vikely), Colden (Wickham), Fulton Co.* North Carolina: Retreat* (Hubbard and Schwarz) Ohio: Cleveland (Wickham) Ontario: Drumbo (R.T.B.), Toronto (Wickham) Pennsylvania: Lehigh Gap (George M. Greene) Texas: No locality (Casey) West Virginia: Fort Pendleton (W. L. McAtee), Grafton (Hubbard and Schwarz) Wisconsin: Bayfield* (Casey), Wyalusing State Park (R.T.B.) Thus far NV. pallipes has not been taken in the Great Lakes Region or west of the Mississippi. Otherwise, the ranges of the two species appear to overlap completely. It has been my experience, both in Illi- nois and Maryland, that there is a marked difference in habitat. N. pallipes occurs along small temporary or permanent streams in dense- ly wooded ravines, while NV. lacustris is typical of the shores of larger streams and rivers. REFERENCES Binninger, M., 1925 Ent. Mitt. XIV, Nr 2. Casey, T. L., 1913 Memoirs on the Coleoptera, IV: 55. Darlington, P. J., 1931 Psyche 38: 153. BOOK NOTICES Maurice T. James. The blowflies of California. Bull. of the Calif. Insect Survey 4(1): [1]-[34]. 1955. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, $0.50. Paul D. Hurd, Jr. The Carpenter Bees of California. Bull. of the Calif. Insect Survey 4(2): [35]-72. Univ. Calif Press, Berkeley, $0.50. These two paper-covered issues continue the popular and useful series of California Insect Survey Bulletins. Both contain appropri- ate keys to aid in identification of the insects concerned, and both detail the known California collection records.—Ep. 268 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 THE OCCURRENCE OF AEDES CANADENSIS (THEOBALD) IN ALASKA (DipTERA, CULICIDAE) In recent years, there has been considerable interest in the mosquitoes of Alaska. Mosquito surveys by personnel of the Alaska Insect Control project, the Aretic Health Research Center and other groups have established a reasonably complete check-lst of Alaskan mosquitoes. However, in spite of extensive collect- ing, Aedes canadensis has not been reported from the territory. This is contrary to expectation because the species is one of the most widely distributed mosquitoes in North America and has been taken from many areas with environments similar to those encountered in Alaska. Carpenter and LaCasse (Mosq. No. Amer., 1955) record the species from 42 states in the U. S. and 13 provinces and territories in Canada. Freeman (Can. Dept. Nat. Deft. Res. Bd., Env. Protection Tech. Rept. 1, 1952) reports Canadian collections from Norman Wells and Yellowknife, N. W. T. as well as Dawson and Whitehorse, Y. T. During the summer of 1955, the authors collected many biting females of Aedes in order to obtain eggs. Previous surveys in Alaska have usually been limited to larval collections, due to difficulty in identifying females of the dark-legged group. These difficulties have been resolved by the work of Vockeroth (Can. Ent. 86:241-255, 1954). On July 23, 1955, females of Aedes canadensis were collected while biting at milepost 160 on the Steese Highway, two miles south of Circle. This is a slight extension beyond the previous northern record from Norman Wells, N.W.T. The habitat was similar to the white spruce climax forest described by Jenkins (Mosq. News 8:140-147, 1948). Birch, small shrubs and sphagnum dominated the vege- tation. Twenty-five A. canadensis were collected during a two hour period. Aedes decticus was the dominant biting mosquito in this area. Other species collected inelude A. excrucians, communis and riparius. On July 24, 50 females of canaden- sis were collected at the same locality during a two hour period. On July 26, a heavy population of A. canadensis was encountered at milepost 337 on the Richardson Highway near Hielson Air Force Base. More than 200 biting females were collected in less than an hour. The vegetation consisted of larch, scrubby black spruce and sphagnum ground cover. Many larvae of species other than canadensis were collected at this site in 1947 and 1948 by members of the Alaska Insect Control Project. However, in late July, 1955, canadensis was easily the dominant pest mosquito at this site. Other species taken imeluded A. fitchii and communis. In 1951, Lt. Robert A. Hedeen collected larvae in the vicinity of Palmer that appeared to be A. canadensis. However, subsequent rearing of material from this larval habitat produced only A. stimulans (W. C. Frohne, personal communi- cation). Specimens of A. canadensis from Alaska are deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Thanks are due to Dr. Alan Stone, Entomology Research Branch, U. 8S. Depart- ment of Agriculture, for confirmation of identification. GEORGE B. CRAIG, JR., Entomology Branch, Chemical Corps Medical Laboratories, Army Chemical Center, Md. and Roserr L. PreNKOWSKI, 498th Medical Company (Preventive Medicine) (Separate), Fort George G. Meade, Md. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 269 TWO NEW SPECIES OF CULICOIDES FROM CHEBOYGAN COUNTY, MICHIGAN (DiprrrA, Heuripar) ! By Roger W. WiuLiaMs,? School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine, Columbia University, New York, N. Y. During the summer of 1954 studies were initiated on the Heleidae of the Douglas Lake region of Cheboygan County, Michigan. Three previously undeseribed species of Culicoides were recovered. Two are described herewith. The third species was represented by a single male specimen the genitalia of which is preserved on a slide in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. The techniques of mounting and measuring were the same as those described by Wirth and Blanton (Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 43 (3): 69-77, 1955), with one exception. Antennae of the first species were studied in glycerin without a coverslip so that they could be rolled and moved easily. The clearing action of the glycerin was such that the antennal sensoria could be studied in detail. For this purpose 18X eyepieces and a 45X objective were utilized. It was nearly im- possible to see all the sensoria on all of the segments while an an- tenna was in any given position; as a result it was necessary to study each segment in different positions. After considerable study in this manner some doubt still exists as to the exact number of sensoria appearing on segments 3 and 15. Wirth and Blanton use Tillyard’s modification of the Comstock-Needham system for desig- nating the wing veins. This procedure is followed here: thus Cu, and Cuz of some workers become Mz.4 and Cuy, respectively, and cell Cu, becomes cell My. Culicoides sphagnumensis, new species (Figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) Female.—Length 1.48 to 1.63 mm.; wing 1.43 mm. by 0.66 mm. Head dark brown, eyes bare, narrowly separated, ratio of separation to diameter of facet in center of eye, 7:12. Antennae with scape dark, pale flagellar seg- ments in proportion of 25:15:15:15:15:15:17:18:45:53:53:56:85; sensoria ap- pear as follows (Fig. 1)%: at least 6 on segment 3 (possible 7 or 8); 3 or 4 and 5; 2 on 6, 7, 8, 9, 10; 4 on 11, 12, 13, 14; and either 6, 7 or 8 on segment 15. Palpal segments (Fig. 6) in proportion 21:40:47:18:20, third segment greatly swollen with a large sensory pit. Mesonotum (Fig. 2) dark brown with appressed hairs; a lighter central area which broadens caudally contains markings which are variable*. Humeral pits 1Contribution from the University of Michigan Biological Station. “I wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. W. W. Wirth, U. 8S. Dept. Agrieul- ture, for his aid and many helpful suggestions and to Mr. J. A. Downes of the Canadian Department of Agriculture for permission to mention his collecting records of C. sphagnumensis. 3The apparent position on any given segment is, of course, dependent upon the position of the segment on the slide. 4The figure includes most of the markings seen in aleoholic specimens; any or all of these markings may be missing and no specimen seen had them all. 270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 Culicoides sphagnumensis n. sp.: fig. 1, female antenna illustrating number and location of sensoria on flagellum (segments 7 and 8 are similar to 6); fig. 2, mesonotum of female; fig. 3, spermatheca; fig. 4, female wing; fig. 5, male genitalia; fig. 6, palpus of female. in lighter areas. Lighter spot directly behind pit area and an elongate lighter area ventrad to it which extends back across the suture. Seutellum and postscutellum outlined in dark brown. Mesopleura tan or light brown with an elongated some- what triangular dark spot, the apex of which points towards the wing base; sterno- pleura and pteropleura dark brown. Legs light brown, trochanter outlined in dark brown, dark knee spot at junction of femora and tibia, tibia with a lighter band at proximal end next to knee spot, comb on distal extremity of hind tibia appearing as a narrow dark brown band. ~] ee PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 2 Wing (Fig. 4) with anterior radial cells usually complete, second radial cell may be incomplete; costa to 0.61 of wing length. Macrotrichia long and numerous except in the basal portion and in costal cell. Anterior margin of wing with a light spot over r-m cross vein extending well beyond media, a spot at the end of the second anterior radial cell extending 7% or more to vein M,. Cell M, with a single somewhat elongated light spot at base, the size variable; cell My with a light spot which usually has a rather ill-defined border; anal cell with a pale spot of variable size at distal end of anal veins and another spot at cell base. Halteres pale. Abdomen dark brown, lighter on ventral surface, spermatheca (Fig. 3) one, large and oval. Male genitalia (Fig. 5)—Ninth sternite broadly and fairly deeply excavated, the membrane bare; ninth tergite quadrate with medium sized, widely separated apicolateral processes, mesal cleft somewhat variable in size but always present. Basistyles stout, ventral root exceedingly small, represented by a slight projection, dorsal root long and tapering; dististyle with apical half more narrow than basal half, tips sharp and ineurved. Aedeagus with basal arch approximately 4 of total length, the basal arms slender and curved in and out near base; distal portion broader at base tapering to rounded end. Parameres long with small lateral notch at basal extremity, a mesal point, sometimes appearing quite sharp, at slightly less than half the length; the basal portion of the distal half somewhat swollen, tapering to hooked ends which are usually interlocked. Types.—Holotype @, allotvpe ¢, Sphagnum mat at edge of the pond at Bryant’s Bog on the south shore of Douglas Lake, Cheboy- gan Co., Michigan, July 6 to August 10, 1954, R. W. Williams (re- covery cage). Type in U.S.N.M. Paratypes: 15 2? 9,15 $6 6, same data as type; 15 9 2,15 ¢ 4 same data as type, but in the Canadian National Collection, Division of Entomology, Department of Agri- culture, Ottawa, Canada. Mr. J. A. Downes, of the Canadian Department of Agriculture, sent me four females of this species which he had collected in a hight trap at Rowanton Depot, Quebec, on July 30, and August 4, 1954. Because of the apparent association of this species with the moss genus Sphagnum, the name sphagnumensis appeared appropriate. C. sphagnumensis is related to alaskensis Wirth, canithorax Hoft- man, and crepuscularis Malloch, but differs from these speices in wing spot pattern, possessing more light spots than the first (a spot in cell My, and 2 spots in the anal cell) and less than the latter two (such as only 1 light spot in cell R;). The mesonotal pattern, al- though not distinctive in itself, differs from the others in possessing a well defined median longitudinal stripe which broadens caudally. The male genitalia lacks an obvious spiculate membrane on the ninth sternite which the other three species possess. Culicoides furensoides, new species (Figures 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12) Female.—Length 1.21 mm.; wing 1.03 mm. by 0.49 mm. Head brown; eyes bare, narrowly separated, ratio of separation to diameter of 72 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 Culicoides furensoides n. sp fig. 9, palpus of female; enlarged tip of aedeagus. fig. 10, sper .: fig. 7, female wing; fig. 8, mesonotum of female ; matheca; fig. 11, male genitalia; fig. 12, ee PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 273 facet in middle of eye 7:10. Antennae with scape dark, pale flagellar segments in proportion of 17:16:16:18:18:20:20:20:20:23:23:23:34, single distal sensoria appearing on segments 3, 8, 9 and 10. Palpal segments (Fig. 9) in proportion of 10:25:31:16:18, third segment but scarcely swollen, small sensory pit near apex. Mesonotum (Fig. 8) with appressed hairs, darker brown sides with a lighter central area broadening slightly caudally; a narrow, elongate, tapering dark brown line proceeding to suture in cephalic-mesal portion of center area with almond- shaped light spots on each side; caudal half of center area with two pairs of lateral light spots. Humeral pits in light area; prescutum with two light spots and scutum with two, but only the dorsal elongate one is seen from above. Scutel- lum dark brown in middle; postscutellum dark brown. Notopleura darker brown in center; mesopleura with an elongated somewhat triangular brown spot; sterno- pleura and pteropleura brown. Legs light brown with trochanter outlined in dark brown and dark knee spot at the junction of femora and tibia; broad lighter band below knee spot on tibia, apex of tibia with a faint, slender, dark band. Wing (Fig. 7) with anterior radial cells complete; costa to 0.485 of wing length. Macrotrichia not numerous, greatest number on distal half of wing particularly in cell R;, along distal wing margin and wing veins. Anterior margin of wing with light spot over r-m eross vein falling short of media; first radial cell entirely in this light area while the second is in a very dark spot; cell R; with a large light spot at end of costa, which has a constriction on its distal border, and a second light spot in the distal half of cell which does not touch the border of the cell and which tends to be somewhat coneave on its distal border and convex on the proximal border; cell M, with two light spots, the distal one not touching the border; base of cell Mj with a long light streak, which at the base extends into the base of the radial cell, and a second rounded spot broadly attaining wing margin ; cell M, with a large rounded spot; anal cell with a basal pale spot and an elongated constricted spot extending from the distal end of anal veins nearly to border of wing. Halteres pale. Abdomen brown, spermatheca two, subequal, subspherical (Fig. 10). Male genitalia (Figs. 11, 12).—Ninth sternite short with narrowly rounded mesal excavation, the posterior membrane bare: ninth tergite constricting rather sharply at basistyles with rather widely separated, large apicolateral processes ; mesal cleft absent. Basistyles stout, ventral roots stout and boat-hook shaped, dorsal roots about the same length but not as stout; dististyles nearly straight, not sharply bent at tip and with a small point. Aedeagus short and stout, arms with a right angle bend at base, the ratio of the length of the piece beyond the bend to the arms and to the apex is in the proportion of 11:25:15; apex (Fig. 12) curved up and back, with four flattened subapical spines just before the rounded tip; the apex and distal portion of the arms surrounded by a membrane. Parameres with bases broadened, stems expand mesally to apex of aedeagus, distal halves with large lateral pouches beyond which they become narrow and sinuous, tapering to sharp apical points with six subapical lateral hairs, the basal one somewhat set apart from the others. Types.—Holotype 2; allotype ¢, Sphagnum mat at edge of the pond at Bryant’s Bog, Cheboygan County, Michigan, July 22, 1954, R. W. Williams (recovery cage). Type in U.S.N.M. Paratypes: 1 2, 1 ¢, same data as type. 274 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 The male genitalia is perhaps more similar to that of furens (Poey) than to any other described species in the eastern United States, thus the name furensoides—like furens. However, it differs from that of furens by possessing a prominent right-angled basal appen- dage on each arm of the aedeagus. The mesonotum lacks the multi- spotted appearance of furens, and a notable distinction in wing markings between these two species is the presence of only 2 spots in cell R; in furensoides as opposed to the 3 in furens. A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN CYNIPOIDEA (HYMENOPTERA ) In the key to the Eucoilinae on p. 112 in my ‘‘Cynipoidea (Hym.) 1905-1950”’ a provisional new genus E was proposed for small robust species with an unusually short, closed radial cell (not twice as long as broad), wing pubescent and ciliate, mesoscutum smooth, disk rounded behind and not striate, abdomen with a ring of hairs at base. Single collected specimens from widely separated localities had been seen and in a few eases there was a record of the specimen having been reared from leaf miners. In June, 1958, Mr. George P. Wene of the Lower Rio Grande Valley Experiment Station at Westlaco, Texas, sent a small series with a definite rearing record, and it 1s from this material that the genus is named and a species described. Ganaspidium pusillae, new genus, new species Female——Body black, smooth, bare except for white pubescence on sides of pronotum, propodeum, on metapleura and base of tergite II. Head from above transverse, 37 units wide by 20 units long, occiput concave, cheeks not broadened behind eyes; from in front as high as broad, malar space striate, about one-half eye, antennae 13-segmented with a definite 9-segmented club, length 1.5 times width of head, segments 3 and 4 equal. Mesoscutum smooth. Seutellum disk smooth, rounded behind with a row of marginal hairs, cup large, well-elevated with a small pit behind. Wing pubescent, ciliate, length 1.9 times width of head, distally broad (over 5 times width of radial cell), radial cell 1.5 times as long as broad, marginal vein not as heavy as others, cubitus obsolete. Abdomen sessile, little longer than thorax, length to height to width as 38:25:19. Length 0.8-1.15 mm. Average of four, 1.0 mm. Male.—Similar to female with antenna filiform, 15-segmented, length 2.6 times width of head, segments 3 and 4 equal. Length 0.95-1.05 mm. Average of six, 0.98 mm. Types —U.S.N.M. No. 62839. Type female, allotype and 4 para- types. Host.—Reared from the serpentine leaf miner, Liriomyza pusilla (Meig.), infesting black-eyed peas at Monte Alto, Texas. The leaves were collected May 12, 1953, and the cynipids emerged May 29 and 30. Other parasites emerged before the cynipids. Ice cream cartons were used in rearine.—By Lewis H. Wexp, Arlington, Va. PROG ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 275 A NEW SPECIES OF CERATOPOGON FROM WEST AFRICA (DipTERA, CERATOPOGONIDAE) By BorHa DE MEILLON! AND WILLIS W. WirtH2 Ceratopogon (Brachypogon) senegalensis sp. nov. (Fig. 1) Male. Length 0.9 mm., wing 0.7 mm. by 0.3 mm. Head and thorax shining brownish black; abdomen yellowish at base, brownish toward apex; antennal Fig. 1. Ceratopogan (Brachypogon) senegalensis sp. nov: a, 9th segment and paramere in side view (note the arm from the tergum projecting towards the paramere); b, 9th segment in ventral view; c, parameres in ventral view; d, aedeagus in ventral view. Ceratopogon (Brachypogon) corius de M. & H.: e, 9th segment and parameres in ventral view; f, 9th segment and paramere in side view; g, aedeagus in ventral view. flagellum and legs yellow, hind femur darker; halter with white knob and brown stem; wing milky white, apex of radial veins brownish infuscated. Eye pubes- 1South African Institute for Medical Research, Johannesburg. 2Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DEC: 270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 cent. Antenna segments 4 to the base of 13 fused as in corius de M. & H. 1954 and the relative lengths of segments 13 to 15 as in that species. Palpus, third segment swollen, with long, spoon-shaped sensilla in a cluster on inner side near apex. Mesonotum with a few short strong setae in rows, otherwise bare. Scutel- lum with 4 long brown bristles. Legs moderately strong, with sparse, moderately long hairs; fore and hind tibiae with dense fine setae and a beard of long bristles at tip on inner side; hind basitarsus with ventral beard of closely set spinelike bristles. Segments of hind leg from femur in proportion of 50:50:25:10: 9: 5: 9. Tarsal ratio 2.5. Claws simple and short, a third as long as 5th segment; em- podium small but distinct, with sparse branches. Wing with neither macrotrichia nor microtrichia; radial cells reduced, first absent, second only barely perceptible, ending just before middle of wing; r-m cross vein long and oblique; M; nearly straight with basal section of M, M» entirely absent; mediocubital fork narrow, at level of base of Ist radial cell; fringe long on posterior margin of wing. Terminalia: 9th sternum about twice as broad as long, caudal margin rounded over base of aedeagus; 9th tergum conical with a median projection from each side which appears to articulate with the parameres; coxites simple; style long, arcuate and pointed, as long as the coxite, nearly bare; aedeagus long, reaching nearly to the apex of the 9th tergum, conical, with heavily pigmented anterior arch, basal arms stout. Parameres a pair of long, tapered, valvelike plates joined basally by a strong bridge; each paramere with a basa! dorsal projection which appears to articulate with the projection from the 9th tergum as mentioned above. Holotype ¢, Dakar, Senegal, 29th June, 1945 (Coll. Eldon Newcomb). Type Number 61315, U.S.N.M. This species is obviously very closely related to corius de M. & H., 1954, deseribed from Cape Province, South Africa. The only appreci- able differences are to be found in the male terminalia. In the origi- nal examination of corius the complicated nature of the parameres was not appreciated. The new species differs in having the 9th ster- num somewhat produced medially and not straight, the 9th tergum conical and less rounded, the parameres broader, longer and placed closer together and the basal dorsal projection smaller. These differ- ences are best appreciated by comparing the accompanying illustra- tions. Of the 13 undoubted species of Ceratopogon now known to occur in the Ethiopian region, senegalensis is the first to be described from outside southern Africa. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 bo ~“ ~] THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF HAEMAGOGUS JANTHINOMYS DYAR (DrereRA, CULICIDAE) By W. H. W. Komp, Laboratory of Tropical Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland In a short article published in 1921, Dyar described briefly several new species of the genus Haemagogus Williston. In the introduction, he admitted that the treatment of the genus in the fourth volume of the monograph of Howard, Dyar and Knab had been inadequate. Four species were described (equinus, albomaculatus, splendens, and capricorn), and the distribution of these was stated to be much wider than is now known to be the ease. Dyar (1921) describes the peculiar method used for associating males with females, as follows:. . . ‘‘ The species were classified first by the females and then a male of each supposed species was mounted for examination and figuring. The result seemed complete; but really several species passed unnoticed by this method. The disadvantage resulting from more careful examination is that some of the older species cannot be recognized at present, being described from females and no male being at hand from the type localities.’’ As a result of this unusual method, females entirely unrelated to the males were associated under one species name. A case in point is Haemagogus janthinomys Dyar, 1921. This species was deseribed as follows: ‘“ Haemagogus janthinomys, new species. Head blue, mesonotom green, abdomen dark purple, with the usual play of colors; pleura silvery scaled; abdominal lateral spots silvery, joimed on the basal segments, with more or less silver dorsally on the posterior segments; legs dark violet to black, the femora white and silvery below towards base. Male proboscis thick on the basal half, the apical portion curved; palpi about one-fifth its length. Claws of female simple. The male hypopygium is figured as capricornii, plate 24, figure 165 of the monograph. Types, two males, paratypes, 4 males and 3 females. No. 24335, U. S. Nat. Mus.; Trinidad, B. W. I. (F. W. Urich, breeding Nos. 17, 21, 22, B-1, B-3); June, 1905 (A. Busck).’’ The larva is described in the monograph under the name capricorniw (vol. IV, 877, 1917) and also figured (Pl. 126, Fig. 438, 1912). The larvae were bred from ‘‘tree-holes.’’ The material in the U. 8S. National Museum, from which Dyar de- scribed Haemagogus janthinomys, proves to be a mixture of two species, janthinomys Dyar and splendens Williston. The evidence for this is presented below. Upon examination of the 10 specimens mentioned above, it was found that the Buseck specimen is a female, mounted in balsam on a slide. The slide label bears the name ‘‘albomaculatus,’’ but this has been crossed out and renamed ‘‘capri- coraii.’’? It has not been relabeled ‘‘ janthinomys. label, which does not bear a type number. It is not part of the paratype series. This female has toothed claws on the tarsi of the front and middle legs; the postnotum is without setae. ’? No loeality is given on the 278 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 The other nine specimens bear red labels with the Museum number 24335, and are either types or paratypes. In order to describe each of these nine specimens, they will be given letters from A to I, to avoid confusion with numbers which may be on pins or slide labels. Specimen A is a co-type male; the pin bears a label: ‘‘capricornii,’’ probably in Dyar’s handwriting, and other labels: 17.1/ Trinidad, W. I./F. W. Urich, eol- lector/see Slide 219. The terminalia have been removed. Specimen B is a paratype male, numbered 17.2, collected by Urich in Trinidad. The abdomen and most of the thorax are destroyed, but the densely plumose an- tennae are present. No slide ticket number is on the pin, and no associated male terminalia can be found in the Museum eollection. Specimen C is a paratype male, numbered 17.3, collected by Urich in Trinidad. The pin has a slide ticket label numbered 2269, indicating that a slide of the terminalia has been made. This slide is present in the Museum collection. Specimen D is a paratype male, numbered B-1.7, collected by Urich in Trinidad. The terminalia have been removed, but no slide ticket number is on the pin, and no associated male terminalia can be found. Specimen E is a paratype male, numbered B-3.8, collected by Urich in Trinidad. The antennae and four legs are missing. No side label is on the pin, and no associated male terminalia can be found. Specimen F is a paratype female, without breeding number, collected by Urich in Trinidad. Only the fore and middle legs are present, but one middle leg lacks the hind tarsi. The three remaining tarsal claws are without teeth. The postnotum bears setae. Specimen G is a paratype female, numbered 21-1, collected by Urich in Trinidad. Only one hind leg is present, and this is without the last four tarsal segments. The postnotum is without setae. Specimen H is a paratype female, numbered 22-1, collected by Urich in Trinidad. All legs are present, and the tarsal claws of the fore and middle legs are without teeth. The halteres are crossed over the postnotum, so that setae, if present, cannot be seen. Specimen I is a co-type male, without breeding number. The pin bears four labels: Trinidad, W. I./F. W. Urich, collector/1464/type No. 24335, U. S. N. M. The specimen has had the terminalia removed. Only two larval skins from the series can be found in the collection. One is of a co-type male, specimen A above; the slide bears the data: St. Ann, Trinidad, W. I./F. W. Urich/17.1/219. The other skin is of a paratype male, specimen C above; the slide is labeled: Trinidad, W. I./F. W. Urich/17.3/2269. The integu- ment of both these larval skins is densely hairy, and the comb-scales are attached to a plate. The description of these larvae by Dyar is faulty, but this matter will be considered elsewhere. Two male terminalia, from specimens A (a co-type) and © (a paratype), are in the unit box in the U. S. N. M. collection, together with the whole female mounted on a slide, collected by Busck, mentioned above. There should be present the terminalia of specimens B (17.2); D (B-1.7); E (B-3.8), and a specimen TI, without breeding number. None of the first three males bear slide tickets on the pins. Specimen J, a co-type male, has a slide ticket number 1464, indicating that PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 279 a slide of the male terminalia had been made. A search of the collection showed that the slide had been transferred to the unit box containing specimens of Haemagogus splendens Williston. The original slide label bears the data: Haemagogus janthinomys Dyar/Trinidad, W. I./F. W. Urich/1464. The upper part of this label has been pasted over with a new label: Hacmagogus celeste D. & N. T. The labeling is in Dyar’s hand writing. It is not known why Dyar did not mention this specimen in his description of Haemagogus celeste Dyar & Nuinez-Tovar, 1926. All that is noted in this deserip- tion is the statement: ‘‘Two males are before us, Maracay, Venezuela, November 11 and 15, 1926 (M. Nifiez-Tovar).’’ No type specimen of H. celeste was desig- nated in the original description. A lectotype of H. celeste has been selected by Stone and Knight (1955). H. celeste has been shown to be a synonym of H. splendens Williston by Kromp, 1954. The female paratype specimen F and H of H. janthinomys noted above may also be H. celeste (-splendens), as they have simple claws. Paratype female G is in such poor condition as to be unrecognizable. It is impossible to identify the male specimens B (17.2), D (B-1.7) and E (B-3.8), as the terminalia have been removed, but no corresponding slides can be found. The Buseck female noted above may be H. janthinomys, as it has toothed claws on front and mid tarsi. Dyar never published his subsequent designation of a single type of H. janthin- omys, whieh he did by labeling slide 17.1 of the male terminalia as ‘‘Type.’’ A lectotype of H. janthinomys has heen selected by Stone and Knight (1955). The figure of the male terminalia of H. janthinomys, given as capricornii in the monograph of Howard, Dyar and Knab, and repeated by Dyar (1928) as janthinomys, are inadequate to differentiate this form from others, sueh as H. capricorn and H. spegazzinii falco. The shape of the claspette filament is in- correctly represented, and the mesosome is not shown. The fine spicules on the ventral surface of the mesosome, below the short pointed tip, are easily visible in the slides of the terminalia of the type and paratype male (specimens A and C above). These spicules are present in H. spegazzinii and its subspecies falco. They are well shown in a photomicrograph of the mesosome of the type, by Cerqueira. The distribution of H. janthinomys, which Kumm et al. (1946) say is a synonym of H. spegazzinni, is very wide. It ranges from northern Argentina (Jujuy) into Bolivia, and through southeastern Brazil through the Amazon valley; Floch reports it from French Guiana, and the material collected by Urich extends its range into Trinidad. In some parts of its range, particularly northward and westward, it is replaced by its subspecies, spegazzini falco Kumm et al., 1946. Kumm and Cerqueira report intermediate forms from northwestern Brazil. Galindo et al. report the subspecies falco from Panama and Costa Riea. Wherever H. spegazzinu or its subspecies falco have been found, they have been associated with epidemics of jungle yellow fever. In southern Brazil, spegazzinii seems to be the form involved, while in Colombia, Panama, and Costa Rica, falco is involved. Both forms have been found infected in nature with yellow fever virus, and are probably the principal vectors of the sylvatic form of the disease. 280 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 REFERENCES Cerqueira, N. L., 1943. Algumas espécies novas da Bolivia, e referéncia a trés espécies de Haemagogus. Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, 39: 1-14 (Plate III, fig. 18). Dyar, H. G., 1921. The genus Haemagogus Williston. Ins. Ins. Mens., 9: 101-114. 1928. The mosquitoes of the Americas. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publ. 387, fig. 103. and Niufez-Tovar, M., 1926. Notes on biting flies from Venezuela. Ins. Ins. Mens., 14: 152. Floch, H., 1950. Rapport sur le foncionnement technique de L’Institut Pasteur de la Guyane Francaise pendant l’anee 1948, p. 99. Galindo, P., Carpenter, S. J., and Trapido, H., 1951. Westward extension of the range of Haemagogus spegazzinii falco Kumm et al. into Costa Rica. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 53: 104-106. Howard, L. O., Dyar, H. G., and Knab, F., 1912. The mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West Indies. Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington, Publ. 159, Vol. 2, Fig. 165. Ibid. Vol. 4, p. 868. Komp, W. H. W., 1954. The specific identity of two species of Haemagogus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 56: 49-54. Kumm, H. W., Osorno-Mesa, E., and Boshell-Manrique, J., 1946. Studies on mosquitoes of the genus Haemagogus in Colombia. Am. J. Hyg., 43: 13-28. , and Cerqueira, N. L., 1951. The Haemagogus mosquitos of Brazil. Bull. Ent. Res., 42: 169-181. Stone, Alan and K. L. Knight,1955. Type specimens of mosquitoes in the United States National Museum: I, The genera Armigeres, Psorophora, and Haema- gogus (Diptera, Culicidae). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 45: 282-289. BOOK NOTICE THE NATURAL HISTORY OF TSETSE FLIES, by Patrick A. Buxton. Lon- don School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Memoir No. 10. xx plus 816 pp., 165 text figures, 47 plates, crown quarto edition. H. K. Lewis & Co.. Ltd. London. Price ??? This account of the biology of the flies belonging to the genus Glossina is by far the most exhaustive of any work now extant. The book ineludes chapters on anatomy, systematics, distribution, populations, ecology, metabolism, reprodue- tion, relation to disease and control. Plates show typical breeding places and habitats of various Glossina species. Although the author admits that his detailed and local knowledge ‘‘in no way competes’’ with that of several field researchers upon whose work he draws freely throughout the volume, he claims a wide experience in many parts of tropical Africa in the problems of tsetse and trypanosomiasis.— HD. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 281 NOTES ON A UNISPIRACULATE ANOPHELES QUADRIMACULATUS SAY LARVA (DierERA, CULICIDAR) By JAoK CoLvarD JONES, Laboratory of Tropical Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. In connection with studies on heart rates of Anopheles quadrima- culatus Say, a young fourth stage larva was encountered possessing only a single spiracle, the left one. As shown in figure 1, the right dorsal longitudinal tracheal trunk ends, not as a spiracle, but as a rounded, shghtly enlarged, dark, closed tube (AR) just beyond the Dorsal view of a portion of Anopheles quadrimaculatus larva showing aberrant trachea (AR), normal left spiracle (S), the slanting cross trachea (CT). H-heart; TB-tracheal branch proceeding posteriorly and ventrally (slightly schematic). 282 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 intersegmental region within the anterior part of abdominal segment VIII. The cross trachea (CT) in abdominal segment VII slants pos- teriorly rather than forming its ordinary © shape between the two tracheal trunks (TT). In normal larvae the terminal chamber of the heart is invested in numerous fine tracheae which branch out in separate bundles (ca. 16 in all) from around the spiracles themselves and along the trunks dorsal and posterior to the heart itself. Inspec- tion of the aberrant larva showed that the terminal portion of the heart (H) was attached principally to a thick mass of fine tracheae branching out from the blind end of the aberrant right tracheal trunk, and that it received only a sinele bifurcated tracheal branch from the normal trunk. With the exception of the tracheal aberra- tion, the larva was morphologically normal. A series of examinations were made on this larva to determine whether it was physiologically abnormal. It was observed to feed, swim about, and defecate normally. It was normal with respect to the homostrophic reflex, reflex divine, and the akinetic state. See Jones (1954) for descriptions. The heart rate was normal (mean number of beats was 79.4/minute) during one hour of continuous observation. Internal organs appeared normal at magnifications of 100 and 240 X. The larva was placed in a dish of water and fed daily on dog food and yeast (1:1). Three days later it pupated normally and subse- quently successfully emerged as an externally normal adult female, but died on the day of emergence. The writer could find no references in the literature describing this particular abnormality in mosquito larvae. Apparently it is rare in Anopheles quadrimaculatus, for only one other similar case has been found in a four year period of routine examinations of these larvae. Buck (personal communication) says that tracheal aberrations are not at all uncommon among insects but the literature on the subject seems scant. As yet unpublished calculations by Buck and Keister indicate that one posterior spiracle in Phormia larvae would be suffi- cient for meeting their normal oxygen requirements. It is obvious, in the case reported in this paper, that the unispiraculate larva was able to meet its oxygen needs. REFERENCE Jones, J. C., 1954. Some notes on the behavior of fourth instar Anopheles quadri- maculatus Say (Diptera, Culicidae). Mosq. News 14(4) :186-191. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 283 A NEW SARCOPHAGID PARASITE OF NOMIA BEES (Diptera) By Maurice T. JAMES, State College of Washington, Pullman The following new genus and species of Miltogramminae is being published at this time in order to make the name available for use in the publication of biological studies. I am greatly indebted to Dr. H. J. Reinhard for reviewing the manuscript, for suggestions as to the relationship of this genus, and for the suggestion of a suitable generic name. Dr. Reinhard had independently arrived at the con- clusion that a new genus was involved in this form, but he graciously declined the invitation to coauthorship. Euphytomima, new genus Head from side view subquadrate, the front moderately sloping, the length at the antennae subequal to that at the oral margin; front and vertex almost equibroad, the front of the male somewhat narrowed medially, the vertex a little over the eye width; frontale narrowing from vertex to lunule, at the mid- point about half the width of the front. Frontal bristles in a single row of about seven on each side stopping at antennal base; a few setulae outside the main rows; frontale bare; 1 to 2 proclinate and 1 reclinate frontoorbitals; 1 pair of proclinate ocellars; inner verticals strong, sometimes duplicated; outer verticals moderately long. Parafrontals broad, bare; cheeks broad. Face concave; epistoma moderately protuberant and well narrowed from clypeus; vibrissae well above oral margin, feebly developed, not much stronger than the bristles on the vibrissal ridge below them, shorter and no stronger than the frontals. Facial ridges bare. Antennae short, less than one-third head height, the apex distant from the vibrissae by about the length of the second antennal segment; arista bare, porrect, almost as long as the antenna, its last segment thickened on the basal half. Eyes bare. Proboseis moderately slender; length of haustellum about two-fifths head height; palpi slender, clavate, a little longer than the haustellum. Thoracie chaetotaxy: acrosticals, 0, 1; dorsocentrals 2 or 3, 3; intraalars, 1, 1; supraalars, 1, 2; humerals, 2; notopleurals, 2; postalars, 2 (a strong, long discal, a weaker lateral) ; seutellars, 3 laterals (the intermediate weaker), no true apicals, 2 diseals; mesopleurals, about 5; pteropleural, 1 (weak); sternopleurals, 1, 1; hypopleurals,. about 4. Propleura and prosternum bare. First posterior cell of wing distinctly open in the margin; fifth vein bare; third vein below with a single seta at the base, above setulose almost half-way to the small cross-vein; bend of fourth vein abrupt, forming an angle of about 135°; distance from posterior cross-vein to bend of fourth vein about equal to length of the cross-vein. Squamae bare; the lower one large. Abdomen ovate, transversely banded; first and second apparent segments each with a row of weak marginal bristles or strong marginal setulae; third and fourth with strong marginal bristles; no discals. Male hypopygium relatively large, as in Humacronychia; first genital segment of female divided dorsally, the genital segments telescoped into the apparent fourth abdominal. Genotype: Euphytomima nomiivora, new species. This genus is most closely related to Huphyto Townsend, from which it may readily be distinguished by the open first posterior cell; the 284 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 details of thoracic chaetotaxy are also quite different. It traces to Eumacronychia in Townsend’s key; to Senotainia, imperfectly, in Allen’s key; and, except for the bare parafacials, to couplet 22 of Curran’s key, where it fits neither alternative. The general habitus, and particularly the cross-banded abdomen and the prominent male genitalia, suggest Humacronychia; the antennal structure is more nearly that of Senotaina; but the differences from both genera are striking. The poorly developed vibrissae and the presence of two strong and an intermediate weak lateral scutellar, with no true apical scutellars, will readily distinguish Euphytomima from both those genera. Euphytomima nomiivora, new species Male.—Head mostly black, the face yellow, the lunule, inner areas of the parafacials, oral margin, and cheek grooves merging into yellowish-red; densely cinercous-pollinose except the lunule, the sides of the epistoma, and the vibrissal ridge; frontale densely pollinose as the parafrontals but appearing dull blackish when viewed from behind. Antenna black, apices of second and third segments reddish brown; arista black, micro-pubescent. Head bristles and setulae all black. Head measurements of holotype in micrometer units (30=1 mm.): head height 60, head width, 67; width of vertex 29, front at midpoimt 26, frontale at mid- point 13, front at lunule 28; minimum width of parafacial 10, of gena 14; eye height 42. Thorax black; the mesonotum, scutellum, upper parts of pleura, and most of the sternopleuron densely cinereous-pollinose; at most indications of two presutural vittae within the dorsocentral rows. Bristles of mesonotum strong, those on the sides and toward the scutellum (except the acrostichals) in general much stronger than those on the central area; middle pair of lateral scutellars about half as long as either the basal or apical pair of the series and much weaker; position of apical scutellars occupied by a pair or small group of setulae. Legs black; hind tarsus tending obscurely toward reddish brown. Wings hyaline, somewhat yellowish toward base; veins yellowish on basal half, becoming brown on apical half. Halteres yellow, knobs somewhat darker. Squamae white, the lower pair large, more than twice as long as the upper, reaching beyond the middle of the first abdominal segment. Abdomen black, the apical half of the fourth and the genital segments reddish yellow; second, third, and fourth segments each with the basal half densely cinereous-pollinose, these pollinose cross-bands somewhat incised medially; genital segments, particularly dorsally, with whitish pollen which is conspicuous only in certain lights; rest of abdomen subshining, with some inconspicuous pollen laterally. Genitalia simple; inner forceps slender, contiguous, from dorsal view almost parallel-sided on the subapical half, blunt apically and gradually broadening toward the base, blackish and shining apically, with scattered hairs and with a strong tuft of forward-curved setulae on each side at the base; inner forceps slender, yellow, evenly curved inward. Length, 6.5-7.5 mm. Female.—Head measurements of allotype: Head height 60, head width 66; width of vertex 30, front at midpoint 30, frontale at midpoint 15, front at lunule 32; minimum width of parafacial 12, of gena 16; eye height 42; length of second antennal segment 9, of third 11, of second and third combined (with _allowance for overlap) 18, of arista 16. First abdominal segment with a narrowly PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 285 interrupted basal transverse pollinose band. Genital segments reddish yellow, shining dorsally, with some whitish pollen laterally Otherwise, except sexually, as described for the male. Holotype—Male, Cache Co., Utah, Aug. 15, 1954 (G. Bohart ) State College of Washington type collection no. 184. ese female, same data. Paratypes: 76, 22, same data; 1¢, 12, Niland, Imperial Co., California, April 25, 1949, at ight Gu, W. Quate) ; 12, Furnace Greek. Death Valley, California, ATi ook CP? D. Hurd )..avd: es same data (J. W. MacSwain) ; 12, Salton Sea Beach, Imperial Co., California, April 22, 1951 (EH. iE Schlinger) ; 12, Globe, Arizona, May 1, 1943. This species is being reared from Nomia by Mr. John B. Plant, Logan, Utah, who will publish a report on its biology and host rela- tionships. REFERENCES Allen, Harry W., 1926. North American species of two-winged flies belonging to the tribe Miltogrammini. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 68(9): 1-106. [pp. 6-7]. Curran, C. H., 1934. The Families and Genera of North American Diptera. The Ballou Press, New York. 512 pages. [p. 407]. Townsend, C. H. T., 1935. Manual of Myiology. Part II. Charles Townsend and Filhos, Headosehtnia, Sio Paulo, Brazil. 289 pages. |pp. 202-208]. NOTES ON THE CUBAN COCKROACH, PANCHLORA NIVEA (L.) (ORTHOPTERA, BLATTIDAE) The Cuban cockroach is often brought to temperate areas on tropi- eal fruits, especially bananas, and it is well known to entomologists for its attractive, pale-green color. For many years the name Pan- chlora cubensis Saussure, 1862, has been applied widely to this insect, but recent investigations show that name to be a synonym of P. nivea (L.), 1758. My examination of the situation was prompted by a re- view of roach names for the new edition of the ‘‘Common Names of Inseets’’ (Bull. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 1, no. 4, 1955). In 1865 Brunner (Nouv. Syst. Blatt., 244) listed cubensis as a synonym of nivea, and the synonymy ay verted by Saussure him- self in 1870 (Miss. Sci. Mex. et Amer. Cent., pt. 6:102), and by Kirby, 1904 (Syn. Cat. Orth. 1:153). However, Shelford (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1907 [issued in 1908] pp. 457, 463) discussed the type lo- eality and interpreted and described characters of the Linnaean type of nivea (a male from Surinam in the Degeer Collection, Stockholm ) in such a way that entomologists assumed that nivea was a certain South American species which does not occur in the West Indies. Thus, the validity of cubensis was thought to have been established. 286 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 This interpretation was accepted by Rehn and Hebard, 1927 (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 54:245-254). However, Prineis, 1949 (Opus- cula Ent. 14:66) and 1950 (Norsk Ent. Tidsskr. 8:130), pointed out that his study of the type of nivea disclosed that Shelford’s interpre- tation was misleading, and that in reality the type of nivea is the common species called cubensis. Although I know of no recent study of Saussure’s type of cubensis (a female from Cuba), information contained in Saussure’s original description (Rey. et. Mag. Zool., ser. 2, vol. 14, p. 230, 1862) is of importance in fixing its identity, and it appears that cubensis has been interpreted correctly by Princis, and that cubensis is a synonym of nivea. Saussure described the type of cubensis as 24 mm, long, including wings, and the interocular space as reddish, wrinkled, and about 0.4 mm. wide. Only three species of Panchlora are known to occur in the West Indies (Rehn and Hebard, loc. cit.) and an examination of specimens of these species in the U.S. National Museum (all identified by Hebard) shows that the only one of the three with an interocular space in the female agreeing in width and wrinkling with the description of cubensis is.the one to which that name has been applied. Greater Antillean females of about 24 mm. overall length agree particularly well in the width of the inter- ocular space. Panchlora nivea is a widespread Neotropical roach, and in many areas it is the most common member of the genus. Hebard (Mem. Amer. Ent. Soe. 2:198, pl. 8, figs. 2-5, 1917) has redescribed it, using the name cubensis. Within the United States it appears to be estab- lished outdoors in the vicinity of Brownsville, Texas (Hebard, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 68:272, 1943), though whether as a native or an established adventive is uncertain. Elsewhere in this country it is seen only as a stray and is not known to have become established. Several of the many other Neotropical species of Panchlora ocea- sionally are intercepted at United States ports by quarantine inspee- tors, but in terms of total interceptions nivea is found more fre- quently than any of the others. However, certain species are inter- cepted regularly from a few areas, and in those areas alone they may outrank nivea in the number of interceptions. P. nivea is one of the ‘plain ereen’’ species, though there are whitish lateral submarginal lines on the pronotum and basal third of the tegmen (front wing), and in some specimens there is a black dot near the apex of each teomen. A moderate sized but inconspicuous spur near the middle of the ventro-posterior margin of the hind femur is a valuable recog- nition feature, though it occurs in at least one other green species. —AsHuEy B. Gurney. Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 287 NORTH AMERICAN LEPTOCHILUS OF THE TRINODUS GROUP (HYMENOPTERA, VESPIDAE) By RicHArp M. BonArt, University of California, Davis The genus Leptochilus Saussure can be divided into a number of species eroups which hardly seem to merit the rank of subgenera. In North America there are about eleven of these groups of which seven, identified by representative species, have been outlined—rufinodus, tylocephalus, minutissimus, lissosomus, erubescens, congressus, and propodealis (Bohart, 1940, 1942, 1948). An eighth group, composed of 11 species, is considered here. Holotypes will be deposited in the California Academy of Sciences and paratypes in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, University of Kansas and University of California at Berkeley and Davis. The trinodus group differs from other Leptochilus by a combination of five key characteristics: The second abdominal sternite has no median longitudinal suture, the scutellum is rounded above rather than sharply crested, the female and male mandibles are 5- and 4-toothed respectively, the vertex bears 1, 3 or 5 swellings more or less developed, and the second abdominal tergite is never swollen to any extent toward the apex. Other characters of importance are the presence of a curved, ridge-like tooth on either side of the posterior surface of the propodeum above, the unmodified mid femora of the males, the puncturation of the second tergite which leaves no definite impunctate band toward the apex, and the roundly excised apex of the male clypeus, the sharp teeth of which are separated by about the length of the first flagellar segment. These and the pre- ceding 5 points are not repeated in the species descriptions. The presence of vertex swellings is an obvious feature of most species in the group. These are often knob-like and shiny, and usually consist of a single one just behind and between the lateral ocelli and one on each side of the head adjacent to the upper- most point of the compound eye. The species frequent dry, sandy areas and are often taken at flowers of Eriogonum. Many other plants are visited, also. The nesting habits are unknown and on the whole the species are considered to be rare. As an indication of this, I have seen about 400 specimens of the group during the examination of about 120,000 individuals of North Ameri- can solitary Vespidae. The species may be common at times, however, as proved by a single collection of 40 males and 25 females of one species by P. D. Hurd and J. W. MacSwain near Olancha, Inyo County, California. The group is predominantly western in distribution with only two species occurring east of the Rocky Mountains and only one of these extending to the southeastern United States. 288 ri 6. ~1 10. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 Kerry TO LEPTOCHILUS OF THE TRINODUS GROUP MALES Last antennal segment stoutly curved in profile, thick at base and usually apically, blunts orsmound ed! x Gti) ie res ane enlace Oe il eee ene 2 Last antennal segment slender, thin in profile and usually rather sharply pointed: Gfiges() Wi Seat ei NRE Pea La Te a Fat “ate i ge elt Sk 5 Median swelling just behind ocelli about as well developed or less so than Jaterall swelling) 05 tse nL tet cere We MN ie aU A ates cs 0 A 3 Median swelling considerably more developed than lateral ones _- 4 The three vertex swellings all prominent, shiny and knob-like, sometimes bearing a pale spot; apical cell of wing usually with apical two-thirds Clouded 4 (iio) 7) NCW SU .Si) Gg nue IE ea ie ay Wee ree mam ies trinodus n. sp. The three vertex swellings low, punctured; apical cell of wing usually with apical one-third clouded (fig. 8) (W. U. 8.) occidentalis n. sp. Head conspicuously swollen in ocellar area, median ocellus not visible in lateral view of head; third antennal segment less than 1.5 times as long as) Second! sepment) (Hs Mexais) Gor bile) eee ee monolobus R. Bohart Head not so swollen, median ocellus barely visible in lateral view; third antennal segment about 1.5 times as long as second segment (Calif. to Sa DsandaWendiexas) ss seamen eA STR aay as _ singulus n. sp. Second sternite with a v-shaped baso-median depression or a shallow median hollow; one or more vertex swellings discernible 6 Second sternite not so depressed or hollowed _... 7 Second sternite with a v-shaped basal hollow; apical band of tergite IT with large scattered punctures; last antennal segment shorter than eleventh ventrally (fig. 1); free edge of clypeus blackened; median vertex swelling transverse (S. Calif., E. Calif., Ariz.) bechteli n. sp. Second sternite with a large shallow median depression; apical band of tergite II densely punctured, last antennal segment as long as eleventh ventrally; free edge of clypeus white; median vertex swelling moderate, omen woene Jkovvernnvobnaeyl (Sen Calbia) ee ee cavatus n. sp. Second tergite with an oblique spot attached to the apical band (fig. 5); black and white, no red markings; no discernible vertex swelling (Calif. in central Sierras south to San Bernardino Mts.) —.. schlingeri n. sp. Second tergite without an attached oblique spot _..- = 8 Metathorax almost entirely red laterally; very small species; clypeus with lateral side (touching compound eye) about as long as apico-lateral side (© east) esate Ee a ee ADEA NaN Vie WE P07 War 0M Rae Sh Sa gibboceps n. sp. Metathorax not almostiali@red laterally. 22 9 Interocellar area with a rough raised tubercle inside each ocellus; humeral margin carinate; markings whitish-yellow (central Calif.) — pA ene A Se Ne ap ete tN eh 28 OT aa: MELE MO es WOE Ce lh oe mee Sea arenicolus n. sp. Interocellar area rather even; humeral margin not carinate; markings whitish and) sometimes.reddish;_ =) a eee 10 Clypeus about 1.5 times as broad as long, apical incision evenly rounded; vertex swellings small but developed equally; propodeum and abdominal segment I usually red-marked (Idaho and Calif., usually at moderate elevations) 2203 ee 2a ioe Boe cee A Coe OE eae aoa williamsi n. sp. a PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 289 Clypeus about 1.3 times as broad as long, apical incision somewhat angled ; middle vertex swelling visible, laterals hardly discernible; propodeum and segment I usually not red (Calif. in coastal mts. and lower Sierras) _ ela ene Ee ate cere eee net ees Se See Se ee neha Ss FEMALES 1. Markings yellow, no red; clypeus marked with yellow (fig. 4); vertex AWelliMesy NOL GISCennil Gye erence eae Ot OE ee he le ee ee 2 Markings whitish and usually seddish: eee al Shee TOME (tio me}) eee 3 2. Tergite II with an attached oblique spot (fig. 5); imterocellar area nearly flit eeeelen ewes at > lbs Pek Mower Sue ak Die Bee Ne RY. A schlingeri n. sp. Tergite IT oinont an oblique spot; interocellar area raised and rough sth EA ee PEA RY oes Ee Oe Pent we Ae Te fe) yee arenicolus n. sp. 3. Apex of clypeus roundly incised (as in fig. 4) - DEE ays i aay eke Saka Aes) | Apex of elypeus with angular incision (as in fee 3) ce oe ee a I 6 4. Vertex tubercles moderately developed and shiny; vertical front of pro- notum with a median smooth area topped by a cluster of 6-8 large pune- tures; head about 1.8 mm. wide (S. Calif.) _.._.__.-.__.__.._. cavatus n. sp. Vertex tubercles weak, punctured; vertical front of pronotum with seat- teredipunctures\eiteads sim alle ramen eee eee ee ee ee ee ee 5 5. Head about 1.2 mm. broad; body unusually slender (Calif.) — fi Pet ibe SNe DS Mee weeps a Be ae Pe AAD Neen Pe Be Se BIg oe Ae oe gnenoeone n. Sp, Head about 1.5 mm. broad; body moderately slender (Idaho & Calif. at MOC SLALCHElE VUULOIS)) fees heed tele OE ae ee williamsi n. sp. 6. Middle vertex tubercle distinct and better developed than lateral ones. i Middle vertex tubercle, if distinct, not better developed than lateral ones —_ 8 7. Body largely red and clear pale ivory (Calif. to S. D. and W. Texas) Pee Ba ARE Vx) eg eR eer sae SE Aen eR ee eee fle! fh nue n. sp. Body largely black as a rule, w hitish Staines dingy (EK. Texas to Fla.) é URE SAP rape i) Wee Se eC Fd ih ALOE fet ceed A monolobus R. Bohart 8. Middle vertex tubercle somewhat transverse; second sternite with a v- shaped basomedian depression (S. Calif., E. Calif., Ariz.) bechteli n. sp Middle vertex tubercle round or longitudinal; second sternite without such SUT G DR CSST OM weer twee ten 2 ee Rede ee oe ee ee 9 9. Vertex tubercles all well developed, expecially the lateral ones; apical cell of forewing about one-half clouded (fig. 7) (W. U. 8S.) -trinodus n. sp. WiertexailbOnclesslowiaal Gs wed kec. sa oy Mee gS Oe) Soe te ee ee 10 10. Head 1.6 to 2.1 mm. broad, about as long as broad; anal atl of fore- wing usually less than one-half clouded (fig. 8) (W. U.S.) pag Rnd LOEWE) oh ia ch erst aes 2 U5 oP eR ea al of dN ee occidentalis n. sp. Head 1.3 to 1.5 mm. broad, longer than broad; apical cell of forewing with a rather diffuse cloud, darkest apically (Calif. in coastal mts. and lower SICRTAS) Mee ee bre He aE ae ne eae ey he a wmbifer n. sp. Leptochilus trinodus, new species Male.—Black, marked with ivory and rust-red. Ivory are: mandible basally, clypeus, front to ocelli, spots on vertex swellings, postocular spot, pronotum mostly, pleural spot, tegula mostly, scutellum and postscutelluam mostly, fore and mid femora and all tibiae partly, broad irregular apical margins of tergites 290 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 I, IT, IV, V, that on IT with a broadly attached lateral spot, apex of sternite II. Red are: flagellum, pronotum below humeral angle, mesopleuron partly, propo- deum, legs partly including all of coxae and hind femur, sternite I and basal half of tergite I, tints in other areas, costa toward base. Scape, pedicel, tarsi, darker areas of abdomen, reddish brown. Most wing veins dark brown, apical cell of forewing with a brown cloud on apical two-thirds (fig. 7), membrane otherwise nearly clear. Body well punctured, including clypeus, front, notum and abdomen. Pubescence short, most conspicuous on face, silvery. Last antennal segment stoutly Leptochilus cavatus, new species Male.—Biack and red, marked with ivory or yellowish-ivory as follows: Mandible basally, clypeus, scape within, broadly V-shaped interantennal spot, large ocular spot, postocular dot, pronotum broadly in front, pleural spot, tegula and seutelluim mostly, stripe across postscutellum, legs partly, including mid coxa, broadly irregular margins of tergites I and II and sternite II, narrow margins of tergite IV and sternites IJI-V. Light rust-red are: flagellum (darker above), postscutel- lum below and propodeum mostly, basal one-half of tergite I (so that color bands from base are red, black, yellow-ivory and ivory), femora and tibiae partly. Wing veins brownish, lighter toward base; apical cell clouded on apical two-fifths, membrane otherwise nearly clear. Pubescence minute, pulverulent, silvery. Body rather finely but almost completely punctured, extending evenly to base of tergite Il. Head slightly longer than broad; last antennal segment flat, thin, about reaching base of eleventh; three moderate vertex swellings, somewhat punctured, median one longer than broad; humeral edge angled but not distinctly carinate; tergite II about as long as broad; sternite II with a shallow but extensive median hollow. Acdeagus moderately stout, median expansion moderately developed, paramere narrow toward apex (fig. 13). Length to apex of second tergite 7.0 mm. 296 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 Female.-—Mandible, clypeus, postocular spot, all coxae, lateral spot at base of tergite II light to dark reddish brown. Front with three ivory dots, no pale bands on postseutellum or abdominal segments III-V. Light red more extensive on propodeum and tergite I. Clypeal incision evenly rounded as in male; no hollow on sternite Il. Head longer than broad, about 1.8 mm. broad, vertex tubercles well developed and smooth; body 7.0 mm. long to apex of tergite II. Holotype——Male, Banning, Riverside Co., California, June 26, 1952 (J. W. MacSwain). Paratypes.—(All from California) RIVERSIDE CO.: 3 males, same data as holotype; 1 male topotype, June 27, 1952 (H. L. Mathis) ; 2 males, near Palm Springs, June 8, 1930 and May 6, 1946 (P. H. Timberlake) ; 1 male, Indian Wells, May 24, 1953 (A. Fukushima). SAN DIEGO CO.: 1 male, Borego, "April 26, 1950 (C. D. MacNeill). LOS ANGELES CoO.: 1 female, Lovejoy Buttes, May 11, 1944 (P. H. Timkerlake). SAN BERNARDINO CO.: 2 males, 1 female, near Victorville, May 4 and May 12, 1939 (P. H. Timberlake) ; 1 female, 22 miles north of Manix, April 26, 1953 (G. A. Marsh). Discussion.—Although this is a much larger species than gibboceps, there are several points of similarity such as the rounded clypeal in- eision and long head in the female, the weakly indicated humeral carina, and the reduced last antennal segment in the male. The hol- lowed second sternite of the male and well developed vertex tubercles in the female are distinctive. Leptochilus gibboceps, new species Male.—Agreeing with description of cavatus except as follows: obsolete band present on tergite III, V banded, sternites IIJ-IV dark; spot in apical cell of fore- wing rather diffuse, membrane otherwise lightly brown-stained; three vertex swell- ings low and somewhat punctured; second sternite not hollowed. Aedeagus rather simple, median expansion slight, subbasal expansion sharp, paramere narrow apically, evenly spotted (fig. 17). Length to apex of second tergite 4.0 mm. Female.—Mandible, clypeus, postocular dot, posterior seven-eighths of pronotum, postseutellum mostly, tergite I mostly, sternite I partly, large lateral spot on tergite II reddish. Clypeus and interantennal area sometimes .black. Abdomen often more extensively reddish in place of black. Tergite II distinctly longer than broad in most specimens. Head about 1.5 mm. long and 1.2 mm. broad; body about 5.0 mm. long to apex of second tergite. Holotype.—Male, La Crescenta, Los Angeles Co., California, July 13, 1939 (R. M. and G. E. Bohart). Paratypes.—(All from Los Angeles Co., California) 8 males, 1 fe- male, same data as type; 11 females, La Crescenta, August 7 and 21, 1938, August 14 and 28, 1939 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 male, La Crescenta, June 26, 1934 (C. D. Michener) ; 6 males, 6 females, Mt. Wilson ee July 24. 1939; 2 males, Altadena, July 1, 1945 (K. W. Cooper) ; male, Tanbark Flat, July 14, 1950 (R. M. Bohart). Other material examined.—(All from California) 1 mane Los An- geles Co. (D. W. Coquillett) ; 2 females, Modoc National Forest, Modoe Co., July 1927; 1 female, Cajon Junction, San Bernardino Co., PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 297 August 10, 1953 (J. C. Hall) ; 1 female, 5 miles west of Palm Springs, Riverside Co., June 8, 1930 (P. H. Timberlake) ; 1 female, Borego, San Diego Co., April 30, 1954 (M. Wasbauer). Discussion —This species is closely related to williamsi and, apart from minor characters of color and size, the critical separation points are found in the male genitalia. In gibboceps the aedeagus is more slender with both median and subbasal expansions less developed. More diagnostic is the presence of black spots scattered evenly along the inner paramere edge in gibboceps. Leptochilus williamsi, new species Male.—Agreeing with the description of cavatus except as follows: Postscutel- lum black, tergite V banded, sternite IV unbanded; spot in apical cell of fore- wing rather diffuse, membrane otherwise lightly stained; propodeum red poster- iorly only; three vertex swellings low and somewhat punctured; second sternite not hollowed. Aedeagus moderately stout, median expansion moderate and rounded, paramere narrow apically, inner edge with an unspotted area (fig. 14). Length to apex of second tergite 5.5 mm. Female.—Body much more extensively red including mandibles, clypeus partly, prothorax behind, postscutellum, propodeum, first two tergites largely and second sternite partly. Vertex tubercles barely evident. Head about 1.9 mm. long and 1.7 mm. wide; body about 6.0 mm. long to apex of second tergite. Holotype-——Male, Big Pine, Inyo Co., California, June 23, 1942 (R. M. Bohart). Paratypes.—2 females, same data as holotype but one collected June 13, 1942; 4 males, 1 female, Lone Pine Creek, Inyo Co., California, June 6-7, 1939 (R. M. Bohart). Other material eramined—CALIFORNIA: 1 male, Tuolumne Co., 3000 ft., June 9, 1938 (R. M. Bohart); 1 male, Tahoe, July, 1925 (F. X. Williams) ; 1 pair, Frazier Park, Kern Co., July 14, 1946; 2 males, 1 female, Tanbark Flat, Los Angeles Co., June-July, 1950 (F. X. Williams, A. T. McClay, R. M. Bohart); 1 male, La Crescenta, Los Angeles Co., June 26, 1934 (C. D. Michener) ; 1 male, 22 miles north of Manix, San Bernardino Co., April 26, 1953 (G. A. Marsh) ; 1 male, Indian Wells, Riverside Co., April 4, 1953 (A. Fukushima). ORE- GON: 1 female, Antelope Mt., Harney Co., 6500 ft., August 23, 1951 (D. K. Frewing). IDAHO: 1 male, Bear Pass Creek, Butte Co., July 26, 1947 (R. M. Bohart). Discussion.—Closely related to gibboceps but differing as indicated under that species and in the key. The mid coxa of the male is usually marked with a small pale spot but may be dark. The mid coxa ap- pears to be customarily dark in trinodus, occidentalis, and singulus; partly marked in williamsi, umbifer and bechteli; and all pale in the other species. Leptochilus umbifer, new species Male.—Agreeing with description of cavatus except as follows: three small spots across front, two spots on scutellum, none on postscutellum, tergite III partially banded, sternite V dark; only a little red on propodeum and tergite I 298 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 near juncture; spot in apical cell of forewing rather diffuse, membrane otherwise lightly brown-stained; clypeal incision not perfectly rounded but slightly angular; three vertex swellings low and somewhat punctured; second sternite not hollowed. Aedeagus with median expansion rather angled, subbasal expansion wide but slender; paramere moderately narrow toward apex, inner edge with unspotted area (fig. 16). Length to apex of second tergite 4.5 mm. Female.—More extensively red on propodeum and abdominal segment I; tergites III, V, VI, and sternites except laterally on II without pale marks; clypeus black and angularly incised. Vertex tubercles barely evident. Head about 1.8 mm. long and 1.6 mm. broad; body about 6.0 mm. long to apex of second tergite. Holotype.—Male, 4 miles north of Quincey, Plumas Co., California, June 22; 1949 (P. D. Hurd). Paratypes.—(Topotypical) 4 males, 5 females, June 20-July 13, 1949 (J. W. MacSwain, W. F. Ehrhardt, R. G. Howell, P. D. Hurd, KE. I. Schlinger). Other material examined—(All from California) TUOLUMNE CO.: 2 males, Tuolumne City, June 8 and June 22, 1953 (J. G. Rozen). MARIPOSA CO.: 1 male, Mariposa, June 13, 1938 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 female, Mariposa, June 15, 1914 (F. W. Nunemacher). NAPA CO.: 1 male, Pope Valley, May 15, 1951 (K. I. Schlinger) ; 2 males, 1 fe- male, Samuel Springs, May 28-30, 1953 (H. I. Schlinger, R. C. Bech- tel). SANTA CLARA CO.: 1 female, San Antonio Valley, June 13, 1950 (H. E. Cott). MADERA CO.: 2 males, Bass Lake, June 6, 1938 (R. M. Bohart). MONTEREY CO.: 1 female, Bryson, May 18, 1920 (BK. P. Van Duzee). Discussion.—The distribution of this species seems to include the central coast ranges and moderate elevations in the Sierra Nevada. It resembles gibboceps and williamsi in many particulars but the angled clypeal incision of the female indicates a relationship to bechteli. Leptochilus schlingeri, new species Male.—Black, marked with ivory as follows: mandible at base, elypeus,, scape within, Y-shaped interantennal spot, ocular and postocular spots, humeral margin except medially, pleural spot, tegula mostly, two spots on seutellum, stripe on postscutellum, femora and tibiae partly and mid coxa mostly, irregular posterior margins of tergites I, 1V and V, lateral posterior spots on tergite III and sternites II-V; tergite II with a sublateral oblique attached spot; flagellum dull reddish within; apical wing cell diffusely brown-staimed, membrane otherwise lightly stained. Pubescence inconspicuous, pale. Puncturation moderate. Head about as broad as long, clypeus much broader than long; last antennal segment flat, thin, about reaching base of eleventh; vertex swellings not evident, interocellar area well punctured but flat; humeral edge weakly carinate; tergite II about as long as broad; sternite II not hollowed. Aedeagus moderately slender, subbasal expansion well developed, paramere narrow apically (fig. 18). Length to apex of second tergite 4.5 mm. Female.—Pale markings dull yellow, mandible dark, elypeus black with basal inverted U of yellow, propodeum sometimes with a lateral spot, tergite II black PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 299 and yellow (fig. 5), wings fairly darkly stained. Clypeus roundly incised but a little more deeply than in male (fig. 4). Head about 1.8 mm. long, body length to apex of second tergite about 5.5 mm. Holotype—Male, Tahoe, El] Dorado Co., California, July, 1925 (F. X. Williams). Paratypes—(AIl from California) 1 pair, same data as holotype; 1 female, Webber Lake, Sierra Co., August 5, 1951 (E. I. Schlinger) ; 2 males, Strawberry, Tuolumne Co., July 15, 1951 (J. W. MacSwain) ; 1 male, Sagehen Creek, Nevada Co., July 21, 1954 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 male, Boca, Nevada Co., July 3, 1954 (R. C. Bechtel) ; 1 female, Tokopah Valley, Sequoia National Park, Fresno Co., August 21, 1955 (C. D. Michener) ; 1 male, Mineral King, 8000 ft., Tulare Co., July 7, 1942 (R. M. Bohart) ; 1 female, Big Pine Creek, 7500 ft., September 12, 1942 (R. M. Bohart); 1 pair, Big Bear Valley, San Bernardino Co., August 7, 1932 and August 13, 1933 (P. H. Timberlake). Discussion — Although vertex tubercles are only shghtly suggested in some specimens, this species clearly belongs to the trinodus group. It is recognized by the distinctive oblique spot on the second tergite. Leptochilus arenicolus, new species Male.—Agyreeing with the description of schlingeri except as follows: Broad pale band on scutellum, lateral spot on propodeum, all coxae ivory- marked, tergite II with a broad pale W-shaped apical margin, tergites IIIT and VI spotted, sternite Il banded. Clypeus a little broader than long; imterantennal ridge moderately sharp; interocellar area with a pair of rough, punctured tubercles, bridged behind front ocellus; humeral carina sharp, humeral angle projecting forward. Aedeagus rather stout, expansions well developed, paramere moderately narrowed toward apex (fig. 19). Length to apex of second tergite 5.5 mm. Female.—Markings yellow and somewhat more extensive than in male. Mandible reddish to black, clypeus with a dark free edge and dark median spot, mid and hind coxae spotted, scape black. Clypeus roundly excavated at apex, considerably broader than long. Head about 1.9 mm. long, body length to apex of second tergite about 6.5 mm. Holotype.—Male, Antioch, Contra Costa Co., California, September 9, 1935 (R. M. Bohart). Paratypes—11 female topotypes, September and October, 1935- 1939 (G. EK. Bohart, R. M. Bohart, E. C. Van Dyke, G. Ferguson). Discussion.—The rough interocellar area is distinctive in the group. The projecting humeri and rather keeled interantennal ridge are found also in occidentalis, but the reduced antennal hook and roundly excised clypeus of arenicolus relate it to schlingert. REFERENCES Bohart, R. M., 1950. A preliminary study of the subgenus Leptochilus in North America. Pan-Pac. Ent. 16:81-91. , 1942. An analysis of the Odynerus congressus group of the subgenus Leptochilus. Pan-Pac. Ent. 18:145-154. —_—+——., 1948. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of Lower California. No. 9, Hymenoptera: Eumeninae. Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei. (4) 24 :313-336. : 300 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 ANOPLOTERMES BRUCEI, NEW SPECIES, FROM BOLIVIA (IsopTEeRA, 'TERMITIDAR) At Rosario (Lake Rogagua), Bolivia in hills, November 1921, Dr. W. M. Mann, while on the Mulford Biological Expedition to the Amazon Basin, collected winged adults and workers of a new Ano- plotermes. In 1926 (Proc. U. S. National Museum 68, art. 14:45, in key and listed p. 48) I had identified this termite as A. pacificus Fr. Mueller. However, the winged adult is smaller, the hyaline fontanelle is smaller and the ocelli are larger and closer to the eyes. Anoplotermes brucei, new species Winged, female adult—Head dark castaneous brown, with dense long hairs. Fontanelle hyaline, round. Eye black, nearly round, projecting. Ocellus suboval, with projecting upper rim, separated from eye by a distance not quite equal to its long diameter. Post-clypeus light castaneous brown, bilobed, projecting, with long hairs. Antennae yellow-brown, with 15 segments, third short. Pronotum slightly lighter colored than head, saddle-shaped, sides rounded to posterior, with dense long hairs. Wings smoky-gray, forewing nearer to cubitus than to subcosta, with two branches to apex, cubitus with 10 branches to lower margin of wing, occupies half of wing in width. Legs yellow-brown. Abdominal tergites castaneous-brown, with long hairs. Measurements in mm.: Hengthi of venitane agus. eee SAS De i La lies dn ot ele Pe 14.00 Length. of entire. dealated) adult). 2-24. Sa ee ee ee 7.50 Length of head (to tip of labrum) —_ fhe A Ed oe erat ra ea ure ei 1.70 UGA Ay Kove goxeovsKoy bier, (Gra) EwmeoKone (Xonar) Lees ee 0.80 Length of forewing — east Ns CUMIN CE ered ne AAPL oni em Se Su 12.00 Length of hind tibia —__ sR aN tr Bt RE tala ie Pa Ce ee 1.50 Diameter of eye (long diameter) bales 2 Ae A 0.25 Wadth vot head \(atneyes ai tess al ON Seen) Seas eee 1.40 Wadth, Of) ROMO GU hel ly ee Res Ft eh tO ee ee en 1.40 Wadi of” Pore wang: oe et Re ee ee EO oe 3.00 Described from a series of winged adults collected with workers at the type locality. A. brucei, comes close to pacificus in my key (Snyder, loc. cit.). This termite is named in honor of Ed. Bruce, president of EK. L. Bruce Co., Memphis, Tenn., which company has contributed much to fundamental research. Cotypes, winged adults.—Cat. No. 62912, U. 8. National Museum.— Tuomas EK. Snyper, Washington, D. C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 301 ANTS OF THE GENUS PHEIDOLE, SUBGENUS HENDECAPHEIDOLE (HYMENOPTERA, FORMICIDAE) By Marion R. Smitu, Entomology Research Branch, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. The subgenus Hendecapheidole was described by Wheeler in 1922 for those species of Pheidole which have 11 segments in the antenna of the worker, soldier and female. As genotype he designated Pheidole tachigaliae Wheeler (1921), a species described from Kartabo, British Guiana, on the basis of the worker, soldier and dedlated female, and originally thought to have 12 antennal segments in all those castes. In the 1922 paper Wheeler also described P. (H.) emersoni from workers, a dedlated female, and males collected from a termite nest in Kartabo. These were the only two species included in Hendecaphei- dole until 1925, when two others were assigned to the subgenus. One of these, mendicula Wheeler (1925), was based on numerous workers, two soldiers and two males collected on Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone. The other, Tetramorium (Cephalomorium) bahai Forel (1922, Rey. Suisse de Zool. 30: 91), described from a single worker sup- posedly collected at Faisons, North Carolina, was assigned by Santschi (1925, Soe. Ent. Belg. Bul. et Ann, 65: 228) to Hendecapheidole. Being doubtful of Santschi’s placement of the species when I prepared the section on ants in the Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico (1951, U. S. Dept. Agr. Monogr. No. 2, p. 833), I included baha among the unrecognized forms of Myrmicinae. Of the four species formerly considered to belong to Hendecaphei- dole, two are now known to be incorrectly placed in that subgenus. At my request, Charles Ferriere of the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva, Switzerland, examined the holotype of bahai and found that, although it was a Pheidole, it had 12 segments in the antenna and was therefore not a Hendecapheidole. Both W. L. Brown and E. O. Wilson have examined the cotypes of emersoni in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, and report them to be Pheidole but not members of the subgenus Hendecapheidole. In this paper I give the known taxonomic and biological information concerning Hendecapheidole. I redescribe the soldier and worker of both tachigaliae and mendicula, and furnish keys for the identification of these castes. Wheeler’s original description of the dealated female of tachigaliae and the male of mendicula are reproduced, since speci- mens of these two castes are not available to me. Pheidole, subgenus Hendecapheidole W. M. Wheeler Pheidole (Hendecapheidole) W. M. Wheeler, 1922, Amer. Mus. Novitates 46: 3, worker, soldier, dedlated female, (not male). Pheidole (Hendecapheidole) W. M. Wheeler, W. M. Wheeler, 1925, Biol. Bul. 49 (3): 174, male. Fig. 1 (d, head of male; e, antenna of male). Type: Pheidole tachigaliae W. M. Wheeler. Orig. desig. This subgenus is characterized especially by having 11 segments in the antenna of the worker, soldier and female and 12 segments in the antenna of the male. The 302 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 soldier presents the best characters for specific recognition. The soldiers of both tachigaliae and mendicula have an antennal suleus and also a high angular crest on the thorax in the vicinity of the humeral angles with a distinct anteroventrad and posteroventrad slope from this region. At present, species are known only from British Guiana and the Canal Zone. The available biological information is given under each species. Fig. 1, Pheidole (Hendecapheidole) mendicula W. M. Wheeler; a, head of soldier, dorsal aspect; b, thorax and pedicel of same, in profile; c, head of worker, dorsal aspect; d, head of male; e, antenna of same. (After Wheeler). KEY FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF THE SOLDIERS 1. Dorsal surface of head with longitudinal rugulae; body light brown or reddish) brown; british Guana ee tachigaliae W. M. Wheeler Dorsal surface of head with transverse rugulae (some of which may even be concentric) ; body dark brown; Canal Zone; fig. 1 (a, b) DEBE yee eae VE RE Ney SUL BT A ot a ee rea Gah 2 eles EP Weak ee mendicula W. M. Wheeler KEY FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF THE WORKERS 1. Head and thorax dark brown and with dense, punctulate sculpturing which gives these areas a subopaque effect; Canal Zone_.________»_»______ be Rs By Pe BUS ie de ee AN a NE oa mendicula W. M. Wheeler Head and thorax light brown or yellowish brown and with dense but weak punctulate sculpturing which gives these areas a slightly shining effect; Britashy Gira Aes oe se Reh ere Se Pee _tachigaliae W. M. Wheeler PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 303 Pheidole (Hendecapheidole) mendicula W. M. Wheeler Fig. 1 (a, head of soldier; b, thorax, petiole and post-petiole of soldier; ec, head of worker; d, head of male; e, antenna of male). Pheidole (Hendecapheidole) mendicula W. M. Wheeler, 1925, Biol. Bul. 49 (3): 172-175, worker, soldier, male. Soldier.—Length 1.6-2 mm. (1.3 mm. according to Wheeler). Head subrectangular, distinetly longer than broad, with rounded occipital lobes and noticeably emarginate posterior border, the vertex with a longitudinal impres- sion but without a frontal furrow extending from the impression to the frontal area. Frontal carinae strongly diverging posteriorly. Scape short, slender at base, noticeably enlarged apically, when fully extended attaiming approximately half the length of the head; antennal club longer than the remainder of the funiculus. Greatest diameter of eye slightly more than 0.10 mm. and bearing therein approxi- mately six ommatidia. Thorax widest through the humeral angles which are very pronounced. Posterior part of mesonotum almost perpendicular to the base of the epinotum. Epinotal spines well developed but scarcely half as long as the dis- tance between their apices. Legs moderately short, with noticeably enlarged femora and tibiae. Petiolar node, in profile, strongly compressed anteropos- teriorly; viewed from above and behind the node appears somewhat wedge-shaped and has a straight or excised superior border. Postpetiolar node broader than long, also broader anteriorly than posteriorly. Dorsal surface of head very strikingly transversely rugulose (some of the rugulae often somewhat concentric). Epinotum largely punctulate. Pronotum and mesonotum irregularly rugulose-reticulate, with punctulate interspaces. Man- dibles, clypeus, dorsal surfaces of petiolar and postpetiolar nodes, and gaster rather smooth and shining; dorsal surface of petiolar node frequently shining. Hairs yellowish, suberect to erect, moderately abundant, many of them rather long. Seape of antenna also with a number of rather long hairs. Body dark brown, appendages somewhat lighter. Worker.—Length 1.3 mm. (Wheeler gives the length as 1 mm.). Head 1.10 times as long as broad, differing especially from the soldier in having more convex sides and a straight posterior border. Greatest diameter of eye less than 0.10 mm. and with about five ommatidia. Thorax with weakly developed humeri. Legs, petiole, postpetiole and gaster very much as in the soldier. Head, thorax, lower portions of the petiole and postpetiole mainly coarsely and densely punctate, subopaque; mandibles, dorsal surface of petiolar and _ post- petiolar nodes and gaster smooth and shining but the elypeus punctulate and also longitudinally rugulose, subopaque. Hairs light yellowish or grayish, moderatel with a few long hairs. Body dark brown; mandibles, antennae and legs lighter. “* Male.—Length nearly 2 mm. abundant but rather long. Scape ““Slender; head, including the eyes, as long as broad, narrowed behind, with straight sides and concave posterior border. Eyes and ocelli large. Mandibles and clypeus small, the former tridentate, the latter convex in the middle, with rounded anterior border. Antenna 12-jointed; scape very small and slender, scarcely longer than the swollen, ovoidal first funicular joint; joints 2-6 about twice as long as broad; 7-10 somewhat longer, the terminal joints slender and elongate. The 304 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 57, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1955 funiculus tapers gradually to its tip. Thorax broader than the head, the mesonotum large, convex in front, as broad as long. Epinotum convex, with subequal base and declivity, rounding into each other. Petiole slender, parallel-sided, with very low and indistinet node; postpetiole somewhat broader, campanulate, as long as broad. Gaster and legs slender. ‘“Shining; head subopaque and very finely and densely punctate; pronotum also finely punctate but more shining. ‘*Pilosity yellowish, similar to that of the soldier and worker but shorter, especially on the legs, where the hairs are also more reclinate. ‘“Yellowish brown; dorsal surface of body darker; head black; mandibles, mouthparts, antennae, legs, insertions of wings and genitalia, pale yellow. Wings hyaline, with colorless veins and pterostigma.’’ Type locality—kBarro Colorado Island, Canal Zone. Types in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Massa- chusetts. In addition to a soldier and two worker cotypes of mendicula, I have studied four soldier and eight worker topotypes collected by I. Molino, August 22, 1923, and two soldiers and five workers from Cooper’s Place, edge of Rio Aejeta, Canal Zone, August 19, 1923 by James Zetek, now in the National Museum. There is no biological informa- tion on the last two mentioned collections. The species was described from a colony nesting in the soil imme- diately around the fungus chamber of the ant, Sericomyrmex amabilis W. M. Wheeler. Pheidole (Hendecapheidole) tachigaliae W. M. Wheeler Pheidole tachigaliae W. M. Wheeler, 1921, Zool. 3 (4): 148-150, worker, soldier, dedlate female. Pheidole (Hendecapheidole) tachigaliae W. M. Wheeler, W. M. Wheeler, 1922, Amer. Mus. Novitates 46: 3, worker, soldier, dedlate female-—W. M. Wheeler, 1925, Biol. Bul. 49 (3): 175, worker, soldier—W. M. Wheeler, 1942, Harvard Univ., Mus. Compar. Zool. Bul. 90 (1): 6, 67, 192. Soldier.—Length 2 mm. Head, frontal carinae, scape, eye, thorax, legs, petiole and postpetiole similar to mendicula. Dorsal surface of head with longitudinal rugulae which diverge posteriorly, some of them even extending onto the occipital lobes. Sculpturing of body rather diffi- cult to discern clearly because of the light body color; the epinotum, however, appears punctulate. Mandibles, clypeus, postpetiolar node and gaster rather smooth and shining. Hairs of body similar to those of mendicula even to the scapes. Body light brown or yellowish brown to reddish brown, the appendages and gaster lighter. Worker.—Length 1.2 mm. (Wheeler gives the length as 1-1.1 mm.). Remarkably similar to that of mendicula, differing mainly in the smaller and more slender epinotal spines with acuter tips, lighter body color (light brown or yellowish brown), and the weaker (punctulate) sculpturing, especially of the head and thorax. ‘ i hl ie aa SN eS = SA A Jy 58 MueESsEBEOK, C. F. W.: New generic synonymy in the Scelionidae (Hymenop- HEISE) Petes ret ete = Rete Si MC 1 07 Th ES Ti ge wee eee ah Ue nee Ae BA ee eh! 8 24 —___———,; New Synonymy in the Braconidae (Hymenoptera) 34 Ae DTACOMON parasite olla psocids (Ebymenopterd))) ss=-smeee 148 ZANE NO MIR Me At eth Mae eulkecn pire ate eer hae a Dare eee ak RL ei cee NS oy "are i cd 123 PARFIN, SOPHY: Taxonomic notes on Kimminsia (Neuroptera, Hemerobiidae) 203 Pipkin, SAraAw B.: Two new subspecies of the Drosophila subgenus Phola- doris and a redeseription of Drosophila hypocausta Osten Sacken (Dip- {Reve fzie,T AD Wecoystos oll ets gat2t(=59 MN eN cee Be Si i pia OS hoe red Papin es eI eae ergs eh epee ae Set 251 Prarr, H. D.: Human myiasis due to Phaenicia sericata (Meigen) in Vir- Sey (ADihjusieh, OEM Navona), woes n ee es ee ee 14 Preuss, K. P.: MALATHION 1S making news! In 1956, new uses for malathion will undoubtedly be added to the already impressive list of over 80 uses on 45 crops. Research work across the country shows highly promising results for malathion in new uses on fruits and vegetables ... also in the control of @ mosquitoes e household pests @ parasites on cattle, sheep, hogs, poultry and pets e stored grain pests For complete, up-to-date information write to the developers— AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y. DEVELOPERS AND PRODUCERS OF MALATHION AND PARATHION TECHNICAL GULE) QUALITY INSECTICIDES QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where. foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. GULF TRAK MOTH SPRAY (Liquid) Gulf's residual-action surface spray. Contains 6% DDT, by weight, to provide sufficient residual deposit. GULF TRAK MOTH PROOFER BOMB An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULFSPRAY ROACH & ANT KILLER (Liquid) Drives roaches and ants from hiding; direct spray produces effective kill. Invisible film remains active for weeks or until removal. Contains 0.19% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with increased insect-killing power and im- proved repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% Piperonyl Butoxide, GULF OIL CORP. e¢ GULF REFINING CO. GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. JUNE 1956 i at VOL, 58, NO. 3 PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMULUGICAL SOCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY CONTENTS KOHLS, GLEN M.—Concerning the Identity of Amblyomma macula- tum, A. tigrinum, A. triste, and A. ovatum of Koch, 1844 (Acarina, MONMMNNRADTID Rca Caras adda de teu cx adendocsiiqadsaadannssccetlcuusantcindchsectesavessuednstsisnceesesese 143 KROMBEIN, K. V.—Biological and Taxonomic Notes on the Wasps of Lost River State Park, West Virginia, with Additions to the Faunal List (Hymenoptera, Aculeata) ............ssssssssccsssecesaeeetsessesennens 153 MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—A Braconid Parasite of a Psocid Ea TM NACH TILED A) WP cocert cevaccsiecGonces coc eesce toca tacts cides teesuclavonceecdevancecseectaseusebess 148 SOMMERMAN, KATHRYN M.—Parasitization of Nymphal and Adult RAISON HCE ROCOTILOES Po conc ciacsonctveacuakccssscnaseceeuisdevecassdareeeveu sass ceccoecsvadecsses 149 STRANDTMANN, R. W.—The Mesostigmatic Nasal Mites of Birds. IV. The Species and Hosts of the Genus Rhinonyssus (Acarina, PUTEITIGIEVASICMED) 1, sack ceupetercscedeacsticecaeacbeneaccucsuesevesbocebock cect sachaescevescenusacdiaces 129 WIRTH, W. W. and JONES, R. H.—Three New North American Species of Tree-hole Culicoides (Diptera, Heleidae) ...................00008 161 MOM IEW OSIM IIIN Bo aetac cnx sacayetsntaaaconsudis dstwcasanunasavosedscocuntanacnsonseacsvuns vo sushues 142 PENNER ENUM EGE. ake hss sdeovea chuntitanadnys spevutsvduesvavsecuaeveceudvusesousayathesuuasdeseanenupeas 152 SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS, 1955. .........::0sseccceeees 169 SOCIETY MEETING—Marech, 1956 ...........cccccccsssseccsssssccssssessscescccseeeees 171 THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MakcH 12, 1884 Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. 8. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the science of entomology. Amnual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U. S. currency). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge. Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8S. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of Washington. The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor. Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica- tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page, plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation, if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in which author, year, title, name of publication, volume and page are given in that order. In shorter articles, references to literature should be included in parentheses in the text. Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be borne by the author. Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac- companies the returned proofs: 2 pp. 4pp. S8pp. 12pp. 16pp. Covers 50 copies —.___.-.___._____-_. $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00 DOA COMICS oe ee eS Ba oO 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75 Additional copies, per 100 __._ 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50 Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price. The Corresponding Secretary, Custodian, Treasurer and Editor should be ad- dressed as follows: Entomological Society of Washington, c/o Division of Insects, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. OC. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 58 JUNE 1956 NO. 3 THE MESOSTIGMATIC NASAL MITES OF BIRDS. IV. THE SPECIES AND HOSTS OF THE GENUS RHINONYSSUS (ACARINA, RHINONYSSIDAB) By R. W. STRANDTMANN, Department of Biology, Texas Technological College, Lubbock. In this paper is presented a description of a new species, a re- description of an old species, and a key to the species thus far known. Rhinonyssus novae-guinea Hirst, (1921:769) is removed from the genus. Hirst figured and described only the ventral side of the female and did not describe the chela. Hence, it is impossible to assign it definitely to its correct genus at present. At first glance, it strongly resembles a Rhinonyssus but the segmented portion of the palp is considerably longer than the basal portion and its host is not one of the water birds. These two factors are sufficient to exclude it from Rhinonyssus. According to Trouessart (1894), bird nasal mites have been known since 1871, when Nitzsch found specimens in the goatsucker, Capri- mulgus europaea (subsequently described by Giebel as Dermanyssus mitzschi). Trouessart pointed out that they were not related to the Dermanyssidae but seemed to be related to the pteroptids (—Spin- turnicidae). But in 1895 he stated that they are as distinct from the pteroptids as from the dermanyssids and proposed a new subfamily, Rhinonyssinae (the genus Rhinonyssus he deseribed in 1894). Trouessart further recognized that nasal mites were to be found in chickens, geese, cuckoos, and many other birds, but he described only a very few species. Among those described were Rhinonyssus conwentris and Sternosstoma rhinolethrum. The former is the geno- type of Rhinosyssus, and the latter has been transferred to that genus. Rhinonyssus Trouessart, 1894:723 Type.—Rhinonyssus coniventris Trouessart. Type by monotypy. Synonym.—Somatericola Tragardh, 1904:28. Type Sommatericola levinsini. Sternostomum Trouessart, 1895:393 (emendation of Sternostoma Berlese et Trouessart, 1889) is given as a synonym of Rhinonyssus by Vitzthum, 1935, and by Castro, 1948. However, the present writer is not at all in sympathy with considering Sternostomum an entity distinct from Sternostoma. Trouessart clearly stated that Sternos- 1This study was supported in part by a grant-in-aid from the Public Health Service, through Research Contract RG—4073(C2). JUN © 91956 130 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 toma had the wrong ending according to Rules of Zoological Nomen- clature and he was therefore correcting it to Sternostomum. He even mentioned the original species as genotype (S. cryptorynchum). But because Trouessart described rhinolethrum under this name, and which is obviously not a Sternostoma, Vitzthum (1935) stated that Sternostomum must be recognized as valid and distinct from Sternostoma, and that rhinolethrum is its genotype. But we are of the opinion that the names Sternostoma and Sternostomum should be considered as identical and that rhinolethrum, which is not a Sterno- stoma, should be removed to its proper genus, which is Rhinonyssus, as de Castro has done (1948). The genus Rhinonyssus may be defined as mites of medium to large size; lacking a peritreme; having a single dorsal podosomal shield or a group of platelets in the podosomal region; the sternal plate lacking or greatly reduced; the anal plate also lacking or dras- tically reduced; the segmental portion of the gnathosomal palps shorter than the basal portion; the chelate portion of the chelicera at least 1/7 or more of the total length of the chelicera; lacking deutosternal teeth; lacking a modified forked seta on the palp tarsus and with no trace of a tritosternum. They have been found in the Colymbiformes, Anseriformes, and in some of the Charadriiformes (Charadriidae, Scolopacidae, Recurvirostridae, and Alcidae; but not in the Laridae, which have their own peculiar mite of another genus). Key TO SPECIES 1. Anal plate present though rarely fully developed; gnathosomal palps with stubby.)shont amd) thick wspime=likce! setae mem sseemln leper Lge ee 2 No trace of an anal plate: ‘Palpall setae otherwise 22 ee 3 2. Ventral setae attenuate; anal plate narrow and with a few lines, the anal setae rarely on the plate. Parasites of Anseriforme birds rhinolethrum Ventral setae blunt; anal plate broadly oval and bearing two setae. Para- SHAK (Our (Clollaealouueovmane) [IMAG pe alberti. n. sp. 3. Anal pore dorsal; vestiges of a sternal plate. Sixteen or more, ventral setae. Parasites of the Blacknecked Stilt (Recurvirostridae) himantopus Anal pore ventral; no traces of a sternal plate. Ventral setae 8 or less 4 4. Only four ventral setae on the hysterosoma; two anterior and two posterior to the anal pore. Parasites of the auks (Alcidae) caledonicus Hight ventral setae, six of which are anterior to the anal pore _.-- 5 5. Sternal setae all very short and not attenuated. (Examples of this species not seen by the writer). Parasites of auks—(Alcidae) — waterstoni Sternal setae may be short and heavy but at least the third pair is appen- diculate. Parasites of small wading birds (plovers and sandpipers) coniventris 1 Rhinonyssus coniventris Trouessart (Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4) Rhinonyssus coniventris Trouessart, 1894:723; described but not illustrated. Hirst 1921:361; gives a very brief description and illustrates the ventral view PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 131 of both male and female. Vitzthum, 1935. de Castro, 1948. Strandtmann, 1951: 130; illustrates dorsal and ventral views of both sexes and gives details of the gnathosoma. Synonyms.—Rhinonyssus echinipes Hirst, 1921: 359; type host, Charadrius hiaticula, the ringed prover. Rhinonyssus neglectus Hirst, 1921:359; type host, Hrolia maritima, the purple sandpiper. Rhinonyssus, coniventris Troussart: fig. 1, male chela; fig. 2, female gnathosoma, ventral view; fig. 3, dorsum of female; fig. 4, ventral view of female with sternal setae enlarged at right. The mite varies in length from about 1400 , to 2400 y. It was redescribed by Strandtmann in 1951. Trouessart originally described it as being 2-3 mm. in total length and having stubby legs, the first pair being longest. The type host was Strepsilas interpres (=Arenaria interpres), the turnstone. 132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 Trouessart mentioned that a similar species, or a variety, was to be found in Totanus calidris, a yellow legs. Hirst’s neglectus was found in Hrolia maritima, the purple sandpiper; and his echinipes was found in Charadris hiaticula, the ringed plover. We have found it in the following hosts: Plovers: Arenaria wterpres, the ruddy turnstone; Galveston, Texas; March 26, 1947; and May 29, 1948; 2 mites— a male and female. Charadrius hiaticula, the ringed plover; Galveston, Texas; Decem- ber 6, 1947; March 14, 1948; and March 20, 1948. About 20 mites, including males, females, nymphs, and larvae. Charadrius alexandrinus, the snowy plover; Okaloosa County, Florida; April 8, 1951. Bob Elbel, collector. One female mite. Sandpipers: Catophrophorus semipalmatus, the willet; Galveston, Texas; March 14, 1948; March 25, 1947; and April 3, 1948. About 15 mites, including all stages. Totanus flavipes, the lesser yellow legs; Galveston, Texas; March 25, 1947. 4 mites. Erola alpina, Dunlin (—red-backed sandpiper). Galveston, Texas; March 20, 1948. I female mite. Arquatella ptilocenemis, the Aleutian sandpiper. Eagle River, Alaska; October 29, 1949; R. B. Williams, collector. 1 female mite. Crocethia alba, the sanderling, Galveston, Texas; November 30, 1947; March 14, 1948; and March 26, 1947. 3 mites, all female. As is to be expected, there is some variation in the mites from these 8 hosts, but these variations are slight and intermediate condi- tions between extremes of variation exist. Mites from the ringed plover have the dorsal sclerotized area well developed and meeting anteriorly, as depicted in the figure, and the ventral setae are apically attenuate. Mites from the dunlin (—red- backed sandpiper) and from the sanderling, have the dorsal scleroti- zations more reduced and not meeting anteriorly, and the ventral setae have a very slender, subapical appendiculation. In mites from the snowy plover the dorsal sclerotizations are much reduced, as they also are in those from the turnstone. In both the latter the setae are not as prominently inflated as in the dunlin mites. Mites from the willet and yellow legs have rather well developed dorsal sclerotized areas and the ventral setae have apical attenuations. Variations in size, thickness of legs, and slenderness of the opisthosome are about the same for all hosts. Rhinonyssus himantopus Strandtmann (Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9) Strandtman, 1951:136. Male, female and larva are described; male and female illustrated. A fairly large, rather rounded mite. The female is about 800, and the male about 700 » long. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 133 In addition to the characters in the key, the mite has the following distinguish- ing features: a large and prominent dorsal plate; a remnant of the sternal plate; apparent loss of sternal setae. It has been recovered only from the type host, the black necked stilt, Himantopus mexicanus. Our records are: Kleberg County, Texas; September 11, 1949; Larry Cavazos, collector; 8 mites: Cocoa, Florida; June 9, 1954; R. O. Albert, collector; 4 female mites, one with larva. Rhinonyssus himantopus Strandtmann: fig. 5, dorsal view of female; fig. 6, male chelicera; fig. 7, ventral view of female gnathosoma; fig. 8, dorsal view of female gnathosoma with chelicerae; fig. 9, ventral view of female. 134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 Rhinonyssus waterstoni Hirst Hirst, 1921:359. Female briefly described and illustrated in ventral view. de Castro, 1948. Type host, the razor bill auk, Alca torda. Synonym.—Sternostomum waterstoni, Vitzthum, 1935. The present writer has not seen this species. Hirst’s deseription is quoted below in its entirety. ‘‘Female.—Abdomen not elongated. Very minute spinules are present on the venter in this species, instead of the hairs that are present in R. caledonicus. Capitulum short; segments of palp very short, being very much wider than long; tarsal segment very small, the conical tubercle on it well developed. Legs not 2 Y YY Yj , 7 ae : SN , Rhinonyssus caledonicus Hirst: fig. 10, tarsus I of female, dorsal view; fig 11, ventral view of female. very long, the first pair apparently slightly shorter than the fourth. Coxae with very short spinules or hairlets instead of the fairly long hairs present in R. caledonicus. Spines on legs much weaker than in &. neglectus. Claw of first leg apparently without any dorsal process. Length.—0.96 mm. Habitat.—Nasal cavities of the Razorbill (Alca torda), Ollaberry, North PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 135 Mavine, Shetland Islands. Specimens collected by James Waterston (15. xii. N9N3))e72 Rhinonyssus caledonicus Hirst Gitioge lS de oF 13 e149 15) Hirst, 1921:357. A brief description plus a ventral view of the female; (Type host: Uria grylle, (Black Guillemot). de Castro, 1948. Synonym.—Sternostomum caledonicum, Vitzthum, 1935. Rhinonyssus caledonicus Hirst: fig. 12, gnathosoma of female, ventral view; fig. 13, male chelicera; fig. 14, female chelicera; fig. 15, dorsal view of female. 136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 Several specimens from the Rhinocerus auklet were received through the kindness of Dr. R. O. Albert. They are apparently R. caledonicus although they have only two pairs of sternal setae instead of three. Female.—Length ; 1500 y; dorsal plate 587 y long, 450 » wide. Venter. No sternal nor anal plates. Epigynial plate without setae but with a pair of small pores or setal bases posterior to it. One pair of rather prominent setae about mid- way between the epigynial plate and the anal pore, and one pair of smaller setae lateral and posterior to the anus. Only two pairs of sternal setae. Dorsal. One large podosomal shield, the posterior margin of which is strongly produced. Two small platelets lie posterior to the plate. There are six pairs of setal bases on the plate, but no setae. The dorsal surface otherwise is also devoid of setae. Stigma without platelet or peritreme. Gnathosoma. (The terminology as pro- posed by Gorirossi and Wharton (1953) is used.) Lacking are the deutosternal and gnathosomal setae. All three pairs of hypostomal setae are present; the anterior and inner basal are quite short, the outer basal longer. The palp trochanter has one small ventral seta; the femur has two setae, one dorsal, one ventral; the genu has three, two dorsal and one ventral; and the tibia has two, both ventral. The palp tarsus has a cluster of tiny setae and two to three long setae. The movable digit of the female chela is slightly reflexed at the tip; the immovable digit is apically bifid. The male chela has the spermatodactyl only slightly produced beyond the movable digit. The immovable digit is straight, simple, and as long as the spermatodactyl. The hypostomal processes appear as fleshy lobes. An epipharynx does not show. The tectum is smooth and nearly as long as the palps. One specimen shows a pair of rather short and heavy salivary stylets. Legs. The coxal setae and ventral setae of the trochanters are thin and flexible. The femora, genuae, and tibiae of all legs have short, thick setae but dorsally the tibiae also have a pair of long, slender setae. The tarsi also have short, thick setae but basally. Apically they are long and slender, especially on tarsus I. Male.—Length. 1450 p; dorsal plate 510 y long, 390 bb wide. Differs from the female only in the chelae and in having a male gonopore. Plates and chaetotaxy as in the female. Immature stages were not found. Hirst’s description was based on specimens taken from the black vuillemot, collected on the Shetland Islands in February, March, and October, 1912 by James Waterston. Our description was based on three specimens, 1 male and 2 females, taken from Cerorhincha monocerata, the Rhinocerus auklet, collected in Puget Sound, Bremer- ton, Washington, North America, on March 1, 1952 by Dr. R. O. Albert. 2 te PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 137 Rhinonyssus rhinolethrum (Trouessart): fig. 16, male chelicera; fig. 17, tarsus I of larva; fig. 18, female gnathosoma, dorsal view, showing chelicerae; fig. 19, dorsal view of female; fig. 20, ventral view of female; fig. 21, female gnathosoma, ventral view. Rhinonyssus rhinolethrum (Trouessart ) (Pigs: 1617.18, 19, 20,721) Sternostomum rhinolethrum Trouessart, 1895:393. Briefly described but not illustrated. (Type host, the domestic goose). Berlese, 1912:71, illustrated. Vitz- thum, 1935. Vitzthum, 1941:656. Rhinonyssus rhinolethrum (Trouessart), de Castro, 1948. Strandtmann, 1951: 132; redescribed, with illustrations of the male, female, and nymph as well as details of the gnathosoma. 138 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 Sommatericola levinsini Tragardh, 1904:29. Both sexes described and _illus- trated. Type host, eider duck, Sommateria mollissima. Sternostomum levinsini, Vitzhum, 1935. Rhinonyssus levinsini, Hirst, 1921, de Castro, 1948. Rhinonyssus dartevellei Fain and Vereammen—Grandjean, 1953. Deseribed and illustrated from eleven females, one nymph and three larvae. Type host, the spur-winged goose, Plectropterus gambensis. This is a fairly large mite, up to 1.5 mm. long but the average length is slightly less than 1 mm. Distinguishing characters are the very heavy palpal setae, narrow anal plate, and seven to fourteen pairs of basally swollen but attenuated ventral setae. This is a common mite in Anseriforme birds. Our records include the following: Swans: Cygnus columbianus, the whistling swan. Norman, Cali- fornia; March 6, 1951; R. O. Albert, collector. Four specimens, 2 females and 2 nymphs, one of the females containing a larva. Geese: Branta canadensis, the Canada goose. Muleshoe, Texas; Feb- ruary 11, 1950. One mite, a female. Ducks: Anas platyrhynchus, the mallard. Coleman County, Texas; December 30, 1949; W. F. Cox, collector. Two mites. Anas strepera, the gadwall. Matagorda County, Texas; January 18, 1948. Two heads yielded eight mites, one male, four females, three nymphs. Northwest Texas; November 13, 1951. Nineteen mites, of which 14 are females (one with larva, two with eggs) and 5 nymphs (two ready to molt). Earl Camp collector. Mergansers: Mergus merganser, the American merganser. Several specimens, including 2 females with larvae. Collected in New England by Lawrence R. Penner. Mergus sp. (probably serrator, the redbreasted mereganser). Lubbock County, Texas; December 5, 1952; Anne McCaig, collector. Four mites, 2 of which had larvae. From the literature may be added the domestic goose, the eider duck, and the spur-winged goose. We have also found one specimen, which may be an accidental record, in a head of a coot, Fullica sp. collected in Thailand and sent to us through the courtesy of Bob Elbel. We have not seen specimens of dartevellei F. and V.-G. but the descriptions, illustrations and Anseriforme host argue powerfully for synonymy. Mites from these hosts are strikingly similar, with the single exception of the swan. Mites from the swan have the posterior margin of the dorsal plate slightly eroded and the palpal setae are much reduced. A striking feature of the species is the exceptionally long tarsal claws of the larva. We have not seen any other related mite in which the claws are so well developed. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 139 Anas acuta, the pintail. Muleshoe Wildfowl Reservation, Muleshoe, Texas; January 28, 1950. Four heads examined, 2 mites found in one of them. Anas carolinensis, the greenwinged teal. Norman, California; January 14, 1951; R. O. Albert, collector. Three mites, 2 females and 1 nymph. Mareca americana, the baldpate, or American wigeon. Muleshoe Wildfowl Refuge, Muleshoe, Texas; February 11, 1950. Examined 6 heads and found 2 mites, both females. 26 Rhinonyssus alberti, n. sp.; fig. 22, female gnathosoma, dorsal view; fig. 23, ventral view of female; fig. 24, female chelicera; fig. 25, dorsum of female; fig. 26, female gnathosoma, ventral view. Spatula clypeata, the shoveler. Kleberg County, Texas; December 25, 1949; Larry Cavazos, collector. Four heads examined, two mites found, one female and one nymph. Aythya affinis, the lesser scaup. Kleberg County, Texas; December 25, 1949. One mite, female. 140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL, 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 Melanitta deglandi, the whitewinged scoter. Puget Sound, Bremer- ton, Washington; R. O. Albert, collector. One mite, a male. D 0 p 00 00g DV Uomo Rhinosyssus alberti, n. sp.: fig. 27, gnathosomal palps, ventral view; fig. 28, claws and ambulacrum of tarsus I, female; fig. 29, ventral view of male; fig. 30, male chela; fig. 31, ventral seta, enlarged; fig. 32, dorsal view of female. Rhinonyssus alberti, new species (Figs. 22-32) This new species from grebes is more closely related to rhinolethrum (from ducks, geese, ete.) than to any other Rhinonyssus. The female is about 800 » lone by 500 » wide; the male is about 640 » by 480 x. The palps have blunt, heavy setae and the venter bears 10 to 15 pairs of very heavy, short, blunt setae. There is an anal plate but it bears only two setae and lacks a cribrum. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 141 Female.—Varying in length from 720 y to 890 y, averaging just a little over 800 u. Venter. No sternal plate. The six sternal setae are swollen basally and attenuate evenly into thin, flexible tips. The epigynial plate is about twice as long as wide and devoid of setae but it is sclerotized and pigmented. The venter bears from ten to fifteen pairs of prominent, broad, blunt setae. The anal plate is present but not sclerotized. It is rounded, bears two setae, and lacks a cribrum. The anal pore is near the anterior margin. Dorsum. A large, well sclerotized, lightly reticulated podosomal plate which is narrowly and bluntly produced on the posterior margin. Two small platelets lie posterior to the podosomal shield. There are no stigmal plates. The entire dorsal surface is devoid of setae. Gnathosoma, The pedipalps are short and stubby but bear prominent heavy setae. One rather slender seta is at the outer base of the palp trochanter (or at the apex of the coxa?). The palp femur has a short heavy seta on the outer margin and the palp genu has a seta on both the inner and outer margins, the palp tibia seems to have two or three heavy, blunt setae at the apex, and the small tarsus has several indistinct, knoblike setae. There are no hypostomal setae, no deutosternal setae and no gnathosomal setae. An epipharynx does not show. The teetum is a fairly short, rounded lobe. The chelae are about 4 the total length of the chelicerae. Both arms are equally developed and are straight and thick and devoid of teeth. Legs. The coxal setae have slender tips which arise gradually from swollen bases. The trochanters have similar setae but smaller. The rest of the leg segments have short, rigid setae with the exception of the tarsi, which bear long, slender setae apically. Male.—Average length, 640 yw; width, 480 p- Gnathosoma, dorsal surface and chaetotaxy of legs as in the female. Anal plate as in the female. Ventral setae same morphologically as in female but numbering 26-28. Genital pore just anterior to the first pair of sternal setae. No sternal plate. A small, indistinct _ plate is located between coxae IV. The chela is difficult to delineate clearly. The immovable arm is slender, straight and edentate. The movable arm is a trifle longer, is quite broad, and seems to have an appressed appendage basally. The spermatodactyl is considerably longer, but is equally as broad as the movable arm. It seems to be either forked or broadly cupped apically. Nymph.—Length 620 yp. Chaetotaxy quite similar to that of the female. The dorsal shield is extremely vague. The ventral side has only the anal shield Number of ventral setae, 28-30. Types Holotype female, and several paratypes, including a male and nymph are in the acarology collection of the U. S. National Museum, Washington D. C. Paratype females have been sent also to Dr. Jean Cooreman at the Brussels Natural history Museum, Bel- gium; Dr. A. Fain, Ruanda Urundi, Astrida; Dr. F. Zumpt at the Medical Institute, Johannesburg, South Africa; and Dr. Deane Fur- man, University of California. The balance are in the collection of the author. Type host. Colymbus caspicus, the eared grebe. Type locality. Longbeach, California, North America. The above description is based on 18 females, 3 males and 2 142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VoL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 nymphs. They were found in the nasal passages of a single bird which was collected on December 30, 1951 by Richard O. Albert, M.D., in whose honor this distinctive mite is named. SUMMARY This paper includes the synonymy and description of the genus ERhinonyssus, a key to the known species, a brief description of the previously known forms, a detailed description of a new species, R. alberti, and illustrations of each species we have seen. The species Rhinonyssus nova-guinea is removed from the genus. REFERENCES Castro, M. P. de, 1948. Reestruturacao Generica da Familia ‘Rhinonyssidae Vitzthum 1935’ (Acari Mesostigmata: Gamasidea) E Descricao de Algumas Especies Novas. Arq. do Inst. Biol. Sao Paulo 18:253-284. Fain, A. and Vereammen-Grandjean, P. H., 1953. Une nouvelle espece de Rhino- nyssus, Acarien parasite de 1’Oie de Gambie. Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr. XLVIII (1-2) 335-41. Hirst, Stanley, 1921. On some new parasite mites. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 769-803. , 1921. On some new or little-known acari, mostly parasitic in habit. Proe. Zool. Soe. London, pp. 357-378. Strandtmann, R. W., 1948. The mesostigmatic nasal mites of birds I: Two new genera from shore and marsh birds. Jour. Parasit. 34:504-514. , 1951. The mesostigmatie nasal mites of birds II: New and poorly known species of Rhinonyssidae. Jour. Parasit. 37: 129-140. ————,, 1952. The mesostigmatie nasal mites of birds III: New species of Rhinoecius from owls. Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash. 54(4): 205-214. Trouessart, D. H., 1894. Note Sur Les Acariens Parasites des Fosses Nasales des Oiseaux. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Seances et Memoires de la Societe de Biologie 2(10): 723-724. Trouessart, D. E., 1895. Note sur un Aecarien Parasite des Posses Nasales de L’oie Domestique (Sternostomum rhinolethrum, n. sp.). Revue des Sciences Naturelles apliquees, Bulletin de la Societe Nationale d’Acclimation 42: 392-394. Tragardh, Ivar, 1904. Monographie de Arktischen Acariden, Fauna Arctica 4, Lief, 1, pp. 1-78. Vitzthum, H. Graf, 1935. Milben aus der Nasenhoehle von Voegeln. Jour. f. Ornith. 83 (4) :563-587. Vitzthum, H. Graf, 1940-1943. Acarina: In Bronn’s ’Klassen und Ordnung des Tierreich. 5. Band: Arthropoda IV, Abteilung: Arachnoidea, 5. Buch (in 7 parts), pp. 1-1011. ANNOUNCEMENT Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication, References to literature should be included in the text. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 143 CONCERNING THE IDENTITY OF AMBLYOMMA MACULATUM, A. TIGRINUM, A. TRISTE, AND A. OVATUM OF KOCH, 1844 (AcCARINA, [xXODIDAB) By Guren M. Kouus, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, National Institutes of Health, Hamilton, Mont. In 1844 Koch described four South American species of Amblyom- ma which Neumann (1899) and subsequent authors regarded as synonyms of A. maculatum Koch, 1844 described from ‘‘Carolina,’’ U.S.A. Recent studies of material in the Rocky Mountain Laboratory collection, plus several lots of presumed A. maculatwm from South America kindly lent by Dr. H. de Beaurepaire Aragao of the Instituto Oswaldo Cruz in Brazil, supported my previous opinion that South American species other than A. maculatum had been and were con- tinuing to be indentified as A. maculatum. It seemed likely that one or more of Koch’s supposedly synonymic species were represented but since the descriptions of these are very inadequate the problem could be resolved only by examination of the types. These were made available to me by Prof. Dr. A. Kaestner of the Zoologisches Museum, Berlin, to whom I am deeply indebted for the favor. The Koch species currently regarded as synonyms of A. maculatum are A. tigrinum, A. ovatum, A.triste, and A. rubripes. I have seen the types of all of these except the last. According to Prof. Kaestner, the types of A. rubripes cannot be found in the Zoologisches Museum collection. It is evident from examination of the Koch material that, although similar in facies and details of the coxal armature, 3 distinct species are represented—A. maculatum, A. triste, and the single species repre- sented by A. ovatum and tigrinum. These latter two are obviously one and the same species and A. ovatum (type, a male accompanied by labels reading ‘‘type,’’ ‘‘ovatum Koch Montevid. Sello,’’ ‘‘1048’’) is hereby reduced to a synonym of A. tigrinum. Amblyomma maculatum Koch Type.—A male with label reading ‘‘Carolina. Zimmermann.’’ Ac- companying this specimen but in another vial were 3 males and 3 labels each reading ‘‘ Caracas. Gollmer.’’ The two vials were contained within another vial in which was a label reading ‘‘type’’ and the number ‘‘1044.’’ Since neither Koch nor subsequent authors have mentioned these 3 males from Caracas their status as types is ques- tionable. This species is readily distinguished from A. tigrinum and A. triste by the presence in both sexes of a pair of stout ventral spurs on the distal extremity of metatarsi IJ, III, and IV. Neumann (1899) saw the type but stated that one spur was present on metatarsi IT, III, and IV and this error has been repeated in descriptions by most later 144 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH. VoL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 authors. The presence of paired spurs was noted by Banks (1908), Robinson (1926), Senevet (1940), and Cooley and Kohls (1944). The numerous specimens of A. maculatum that I have examined all come from no farther south than Colombia and Venezuela, and I therefore suspect that Robinson’s male from Paraguay (his figure 12) 1s probably A. tigrinwm. Boero (1944) records A. maculatum from several hosts and localities in Argentina but the broad bands of scutal ornamentation shown in his figure of the male (here repro- duced, Fig. 1) suggest that the species actually concerned is A. tigrinum. Furthermore, the description modified from Neumann (1899) states that one metatarsal spur is present on legs IT, III, and JJ Boero Fig. 1. Male of Amblyomma maculatum Koch according to Boero (1944). The broad stripes of ornamentation on the seutum suggest that the species concerned is A. tigrinum Koch rather than A. maculatum. N. J. Kramis, phot. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 145 IV. The few specimens from Argentina that I have seen are A. tigrinum, and it appears likely that Ringuelet’s (1948) records, as well as those of earlier authors, of A. maculatum in Argentina apply instead to A. tigrinum. Amblyomma tigrinum Koch Types.—Three males with labels reading ‘‘type,’’ ‘‘tigrinum Koch. Brasil. Freyr’’ ‘‘1047.’’ This species is separable an once from A. maculatum by the presence of only 1 metatarsal spur on legs II, II, and IV of both sexes. The palpi are somewhat shorter and the bands of scutal ornamentation of the male are usually broader than in A. maculatum. A. tigrinum is best distinguished from A. triste by the absence of tubercles on the festoons. A. bouthewi Senevet 1940, known only from a male and 2 females off dog near Cayenne, French Guiana, appears to be closely related to A. tigrinum and is perhaps a synonym, From the descrip- tion alone I am uncertain of its validity and I have been unable to obtain the types. Besides the types, I have seen the following specimens, all from Brazil, sent to me by Dr. Aragao: 1 male, ex Pseudalopex, State of Rio Grande do Sul. Dr. Cesar Pinto, collector. 3 females, ex dog, S. Borja, State of Rio Grande do Sul, January 13, 1941, Dr. Cesar Pinto, collector. 2 males, ex dog, Belém, State of Para, February 1955, Dr. Hugo Laemmert, collector. 1 male, ex dog, ‘‘Tamandua,’’ State of Mato Grosso, January 23, 1955, Dr. R. Barth, collector. 5 males, 2 females, ex Chrysocyon, Anapolis, State of Goias, Decem- ber 17, 1936, Dr. R. M. Gilmore, collector. Through the courtesy of Dr. Aragao, I have also seen a male and female of A. tigrinum from French Guiana determined by Dr. H. Floch as A. maculatum (Instituto Oswaldo Cruz No. 129). Two lots totalling 1 male and 4 females in the collection of the Rocky Mountain Laboratory off dogs from unspecified localities in Argentina are clearly A. tigrinum. The presence of the species in Peru is suggested by a collection at hand consisting of 7 males and 4 females from Dusicyon culpaeus andinus Thomas at Hacienda Capana, 3500 to 4000 meters elevation, Ocongate, Cusco, August 20, 1949, C. Kalinowski of the Chicago Natural History Museum, collector. These specimens differ from A. tigrinum only in being a little larger and more brightly ornamented and may be merely a local variant of that species. Amblyomma triste Koch Types.—Two females labeled ‘‘triste Koch Montevid. Sello,’’ ““type,’’ and ‘‘1046.’’ 146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 A. triste agrees with A. tigrinum in having but one spur on. the metatarsi of legs II, III, and IV, but differs from this species and from A. maculatum by the presence ventrally in both sexes of a small tubercle at the postero-internal angle of all festoons except the middle one. The pattern of ornamentation of the female scutum appears to be distinctive (Fig. 2). The types and the following Brazilian specimens loaned to me by Dr. Aragao from the Instituto Oswaldo Cruz Collection constitute the only known records of this species: 1.0.C. No. 204, 1 male, 2 females, ex vegetation, at Jacaré, near mouth of the Culuene River, a tributary of the Xingu River in Fig. 2. Female of Amblyomma triste Koch. Specimen from lot No. 204 of the Instituto Oswaldo Cruz Collection. N. J. Kramis, phot. ee” eile PROC. BNT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 147 the northeastern part of the State of Mato Grosso, 1948, Dr. J. C. de Mello Carvalho, collector. 1.0.C. No. 215, 1 female, ex Tapirus, locality as above, July 10, 1947, Dr. H. Sick, collector. 1.0.C. No. 696, 1 female, host unspecified, area of the Cumina River, a tributary of the Trombetas River, which joins the Amazon near Obidos, State of Para, 1928, Dr. Gastao Cruls, collector. The following key is modified from Robinson (1926) and is pre- sented to aid in the diagnosis of maculatum, tigrinum, and triste: Marginal groove continuous, coxa I with the external spur long and acute, the internal very short and insignificant. Coxae II and III each with a short spur not so broad as long, or barely broader than long; spur on coxa IV long and slender in males, short and triangular in females... 1. A pair of spurs on metatarsi of legs II, IIT, and IV __________-... A, maculatum FAGSINS Le TSP Ut OmmbUeNe ale bal lel ls lesseesaemeniane weet: aan Sieh a ee 2 2. Festoons ventrally with a tubercle at the postero-internal angle ___.. A, triste MestOONS walkout aumberGlesy oes ge eeteere Ak cs Lene! Pes A, tigrinwn SUMMARY Amblyomma tigrinum Koch, 1844, and A. triste Koch, 1844, long regarded as synonyms of A. maculatwm Koch, 1844, are re-established as valid species. A. ovatum Koch, 1844, also long synonymized under A. maculatum, is found to be the same as A. tigrinum and is reduced to a synonym of the latter species. Koch’s types of these species were examined and compared with additional material now available. REFERENCES Banks, N., 1908. A Revision of the Ixodoidea, or Ticks, of the United States. U. S. Dept. Agric., Bur. Entom., Tech. Ser. No. 15, 60 pp., 10 plates, Wash- ington, D. C. Boero, J. J., 1944. Los Ixodideos de la Republica Argentina. Ministero de Agric. Bol. Tec. de la Dir. General de Ganaderia. 68 pp. Buenos Aires. Cooley, R. A., and Kohls, Glen M., 1944. The genus Amblyomma (Ixodidae) in the United States. J. Parasitology, 30:77-111. Koch, C. L., 1844. Systematische Uebersicht iiber die Ordnung der Zecken. Arch. f. Naturg. 10(1): 217-239. Neumann, L. G., 1899. Révision de la famille des Ixodidés. Mém. Soe. Zool. de France, 12 :107-294. Ringuelet, R., 1948. Zoopardsitos de interes Veterinario—su distribucion en la Argentina segun comprobaciones de la Direccion de Patologica Animal 1935- 1945. Direecion de Informaciones, Pub. Mise. No. 281. Buenos Aires. Robinson, L. E., 1926. The Genus Amblyomma. pp. xii + 302, 7 pls. Pt. IV of Ticks: A Monograph of the Ixodoidea, by Nuttall, Warburton, Cooper, and Robinson. Cambridge University Press, England. Senevet, G., 1940. Quelques Ixodidés de la Guyane frangaise. Espécies nouvelles d’Ixodes et d’Amblyomma. VI Congreso Internacional de Entomologia, Madrid, 6-12 Sept. 1935, pp. 891-898. 148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH. VOL. 58, NO. 3, JUNE, 1956 A BRACONID PARASITE OF A PSOCID (HYMENOPTERA ) By C. F. W. Munsesencr, U. 8. National Museum, Washington, D. C. To my knowledge there is no authentic published record of the rear- ing of a species of Braconidae from any species of Psocoptera. 177 GALINDO, P. and TRAPIDO, H.—Descriptions of Two New Subspecies of Haemagogus mesodentatus Komp and Kumm 1938, from Middle BeNeTICA UDI sera UstCia ae) | Seer Fe Se 228 KOHLS, G. M.—The Identity of Ixodes boliviensis Neumann 1904 and J. Peeorame Meumatin | 906. CEXOGIGR0)) 2 232 PARFIN, SOPHIE—Taxonomic Notes on Kimminsia (Neuroptera, Hemer- PUDPEEG ERED ) 2S EIS NES ee 2 2 ee eS A ee ee eee as 203 Eee Pin oraptora 2 _ 227 WIRTH, W. W. and BLANTON, F.S.—Studies in Panama Culicoides VII. The Species of the pulicaris and cova-garciai Groups (Diptera, TETSU VD) U0 et ac St aM dS rein Ue AE ACR oii te C1) Oe ee eee 211 ANNOUNCEMENTS — Ot et DEG 'S, Eee A Lee 210, 227 RS ooh RE SE 8 a ee SIE ee ees eee 209 OBITUARY—Alfred Fellenberg Satterthwait, 1879-1954 — 234 BOGE tY MencinG—April, 1956 Bas T33 Tr @@f + ow 7 . Titre) ee THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED Marcu 12, 1884 Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. 8. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U. 8S. currency). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge. Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of Washington. The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. All manuseripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor, Aeceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica- tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page, plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation, if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in which author, year, title, name of publication, volume and page are given in that order. In shorter articles, references to literature should be included in parentheses in the text. Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be borne by the author. 5 Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac- companies the returned proofs: 2 pp. 4pp. S8pp. 12 pp. 16pp. Covers UN 111", iC Car ae en at Beat $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00 ROO copies, ss ee Le 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75 Additional copies, per 100 -.._... 1.00 25 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50 Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price. The Corresponding Secretary, Custodian, Treasurer and Editor should be ad- dressed as follows: Entomological Society of Washington, c/o Division of Insects, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 58 AUGUST 1956 NO. 4 A SYNOPSIS OF THE NEARCTIC CHRYSOPIDAE WITH A KEY TO THE GENERA (NEUROPTERA ) ! By WILLIAM E. BICKLEY and ELLIs G. MAcLEop2 The chrysopid fauna of North America has not been treated in a comprehensive way since the revision of Banks (1903). During the ensuing 47 years he published numerous papers in which he described 47 new species and erected two new genera. Smith (1922) made im- portant contributions to knowledge of the biology of these insects and also added valuable information concerning the morphology and taxonomy of the larvae. Further studies by Smith adequately treated the species known to occur in Kansas (1925 and 1934) and in Canada (1932), while Froeschner (1947) dealt with the species of Missouri. Although these papers contain valuable keys to the genera and species of their respective regions, they are quite inadequate if one is dealing _ with forms from areas other than those for which the keys are in- tended. This is particularly true for specimens from the western United States which can be identified only by reference to many scattered publications. Dr. Frank M. Carpenter and Mr. Phillip A. Adams (personal com- munication) propose to make the thorough revision of the family which is badly needed. Such a study requires analysis of the taxo- nomic characters now in use as well as basic morphological work to select new characters so that generic relationships will be clarified and species evaluated. A revisionary study is greatly compleated, especially on the generic level, by the work of Longinos Navas, who failed to integrate newly described forms with previously established groups. To evaluate most genera which occur in North America it will be neces- sary to have a thorough knowledge of the numerous neotropical species which Navas has referred to these genera. Dr. Roger C. Smith studied many of these Navasian types in European museums and made notes on these specimens. He concluded that the evaluation and consolidation of the Navasian species from the New World is an over- whelming task involving ‘‘thankless and uninteresting... drudgery.’’ This paper is in the nature of an interim review of the family as it oceurs in the Nearctic region north of Mexico. It is intended to facilitate determinations until such time as a thorough revision is 1Scientifie Art. No. A524, Contribution No. 2655, of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station, Department of Entomology. 2University of Maryland, College Park. AUGS 1 1966 178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1956 available. It is hoped that the present work will provide a means for recognition of genera and major species groups since, as pointed out previously, existing keys are inadequate. For specific determinations reference is made to the appropriate sources. The synonymy of included species is believed to be comprehensive in the sense that all of the contributions which have affected the names of Nearctic species are listed. Information on geographical distribution is not intended to be com- plete and is usually stated in general terms. For the sake of brevity distributional records obtained from the literature are not always credited to individual sources. In addition to the numerous papers by Banks (See Carpenter and Darlington, 1954), most records have been taken from the following: Bickley (1941), Brimley (1938), Froesch- ner (1947), Leonard (1926), Montgomery and Trippel (1933), Parfin (1952), and Smith (1922, 1932, and 1934). New records are based on material seen by one or both of the authors. It is hoped that the in- clusion of these distributional records will serve as an aid in the de- termination of certain species. The history of the family Chrysopidae begins with Leach who in 1815 established the genus Chrysopa for those lacewings in which the antennae are filiform, as contrasted to. members of the restricted Linnaean genus Hemerobius in which the antennae are moniliform. For these two genera Leach erected the family Hemerobida. Schneider (1851) in his monograph of the species of the world designated the ereen lacewings as the division Chrysopina of his family Hemero- bidae, and Hagen (1866) raised the group to the rank of subfamily with Chrysopa as the type genus. The present status as a family was the result of McLachlan’s revision of 1868. For many years it was assumed that the type species of Chrysopa had been subsequently designated as Hemerobius perla Linné by either Westwood in 1840 (Morse, 1931) or by Banks in 1903. (Smith, 1932). Unfortunately Hemerobius perla Linné had been selected by Latreille in 1810 to serve as the type species of the genus Hemerobius and this selection was upheld by the International Commission in 1910 (Opinion 11). A strict adherence to the International Rules in this case would have transferred the name Hemerobius to the genus Chrysopa and would have necessitated a new name for the genus formerly known as Hemerobius. In addition, since both of these genera are now the types of their respective families, this shift of names could have resulted in the renaming of the families. Indeed Banks (1945, 1948) began to use the name Nothochrysidae in place of Chrysopidae. A recent decision of the International Commission (Opinion 211, 1954) has prevented this confusion by a suspension of the rules. All previous designations of type species for these two genera were set aside, and Hemerobius perla Linné, 1758, was desig- nated as the type of Chrysopa Leach, 1815. Prior to the middle of the nineteenth century, all Nearctic species were referred to the genus Chrysopa. Fitch (1856) erected the genus PROC. HNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1956 179 Meleoma and described M. signoretti—a species in which the males have a tubercle between the bases of the antennae—signoretti becom- ing the type species by monotypy. McLachlan (1868) described the genera Nothochrysa and Leucochrysa with C. fulviceps Stephens and C. varia Schneider respectively as the type species. Although these genera were based on Palaearctic and Neotropical forms several Nearctic species have subsequently been assigned to these genera. In the same paper McLachlan also called attention to certain features of the wing venation which have since been rather extensively used by numerous other workers. Banks (1903) in his revision of the family recognized the four existing genera and added Allochrysa and Eremo- chysa, designating C. virgimca Fitch and C. punctinervis McLachlan respectively as the type species. In addition to keys to the existing genera and species, numerous forms were placed in synonymy. Sub- sequently Banks (1911) erected the genus Chrysopiella with Chrysopa sabulosa Banks as the type and (1938a) the genus Abachrysa with Chrysopa eureka Banks as the type. Considerable confusion regarding the limits and validity of three genera has arisen as a result of the publications of Navas (1916, 1917 et seq.). Nodita ramosi and Nodita melanocera (both from Brazil) were described by Navas (1916), yet a description of the genus Nodita was not published until the following year. Chrysopa intermedia Schneider was designated by Navas (1917) as the type species of the genus Nodita, and two Nearctic species which had formerly been placed in Leucochrysa were referred to this genus. Navas (1917) also synonymized the genus Allochrysa Banks with Lewcochrysa McLach- lan, but this synonymy has not been recognized by any American worker. Banks (1939) placed the rest of our species of Lewcochrysa in Nodita, so that Leucochrysa as it is now conceived is restricted to tropical America but is not necessarily congeneric with Nodita as was implied by Smith (1934). EXPLANATION OF TAXONOMIC CHARACTERS Descriptions of Nearctic species have relied heavily on the pigmen- tation of the body. To a lesser extent, the shape of the wings, degree of blackening of the wing veins and overall size have been used. Re- cent work has begun to stress the importance of more fundamental characters. Smith (1932) reported on preliminary genitalic studies, and Killington (1937) figured the male genitalia of many of the British species. Principi (1949) made a valuable study of the male and female reproductive systems of the Palaearctie species, Chrysopa septempunctata Wesm. and C. formosa Brauer, and assembled much pertinent information. Bickley (1952) studied the genetic basis of the pigmentation of the head of Chrysopa oculata Say. Future taxo- nomic studies of the Nearetic species will require a re-evaluation of specific relationships from the standpoint of internal anatomy as well as a consideration of the patterns of geographic distribution, ecology, and cytogenetics, 180 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1956 The generic classification has employed such characters as the rela- tive length of the antennae, the presence or absence of an interanten- nal tubercle, darkening of the pterostigma, and the venation of the wings, particularly the basal course of the branches of the media. Venation in the family Chrysopidae is extremely specialized because of the extensive coalescence of many of the veins, and interpretations of the condition found in the adult wing have been possible only after a study of the tracheation of the developing pupal wings. McClendon (1906) interpreted the important veins correctly, and a more inten- sive analysis was undertaken by Tillyard (1916), Comstock (1918), and Smith (1922). Morse (1931) summarized previous work. It has recently become apparent that the venation of the Neuroptera is more complex than had been supposed. The primitive, four-branched struc- ture of the media which is given by Comstock (1918) has been shown by recent work to be a more specialized condition, and the truly primitive wing had an anterior bifurcate vein attached to the medial stem. This vein has been termed the Anterior Media (MA) by Lameere (1922), while the remainder of the media (the entire media of Comstock’s terminology) is referred to as the Posterior Media (MP). Although absent in many of the higher orders, Carpenter (1936, 1940, 1951) has concluded that the Anterior Media is still pres- ent in the lower neuropteroid groups, and Bradley (1939) has applied this terminology to the Chrysopidae. The forewing of Chrysopa oculata Say is shown in fig. 1, and subse- quent references are to this figure. If the proximal portion of the media (m) is examined, the typical anterior (MA) and posterior (MP 1+2) branches can be seen. MP 1+2, however, travels only a short distance before coalescing again with MA. This course of MP 1+2 (Tillyard’s median loop) results in the formation of a small cell be- tween the free portions of MA and MP 1+2 (which Tillyard termed the first intramedian cell (im,). After extending longitudinally for a short distance, M again branches with MA continuing longitudinally while MP 1+-2 turns sharply posteriorly. This section of MP 1+2 and the first branch of the cubitus (cu,) form the distal and posterior margins of a cell directly behind im,, the proximal margin being formed by a vein from MP 1+2 to Cu. This cell is designated as the third median cell (8M). The relationship of the shape and relative area between cells im and 3M is quite important in delimiting several of the genera. It should be mentioned that Banks in his very extensive series of publications followed the terminology of McLachlan (1868) and referred to these two cells collectively as the ‘‘third cubital cell’’ which he considered to be divided by the ‘‘divisory veinlet’’ (MP 1+2), and that Smith (1922, 1932) and Killington (1937) have em- ployed the nomenclature of Comstock. A second feature of the wings is the presence of one or two promi- nent series of cross veins in the distal portions. These cross veins were apparently called ‘‘gradates’’ for the first time by Schneider (1851). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1956 181 NODITA ALLOCHRYSA MELEOMA CHRYSOPA Fig. 1, Chrysopa oculata Say, right forewing (x7). M, media; MA, anterior branch of media; Cu 1, first branch of cubitus; MP 1+2, posterior branch of media; im 1, first intramedian cell; 3M, third median eell. Fig. 2, Nothochrysa californica Banks, medial branches in right forewing (x15). Fig. 3, Nodita ameri- cana (Banks), medial branches in right forewing (x15). Fig. 4, Allochrysa virginica (Fitch), medial branches in right forewing (x15). Fig. 5, Meleoma verticalis Banks, basal segments of antenna of a female (x30). Fig. 6, Chrysopa rufilabris Burmeister, basal segments of antenna (x30). 182 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1956 Many taxonomic papers have referred to the gradates without a clear explanation of the fact that they are the cross veins between the branches of the radial sector. SI KEY TO THE GENERA OF NEARCTIC CHRYSOPIDAE Median loop (MP 1+2) in forewing following an oblique or longitudinal course and not meeting MA so that cell im; is closed by a cross vein and is subequal bo CellRSiMi Chie si 325 As \igy S e e S g ey BOY ea et aa ee 2 Median loop in forewing following a more sharply oblique course and meet- ing MA so that cells im: and 3M are unequal in shape and area (fig. BL AN Fs REN Nave EU eo Sa lk Ie NPM 2 AOS ct Had SIR a EE 3 Median loop following a longitudinal course so that cells im: and 3M are rectangular in shape (fig. 2); veinlets of outer and posterior margins of wings mostly simple; color dark brown or black —— Nothochrysa, p. 182 Median loop following an oblique course so that cells im: and 3M are trapezoidal in shape (fig. 4); veinlets of outer and posterior margins of wings mostly forked; color yellow or greenish yellow _— Allochrysa, p. 183 Hund: wings “with twomseries oO: -oradates 2s) Sen eee + Hind wings with one series of gradates, the inner series absent —.----..-____ {i Males with a prominent tubercle between the antennae (females without such a tubercle) ; proximal half of flagellum with most segments nearly as broad as long (fig. 5); bases of antennae usually widely separated, the distance often equal to or greater than the width of the basal seg- YVONNE Dorp NES oe 8, ae eee Ak SO oe ae eee Meleoma, p. 185 An interantennal tubercle never present; proximal half of the flagellum with most segments plainly longer than broad (fig. 6); bases of antennae close together, usually separated by a distance which is less than the width” of the basal segment . _ 295 EVANS, HOWARD E.—Notes on the Biology of Four Species of Ground- Heswne VOspiode CEeyMeEnOpcera)) 2-8 et 265 KISSINGER, D. G.—New Synonymy in North American Nanophyinae PEG ncera. GULCHiONIGAe 7 ce ee ose eee ee ee _ 264 KROMBEIN, KARL V.—Chrysis pasicsnentics Br., a Recent Adventive Wasp in Washington, D. C., from the Old World (Hymenoptera, Chrysididae)_. 275 PIPKIN, SARAH BEDICHEK—Two New Species of the Drosophila Sub- genus Pholadoris and a Redescription of Drosophila hypocausta Osten Racken (Diptera, Drosophilidse) 22.0) ee = SMITH, MARION R.—A Further Contribution to the Taxonomy and Biology of the Inquiline Ant, Leptothorax diversipilosis Smith (Hymen- SES Cele cere VOR RTURCLOL AG) ers een rae ea SA ST esa in i a Soar ites > | TOMBES, AVERETT S.—An Additional Record for Panorpa lugubris (Swederus) _.., CONTENTS A 4g. KE, (Continued from front cover) © eu WAGNER, EDUARD—On the Genus Strongylocoris Blanchard (Hemiptera, Heteroptera, Miridae) pemee eC 7 / WELD, LEWIS H.—Kiefferiella acmaeodera, New Species (Hymenoptera, Cynipoidien:)\ een ee aan ae) pe 291 WESTER, CLIFFORD—Notes on the Bionomics of the Natural Enemies of the Insects on Mirabilis _.____. Ren ph ae 283 WIRTH, WILLIS W.—The Heleid Midges Involved in the Pollination of Rubber Trees in America (Diptera, Heleidae) ___..__.._=-—>= 2A1 WOOLLEY, TYLER A.—Redescription of Tumidalvus americana Ewing and Hypochthonius crosbyi Ewing (Acarina, Oribatei, Hypochthoniidae) 287 POBEEULION) 2232007 oe a ee ee ANNOUNCEMENTS ) 0.2.00) 34 eee BOOK NOTICES AND REVIEWS __..__._____. 250, 263, 275, 294, 296, 299 OBITUARY—Royce Burton Knapp, 1924-1955 _.. == 99 SOCIETY MEBTING—May, 2056.00 ee es eee Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. O. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THE HELEID MIDGES INVOLVED IN THE POLLINATION OF RUBBER TREES IN AMERICA (DIPTERA, HELEIDAE) By WiLutis W. WirtH, Entomology Research Branch, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. It has been my privilege to study an interesting collection of heleid midges captured by Dr. H. E. Warmke of the Federal Experiment Station, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, in his studies on the pollination of the Para rubber tree, Hevea brasiliensis (Willd. ex. Adr. Juss.). Dr. Warmke stated in his reports (1951, 1952) on natural Hevea pollina- tion that there was a close relation between the number of pollen grains and the presence of heleid body hairs on Hevea stigmas. Of a number of small insects captured in Hevea flowers, heleid midges of the genera Atrichopogon, Dasyhelea, and Forcipomyia were most fre- quently found bearing pollen grains among the hairs on their bodies. The purpose of this paper is to furnish identifications of the heleid species found to be associated with Hevea pollination, in order that the names may be used in Dr. Warmke’s forthcoming publication. Table I is a summary of the heleid collections! which form the basis of this taxonomic report. TABLE I Number of Loeality Date Collections Number of Specimens Atrichopogon Forcipomyia Dasyhelea Other Puerto Rico, Mayaguez 1950 7 6 1 18 Puerto Rico, Mayaguez 1953 il 6 11 = a Brazil, Belém 1951 14 29 2 3 Costa Rica, Cairo 1953 1 1 if 1 sd Costa Rica, Los Diamentes 1953 2 2 ial Th Costa Rica, Turrialba 1953 3 21 4 Guatemala, Cuyotenango 1953 1 i 1 1 Mexico, Cozalapa 1953 3 5 i “ 2 Panama, Canal Zone 1953 1 1 5 Totals 33 81 36 26 7 1These collections were made possible through the cooperation of the Division of Rubber Plant Investigations, ARS, U. S. Department of Agriculture, which sponsored Dr. Warmke’s trips to Brazil and to Central America. 242 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Seventy of the 150 specimens could be definitely assigned to the eleven species whose names are given below. The remaining 80 speci- mens, which are discussed in the taxonomic section, could be assigned only to genus or species group. The number of undetermined and undescribed species is estimated to be 20 in Atrichopogon, two in Forcipomyia, six in Dasyhelea and two in Stilobezzia. With very few exceptions the midges found in Hevea flowers are common species of genera in the subfamilies Forcipomyiinae and Dasyheleinae, in the primitive section of the family Heleidae. These midges are habitual flower-feeders as adults and only exceptional eroups of species have developed the insectivorous or blood-sucking habits which characterize the more highly evolved lnes of the family (Gad, 1951). The flower-feeders are usually very small species, more or less densely covered with soft hairs and inconspicuously colored in contrast with the large, strong bodied, often very spiny, and conspicu- ously marked species of the predaceous genera. It appears that the Hevea pollinating species form no highly adapted or specialized biota, but consist mainly of a cross section of the commoner flower-feeding species of the family in the vicinity of the rubber groves. The species of Heleidae reported by Macfie (1944) as pollinators of cacao in Trinidad (Posnette, 1944) are apparently taxonomically and biologi- cally very similar to the rubber pollinators. The terminology used in this paper is the same as that explained in detail in my Heleidae of California (1951). Wing length is measured from the basal arculus. The value AR (antennal ratio) is obtained by dividing the combined lengths of the last five antennal segments by the combined lengths of the preceding eight, and TR (tarsal ratio) is the leneth of the hind basitarsus divided by the length of the second tarsomere. The material studied, including the types of the new species, is de- posited in the U. S. National Museum in Washington. All specimens, unless otherwise specified, were collected by Dr. Warmke while they were actually pollinating Hevea. Atrichopogon fusculus (Coquillett) Ceratopogon fusculus Coquillett, 1901, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 605 (male; Riverton, New Jersey). Atrichopogon fusculus, Ingram and Macfie, 1922, Ann. Trop. Med. & Parasit. 16: 244; Wirth, 1952, Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9 :118 (synonymy, redescription figures). COSTA RICA: Turrialba, W20,22, 20-27 March 1953, 2 males, 2 females; W13, 16 March 1953, 1 female; W1415, Los Diamentes, 17 March 1953, 2 males. BRAZIL: Belém, 2704, August 1951, in flowers of Hevea, 3 males. These specimens appear to be identical with our abundant material of this widespread North American species. The Palaearctic rostratus (Winnertz) is very close, but more extensive material will have to be examined to investigate the possible synonymy. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 243 Distinguishing characters of fusculus females: size large (wing 1.5- 2mm. long); thorax dark brown; eye bare; proboscis long, 1.3 times as long as height of eye; mandible bearing extremely large, sharp teeth at the apex, the teeth gradually becoming smaller proximad on the mandible; palpus with third segment slender, 3.5 to 4.7 times as long as broad, with small, very deep pit near the apex; spermathecae two, unequal, pyriform, abdomen with no ventral armature. In the male the ninth sternum bears an irregular double row of hairs proximad of the caudomesal excavation. Atrichopogon glaber Macfie Atrichopogon glaber Macfie, 1935, Stylops 4: 50 (female; Tutoia, Brazil; fig. armature female abdomen); Macfie, 1938, Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London (B) 7: 162 (Trinidad; male, fig. genitalia); Macfie, 1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3: 97 (Costa Rica). BRAZIL: Belém, August 1951, No. 2700, in flowers of Hevea, 14 females; No. 2708, on stigmas of Hevea, 2 females; No. 2716, trapped in inflorescences of Hevea, 3 females; No. 2717, tanglefoot trap on petals of Hevea, 1 female; No. 2722, trapped in inflorescences of Hevea, 4 females. COSTA RICA: Cairo, W18, 18 March 1953, 1 male. Los Diamentes, W14,15, 18 March 1953, 3 males. Turrialba, W20,22, 20-22 March 1953, 1 male. The female of this species is characterized by its small size (wing 0.7-1.0 mm. long) ; uniform pale yellow color with only the antenna and palpus brown; third palpal segment short, slender, 2.3 times as long as broad with a small, deep, oblique pit, fourth palpal segment more swollen than third, the fifth segment short and pointed; antennal segments short, the proximal series subspherical to slightly transverse, AR 1.8, last segment with a long terminal stylet; eyes hairy; spermatheca single, subspherical to slightly oval with sclerotized neck; seventh sternum with ventral armature of a long pedunculated, three- to eight-branched process on the posterior margin and eighth sternum with a patch of long simple hyaline processes. The male genitalia possess a row of seven to nine hairs across the ninth sternum and the aedeagus has a distal complicated structure. Atrichopogon warmkei Wirth, new species (Figure 1) Female-—Wing 0.90 mm. long by 0.38 mm. broad. Head dark brown, including palpus and antenna. Eyes hairy, broadly contiguous above antennae. Antenna (fig. le) with flagellar segments in proportion of 10:8:8:8:8:8:8:8:21:22:24:24:33, segments IV to X each slightly broader than long, XV with a long terminal stylet, AR 1.9. Palpal segments (fig. la) in proportion of 12:12:19:12:15, third segment unusually short and swollen with a small deep sensory pit. Mandible with very slender, pointed apex (fig. 1b) bearing about 12 minute, blunt teeth. Thorax dark brown, mesonotum subshining, with two, pale, translucent lines extending from humeral depressions to ends of scutellum where they end in a pair of prominent elongate pale spots. Scutellum with four strong brown bristles. Legs yellowish, TR 2.7, seven spines in hind tibial comb. 244 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Wing (fig. 1c) with costa extending 0.73 of distance to wing tip; both radial cells complete, second 0.37 times the length of first; nearly bare, a few macro- trichia in apices of cells Rs; and Mi; veins yellowish, the membrane grayish hyaline. Halter whitish. Abdomen whitish, dusky above, first tergum with a transverse, translucent, blister-like area, the ends of which are connected to a widely separated pair of similar areas on second tergum, succeeding terga each with less apparent, sub- lateral areas. Spermatheca (fig. le) single, pyriform, heavily sclerotized, measur- ing 0.05 by 0.08 mm. Genital region without special armature. Male genitalia (fig. 1d) as figured; ninth sternum with four bristles in a transverse row across middle; dististyle very short with slender, rounded, peg-like apex. Holotype female, allotype, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, 1-9 April 1953, in Hevea flowers, W25, PR2620 (Type No. 62914, U.S.N.M.). Para- types: 3 males, 13 females, 9 females same data as type. 1 female, Coconut Grove, Florida, 27 August 1952, H. F. Loomis, near Hevea flowers. 2 males, 1 female, Miami, Florida, 20 December 1912, on Persea flowers. 2 females, Biscayne Bay, Florida, Mrs. Slosson. 1 male (genitalia only), Miami, Florida, 21 February 1944, W. W. Wirth, light trap. Atrichopogon websteri (Coquillett), a common and widespread Nearctic species, resembles warmkei in the possession of the pale meso- notal lines and the translucent areas on the basal abdominal terga, the pale halters, transverse proximal antennal segments, single pyri- form spermatheca, hairy eyes and four bristles on the male ninth sternum, but differs in its larger size (wing 1.1 mm. long), darker, more blackish color, hairier wing, more slender third palpal segment, longer serrated area on mandible (approximately 25 teeth) and longer, more pointed, male dististyle. Atrichopogon nanus Macfie from British Guiana is also very similar, but has dark halters, TR over 3 and only five spines in the hind tibial comb. I take great pleasure in dedicating this flower-visiting species to Dr. Warmke, who collected it in Puerto Rico. Atrichopogon spp. The remaining specimens of Atrichopogon collected by Dr. Warmke superficially resemble webstert and warmket in their small size, dark brown color, bare or nearly bare wings and single spermatheca, but nearly all differ among themselves in several important structural characters. There is a total of 16 males and 14 females representing at least 11 and 10 species respectively, and few of the males ean defi- nitely be associated by combinations of characters with any of the females. In the present state of our knowledge of this genus it would require a statistical study of long series to characterize each species. Fig. 1, Atrichopogon warmkei: a, female palpus; b, apex of female mandible; c, female, side view; d, male genitalia; e, female spermatheea. Fig. 2, Forcipomyia sexvittata: a, female palpus; b, modified scale from female tibia; ¢, male genitalia. PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 245 2. sexvittata Drawings by Arthur D. Cushman 246 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 It is moreover very likely that even then, as Nielsen (1951) discovered in Denmark, species which could easily be recognized in the larval and pupal stages could scarcely be differentiated, if at all, as adults. Variation occurs in different combinations of such characters as eye hairy (15 specimens) or bare (7), halter dark (16) or pale (5), wing of female bare (5) or hairy at apex (6), translucent mesonotal lines and abdominal patches present: (10) or absent (6), female antennal ratio from 1.4°t6,2.7, tarsal ratio fram:2.6 to 3.2, palpal pit of female deep (4), méderate (4) or shallow (ay, ‘mandible usually with 20-30 minute teeth, though in two females the teeth were large, in one larger towards the base and i in the other larger towards the apex of the man- dible, and in the male genitalia there may be on the ninth sternum four median bristles, one, two, three or four pairs of laterals, or a dense row of bristles. BRAZIL: Belém, 2700, 2701, August 1951, on stigmas of Hevea, 1 male 1 female. COSTA RICA: Turrialba, W20,22, 20-22 March 1953, 6 males, 5 females; W13, 16 March 1953, 4 males; Los Diamentes, W14,15, 18 March 1953, 2 males, 5 females. GUATEMALA: Entre Rios, Cuyotenango, W12, 6 March 1953, 1 female. MEXICO: El Palmar, Cozalapa, Vera Cruz, W6,7, 27 February 19538, 1 male, 4 females. PUERTO RICO: Mayaguez, PR 2620, 1 April 1950, on Hevea, 1 ean W25, 1-9 April 1953, in Hevea flowers, 2 males. Lasiohelea stylifera (Lutz) Centrorhynchus stylifer Lutz, 1913, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 5: 63 (female ; Minas Gerais, Sao Paulo, Brazil; habits; fig. wing, palpus). Lasiohelea stylifer, Macfie, 1939, Rev. Ent. 10: 171 (Brazil); Macfie, 1940, Proc. R. Ent. Soe. London (B) 9: 181 (British Guiana); Lane, 1945, Rev. Ent. 16: 362 (female redescribed); Lane, 1947, Arq. Fac. Hig. S. Pub. Univ. SAo Paulo 1: 161 (larva, pupa; fig. larva; Brazil); Macfie, 1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3: 97 (Costa Rica; male, fig. genitalia); Ortiz, 1952, Rev. Sanid. Assist. Social 17: 241 (Venezuela; female redescribed, figured). COSTA RICA: Los Diamentes, W14,15, 18 March 1953, 1 female. This species is a notorious biter of man and animals in the Neo- tropical region. Distinguishing characters of the female: Wing 1.0 mm. long, radial cells long and narrow, extending to 0.6 of wing length; macrotrichia numerous with bare lines next to veins scarcely perceptible; halter dark; eyes bare, contiguous above antenna for distance equal to diameter of about six corneal facets; antennal ratio 1.8, segments IV to X subspherieal; third palpal segment greatly swollen, about twice as long as greatest breadth, with a very large open pit; mandible with about 22 teeth, those in mid portion very large, those on ends minute; a distinct buccal armature of about nine sharp spines in a curved row; thorax shining brown with dense brown hairs; legs pale brown; tarsal ratio 2.5; hind tibial comb with seven spines; claws slender, bent in middle, with a small tooth-like projection on side at the bend; spermatheca single, large, oval; scales of wing and tarsi long and slender, striate, not fringed. ee PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 247 Forcipomyia (Thyridomyia) nana (Macfie), NEW COMBINATION Lasiohelea nana Macfie, 1939, Rev. Ent. 10: 171 (female; Nova Teutonia, Brazil) ; Macfie, 1944, Bull. Ent. Res. 35: 297 (Trinidad; on Cacao flowers; male deser., genitalia fig.). COSTA RICA: Los Diamentes, W14,15, 18 March 1953, 1 male, 2 females. Tur- rialba, W13, 17 March 1953, 1 female. GUATEMALA: Entre Rios, Cuyotenango, W12, 6 March 1953, 1 female. MEXICO: El Palmar, Cozalapa, Vera Cruz, W6,7, 27 February 1953, 2 females. A very small (wing 0.6-0.7 mm. long), uniformly dull brown species; antenna very short, proximal segments slightly broader than long, AR 1.0-1.2; third palpal segment with open sensory area, pit absent; eyes bare; mandible with 30-35 minute subequal teeth; TR 2.8; spermatheca single, subspherical; with a short sclerotized neck. Male genitalia with parameres typical of subgenus Thyridomyia, consisting of a pair of triangular plates with sharp mesal points nearly meeting each other; ninth sternum with a comparatively shallow, very faint, mesal excavation; aedeagus with a pair of contiguous caudomesal lobes and more strongly sclerotized pair of arcuate, pointed lateral processes with apices crossed mesad. Forcipomyia species complex near calcarata (Coquillett) COSTA RICA: Los Diamentes, W14,15, 18 March 1953, 1 male, 1 female. Tur- rialba, W20,22, 20-22 March 1953, 2 males, 1 female. MEXICO: El Palmar, Cozalapa, Vera Cruz, W6,7, 27 February 1953, 1 female. PUERTO RICO: Mayaguez, No. 25, 1-9 April 1953, in Hevea flowers, 5 males, 5 females; No. 2618, 1 April 1950, 1 male. These specimens belong to a difficult group of species which according to Dr. L. G. Saunders (personal communication) are fairly easy to distinguish in the immature stages but as adults show only slight differences, even in the male genitalia. Species in this group are unmarked,.dull grayish brown; rather small (wing 0.8-1.8 mm.); TR of female 1.4-2.1, of male 0.9-1.9; spur of hind tibia distinetly enlarged, the hind basitarsus sometimes inecrassate; third papal seg- ment slender with a small round pit, third and fourth segments often fused; spermathecae two, subequal, pyriform. Male parameres consisting of a narrow, ribbon-like, U-shaped or V-shaped sclerotized band, sometimes with a pair of indistinct sclerotizations within the apex of the U or V; aedeagus simple with apex bilobed or caplike; ninth sternum not emarginate; dististyle often quite stout. Forcipomyia fuliginosa (Meigen) Ceratopogon fuliginosus Meigen, 1818, Syst. Beschr. Eur. Zweifl. Ins. 1: 86 (Germany). es Forcipomyia fuliginosa, Goetghebuer, 1933, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr. 24: 130 (com- bination) ; Wirth, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., IN PRESS. MEXICO: El] Palmar, Cozalapa, Vera Cruz, W6,7, 27 February 1953, 1 female; W8, 28 February 1953, swept from Hevea, 3 females. PANAMA: Summit Gardens, Canal Zone, W23, 24 March 1953, 1 male. In a paper now in press I have given an extensive synonymy and host and locality records of this common parasite of caterpillars and 248 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 sawfly larvae. Its distribution is world-wide and it has been most often referred to in the literature under the names of inornatipenms Austen and var. ornaticrus Ingram and Macfie, kirtipes (Meijere) and flava (Williston). These midges are characterized by their large size (wing 1.5-2 mm. long) ; short basitarsus (TR 0.4-0.6); third palpal segment of female swollen to tip with a deep pit nearly the entire length of segment; body with numerous flattened scales. Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie, 1938, Proc. Roy. Ent. Soe. London (B) 7: 160 (male, female; Trinidad; fig. male genitalia). PUERTO RICO: Mayaguez, No. 25, 1-9 April 1953, in flowers of Hevea, 1 male. Forcipomyia sexvittata Wirth, new species (Figure 2) Female.—Wing 0.93 mm. long by 0.40 mm. wide. Head yellowish, palpus brown. Eye bare. Antenna with flagellar segments in continuous series, longer than broad, last six segments in proportion of 18:18:- 18:19:21:32; AR 0.63. Palpus (fig. 2a) with third segment 2.4 times as long as basal breadth, greatly swollen at base with a large round sensory cavity open- ing by a narrow pore, distal half abruptly narrowed; fourth and fifth segments not fused. Mandible vestigial, without teeth. Thorax dull brown; mesonotum with three pairs of shining, brownish-black vittae, the mesal pair attaining anterior margin and ending in front of preseu- tellar depression, the two lateral pairs failing by their combined breadths to reach anterior mesonotal margin and extending caudad all the way to ends of scutellum. Mesonotum with short, semi-appressed, whitish pile; scutellum, postseu- tellum and lower pleuron dark brown. Legs with femora and tibiae dark brown and comparatively stout; tarsi pale; fore, mid and hind tibiae each with a dorsal row of broadly expanded, flattened, striated scales (fig. 2b); TR 0.9. Wing unadorned, without pale or dark spots. Halter whitish. Abdomen dark brown. Two large, oval spermathecae. Male.—Similar to the female with usual sexual differences. Tibiae without broad scales. Genitalia (fig. 2¢) with dististyle very slender and nearly straight; aedeagus shield-shaped, with anterior arch very low and anterior arms very short, bearing a sharp caudomedian point; parameres with a pair of rather stout, straight, sharp-pointed rods with bases widely separated, the area between their bases poorly sclerotized. Holotype female, allotype, Los Diamentes, Costa Rica, 18 March 1953, H. E. Warmke, W14,15 (Type No. 62915, U.S.N.M.). Paratypes: 1 male, 3 females, same data as type. The banding of the mesonotum resembles that of the European pulchrithorax Edwards but in that species the bands are not divided and the lees are pale and lack the broad seales. Forcipomyia elegantula Malloch from Illinois has the mesonotal vittae and lanceolate scales on the tibiae, but the lateral vittae are not subdivided, the wing bears a —— PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 249 large yellowish patch over the apex of the costa and the legs have only the apex of the hind femur dark. Forcipomyia squamutibia Lutz from Brazil to Mexico and spatuligera Macfie from Chiapas, Mexico have specialized tibial scales but otherwise bear little resemblance to the present species. Dasyhelea spp. No previously described species can be identified from the present material and the difficulty of the genus and the limited material avail- able does not justify the description of any new species, although it is likely that all of the species are undescribed. BRAZIL: Belém, No. 2711, August 1951, on Hevea stigma, 1 male (species 1) ; No. 2723, August 1951, trapped in Hevea tree, 1 female (possibly species 1). COSTA RICA: Los Diamentes, W14,15, 18 Mareh 1953, 1 female (yellow species 2). Cairo, W18, 18 March 1953, 1 female (small black, species 3). PANAMA: Canal Zone, Summit Gardens, W23, 24 March 19538, 3 males, 2 females (species 4, near grisea (Coquillett). PUERTO RICO: Mayaguez, Nos. 2611, 2617, 29-31 March 1950, on Hevea, 6 males (species 5). Mayaguez, No. 2612, 3 April 1950, on Hevea, 9 females (possibly species 5). Mayaguez, No. 2618, 1 April 1950, on Hevea, 1 male (species 6). Mayaguez, No. 2619, 1 April 1950, on Hevea, 2 females (possibly species 6). Culicoides diabolicus Hoffman Culicoides diabolicus Hoffman, 1925, Amer. Jour. Hyg. 5: 294 (female; Panama). BRAZIL:: Belém 2709, August 1951, on stigmas of Hevea, 1 female. Culicoides jamaicensis Edwards Culicoides loughnani var. jamaicensis Edwards, 1922, Bull. Ent. Res. 13: 165 (female; Jamaica). Culicoides jamaicensis, Wirth, 1955, Proe. Ent. Soe. Washington 57: 112 (status; Guatemala; fig. male genitalia). GUATEMALA: Entre Rios, Cuyotenango, W12, 6 March 1953, 1 female. Stilobezzia spp. BRAZIL: Belém, Nos. 2708, 2710, August 1951, on Hevea, 2 males. MEXICO: El Palmar, Cozalapa, Vera Cruz, W6,7 27 February 1953, 1 female. The numerous Neotropical species of this genus are currently being revised by Dr. John Lane of the University of Sao Paulo, Brazil. The present specimens from Brazil are related to but distinct from bulla Thomsen and thomsen. Wirth from North America, and the Mexican specimen is most closely related among the described North American species to sybleae Wirth. Echinohelea ornatipennis Macfie Echinohelea ornatipennis Macfie, 1940, Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London (B) 9: 188 (male, female; British Guiana; fig. male genitalia). MEXICO: El Palmar, Cozalapa, Vera Cruz, W6,7, 27 February, 1953, 1 male. 250 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 This Mexican specimen is the first record of the species since it was described from British Guiana. It is easily distinguished from the two other British Guiana species, richardsi Macfie and smarti Maefie, and the North American lanei Wirth, by presence of two dark spots on the anterior wing margin. In other details, particularly the distinctive male genitalia, the Mexico specimen agrees closely with the original description given by Macfie. SUMMARY Identifications are given of the heleid midges which were found by H. E. Warmke to be associated with the pollination of the Hevea rubber tree in America. Thirty three collections of midges from Hevea flowers at eight locations in Puerto Rico, Central America and Brazil in 1950, 1951, and 1953 yielded 150 midges of which all but seven belonged to the genera Atrichopogon, Forcipomyia and Dasy- helea. Eleven species, including two new ones here described, could be definitely named, while 80 specimens comprising an estimated 30 species could be assigned only to genus or species group. REFERENCES Gad, A. M. 1951. The head capsule and mouth-parts in the Ceratopogonidae [Diptera-Nematocera]. Bull. Soe. Fouad Ent. 35: 17-75. Macfie, J. W. S. 1944. Ceratopogonidae collected in Trinidad from cacao flowers Bull. Ent. Res. 35: 297-300. Nielsen, A. 1951. Contributions to the metamorphosis and biology of the genus Atrichopogon Kieffer (Diptera, Ceratopogonidae). Kong. Danske Vid. Selsk. Biol. Skr. 6(6): 1-95, 2 plates. Posnette, A. F. 1944. Pollination of cacao in Trinidad. Trop. Agr. 22: 115-118. Warmke, H. E. 1951. Studies on the pollination of Hevea brasiliensis in Puerto Rico. Science 113: 646-648. Warmke, H. EH. 1952. Studies on natural pollination of Hevea brasiliensis in Brazil. Science 116: 474-475. Wirth, W. W. 1951. The Heleidae of California. Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 95-266. BOOK NOTICE CLASSICS OF BIOLOGY, by August Pi Suffer. Authorized English translation by Charles M. Stern. The Philosophical Library, Inc., New York. x + 337 pp. 1955. _ Dr. Pi Suner’s work is a testimonial to his high standing in the world of human physiology, and Mr. Stern’s translation is a faithful reflection of his writing style. The book is a review, necessarily brief because of the complexity of the subject, of the important physiological principles governing all living things. Appropriate quotations from the classical writings on each phase of the subject are included.mRicHArD H. Foorr, Entomology Research Branch, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. - PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 251 TWO NEW SPECIES OF THE DROSOPHILA SUBGENUS PHOLADORIS AND A REDESCRIPTION OF DROSOPHILA HYPOCAUSTA foe SACKEN (DiprerRA, DROSOPHILIDAE) By SARAH BwDICHEK PIPKIN, 801 EH. 23rd St., Austin, Tex. In the course of a study of seasonal fluctuations of Drosophila species in the Lebanon (Pipkin, 1952),1 three new species belonging to the victoria group of the subgenus Pholadoris ( Drosophila) were found. The first, D. lebanonensis, a geographical replacement of D. victoria, was deseribed by Wheeler (1949). The purpose of the present paper is to describe the remaining two species, D. pattersoni, sp. nov., and D. stoner, sp. nov. A redescription of D. hypocausta Osten Sacken, of the immigrans group, subgenus Drosophila Fallén (Drosophila), from the Truk atoll, Eastern ‘Caroline Islands, is also presented. veaqe Mey: DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW SPECIES Drosophila pattersoni, sp. nov. ui (subgenus Pholadoris) GMs PE Os weenl{0), aks ales) lod Male.—Arista with about 7 branches, two below in addition to the terminal fork. Antennae brown, the second and third joints being the,.same,-color.. Face and front yellowish brown; ocellay. triangle and orbits, brown..,Fyental hairs in a rough V,.the point lying anteriorly and hairs pointing .medially; the bristle bearing area not shiny. A single prominent oral bristle, the slender second oral bristle about half as long as the first. Middle orbital about one-fourth the length of the other two; posterior orbital a little longer than the anterior orbital. Carina small, expanded below, not suleate, bulbous. Palpi light tan with. 38-4 prominent hairs. Checks yellowish, their width about one-sixth the greatest diameter of the eye, with about 4 prominent bristles at the lower angle of the cheek. Eyes reddish on emergence (Pl. 6-L 5),?2 darkening with age; pile short and dark. Acrostichal hairs often in 6 rows, with an additional row on each. side just anterior to the level of the anterior dorsocentral bristles; sometimes acrostichal hairs irregular and present in 7 or 8 rows. Four bristles in the preseutellar’ row, the median pair being enlarged to form prescutellar bristles extending. one-third the greatest length of the scutellum. Anterior scutellars divergent. Three. well developed sternopleurals, the middle one thin, about half the length «of - the posterior; sterno-index about .8. Halteres pale yellow. Mesonotum yellowislr brown with a narrow pale gray medial stripe; pleurae dark grayish brown. 1Collections made while the author was the recipient of a Rockefeller Founda- tion Grant, Division of Natural Sciences,.from 1947-1950. 2Color determinations from A Dictionary of Color by Maerz and Paul: ‘(19 50). were made for eye color on newly hatched flies and for testes color on flies 3 days old. 252 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Legs yellowish brown, all parts of uniform shade. Apical bristles on Ist and 2nd tibiae; preapicals on all three. Abdominal tergites shining black, the basal one somewhat less so and paler medially. Sternites pale gray, the yellow testes being faintly visible through the ventral body wall. Hypopygium retracted into abdomen, possessing the general characteristics of the victoria group described by Hsu (1949). Lobe- like process on the heel of the clasper prominent; primary teeth of clasper about 11. Four bristles on the upper part of the genital arch; numerous bristles on the lower part of the genital arch and on the anal plate; these bristles closely approximating in position and size those of D. stonei, sp. nov. (fig. 3). Female.—Same as above except for genitalia differences and slight differences in abdominal coloration. First abdominal tergite yellowish medially, dark brown laterally. Broad shining black bands across the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th tergites, the black area narrowing laterally. Anterior, lateral, and very narrow posterior margins of all tergites yellowish. Circum-anal tergite yellow medially with blaek spots laterally, its anterior, posterior, and lateral margins being yellowish. Anal plates yellowish; ovipositor yellowish tan. Sternites pale gray. Wings clear. Costal index about 2.3; 4th vein index, 2.4; 4¢ index, 1.3; 5x index, 2. Two bristles at the apex of the first costal section. Heavy hairs on the basal three-fifths of the third costal section. Length, male body, 2.7 mm. (in live specimen); wings, 2.3 mm. Length, female body, 2.8 mm.; wings, 2.5 mm. Testes elliptical, bright yellow (Pl. 10-K 5). Ventral receptacle short, finger- like, bent once. Spermathecae with chitinized centers (fig. 10). Posterior malpighian tubes approximately two-thirds as long as anterior malpighian tubes, the common stalks of each about one-tenth their total length. Tips of anterior tubes free; those of posterior tubes apposed without the formation of a continu- ous lumen. Physiological characters.—Recovers rapidly from anaesthetization with ether. Will breed in the dark. Eggs.—With from 3 to 8 filaments; 26% with 4; 48% with 5; and 15% with 6 filaments. Tips of filaments eurly (fig. 8). Larvae.—White in color; skip; very active; often escape plugged bottles unless these are capped with gauze. Puparia—Dull gold (Pl. 12-J 10). Each anterior spiracle with 6-9 branches, 52% having 8 branches. Stalk of anterior spiracle very short. Posterior spiracles closely apposed (fig. 6). Pupation usually in the paper in laboratory bottles, sometimes near the cotton plugs. Chromosomes.—Larval brain preparations show males and females with one pair of large V’s, 2 pairs medium-sized V’s, and one pair rods (figs. 11 and 12). Salivary chromosomes with 3 long arms, 2 medium arms, 2 short arms, a pro- nounced chromocenter; one salivary gland smaller than the other. Drosophila pattersoni, n. sp.: fig. 2, hypopygium; fig. 6, puparium; fig. 8, egg; fig. 10, spermatheea; fig. 11, chromosomes of larval brain of male; fig. 12, same, of female. D. stonei, n. sp.: fig. 3, hypopygium; fig. 4, internal reproductive tract of male; fig. 5, same, of female; fig. 7, egg; fig. 9, spermatheca; figs. 13-16, chromosomes of larval brain of male, female, female, and male, respectively. D. hypocausta O. S.; fig. 1, hypopygium; fig. 17, chromosomes of larval brain of male; fig. 18, chromosomes of oocyte of female. OCTOBER, 1956 D, PROO. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, No. 254 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956: Relationship.—Belongs to the victoria group of the subgenus Pholadoris with D. victoria Sturtevant, 1942, D. mitens Buzzati- Traverso, 1943; D. lebanonensis Wheeler, 1949, and, Dy: stoner, sp. nov. D. pattersoni is the only yellowish member of this species group. Females of D. pattersoni crossed with males of D. lebanonensis pro- duce slowly developing. larvae and pupae w hich die at various stages of development, only rarely giving rise to a hybrid imago. The results of this cross are similar when males are chosen from lebanon- ensis strains of different regions;.i.e., Beirut, Sofar, Ksara, or Ain Anub. The rare hybrids are of. both sexes, small, squat, with minute bristles, wings frequently not fully expanded, posterior o¢elli fused, ommatidia shehtly disarranged; eye color dark as in lebanonensis; body color dark as in lebanonensis but with light area on posterior thorax and scutellum. D. pattersoni females crossed with D. victoria (Arizona strain) males less readily produce slowly developing larvae and pupae, more of the hybrids dying in the earlier larval stages, giving rise to a.hybrid imago in only two instances. The two hybrid females were small. and squat, with minute bristles, one wing crum- pled, ommatidia not»reugh but splotched with dark red and lighter red; body dark with two light spots on the Posterior thorax separated by a dark bridge reaching the seutellum. WD. pattersoni females and’ ‘—. stonei males are poorly fertile: eiving I; hybrids which are sterile inter se, but the F, pattersoni/stonei female hybrids are fertile with D. pattersoni males. Progeny from this back cross are fertile inter se. The F, pattersoni/stonei hybrids are slightly lighter than D. stonei in color, but they are much darker than their pattersoni parent. Corresponding reciprocal crosses; i.e., females of D. lebanonensis with males of D. pattersom; females of D. stonex with males of D. pattersoni; and females of D. victoria with males of D. pattersoni do not yield hybrid larvae. However, ‘pattersoni/stonei hybrid females, proven sterile with their brothers, when recrossed with D. lebanonensis males, yielded larvae which died in the first and second stages. Distribution —Of 835 collections from six regions within 35 miles of Beirut, Lebanon, D. pattersoni was trapped only 3 times: 2 females were taken at Beirut on Sept. 5 and 6, 1948 and a single female was taken at Ksara in the Bekaa Valley on Sept. 12, 1948. Types.—Holotype male and a series of paratype males and females, no. 2093.3, from the Beirut stock, These specimens as well as the type of the other species described in this article have bee placed in the Drosophila Type and Reference Collection of The University of Texas, Austin, Texas. Drosophila stonei, sp. nov. (subgenus Pholadoris ) Ghose Sea eye Oraclesesit}) =o Male.—Arista with about 7 branches, 2 below in addition to the terminal fork. Antennae black; face and front dark brown; ocellar triangle and orbits black. to or C1 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Each orbit shows 3 prionose areas appearing whitish when viewed from certain angles: one anterior to the proclinate orbital, one between the proclinate orbital and the posterior reclinate orbital, and one anterior and medial to the inner vertical. Similar prionose areas present in related species of the victoria group but not prominent. Frontal hairs pointing anteriorly in a rough V. A single prominent oral bristle, the second oral bristle slender and about half the length of the first. Middle orbital about one-fourth the length of the anterior and posterior orbitals. Caria small, widely expanded below, bulbous, not suleate. Palpi light tan, darker on distal ends, with 4 prominent hairs. Cheeks dark brown, their width about 1/6 the greatest diameter of the eyes. Four prominent bristles at the lower angle of the cheek. Eyes dark red on hatching (PI, 7-L7), becoming wine color with age; short dark pile. Acrostichal hairs in 6 obvious rows but usually an additional row on each side ending just anterior to the level of the anterior dorsocentrals. Four hairs in the prescutellar row, the median pair enlarged to form prescutellar bristles extending one-third the greatest length of the scutellum. Anterior scutellars divergent. Three well developed sternopleurals, the middle one thin and 4 the length of.the posterior; sterno-index about 0.8. Halteres yellow, browish at the base. Mesonotum and seutellum shining black without a. pattern. Legs dark brown to yellow brown, darkest on femora. Apical bristles on Ist and 2nd tibiae; preapicals on all three. Abdominal tergites black and shining; the first one being dark brown medially. Sternites dark gray. Hypopygium retracted into abdomen resulting in a blunt tip when viewed from above. Lobe-like process on the heel of the clasper prominent; clasper with about 13 primary teeth; 4 bristles on the upper part of the genital arch; numerous bristles on the lower part of the genital arch and on the anal plate (fig. 3). Female.—Same as above except for genitalia differences and slight differences in abdominal coloration. Abdomen with shining dark brown bands, the medial region of the first tergite lighter brown. The lateral anterior edges of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th tergites slightly but progressively yellowed. The circum-anal tergite yellow medially with black spots laterally, and yellow anterior and aes rior margins. Sternites pale gray. Ovipositor light yellowish brown. Wings clear. Costal index about 2.4; 4th vein index, 2.7; 4¢ index, 1.3; 5x index, 2. Two bristles at the apex of the first costal section; heavy hairs on the basal three-fifths of the third costal seétion. Length, male body 2.6 mm. (in live specimen) ; wing, 2.4 mm. Length, female, 2.8 mm.; wing, 2.6 mm. Testes elliptical; burnt orange in color (Pl. 10-K 8) (fig. 4). Ventral re- ceptacle short, finger-like, bent once in the middle (fig. 5); centers of sperma- theeae chitinized (fig. 9). Anterior malpighian tubes about twice as long as posterior tubes; the common stalks of each about 1/10 their total length; tips of anterior tubes free; those of posterior tubes apposed but without the formation of a continuous lumen. Physiological characters.—Recovers rapidly from anaesthetization with ether. Requires light for breeding. 256 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Eggs.—With from 2 to 8 filaments; 40% with 5 filaments; 23% with 6 fila- ments; 20% with 4 filaments. Tips of filaments curly (fig. 7). Larvae.—White in color; skip. Very active; often escape laboratory bottles unless these are capped with gauze. Puparia.—Dull gold in color (Pl. 12-J 10). Each spiracle with from 5 to 8 branches, with 70% having 6 branches; stalk of anterior spiracle very short; posterior spiracles closely apposed. Pupation usually in the paper inserted in food medium in laboratory bottles but sometimes near the cotton plug. Chromosomes.—Larval brain preparations show males with 1 pair large V’s; 1 pair large long-armed J’s; 1 pair small V’s; and a large V-shaped Y chromo- some plus either a rod-shaped X or an X chromosome with the shape of a short- armed J (fig. 16). Some slides show a pericentric inversion in the first pair of large V’s, resulting in 1 pair large short-armed J’s; 1 pair large long-armed J’s; 1 pair small V’s, and a large V plus either a rod or a short-armed J-shaped X chromosome (fig. 13). Observed preparations of females show 1 pair large V’s; 1 pair large long-armed J’s, 1 pair small V’s; and either 2 rod-shaped X chromo- somes or 2 X-chromosomes with the shape of short-armed J’s (figs. 15, 14). Some salivary female preparations show 3 long arms, 4 medium arms, and a very short arm; chromocenter pronounced; 2 salivary glands not noticeably different in size. Relationship.—Belongs to the subgenus Pholadoris, closely related to D. victoria, D. nitens, D. lebanonensis, and D. pattersoni, sp. nov. Females of D stonet and males of D. lebanonensis are usually sterile, rarely give 1st and 2nd stage larvae which die at one of these stages. Females of D. stonet give no hybrid larvae with D. victoria or D. pattersoni males. Males of D. stonei are sterile with females of D. lebanonensis and D. victoria, but they yield hybrids with females of D. pattersoni (see D. pattersoni for discussion of these hybrids). Distribution. Of 835 collections from 6 regions within 35 miles of Beirut, Lebanon, D. stonei was trapped on six occasions at Sofar (from 1 to 3 individuals being taken each time) during July, August, and September, 1948; and twice at Ain Anub during July and August, 1948, respectively, 2 individuals being taken on each occasion. Types.—Holotype male and a series of paratype males and females, No. 2093.2, have been placed in the Drosophila Type and Reference Collection of the University of Texas, Austin, Texas. Drosophila hypocausta Osten Sacken (subgenus Drosophila) Osten Sacken, 1882; De Meijere, 1911. Male.—Arista with about 10 branches, 4 below, in addition to the terminal fork. First and second points of the antennae browish-yellow; third joint sooty- brown laterally, yellowish-brown medially. Front yellowish tan, paler anteriorly ; ocellar triangle, black. Small furrow from anterior ocellus to anterior boundary of front with 6-8 tiny hairs on each side this furrow, just posterior to the PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBHR, 1956 257 bases of the antennae. Middle orbital a third as long as posterior orbital; half as long as anterior orbital. Second oral bristle more than half as long as first. Orbits yellowish and pollinose. Palpi sooty, with 2 prominent bristles. Carina broad, flattened on top, not suleate; face yellowish brown above, shading into sooty brown on lower carina. Cheeks dark brown, their greatest width scarcely 1/7 the greatest diameter of the eyes. Eyes bright red; short light pile. Acrostichal bristles in 8 rows; no prescutellars. Anterior scutellars convergent. Sterno-index .5. Mesonotum yellowish brown dorsally with narrow paler longitudinal stripes on each side along the dorsocentral bristles extending the length of the mesonotum; also a pale central line, incomplete medially. Scutellum yellowish brown; pleurae sooty brown to shining black, the darkened area extend- ing dorsally on the mesonotum to the level of the notopleural and humeral bristles and posteriorly to the transverse suture; darkest areas along the sutures. Coxae and femora shining dark brown to black; tibiae dark brown medially, yellowish brown at the extremities; tarsae yellowish brown. Preapical bristles on all three tibiae; apical bristles on the first and second tibiae, that of the second tibia, very large. Nine short black bristles in a row on the lower apical part of the forefemora, more conspicuous in the female than in the male owing to the pale color of the femora in the former. Halteres yellow. Abdominal tergites with black shining bands posteriorly, their anterior margins yellowish brown, the light area occupying about three-quarters the width of the Ist tergite and diminishing with successive tergites. The dark abdominal bands extend to the lateral margins of the tergites. Sternites sooty, becoming progressively darkened posteriorly. A darkening with age of all body parts occurs. Hypopygium consists of a horse-shoe shaped genital arch with about 9 bristles on the lower part, 3 bristles on the upper part; primary clasper with 9 short stout primary teeth; marginal bristles about 6 (fig. AN) Female.—As above, aside from genital differences and the following important exceptions in body color: palpi yellowish brown; pleurae yellowish, darkened to brownish along the sutures. Coxae of first two pairs of legs dirty yellow; other- wise, legs yellowish. Brown replaces black of male in first 4 abdominal tergites, their anterior margins being yellow. Fifth tergite brown on posterior lateral border; yellow medially; circum-anal tergite yellow. Ovipositor golden. Wings yellowish with slight clouding on the posterior cross vein; veins slightly darkened. Costal index about 3.6; fourth vein index about 1.1; 5x index, 1; and 4¢ index, .63. Apex of first costal section with 2 bristles, the dorsal one being stout and slightly longer than the thin ventral bristle. Third costal section with heavy hairs on its basal half. Length, male body, 2.8 mm. (live specimen); wings 2.6 mm. Length, female body, 3 mm.; wings, 2.8 mm. Testes with 3 pale yellow proximal gyres and 4 and % burnt-orange mottled with yellow distal gyres; ejaculatory sac with 2 diverticulae, each about one half the length of the sac. Spermathecae large, spherical, pale, not strongly chitinized ; about 15 eoils to the ventral receptacle; ventral receptacle not coiled at base. Eggs. With 2 filaments, each filament being split into about 3 curly branches, beginning at at point approximately 2/3 the length of the filament. 258 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Puparia.—Transparent brownish orange. Each anterior spiracle with from 13 to 19 branches; horn index about 2.4. Chromosomes.—Larval brain of males and females and oocytes with one pair large V’s, 2 pairs rods, and a pair of dots (figs. 17 and 18). Salivary chromo- somes with 3 arms of medium length, 1 long arm, and 1 very short arm. Relationship.—Belongs to the immigrans group of the subgenus Drosophila Fallén. Reciprocal crosses with D. spinofemora Patterson and Wheeler, 1942, were sterile. 2 Distribution.—The type described from male specimens by Osten- Sacken (1882) was collected in the Phillipine Islands by Dr. Carl Semper. The sexual color dimorphism was described from specimens collected in Java by DeMeijere (1911). The present description is based upon a stock brought by the author from the Truk atoll, Eastern Caroline Islands (Pipkin, 1953). The species was searched for in daily collections at Koror, The Palau Islands during July and August, 1952, without success. : The author is indebted to Dr. Leonie Kellen Piternick, of The University of California, for her courtesy in extending certain laboratory facilities for a part of this work, and to Dr. Marshall R. Wheeler, of The University of Texas, for identifying D. hypocausta, for helpful suggestions, and for reading the manuscript. REFERENCES Buzzati-Traverso, A., 1943. Morfolgia, citologia e biologia di due nuove specie di Drosophila (Diptera acalyptera). Rend R. Ist Lomb. di Sei. e Letr. 77: A183. Hsu, T. C., 1949. The external genital apparatus of male Drosophilidae in relation to systematics. Univ. Tex. Publ. 4920: 80-142. De Meijere, J. C. H., 1911. Studien uber sudostasiatische Dapteren VI. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 54, 398. Maerz, A. and M. Rhea Paul, 1950. Dictionary of Color. McGraw-Hill Book Co. New York. Osten-Sacken, C. R., 1882. Diptera from the Phillipine Islands. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. 25: 187-246. Sturtevant, A. H., 1942. The classification of the genus Drosophila with deserip- tions of nine new species. Univ. Tex. Publ. 4213: 5-51. Patterson, J. T. and Marshall R. Wheeler, 1942. Description of new species of the subgenera Hirtodrosophila and Drosophila. Univ. Tex. Publ. 4213: 67-109. Pipkin, Sarah Bedichek, 1952. Seasonal fluctuations in Drosophila populations at different altitudes in the Lebanon Mountains. Zeitschrift ftir indukt. Abstammungs und Vererbungslehre Bd. 84: 270-305. , 1953. Fluctuations in Drosophila populations in a tropical area. Amer. Nat. 87: 317-322. Wheeler, Marshall R., 1949. The subgenus Pholadoris (Drosophila) with de- scriptions of two new species. Uniy. Tex. Publ. 4920: 143-156. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 259 SPECIES OF PHYLLOBROTICA OCCURRING IN THE PACIFIC COAST STATES (COLEPTERA, CHRYSOMELIDAE) 3y Doris H. BLAKE, Division of Insects, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C, The type of the genus Phyllobrotica, P. quadrimaculata (1.), found in northern Europe and Siberia, is a pale yellow beetle with elytral markings, as indicated by its name, consisting of four bluish spots. This color pattern with variation in the size and number of the spots is repeated in many of the other central European, Asia Minor, and Siberian species of the genus. In North America we have P. decorata (Say) which is also 4-spotted, but in this case the spots are brownish. Most North American species have the spots united in a long median vitta. Along the Pacific coast, both in America and Asia (China and Japan), occur species of Phyllobrotica that have entirely blue or bluish black elytra. In the Pacific United States there have been recognized up to now three species of this sort: P. nigripes Horn, an entirely dark beetle; P. viridipennis Lec., a pale yellow beetle with bluish green elytra; and P. luperina Lec., a bluish or greenish black beetle with pale yellow legs and antennae. In the collection of P. viridipennis from the California Academy of Sciences is a series of beetles of similar coloration but smaller, paler, and with dense fine pubescence on the upper surface. Also among the California Academy of Sciences specimens is what appears to be a race of viridipennis from Mokelumne Hill, Calaveras Co., that I cannot differentiate except by the shape of the aedeagus, which is consistently different in the several males that I have dissected. Among the specimens of luperina are some that are more lustrous and from a more northern range than luperina, having been collected in northern California, Oregon and Washington. In their case, too, the aedeagus is quite different from that of luperina. I have examined specimens loaned by the California Academy of Sciences and the Los Angeles County Museum, as well as material in the U. 8S. National Museum. I have brought together the local- ities of these specimens showing the distribution of Phyllobrotica species in the Pacific Coast states and have made a key to them. Kery TO SPECIES OF PHYLLOBROTICA OCCURRING IN THE PACIFIC COAST STATES fewherssandeantennaes black, 2 = = ee Sa Ss in OF De IL ey 2 P. nigripes Horn Measeandwanmtennae spale! 1. tern Buks =. eee ae ee ee St) Acs SPARE meters ts 2 Per erobnocus dank Se See ols gS nyo Ms Ree tet S NET RES Ee a T's PR A 233 PTO ENO Te Reem ETL ee em, ie cae a See epee a es oe ek a bE ee a St - ee 3. Elytra very shiny, not alutaceous. N. Calif., Oregon, Washington se tases aca en ee nde ee daa he i ed ne A aa pte ee ED Paglecchi.=taisp: Elytra not so shiny, distinctly alutaceous. Calif. P. luperina Lee. 260 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 4, Elytra covered with short fine pubescence; a small roundish dark spot on occiput. Sequoia Nat. Forest and vicinity — P. sequoiensis, n. sp. Elytra very inconspicuously and sparsely pubescent; spot on occiput usually large, frequently covering back of head —-._- 5 5. Aedeagus widest before tip —_ URS OES ES Lea anereh oe P., viridipennis Wee. Aedeagus widest near tip, Mokelumne Hill, Calaveras Co., Calif. we el MA Tepe 2 Bel Ben ee PS Udi Dennis “MOKelensisy ellen ss ie Phyllobrotica leechi, new species (Figure 5) About 6 mm. in length, elongate oblong-oval, lustrous, elytra distinctly and densely punctate in basal half, upper part of head and thorax black, elytra deep blue or green, antennae and legs reddish brown, body beneath dark. Head with the upper part smooth, shining black down to the swollen frontal tubercles, a few punctures about eyes, lower front reddish brown. Antennae stout, pale, extending about half length of beetle, 4th joint nearly twice as long as 3rd. Prothorax subquadrate, approximately a fourth wider than long, with nearly straight sides, a semicircular depression in basal half, surface very shiny with a few scattered punctures, entirely black, Scutellum black. Elytra very shiny dark blue or green, distinctly and densely punctate in basal half, the punctures becoming finer and fading out in apical half. Body beneath dark piceous with sparse fine pubescence, a large shallow roundish excavation in male at tip of abdomen; legs reddish brown with a darker brown area near base of femora usually. Length 5.38 to 6.5 mm.; width 2.4 to 2.8 mm. Type—Holotype male, U.S.N.M. Type No. 63173, from Scotia, Humboldt Co., Calif., collected by H. 8. Barber on June 20. Other localities CALIFORNIA: Eureka, H. S. Barber; Green Point, F. E. Blaisdell; Mad River Mts., Van Dyke; Orick, Van Dyke, all in Humboldt Co.; Walker, Siskiyou Co., C. L. Fox. OREGON: Cascade Head Exper. Forest, on alder; Corvallis, Van Dyke; Mary’s Peak, G. F. Moznette. WASHINGTON: Crescent, Bruce Martin; Forks, Clallam Co., E. P. Van Duzee; Olympic Mts., C.V. Piper. Remarks.—The more lustrous appearance of these beetles is the chief character to distinguish them from luperina. The aedeagus is also different. So far I have not seen any specimens of this species from south of Humboldt Co., or any specimens of luperina from north of there. This species is dedicated to Hugh Leech, who has generously picked out specimens for my study on many an occasion. Phyllobrotica sequoiensis, new species (Figure 3) About 5 mm. in length, elongate oblong, faintly shining under the fine, short golden pubescence, pale yellow (reddish in life) with a small brown or piceous Figs. 1-6. Species of Phyllobrotica and their distribution in the Pacifie Coast states. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:, VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 261 Jd | Phyllobrotica viridipennis Lee 5. Phyllobrotica leechi 6. Phy|llobrofica luperina Lec. 262 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 spot on the occiput of head and deep blue, purple or greenish elytra, body beneath, except the pale prosternum, piceous, legs and antennae pale. Head pale yellowish brown with a small dark spot on the occiput and the mandibles brown edged, shining, smoothly rounded over the top, with fine pubes- cence, and fine punctures; frontal tubercles well developed. Antennae stout, nearly half as long as beetle, 3rd joint shorter than 4th, pale yellow brown some- times deepening in color in distal joints. Prothorax subquadrate, a little wider than long, shining, pale yellow brown, moderately densely and coarsely punctate and with long, not very dense yellow pubescence, a semicircular depression in basal half. Seutellum shining piceous. Elytra metallic blue, purple, or even greenish, faintly shining under the short, moderately dense (in unrubbed speci- mens), fine, golden pubescence; finely and moderately densely punctate. Body beneath in male with a large shallow rounded excavation near tip of abdomen; prosternum pale, breast and abdomen piceous; legs entirely pale; densely pubes- cent. Length 4.8 to 5.8 mm.; width 2 to 2.6 mm. Type.—Male and 10 paratypes, California Academy of Sciences, holotype. Two paratypes, U.S.N.M. Type No. 63174, from Potwisha, alt. 2—5000 ft., Sequoia National Park, California, collected June 20, 1929, Van Dyke collection. Other localities— CALIFORNIA: Wolverton, Sequoia National Park, June 24, 1929, Van Dyke; Sequoia National Park, alt. 2—3000 ft. A. T. McClay ; Kaweah, Tulare Co., April 19, 1907, R. Hopping. Remarks.—In general this is a smaller, paler beetle than P. viridi- pennis Lee., with a smaller, rounder, piceous or dark brown spot on the occiput. In its thick pubescence it resembles P. nigripes Horn. P. viridipennis is very inconspicuously and sparsely pubescent above. So far, P. sequoiensis has been collected only in a small area in or near Sequoia National Park. Phyllobrotica viridipennis mokelensis, new subspecies (Figure 2) About 6 mm. in length, elongate oblong oval, alutaceous, faintly shining, elytra and prothorax rather obsoletely punctate, the former more densely in basal half; head pale yellow brown with a broad piceous occipital spot or band, thorax yellow brown, elytra deep blue or green, body beneath with piceous breast and abdomen; antennae pale, the distal joints sometimes darker, legs pale. Head pale with a broad piceous spot, often triangular in shape and extending from occiput to frontal tubercles, this area being lightly punctate and sparsely pubescent. Antennae about half length of beetle, stout, the 4th joint twice as long as 3rd, pale yellow brown, often deepening to dark brown in distal joints. Prothorax subquadrate with nearly straight sides, about a third wider than long, surface more or less densely punctate and with sparse golden brown pubescence ; alutaceous, only faintly shining, a deep semicircular depression in basal half. Scutellum shining piceous. Elytra deep blue or bluish green, alutaceous, densely but obsoletely punctate in basal half, the punctures becoming finer and incon- spicous after the middle. Body beneath with breast and abdomen piceous, prosternum and legs pale, lightly pubescent, a large shallow roundish excavation near tip of abdomen in the male. Length 5.5 to 7 mm.; width 2.1 to 2.6 mm. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 263 Type.—Male, and 15 paratypes, California Academy of Sciences, Two paratypes, U.S.N.M. Type No. 63175, from Mokelumne Hill, Calaveras Co., California, collected in June by F. E. Blaisdell. Other localities.—1 specimen in U.S.N.M. collection labelled ** ?Cal.’’ from the M. L. Linell collection. Remarks.—In its outward appearance this does not differ from the other specimens of P. viridipennis, but the males show a somewhat differently shaped aedeagus, with the orificial opening farther from the tip. Whether this is a distinct species or merely a race of viridi- pennis cannot be determined at present but I believe it merits a sub- specific name. Distribution of Phyllobrotica luperina Lec.: California: Bloeksburg, Humboldt Co., H. J. Rayner; Comfort, Mendocino Co., F. Knab; Lagunitas, Marin Co., F. E. Blaisdell, Van Dyke; Los Angeles, Los Angeles Co.; Los Gatos, Santa Clara Co., Hubbard and Schwarz; McCloud, Siskiyou Co., Fenyes; Mill Valley, Marin Co., H. E. Leech; Muir Woods, Marin Co., F. E. Blaisdell, E. P. Van Duzee; Ross, Marin Co., E. P. Van Duzee; Santa Cruz Mts., Santa Cruz Co., Koebele; Siskiyou Co., A. Koebele; Sobrevista, Sonoma Co., Van Dyke; Sylvania, A. Fenyes. Distribution of Phyllobrotica nigripes Horn: California: Paraiso Springs, Monterey Co., L. S. Slevin; Los Angeles Co., Coquillet. Distribution of Phyllobrotica viridipennis Leec.: California: Alta Meadows, Mt. Alta, G. E. Bohart; Angels’ Camp, Calaveras Co., E. P. Van Duzee; Bear Lake, J. O. Martin; Calaveras Co., Van Dyke; Camp Baldy, San Bernardino Co., Ll. L. Muchmore; Cisco, Placer Co.; Claremont, Los Angeles Co., Baker; Carrville, Trinity Co., Van Dyke; Forest Home, San Bernardino Co., Van Dyke; Huckleberry Meadows, 6500 ft. alt., R. Hopping; Kaweah, 10,000 ft. alt., Tulare Co., R. Hopping; Kern Lakes, 6500 ft. alt., Tulare Co., Kern River, 6000 ft. alt., Tulare Co.; King’s River Canyon, Tulare Co.; Lassen National Park, Lassen Co., Van Dyke; McCloud, Siskiyou Co., A. Fenyes; Meadows Valley, 4-5000 ft., Plumas Co., Van Dyke; Plumas Co., J. C. Huguenin; Potwisha, Sequoia National Forest, Tulare Co., Van Dyke; San Bernardino Mts., San Bernardino Co., L. L. Much- more; Santa Cruz Mts., Santa Cruz Co.; Shasta Co., Coquillet; Sylvania, A. Fenyes; Tassajara, Monterey Co., L. S. Slevin; Tehachapi, Kern Co., Wickham; Tuolumne Co., Coquillet; Visalia, Tulare Co., Culbertson; Whitney Creek, Sierra Nevada Mts.; Yosemite, Tuolumne, Van Dyke. BOOK NOTICE POMP AND PESTILENCE, by Ronald Hare, M.D. The Philosophical Library, Inc., New York. 224 pp. 1955. Written largely from the standpoint of disease organisms as parasites, this volume should be of considerable interest to the medical entomologist.—RICHARD H. Foote, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Wash- ington, D.C. 264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 NEW SYNONYMY IN NORTH AMERICAN NANOPHYINAE (COLEOPTERA, CURCULIONIDAER) Nanophyes Schoenherr Nanophyes Schoenherr, 1838, Gen. sp. Cure. 4: 780. Type, Rhynchaenus lythri Fabricius, by original designation. Pseudotychius Blatchley, 1922, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 30: 102. Type, Pseudo- tychius watsoni Blatchley, by monotypy. NEW SYNONYMY. Nanodactylus Blatchley, 1922, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 30: 103. Type, Nanodac- tylus obesulus Blatehley, by monotypy. NEW SYNONYMY. Zeugonyx Notman, 1922, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 30: 128. Type, Zeugonyx sabinae Notman, by monotypy. NEW SYNONYMY, subordinated as subgenus. Nanophyes watsoni (Blatchley, new combination ) Pseudotychius watsoni Blatchley, 1922, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 30: 103. Nanophyes pallidulus Leconte (not Gravenhorst, 1807), 1876, Rhynch. Amer., p. 220. NEW SYNONYMY. Nanophyes confusor Sleeper, 1955, Ohio Jour. Sei. 55: 56, figs. 2, 3, 4, and 8. NEW SYNONYMY. I am indebted to Mr. Elbert Sleeper for two paratypes of Nano- phyes confusor Sleeper. I am also greatly indebted to Dr. N. M. Downie who recently compared a male paratype of N. confusor Sleeper with the types of Blatchley’s two species. There is no ques- tion regarding the generic synonymy. Nanophyes obesulus (Blatch., n. comb.) is evidently a distinct species judging by the shorter, more robust form and the sparser, finer pubescence. Zeugonyx Notman was established for a Texas species reared from ‘“‘oval swellings on Sabina sabinoides.’’? This subgenus is evidently intermediate between the European subgenus Nanodiscus Kiesenwet- ter, 1864, and Nanophyes sens. str. Nanodiscus is distinguished by the single tarsal claw. In Nanophyes sens. str. the two claws are closely connate. The claws of Zeugonyx are unequal, the inner one is greatly reduced in size. The femora of Nanodiscus are armed with three spines. The meso and meta-femora of Zeugonyx have three spines, the profemora two. In some European Nanophyes sens. str. the femora are armed with a single spine. The larvae of Nanodiscus transversus Aubé develop in the berries of Juniperus spp., which is in the same family as Sabina sabinoides, thus indicating a possible host plant relationship between the subgenera.—D. G. KissINGER, University of Maryland, College Park. ANNOUNCEMENT Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages or less in length, are weleome and will usually receive prompt publication. Refer- ences to literature should be included in the text, and the author’s name should appear at the end of the article. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 265 NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF FOUR SPECIES OF GROUND-NESTING VESPIDAE (HYMENOPTERA ) By HowaArp E. Evans, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. The following notes were gathered somewhat incidentally in the course of studies on the comparative ethology of fossorial wasps of the families Pompilidae and Sphecidae, a research project supported by the National Science Foundation under grant number G-248. While the notes are rather fragmentary, they do concern several species which have not been previously studied. Three of the species were found nesting on the grounds of the Uni- versity of Florida Conservation Reserve at Welaka, Florida, where the author and his wife were privileged to spend four weeks in the spring of 1955. Since the three nested under virtually identical eco- logical conditions, an opportunity was presented for studying the differences between the species with regard to type of nest and species of prey utilized. The author would like to express his appreciation to the Department of Biology at the University of Florida for making available to him the facilities at Welaka. The note numbers in the descriptions which follow refer to field notes and associated specimens now on file at Cornell University. Thanks are expressed to two specialists of the Entomology Research Branch, U.S. Department of Agriculture, K. V. Krombein and H. W. Capps, for identifying the wasps and their lepidopterous larval prey, respectively. Pterocheilus texanus Cresson This species was found nesting in a bare spot in the lawn of the Conservation Reserve at Welaka. The bare spot was about half a meter in diameter and was situated near the edge of the lawn, only a few meters from a wooded area. The soil here was a dry, somewhat crumbly clay-sand, with a very hard erust on the surface. A female (No. 1016) was seen closing her nest here at 1430 on April 20, 1955. She was scraping and kicking sand from the periphery and backing toward the hole. Eventually her activities described a circle around the hole with a diameter of about three centimeters. The hole was not completely filled, but a slight depression was left. When she appeared to have completed filling and was cleaning herself on the earth nearby, she was captured for identification and the nest dug out. The burrow was vertical and penetrated the soil only 23 mm., when it broad- ened into a vertical cell 11 mm. long (fig. 5). The burrow was about 5 mm. in diameter and was filled with loose sand which fell away upon excavation; the cell was about 9 mm. in diameter, oval in shape. In the cell were eight small, transversely striped caterpillars (Heliophana mitis Grote, Noctuidae) closely packed together. The cell may have contained an egg, but if so it was not found. While this nest was being excavated, another nest was noted only 14 em. away; it was recognized by the slight depression in the sand, leading to a vertical tunnel full of loose sand, with a little loose sand around the entrance in a cirele 266 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 about 2 em. in diameter. This nest was also dug out and found to have exactly the same dimensions as the first; the cell was, however, bent slightly to one side (fig. 6). In the cell were six caterpillars of the same species as above; all were rather lively and there were numerous fecal! pellets in the cell. At the bottom of the cell was a wasp larva 2.5 mm. long feeding on one of the cater- pillars. The contents of this cell were placed in a rearing tin; four days later the larva was 15 mm. long and had eaten three caterpillars; in two more days it had eaten all the prey and was preserved in an apparently full-grown condition. I \ LY WN 1 h -s Figs. 1 and 2: nests of Rygchwwm annulatum arvense (Saussure). Figs. 3 and 4: nests of Stenodynerus fundatiformis (Robertson). Figs. 5 and 6: nests of Pterocheilus texanus Cresson. Figs. 7 and 8: nests of Stenodynerus micro- stictus (Viereck). Burrows indicated with broken lines were filled and not traced in detail; they are therefore somewhat hypothetical. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 267 While no adult was collected in association with the second nest, there is no question that it was a nest of Pterocheilus texanus. In fact, it was probably made by the same individual two or three days earlier. Neither nest showed any evidence that this species moistens the soil during nest preparation or carries in mud. P. texanus has long fringed palpi like other members of its genus; these are supposedly used to form a basket for carrying earth from the nest during excavation. The nesting behavior of P. teranus appears to differ somewhat from that of P. quinquefasciatus Say as described by Isely (1914). The latter species pre- pares several cells per nest, the nests being horizontal and in series, separated by partitions of glued-together sand grains. Each e¢cell contains two or three noctuid caterpillars. The manner of closure seems to be the same in both species. Rygchium annulatum arvense (Saussure) kygchium annulatum and its subspecies arvense are both widely distributed and not uncommon. The nesting habits have been described by Hartman (1905), Hungerford and Williams (1912), Isely (1914), and the Raus (1918). Sub- species arvense nested in the lawn at Welaka in close proximity to Pterocheilus texanus ; however, it seemed invariably to select places where the soil was much harder, almost rock-like, although appearing the same on the surface. The first arvense (No. 1017) was seen on April 20 at 1415 going in and out of a small, curved tube of dried mud pellets which projected above the surface of a large bare area. Each time the wasp landed on top of the tube and entered the nest upside-down, remaining in the nest about 30 seconds before backing out with a pellet of soil in its mandibles; the wasp would then fly off about 3 meters, about a meter high, and drop the soil on the ground. This nest was revisited at 1645; the wasp was away but came back shortly and was captured. The nest was then dug out (fig.1). It contained three completed cells, closed off with earth, plus a newly completed cell which was empty and open to the outside. The oldest cell was directly beneath the entrance and contained five rather active caterpillars (Hlasmopalpus furfurellus Hst., Pyralididae), which had passed several fecal pellets, and a very small wasp larva. The cell next to it contained four caterpillars of the same species and an egg, about 2 mm. long, suspended from the wall of the cell by a short petiole. The third cell contained five caterpillars of the same species and an egg. The cells varied in depth from 50 to 65 mm.; each was about 8 mm. wide and 15 mm. high and Slanted slightly from the vertical. The open burrow leading to the fourth and newest cell was curved, 75 mm. long, and capped by a curved mud tube 15 mm. high. Two larvae were reared successfully from this nest, reaching maturity in about six days, when they were preserved. While this nest was being dug, another (No. 1018) was noticed about 15 em. away. The entrance tube of this nest had been broken off near the base. The nest was found to have two cells, each containing 11 caterpillars, all ELlasmo- palpus furfurellus, but smaller specimens than those in the preceding nest. The first cell was directly beneath the entrance at a depth of 45 mm.; it contained a wasp larva about 6 mm. long. The second cell was slightly off to one side and at a depth of 65 mm.; this cell contained an egg. The burrow leading to the first cell was filled, but that leading to the second was only partially filled. 268 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., vOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Probably part of the entrance tube had been used for filling, as has been reported by other workers for this species. Still a third nest (No. 1019) was found in another part of the lawn at Welaka on the same date. This nest was very similar in structure to No. 1017, also having four cells, varying in depth from 4 to 6 em. The number of caterpillars in the cells varied from three to five; all appeared to be the same species as above. Three of the cells contained larvae and the fourth an egg. A fourth arvense nest (No. 1039; fig. 2) was found on May 1 on a hard sandy road about half a mile away. The three cells in this nest were very close together, between 3 and 4 em. deep. The oldest cell contained five caterpillars and a medium-sized wasp larva; the next cell contained five cater- pillars but no egg or larva; and the newest cell contained an egg and six cater- pillars. Again, all the caterpillars were Elasmopalpus furfurellus, and all were quite active and voiding fecal pellets freely. These notes agree well with the more detailed observations the Raus (1918) made in Missouri; the nests figured by the Raus are very similar to those found at Welaka. All of the nests studied by the Raus were stocked with Loxostege similalis (Pyralididae). Hungerford and Williams (1912) reported the same species as prey in Kansas; they found as many as eight cells per nest. The present observations agree less well with those of Hartman (1905), who reported arvense nesting in crevices in brick walls and fence posts and closing the nest with mud. Fsely (1914) found nests of typical annulatwm with up to 22 cells, and nests of arvense with up to six cells. In both cases he found the cells arranged in series and separated by mud partitions. Stenodynerus fundatiformis (Robertson) A nest of this species (No. 1038; fig. 3) was discovered on April 30 along a roadside a few miles south of Welaka. The wasp was seen entering a hole in a rather moist strip of sand near a stream. The wasp was captured and the nest dug out. The burrow went down vertically for 3 em., then went off at about a 45° angle for another 5 em., so that the terminal cell was about 5 cm. beneath the surface. The cell was about 8 x 10 mm. in size; the egg was suspended by a short pedicel from the sloping roof. On the floor of the cell was a single very small larva of the subfamily Chlamisinae (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). These larvae are case-bearers, but this cne had apparently been neatly removed from its case. On further digging, another cell was located directly beneath the entrance at a depth of 6 cm.; the burrow leading to this cell had been closed off, and the cell contained an apparently full-grown larva which had consumed all its provisions. A second nest of this species (No. 1043; fig. 4) was located on May 4 on a hard sandy road passing through a pine woods. The soil here was much harder and drier than in the previous locality. The adult was flying in and out of the nest in the process of digging. As in the previous nest, there was no entrance tube. The burrow had a diameter of 3.5 mm. and led to a cell about 6 mm. wide and 15 mm. long; this cell was empty and probably not quite finished. Four additional cells varied in depth from 5 to 7 em. Three of these contained cocoons and the other a larva 5 mm. long and about ten extremely small caterpillars (at least two species of Pyralididae) and one coleopterous larva belonging to the Chlamisinae. This larva reached maturity in five days and was preserved. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 269 Stenodynerus microstictus (Viereck ) This species was found nesting at Blackjack Creek, Pottawatomie Co., Kansas, on June 17, 1952. At least six individuals were nesting in a vertical clay bank on. the edge of a dry wash; two nests were dug out (Nos. 71 & 72) and observa- tions were made on a third (No. 73). The earth here was extremely hard, almost rock-like. Each nest possessed an entrance tube about 3 em. long, curved so that the opening faced downward. These very fragile tubes were built of sand grains cemented together in such a way that there were open spaces between the grains. One wasp which was expanding its nest was seen to fly off for about two minutes, presumably to obtain water. She returned and re-entered the nest, then in a few moments backed out of the nest to the end of the tube, carrying a pellet of moist clay. As she held onto the outside of the end of the tube, she passed the pellet from the front to the middle and finally to the hind legs, where- upon it was dropped to the ground. The wasp then re-entered and repeated the performance. A small mound of pellets could be seen beneath each of the nests. One of the nests which was dug out (fig. 7) went straight into the bank for about 1 em., then forked into two burrows, at the end of each of which was a cell about 12 mm. long; the cells were from 3 to 4 em. from the surface of the bank. Each cell was closed off with a mud wall, suggesting that additional cells might be built along the burrows. One cell contained 14 ecaterpillars and an egg, the other 18 caterpillars and a small larva. All the caterpillars were very small and quite active. Most of them were a single species of Phaloniidae, with a few individuals of a species of Gelechiidae and a species of Cosmoptery- gidae. The wasp larva reached maturity in four days and spun its cocoon, from which an adult emerged 24 days later. The second nest (fig. 8) had a single burrow terminating in two e¢ells in series, separated by a mud partition; the burrow was about 4 em. long but curved downward rather than going straight into the bank. Each cell contained about 15 small caterpillars and an egg which was suspended from the top of the cell. These observations agree well with Isely’s (1914) on the related species Steno- dynerus papagorum (Viereck). Isely’s wasps prepared up to 14 cells per nest, most of them arranged in series, and provisioned them with small noctuid cater- pillars. He noted that the entrance tubes were made up of longitudinal strands of earth particles held together by cross-bands. The close similarity between the nesting habits of papagorum and microstictus is particularly striking when we consider the great diversity of nesting habits within the genus Stenodynerus. S. fundatiformis nests on flat ground, makes no entrance tube, and does not prepare its cells in series. Several species nest in hollow twigs and will accept trap-nests, while others nest in abandoned bee burrows or Sceliphron nests. The following very brief notes on two other species of Stenodynerus may be of interest as further evidence of the great diversity within the genus. Stenodynerus vagus vagus (Saussure) On June 14, 1952, in a meadow between two series of sand dunes at Medora, Reno Co., Kansas, a small mud nest (No. 57), nearly spherical and about 2.5 cm. in diameter, was found on a willow branch about a meter high. The nest was definitely not that of a Sceliphron, and furthermore showed no evidence of iw) be | i=) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 having been modified or patched over. The nest was collected, and in the next six weeks six adult S. vagus vagus and one cuckoo-wasp, Chrysis (Chrysis) sp., emerged. Stenodynerus fulvipes rufovestis Bohart Several of these wasps accepted wooden trap nests having a bore of 5 mm., put out near Mud Springs, Welaka, Florida, in May 1955 (Nos. 1066, 1067, 1068). The cells were separated by mud partitions 1.5 mm. thick, and the last cell was closed off with a partition of about 7 mm. thickness. The cells were provisioned with small caterpillars belonging to a species of Olethreutidae or Phaloniidae. DISCUSSION The three species of Vespidae which nested at Welaka under very similar ecological conditions showed striking differences in nest type and prey preference. Pterocheilus texanus utilized a single species of Noctuidae and Rygchium annulatum arvense a single species of Pyralididae, while Stenodynerus fundatiformis used at least two species of Pyralididae as well as a case-bearing coleopterous larva. Rygchium annulatum arvense constructed mud entrance tubes to its nests while the other two did not; the nests of Pterocheilus texanus were unicellular while those of the other two were multicellular. Each of these differences implies fundamental differences in behavior pat- terns. Rygchiuwm annulatum in other areas uses other caterpillars, but always employs Pyralididae and apparently always a single, readily available species. This implies a specific type of hunting be- havior. On the other hand, most species of Stenodynerus seem to hunt rather widely and take a considerable variety of small larvae. All of the differences noted between these three species cannot, however, be considered generic differences. Stenodynerus microstictus constructs curved entrance tubes to its nests, while some other species of Rygchium do not. Although Pterocheilus texanus and Stenodynerus fundatiformis do not appear to make their cells in series, other species of both genera are known to do so. Within the genus Stenodynerus species are known which construct almost every type of nest known in the Eumeninae. It is possible that when the eumenine wasps are more thoroughly studied, important concordances will be discovered between morphological and ethological characters, but at the present state of our knowledge one is more often impressed by the lack of such concordance. REFERENCES Hartman, C., 1905. Observations on the habits of some solitary wasps of Texas. Bull. Univ. Texas 65: 9-10. Hungerford, H. B. and F. X. Williams, 1912. Biological notes on some Kansas Hymenoptera. Ent. News 23: 241-260. Isely, D., 1914. The biology of some Kansas Eumenidae, Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 8(7): 235-309. Rau, P. and N., 1918. Wasp Studies Afield, pp. 300-312. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 O7ak A FURTHER CONTRIBUTION TO THE TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF THE INQUILINE ANT, LEPTOTHORAX DIVERSIPILOSUS SMITH (HYMENOPTERA, FORMICIDAR) By Marion R. Smiru, Entomology Research Branch, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. In 1939 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 41: 179) I described a new ant, Leptothorax (Mychothorax) diversipilosus, from two workers and an ergatoid female collected by Falconer Smith at Fort Lewis, Wash., from a nest of the western thatching ant (Formica obscuripes Forel). The nest was found in the humid Transition Zone at approximately sea level, in an area dominated by Douglas-fir trees and low grass of the genus Poa. The soil in the immediate vicinity bore a layer of moss, Hurynchium oregonum. After the description was published I studied specimens of diversipilosus further and noted the general similarity in habitus, and later in biology, to the well-known inquiline species Formicoxenus nitidulus (Nyl.) of Europe and Asia. Formicoxenus nitidulus has been collected on numerous occasions from the nests of Formica rufa L. and Formica praetensis Retz. and less frequently from those of Formica exsecta Nyl. and Formica truncorum F. A. colony of nitidulus may be composed of workers, females, forms intermediate between workers and females, and worker- like, wingless males. It is usually small and found fairly deep within the nest of the host ants. The nests of the two species, although dis- tinct from each other, have free intercommunication, Host and guest ant are friendly or tolerant of each other. They do not feed on the other’s brood or food, nor do they attempt to feed each other. When the host ants move their nest to a new location, the guest ants trail along in the file with the hosts. On a number of occasions mating between the wingless males and winged females of nitidulus has been observed on the exterior of the nest. For a more detailed account of nitidulus the reader is referred to Wheeler (Amer. Nat. 85: 535, 1901, and his book ‘‘ Ants,’’ Columbia Univ. Press, 1910 and 1926 editions, p. 431). Wishing to secure more specimens of diversipilosus and also notes on the biology of this ant, I wrote W. W. Baker of Puyallup, Wash., who found two colonies at Spanaway, Wash., on August 3, 1940. One was within a nest of Formica obscuripes, the other in an inde- pendent nest in some rotten wood near a colony of obscuripes. Con- cerning colonies found in nests of the host ant, he remarked that he failed to obtain these ants on his first visit to the prairie, because he did not look for their nests in the rotten or punky wood rather deep within the nests of obscuripes. It appeared to him as though burrows of other insects were sometimes utilized for nest chambers. He also found small amounts of lichens and dried fungi in the nests apart from the brood chambers, but was not able to ascertain whether 272 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 or not they were used for food. Among the approximately 150 indi- viduals received from Mr. Baker were numerous workers, females, intermediate forms between workers and females, and a few wing- less, workerlike males. Since the female and male of diversipilosus have not been previously described, a description of each is given below, as is a figure of the male. L. diversipilosus has also been collected at Tenino, Wash., by E. A. Schwarz. Should the species be as widely distributed as its host, one may expect to find it in the western provinces of Canada and in the United States from at least the Dakotas to Oregon and Washing- ton and south to Colorado, A comparison of diversipilosus with nitidulus shows many striking similarities. Both species have the same castes and intermediate forms, live within the nests of their host ants (various species of Formica), and have almost identical habits and a habitus that is so similar as to be more than just superficial. However, the worker of nitidulus is distinct from that of diversipilosus in color, sculpture, and pilosity. The former is a darker, reddish color and has a rather smooth and polished body and a few simple hairs. The latter, lighter in color, has most of the body (excluding the gaster) punctulate and bearing both simple and clavate hairs. Unlike diversipilosus, ntidulus has a lamellate process beneath the petiole and a very long and prominent spine beneath the postpetiole .I believe that nitidulus is the more highly specialized of the two. It is entirely possible that fulure studies based on additional material may prove these species congeneric because of intermediate or annectant forms. The tribe Leptothoracini (to which both ants belong), as outlined by Emery, 1921 (Wytsman Genera Insect., fase. 174a, p. 244), is composed of such a large number of species of heterogeneous habits and anatomy that it does not seem wise at this time to attempt to evaluate the taxonomic status or relationship of any of them, espe- cially of nitidulus and diversipilosus. Only a complete revision of the tribe could possibly accomplish this. Another North American ant that will probably be found to have habits similar to those of diversipilosus is Leptothorax hirticornis Emery. This ant was originally described from specimens from Hill City, S. Dak., without reference to host. At the time I described diversipilosus I gave characters for distinguishing the worker from that of hirticornis as did Creighton, 1950 (Ants of North America, Harv. Univ., Bul. Mus. Compar. Zool. 114: 258). Neither the male nor the typical female of hirticornis has yet been described. It is hoped that some student of ants who has easy access to colonies of diversipilosus will undertake a thorough study of the biology of this species and answer for us such questions as to what comprises their food, their method of establishing colonies, and how this habit of becoming a guest originated. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. Pann ga] “ & ‘c c « ££, Se a € an male. Fig. 1. Leptothorax diversipilosus Smith, ergatoid 274 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Leptothorax diversipilosus M. R. Smith Ergatoid male (fig. 1).—Length 2.5-2.75 mm. Head, excluding mandibles, approximately one-sixth longer than broad, with straight or feebly rounded posterior border, rounded posterior corners and ¢con- vex sides behind the eyes; sides anterior to eyes converging anteriorly, thus giving the area in the vicinity of the mandibles a narrow, reduced appearance. Eye larger and more convex than that of the worker. Antenna 12-segmented; scape noticeably enlarged toward the apex, not attaining the posterior border of the head; funiculus more slender than that of the worker, the segments progressively enlarged apically but without forming a clearly differentiated club, the three segments preceding the last subequal in length. Clypeus prominent, strongly convex, protruding above and beyond the mandible and partly concealing them; the anterior and posterior borders rounded, the posterior border more rounded than the anterior and extending well between the frontal carinae. Mandible greatly reduced; masticatory margin with a long apical and several small, in- distinct teeth. Vertex of head with small, indistinct ocelli. Frontal area poorly defined. Thorax, petiole, and postpetiole similar to that of the worker but more slender. Promesonotal suture obsolete. Postpetiole more convex dorsally than that of the worker. Gaster similar to that of worker, when viewed from above, with the first segment occupying almost all of the dorsal surface; genitalia con- cealed. Hairs moderately abundant, simple, grayish, short, suberect to erect; some of the hairs on the head and appendages appear to be a little thicker than those on the remainder of the body and to assume a slightly clavate form, especially a small number on the vertex of the head. Hairs at apex of gaster the longest. Head, thorax, petiole and postpetiole punctate, subopaque; scape, femur and tibia more finely punctate, almost shining in certain lights. Most of the elypeus, frontal area, a median line or spot on front of the head, and gaster, smooth and shining. Color dirty ferruginous, lighter than that of the worker; gaster dark brown, almost black. Described from eight males collected at Spanaway, Wash., on August 3, 1940, by W. W. Baker and one male collected at Tenino, Wash., by E. A. Schwarz. The male closely resembles the worker, but can be distinguished from that caste by an additional segment to its antenna, and also by its more slender funiculus; the greatly narrowed head in the vicity of the mandibles; the reduction in the size of the mandible and in the number of well-developed teeth; the presence of ocelli; the less stout petiole and postpetiole ; the presence of male genitalia, although these are usually concealed at the apex of the gaster; the absence of dis- tinctly clavate or capitate hairs on the tips of the femur, tibia, and metatarsus; the weaker sculpturing of the body, and the hghter color. Dealate Female —Length 3-3.5 mm. Similar to the worker except for the following: Larger, stouter and more deeply colored. Eye larger and more convex. Thorax with the usual selerites typi- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 DO —~| ti | cal of a female (queen) ; viewed from above, with prominent but rounded humeral angles and a distinet constriction or concavity on each side of the body anterior to the insertions of the front pair of wings. Described from four females collected at Spanaway, Wash., and two females from Tenino, Wash. The females from Tenino are similar to those from Spanaway except that they are lighter in color. CHRYSIS FUSCIPENNIS BR., A RECENT ADVENTIVE WASP IN WASHINGTON, D. C.. FROM THE OLD WORLD (HYMENOPTERA, CHRYSIDIDAE) Recent captures of Chrysis (Chrysis) fuscipennis Brullé in Washington, D. C., indicate that it is now an established member of the Nearctic fauna. The first specimen, a female, was caught alive by T. P. Cassidy in an office of the South Building of the Department of Agriculture in downtown Washington on July 28, 1953. A pair was taken by Miss Hazel Wharton in an office of the same building on June 8 and 27, 1956. I captured another female when it flew into an office in the U. S. National Museum on June 26, 1956. This species has a wide distribution in the Old World, where it occurs in the eastern half of the Palae- arctic Region, and in the Oriental and Australian Regions. Several years ago it became established in Hawaii (Pemberton, 1952, Proc. Hawaii. Ent. Soe. 14: 360). C. fuscipennis has been recorded as a parasite of Humenes conica (F.) in India (Bingham, 1899. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 12: 586). No adventive eumenine wasps have been captured in Washington, and the host species of the chrysidid in this area are unknown. However, the chrysidid presumably could effect its development on any of our native mud-daubers such as the species of Eumenes, Sceliphron, Chalybion, or Trypoxylon politum Say. C. fuscipennis may be distinguished readily from any of our native species by the followmg combination of characters: very dark wings; malar space 0.4 times as long as first segment of antennal flagellum; facial concavity punctate, the punctures confluent in transverse rows; anterior ocellus enclosed by a semi- circular ridge arising from the straight transverse facial ridge; dorsal length of head a little greater than pronotal length; lateral margin of third abdominal ter- gum slightly concave or sinuate; and apical teeth of third tergum short and obtuse, the median teeth closer to each other than to the lateral teeth—KarL V. Krom- BEIN, Hntomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washing- ton, D. C. BOOK REVIEW DIE WANDERAMEISEN DER NEOTROPISCHEN REGION, by Thomas Borgmeier. Studia Entomologica Nr. 3, 716 pp., 87 plates, 1955. Editora Vozes Limitada, Petropolis, R. J., Brazil. Price $15.00. It is fortunate that so difficult a group of ants as this should have been revised by one who is not only an accomplished myrmecologist but a scholar and editor 276 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 as well. Legionary ants differ from most ants in that the worker, female and male of a species bear little or no resemblance to each other. The female is wing- less and somewhat termitiform in appearance, the male wasplike. Sinee it is impossible to associate the various castes of a species without collecting them from the same colony, the describing of species from a single caste alone has re- sulted in numerous errors of synonymy. In addition to such difficulties, previous American workers have been greatly handicapped by the fact that most of the types of our legionary ants are in European Museums. In revising the group Dr. Borgmeier has very conscientiously and patiently attempted to see the type of every described form. Fortunately he was able to examine approximately 80 percent of the types; those that he did not see were either dstroyed, lost or mis- placed. Even with the great amount of synonymy that he was able to accomplish, there are at present 140 forms recognized as valid, the names of many of which rest on a single caste alone! When all the castes of these 140 forms are known it would not be surprising if the total number of valid forms is not reduced to 100. Dr. Borgmeier’s revision is one of the largest and most comprehensive that has ever appeared on ants and will remain forever as a monument to his endeavours. Examination will show that he has carefully considered every aspect that an excellent revision should include. There are keys for the known eastes of all forms from subspecies to tribes. A large number of the forms are fortunately figured once or more. The known castes of every form are adequately described and the repository of the type stated. Under each form there is a statement con- cerning material studied and the general distribution of that form. There are also remarks on variation and biology. Bibliographical references are ar- ranged chronologically in order to cover all important changes in the taxonomic status of a form such as synonymy, new combinations, etc. The reader will be especially pleased to note that Dr. Borgmeier has quoted not only the original description of each form but the original description of every synonymized form as well! The revision is carefully indexed. I would have preferred, however, to list the page number of the text treatment of each form at the proper place in the key rather than in the index at the back of the publication. A statement con- cerning the general distribution of a form might be helpful in an appropriate place in the key. In addition to the subjects mentioned, the revision contains in the general introduction such subjects as methods and techniques, sources of material for the study, acknowledgements, relationships and limits of various taxonomic categories, status of subspecies and varieties, and a general discussion of systematics. Any publication, regardless of its excellence, must necessarily con- tain a certain number of errors. I have especially noted these in reference to names of localities and individuals. What Borgmeier has accomplished for the taxonomy of the legionary ants, Dr. T. C. Schneirla has done for their biology, so that either aspect of the group is now well known. Their work will form dependable corner stones on which future contributions can easily be added. The publications of both men should not only be in the libraries of all myrme- cologists but in every department of biology and also in general libraries that give consideration to biological subjects—MArion R. SmirH, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. bo ~] Soe | PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 ON THE GENUS STRONGYLOCORIS BLANCHARD, 1840 (HEMIPTERA, HETEROPTERA, MIRIDAB) By EpuArp WaAGneER, Hamburg, Germany The genus Strongylocoris Blanchard hitherto has been regarded as Holarctic. There have been recorded 10 species from the Old World and about 12 from America. The American species, however, are not congeneric with the Palaearctic ones. The first to point out this fact was Slater (1950). After having examined the female genitalia of S. stygicus (Say) and S. leucocephalus (l.), he wrote: ‘“‘It is interesting to discover that the type species of the genus, lewcoce- phalus, is apparently not congeneric with the North “American sty- gicus.’’? He concluded from this fact that it seemed to be necessary to ascertain the actual generic limits. The following paper is an essay to show these limits. FEMALE GENITALIA In his excellent work Slater (1950) showed the differences between S. leucocephalus (l.) and stygicus (Say) in the structure of the bursa copulatrix. The sclerotized rings of S. stygicus were found to have the typical Orthotylinae infolding of the lateral margin and were very similar to those of Orthotylus modestus Van Duzee. The posterior wall is composed of an L- and two J- structures, shows a very distinct K-structure and is suggestive of O. ornatus Van Duzee. S. leucocephalus has a very complicated form of the sclerotized rings. The posterior wall could not be studied by Slater. The author has examined the female genitalia of several Nearctic and Palaearctic species. The American species proved to be very similar to S. stygicus and showed the Orthotylinae type. The Euro- pean species, however, were quite different from them. The burs copulatrix in any ease was much smaller. The sclerotized rings showed the same complicated form as those of S. lewcocephalus. The posterior wall was scarcely half as wide in the European species and showed distinct structures that seemed to be A-structures, E- structures and a B-structure. As Slater states, they appear to ap- proach the Capsinae type. The examination of some species of Heterocordylus Latr. showed a great resemblance to the American species of Strongylocoris. These facts seem to be a very good reason to separate the American species from those of Europe. MAL® GENITALIA The genital segment is conical in the Palaearctic species. It is very broad at its base and the sides converge strongly (figs. 1 and 2). The genital opening is small. With the Nearctic species the genital segment is trapezoidal, broad at its apex and the sides converge slightly (fig. 3). The genital opening is very wide and bears on its left side a blunt process. 278 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 The right paramere is of a very unique type in all Palaearctic species (figs. 5 and 6). It is spoon-shaped, its basal part very long and straight. In the Nearctice species (figs. 7 and 8) the right para- mere is of different shape. It is toothed and branched, the basal part being quite small. The left paramere (figs. 10-15) does not show great differences between the American and European species. The aedeagus, however, is very different. In the Palaearctic species (fig. 16) it is thick and short, suddenly narrowed in its middle. The vesica has only membranous appendages and lacks any chitinized parts. In the Nearctie species (fig. 17) the aedeagus is more slender and pointed at its apex. The vesica has no membranous appendages, but consists of two chitinized bands, which are toothed and somewhat branched. Heterocordylus (fig. 18) shows the same shape of aedeagus as the American species. Much stress is here placed on the structure of the vesica. The differences shown above are sufficient reason to separate Nearctic and Palaearctic species and to constitute a new genus for those of the Nearctiec. HEAD The head of the Palaearctice species (figs. 19 and 20) is, when seen from above, very short and broad. The antennal fossa is well separated from the margin of the eye, the minimal space between the two is greater than the diameter of the antennal fossa. Seen from the side (figs. 23 and 24), the vertex is almost adpressed to the pronotum and somewhat covering its anterior margin. The space between the eye and the apex of the clypeus is at least as great as the height of the eye. The first segment of the rostrum is nearly as thick as the eye is broad. In the Nearctic species (fig. 21) the antennal fossa almost touches the eye. The front has two ocellus-like spots. The vertex is well separated from the pronotum (fig. 25). The distance between the eye and the apex of clypeus is less than the height of eye. The first segment of rostrum is much narrower than the breadth of eye. CLAWS In the Nearctic species (fig. 29) the arolia as well as the pseudarolia are well developed and membranous; in the Palaearetic species (fig. 27 and 28) the arolia are also well developed and membranous; the pseudarolia, however, are replaced by a pair of straight bristles. CONCLUSIONS The differences shown above make it evident that the Nearctic species of Strongylocoris are not congeneric with the Palaearctic ones. The differences in the form of the female genitalia and those of the aedeagus of the male without any doubt are of generic value. But as there are also external differences, the genera are easily sep- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 279 arated without reference to genitalic characters. Therefore it is necessary to make two genera of the genus hitherto treated as Stron- gylocoris Blanchard. The genotype of this genus, S. leucocephalus (L.), belongs to the Palaearctic genus. Therefore the name Stron- gylocoris Blanchard must remain with this genus. The Nearctic genus, on the other hand, must have a new name. As there is no name available for it, I propose to name the genus in honor of Dr. James A. Slater who first called attention to the difference between the females of the Nearctic and Palaearctic species. Figs. 1-18, male genitalia. Figs. 1-4, genital segment from above (22.5X); figs. 5-9, right paramere (47.5X); figs. 10-15, left paramere (47.5X); figs. 16-18, aedeagus (47.5X). Figs. 1, 5, 10, 16, Strongylocoris leucocephalus (l.); fig. 2, S. atrocoeruleus (Fieb.); figs. 3, 8, Slaterocoris stygicus (Say); figs. 4, 14, Heterocordylus erythrocephalus (Hhn.); figs. 6, 11, Strongylocoris niger (H.-S.) ; figs. 7, 12, 17, Slaterocoris pallipes (Kn.); fig. 13, Slaterocoris atritibialis (Kn.) ; fig. 9, Heterocordylus flavipes E. Wgn.; fig. 15, Pseudoloxops coccinea (M. D.); fig. 18, Heterocordylus tibialis (Hhn.). 280 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Slaterocoris, novum genus (Type species: Capsus stygicus Say) Generic description—Body almost glabrous, sometimes covered with a fine semierect pubescence, but without seale-like hairs. Form oval. Always macropter- ous. Head strongly inclined. Posterior margin of vertex not adpressed to the pronotum and not having a ridge from eye to eye. Pronotum and hemelytra shining, densely punctured. Antennae slender, with a very fine pubescence, the second joint as a rule shorter than the two apical joints taken together. Rostrum very short, the second and third joint being thicker at their connection. Legs slender. Tibiae with fine spines. Arolia and pseudarolia of the claws well developed and membranous. Genital segment of male very short and broad, trapezoidal. Genital opening very wide. Right paramere toothed and branched, of different shapes. Left paramere slender, falciform. Aedeagus with- out membranous parts, with two chitinized bands, which are toothed and branched. I have examined four species of this new genus (pallipes Knight, stygicus Say, atritibialis Knight, atratus Knight). The excellent figures provided by Knight (1941) show that S. hirtus Knight, am- brosiae Knight and breviatus Knight also belong to this genus. It will be necessary to examine the rest of the Nearctic species in order to find out whether they belong to this genus or not. I leave this question to be solved by my American colleagues, who may have access to the material. Of the Palaearctic genus Strongylocoris Blanch. I have examined seven species (niger H.-S., atrocoeruleus Fieb., leucocephalus L., erythroleptus Costa luridus Fall., obscurus Rmb., cicadifrons Costa). The genus Slaterocoris, noy. gen., does not belong to the tribe Halticini Kirk. It is quite different from this tribe since its aedeagus lacks membranous parts, but has two chitinized bands in the vesica. The female genitalia also differ by having distinct K-structures in the posterior wall of the bursa copulatrix. In addition, the pseudarolia are well developed and membranous. All these facts show that it must be removed to the tribe Orthotylini Van Duzee. Within this tribe it comes very near to the genus Heterocordylus Fieber, 1858, and especially its subgenus Bothrocranum Reuter, 1876. It agrees with this genus in having ocellus-lke spots on the front, the antennal fossa nearly touching the eye, the large eye, the slender first segment of rostrum (figs. 25 and 26), the claws having well-developed pseu- darolia (figs. 29 and 30), the posterior wall of the female bursa copulatrix having distinct K-structures and the chitinized bands of the male aedeagus being very similar (figs. 17 and 18), as well as by the form of the genital segment (figs. 3 and 4). It differs, however, from this genus by the rostrum which is very slender in Heterocordy- lus, the second joint of antennae which is longer than the two apical joints taken together, and the absence of scale-like pubescence on the body. In the case of the genus Strongylocoris Blanch., the tribes Ortho- tylini and Halticini seemed to intergrade. The examination of the PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 281 genus, however, showed that there was a mistake in the systematic position of a part of the genus. The correction of this mistake has made both tribes more homogenous. The opinion of Carvalho (1952), p. 34) : ‘‘the genitalia alone have been found to be misleading in many respects’’ may have been based upon similar mistakes in the systematic position of genera and groups. It will be necessary to check all those cases. I suggest that the result will be that the genitalia are a very good eriterion, as I could state already with all Palaearctic genera. Figs. 19-30, Head and elaws. Figs. 19-22, head seen from above and from the front (18X); figs. 23-26, head seen from the side (18X) ; figs. 27-30, claws (135X). Figs. 19, 23, 28, Strongylocoris niger (H.-S.); fig. 20, S. luridus (Fall.) ; figs. 21, 25, Slaterocoris pallipes (Kn.); figs. 22, 26, 30, Heterocordylus erythrophthalmus (Hhn.) ; figs. 24, 27, Strongylocoris leucocephalus (l.); fig. 29, Slaterocoris atri- tibialis (Kn.). ACKOWLEDGMENTS My best thanks are due to Professor Remington Kelloge and Dr. Reece I. Sailer of the U. S. National Museum, Washington, who sent me the material of the American species. I wish to extend thanks also to Professor H. H. Knight, Iowa State College, Ames, and Dr. José C. M. Carvalho, Rio de Janeiro, for literature which they have kindly sent to me. REFERENCES Knight, H. H., 1952. The Plant Bugs or Miridae of Illinois. Bull. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. XXII: 78-81. Carvalho, José C. M., 1952. On the major classification of the Miridae. An. Aead. Bras. Ci. XXIV: 31-111. Slater, J. A., 1950. An investigation of the female genitalia. Iowa State Coll. Journ. Sci. XXV: 52-53. 282 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 A NEW ARRANGEMENT IN THE SUBFAMILY CYMINAE (HeEMIPTERA, LYGAEIDAE) By Harry G. BArsrEr, Collaborator, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Stal, 1874, separated the Cyminae into two divisions, Cymaria and Ischnorhynchinaria. Since that time systematists have followed Stal and included the Ninus group of species in the tribe Ischnorhynehini. As this group of species have very distinctive characteristics readily separable from the Ischnorhychini, it should be raised to equal tribal rank and called Ninini. Ky TO TRIBES OF THE SUBFAMILY CYMINAE 1. Hemelytra coriacous, densely punctate; costal margins gently convex, not contracted towards base; claval margins not parallel, commissure longer Chanyseubellwraiiy (Cay Tiss) pee =e Roms ee ve Cymini Hemelytra most commonly hyaline or subhyaline, sparsely punctate; costal margins either strongly convex or contracted towards base; claval mar- gins parallel, in which case commissure shorter than seutellum, or clavus more or less expanded apically, in which case commissure subequal to leng thisot™ seu tel unmm (8 is Se ee See ee ee 2 2. Head more or less porrect, much narrower than baasl margin of pronotum; eyes mediocre, neither projected nor stylate, most commonly in contact with anterior angles of pronotum; ocelli set much farther apart than each is removed from eye. Hemelytra expanded, costal margins convex; claval margins parallel; commissure commonly shorter than secutellum. Body sclabrous) 1CAletdocery si) ieee ue eet ene en ee ee eve Ischnorhynehini Head more or less deflexed anteriorly nearly or quite as wide as basal mar- gin of pronotum; eyes either projected or stylate, remote from anterior angles of pronotum; ocelli set nearly as far apart as each is removed from eye. Costal margins of corium strongly contracted towards base; clavus more or less expanded apically; commissure subequal to length of scutellum: “Body ipilosei(Naniis) 9 ee Pn DA Semen Ninini List of the genera under the respective tribes: Cymini: Cymus Hahn; Cymodema Spin.; Arphnus Stal; Cyrtohamphus Stal; Gonystus Stal; Karamania Korm; Ontiscus Stal; Sephora Kirk. for C. criniger White; Nesocymus Kirk. for C. calvus White; Neocymus Van D.; Pseudocymus Van D. Ischnorhynchini: Kleidocerys Steph.; Polychisme Kirk. for Imbrius Stal; Crompus Stal; Neocrompus China; Rhiobia Bergr. (= Domiduca Dist.) ; Rhio- phila Bergr.; Pylorgus Stal; Mesostates Reut.; Hovania Horv.; Syzgitis Bergr. Ninini: Ninus Stal (= Ossipaga Dist.); Cymoninus Bred.; Neoninus Dist.; Ninomimus Lundb.; Nesomartis Kirk. pwr = PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 283 NOTES ON THE BIONOMICS OF THE NATURAL ENEMIES OF THE INSECTS ON MIRABILIS! CLIFFORD WESTER, 917 No. Ninth St., Stroudsburg, Pa. INTRODUCTION In two previous numbers of these Proceedings, | presented articles dealing with the bionomics of insects associated with the wild four- o’elock plant, Mirabilis nyctaginea (Michaux) MacMillan, in central Illinois. The first of these articles treated two micromoths, Heliodines nyctaginella Gibson, whose larva feeds on the leaves of M. nyctaginea, and H. ionis Clarke, which develops as a borer in the stems of M. nyctaginea. The second article described the life history of the snout beetle, Onychobaris subtonsa Leconte, whose larva is also a borer in the stems of M. nyctaginea. During my investigation of the life histories of the insects named above, I found that these three species were subject to attack by certain insect enemies. The present article concerns the bionomics of these natural enemies, which include two braconid and four chalcid parasites, and one hemipterous predator. Reared specimens of all six species of parasites were sent to the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C., for identification. PARASITES Bracon caulicola (Gahan) (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) Hosts.—Heliodines tons Clarke (Lepidoptera, Heliodinidae). Ony- chobaris subtonsa Leconte (Coleoptera, Curculionidae). Bracon caulicola is a solitary external parasite on the boring larvae of both Heliodines ionis and Onychobaris subtonsa. The number of parasitic larvae found feeding on each of the two hosts were approxi- mately equal, and there seemed to be no preference for either host. Parasitized larvae of the two hosts were most common from early July to late August. Oviposition is probably accomplished by thrusting the ovipositor through the stem into the larval burrows of the host. The host is permanently paralyzed, and one parasitic egg is deposted on its body. The duration of the larval feeding period is about three days, in which time the larvae of caulicola become full-grown and reach a length of about five millimeters. Then they leave the remains of the host and begin to spin their cocoons nearby almost immediately. The cocoons are at first translucent but in about three days become light brown and opaque. 1This article is part of a thesis submitted to the Faculty of the Graduate College of the University of Illinois in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, 1954. 284 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Pupation occurs about two days after the completion of the cocoon, and the duration of the pupal period varies from six to nine days. Upon emerging, each adult chews an exit hole through the stem to escape from the burrow of the host. B. caulicola probably overwinters as a full-grown larva inside its cocoon in the larval burrows of its host. Overwintering larvae of the parasite were found inside the hibernacula of Onychobaris subtonsa during the months of November and January, and were brought into the laboratory, where they emerged as adults from late in January to late in February. Muesebeck, Krombein, and Townes (1951) list only lepidopterous hosts for this species. Bracon gelechiae Ashmead (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) Host.—Heliodines nyctaginella Gibson (Lepidoptera, Heliodinidae ). Bracon gelechiae is a solitary external parasite on the leaf-eating larvae of Heliodines nyctaginella, and according to my observations, attacks only the fifth instars of the host. Parasitized larvae of the host were most common from late July to late August. Oviposition is probably accomplished by thrusting the ovipositor through the web under which the host feeds, since in every case the permanently paralyzed larva of nyctaginella was lying under a web when found. Only one parasitic egg is laid on each host. The parasite begins to feed at the point where the egg is attached to the host, but does not remain there during the entire larval stage. It soon begins to move about over the body of the host and attaches its mouth parts at various points to feed. It becomes full-grown in about two days, and in that time reaches a length of about three millimeters. The parasite begins to spin its cocoon near the remains of the host almost immediately after becoming full-grown. Pupation takes place about one day after the cocoon is completed. The pupal period varies from five to seven days. Tetrastichus coerulescens Ashmead (Hymenoptera, Eulophidae) Host.—Heliodines ionis Clarke. Tetrastichus coerulescens is an internal gregarious parasite of the pupae of Heliodines ionis in the stems of the wild four-o’clock plant. In one instance, I counted 40 adult coerulescens that emerged from one pupa of the host. In this case, the pupal shell of ionis burst before the parasitic larvae pupated. The smallest number that I observed to emerge from a single pupa of the host was 10, and the average number of parasites in each host was about 22. By way of clarifying the probable oviposition of 7. coerulescens in H. ionis, I restate that the full-grown borer hollows out.a cavity in the stem, chews a hole in the stem for the escape of the adult, then spins — PROC. PNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 285 a silken septum across the cell just behind this exit hole. Behind the septum, ionis pupates. I believe that the female 7. coerulescens probably enters the cavity by way of the exit hole before the septum is made and oviposits in the mature tonis. It does not seem likely that she can penetrate the septum to oviposit directly into the pupa, and the ovipositor of the adult a bare milimeter long probably can not reach the host larva or pupa by boring through the stem wall of the plant. Although the eggs are inserted into the full-grown larva of the host, larval development of the parasite does not take place until the host has pupated. The parasite pupates within the pupal shell of ionis, and the adults upon emerging chew one or two exit holes in the pupal case of the host to escape from it. T. coerulescens probably overwinters as a full-grown larva inside the pupal shell of ionis. It probably enters diapause during the pupation period of the second generation of ionis, which extends from late in July to the middle of August. Dormant full-grown larvae of coerulescens were found during the month of November inside pupal shells of ionis that evidently had been formed while the plant was still growing, since the exit holes which are made in the stems by ions just prior to pupation were almost closed by the erowth of the plant. Since the third generation of ionis overwinters in the larval stage and does not chew the exit holes in the stems until just prior to pupation in the spring following the summer in which the larvae developed, it does not seem likely that coerulescens could overwinter in this generation of the host. The dormant larvae of the parasite found during November, and brought indoors, emerged in the laboratory as adults during Decem- ber. Eupelmus allynii (French) (Hymenoptera, Eupelmidae ) Host—Heliodines ions Clarke. Eupelmus allynii is a solitary external parasite on the larvae of H. ionis. Oviposition is probably accomplished by thrusting the ovipositor through the stem into the larval burrows of the host. The parasite permanently paralyzes the host and deposits one egg on its body. The full-grown parasitic larva is about 3.5 millimeters in length, and it eliminates the meconium about two days after it ceases to feed. Pupation follows in another two days. The pupal stage varies from six to eleven days, and the emerging adult chews an exit hole through the stem to escape from the larval burrow of the host. Parasitized larvae of the host were most common from early July to early August. Only one dormant parasitic larva of this species was found in the dead stems of the wild four-o’clock plant. It was found inside the 286 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 silk-lined overwintering cell of wonis on January 19, 1953, and it emerged as an adult in the laboratory on February 11 of the same year. Eupelmus cyaniceps Ashmead (Hymenoptera, Eupelmidae) Host.—Heliodines ionis Clarks. Eupelmus cyaniceps is a solitary external parasite on the larvae of HT, jonis. Oviposition is probably accomplished by thrusting the ovi- positor through the stem into the larval burrows of the host. The host is permanetly paralyzed, and one egg is laid on its body. E. cyaniceps overwinters as a full-grown larva inside the silk-lined cells of the host in the dead stems of M. nyctaginea. Dormant larvae of the parasite found during January and early February emerged in the laboratory as adults late in February. Neocatolaccus tylodermae (Ashmead) (Hymenoptera, Pteromalidae) Host.—Onychobaris subtonsa Leconte. Neocatolaccus tylodermae is a solitary parasite of the larvae of O. subtonsa. Its pupal period is about ten days. Only one overwintering larva of this species was found in the dead stems of the wild four- o’clock. It was found inside a hibernaculum of subtonsa on January 19, 1953, and it emerged in the laboratory as an adult on February 10 of the same year. Muesebeck, Krombein, and Townes (1951) list only cureulionid hosts for this parasite. PREDATOR Orius insidiosus (Say) (Hemiptera, Anthocoridae) Prey.—Heliodines nyctaginella Gibson. The insidious flower bug, Orius insidiosus, preys on the smaller larvae, principally first and second instars, of H. nyctaginella as they feed among the flower-clusters of the wild four-o’clock plant. The first instars of nyctaginella are particularly vulnerable, since they do not feed under webs in the manner of the other instars and thus are open to attack at any time. The second instars are attacked when they leave the protective web under which they feed. In no case did I ob- serve insidiosus attacking a larva that was under a web. The method of attack by this bug is somewhat striking. It circles slowly around a particular larva of nyctaginella several times, and at a distance of about five millimeters. Then it stops, extends its pro- bosecis, races towards its prey, and rams it. As soon as the proboscis penetrates the larva, the predator backs up to its starting point, dragging its prey with it, and begins to feed. REFERENCE Muesebeck, C. F. W., Krombein, K. V., and Townes, H. K., 1951. Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico, Synoptic Catalog, U.S.D.A. Agriculture Mono- graph No. 2, 1420 pp.. U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 287 REDESCRIPTION OF TUMIDALVUS AMERICANA EWING AND HYPOCHTHONIUS CROSBYI EWING (ACARINA: ORIBATEI, HYPOCHTHONIIDAE) t By TyuEr A. WoouuEy, Zoology Department, Colorado A § M College, Ft. Collins, A new genus and species of oribatid mite, Tumidalvus americana, was described by Ewing (1908) in the family Oribatidae. Initially he suggested a generic relationship with Lohmannia and in a subse- quent publication (1917) listed Tumidalvus, Lohmanna and Trhy- pochthonius in the subfamily Lohmanninae, family Nothridae. In 1909 Ewing described Hypochthonius crosbyi as a new species in the same family. Both Tumidalvus americana and Hypochthonius crosbyi, however, demonstrate the familial characteristics of Hypochthonidae Berlese, 1910, and should be ineluded in this family. The generic features of Tumidalvus are characteristic of Trhypochthonius as described by Willmann (1931). This also agrees with Baker and Wharton (1952), who synonomized Tumidalvus with Trhypochthon- Us. Consideration of descriptions and drawings of Tumidalvus ameri- cana Ewing, 1908, clearly indicates that the generic features are those of Trhypochthonius Berlese, 1905. The specific characters, however, appear to be distinctly different from others of the genus. The principal differences are the median posterior projection of the hysterosoma and the barbed dorsal hairs. These characteristics, 1n the opinion of the writer, constitute evidence for the validity of the species, but change the generic designation to Trhypochthonius. This alteration also necessitates the revision of the specific name to americanus to agree with the generic noun. Since Hypochthonius crosbyi Ewing, 1909, has two hysterosomal sutures, it resembles Hypochthoniella Berlese, 1910, and would fall in Hypochthoninae Jacot, 1936, on the basis of ‘‘an abdomen with one or more transverse divisions.’’ Baker and Wharton (1952), however, make Hypochthoniella a synonym of Hypochthonius. The writer is of the opinion that the name Hypochthonius crosbyi Ewing, 1909, should be retained. This species resembles H. rufulus Koch and H. pallidula (Koch) in body form, setation and arrangement of pseudo- stigmatic organ. The main differences lie in the simple pseudostig- matic organ and in hysterosomal sutures. While all of the specific relationships are not obvious, further investigations of North Ameri- can species may disclose additional generic and specific affinities. Ewing’s original accounts have been followed generally in this writing. but the author has emploved more recent terminology and has clarified certain aspects of the descriptions. 1Research supported by a grant from the National Science Foundation. Pencil drawings of these species were provided by Dr. E. W. Baker of the U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture. bo co io a) PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Trhypochthonius americanus (Hwing) (Figures 1, 2 Type: Tumidalvus americana Ewing, 1908, Ent. News 19:244. From moss, Arcola, Illinois, by H. E. Ewing. Diagnosis —Hysterosoma with a prominent median tubercle at posterior end; propodosomal and hysterosomal bristles barbed; surfaces of propodosoma and hysterosoma with small rounded tubercles of almost uniform size. Description. Color light yellowish brown. Propodosoma nearly as broad as long, somewhat triangular, with rounded anterior end; without lamellae; bearing three pairs of barbed hairs. Rostral bristles about half as long as propodosoma, inserted slightly less than half their lengths from anterior margin, straight, directed anteriorly. Lamellar hairs approximately same length as rostral hairs, somewhat stouter, slightly curved, inserted about a third their lengths posterior and slightly laterad of insertions of rostral hairs. Interlamellar hairs nearly a third longer than lamellar hairs, inserted between pseudostigmata, directed laterad. Pseudostigmata short and cylindrical, in latero-posterior angle of propodosoma, about their widths laterad of insertions of interlamellar hairs. Pseudostigmatic organs about two-thirds as long as interlamellar hairs, with a narrow pedicle and a barbed, elongate, clavate tip. Hysterosoma about three-fifths as broad as long, surface covered with small rounded uniform tubercles; with a prominent median swelling as posterior end. Dorsal hysterosomal setae barbed, in two main rows (fig. 1). Dorsal plate ex- tended ventrally and continuous with ventral plate (fig. 2). Camerostome oval, palps prominent; mandibles chelate, with two pairs of setae; other ventral bristles as shown in Figure 2. Genital covers contiguous with anal covers, longer than broad and somewhat crescent-shaped, blunt posteriorly, about two-thirds as long as anal covers. Eight genital setae on each cover, anterior five setae serrate, posterior three simple. Anal covers long and narrow, slightly wider at anterior end, posterior ends narrowed into blunt, projecting points; each cover with three setae (fig. 2). Two pairs of prominent serrate adanal setae in margin of ventral plate. Legs short and stout, anterior pair about as long as propodosoma; tarsus I as in fig. 1A; tibia IV about as broad as long, tarsus IV nearly twice as long as tibia (fig. 2A). Legs with pectinate setae on segments other than tarsi; tarsi with simple bristles, tridactyle. Length 533 yu, hysterosoma 380 w; width 320 uw. Discussion. —T. americanus (Ewing) differs from other North American species of Trhypochthonius in the prominent posterior hysterosomal projection and in the prominent barbed hysterosoma] hairs. Hammer (1952) lists two European species of this genus from Northern Canada, T. tectorum (Berl.) and T. barius (Berl.). Neither of these species exhibits the hysterosomal protuberance so distinctive for 7. americanus. T. tectorum (Berl.) does have barbed hysterosomal hairs, some of which are less conspicuous than others ; the hysterosomal surface also resembles the dorsum of 7. americanus. T. americanus (Ewing) differs most noticeably from T. badius. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 PP & Trhypochthonius americanus (Ewing): fig. 1, dorsal aspect; fig. la, tarsus I from dorso-lateral aspect; fig. 2, ventral aspect; fig. 2a, tarsus IV from lateral aspect (after Ewing). Hypochthonius crosbyi Ewing: fig. 3, dorsal aspect; fig. 4, ventral aspect. 290 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Seven specimens of Trhypochthonius americanus (Ewing) were collected by the writer at Fish Creek Camp Ground, Roosevelt National Forest, Colorado, October 8, 1953. These specimens are larger than Ewing’s with a total lenoth of 571 » and a hysterosomal length of 428 yp. The posterior hysterosomal tubercle was also slightly smaller than the deseribed species. Hypochthonius crosbyi Ewing (Figures 3, 4) Hypochthonius crosbyi Ewing, 1949, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 17:132. In trash at Columbia, Mo., by C. R. Crosby. Diagnosis.—Simple, flagelliform pseudostigmatic organs and two transverse hysterosomal sutures. Description.—Color light yellowish brown. Propodosoma triangular in shape with shallow lateral indentations midway posterior, nearly one and one-half times as long as broad, less than twice the length of hysterosoma. Rostral bristles simple, curved, short; inserted nearly twice their lengths from each other on antero-lateral edges of rostrum. Lamellar hairs simple, inserted slightly more than their lengths from anterior margin of rostrum and about three-fourths their lengths from each other. Interlamellar hairs absent. Pseudostigmata low, bowl- shaped, conical beneath surface of propodosoma (fig. 3). Pseudostigmatic organ long, flagelliform, as long as propodosoma, curved outward and upward. Hysterosoma oval in outline, overlapping propodosoma at anterior margin; with two transverse sutures, the anterior suture about one-fourth length of hysterosoma from anterior margin, posterior suture longer, nearly in middle of hysterosoma. Hysterosomal bristles in five transverse rows as indicated in fig. 3. Camerostome oval, mandibles and palpi prominent. Insertions of legs I lateral to posterior margin of camerostome; legs IT inserted at latero-posterior margin of propodosoma at level of pseudostigmatie organs; apodemata I, IT relatively nar- row bands. Insertions of legs III, IV more medial in position, at edge of ventral plate, without separating apodemata. Ventral bristles as in Figure 4. Genital covers truncate, twice as long as broad; nearly twice as long as anal covers. Seven genital setae along median edge of each cover; g:1 inserted at level of anterior fifth of medial margin, other genital setae subequally spaced posteriorly; three lateral setae on each cover, one anterior to lateral angle of cover, one posterior to same angle, the third seta in latero-posterior corner of cover. Anal covers truneate, reaching from posterior margin of genital covers to posterior margin of hysterosoma. Two setae on each cover. Three setae in adanal plates, a single seta in ventral plate laterad of anal opening (fig. 4). Anterior legs slightly longer than propodosoma, tarsus I nearly twice as long as tibia I, tibia I and genu I equal; tibia I with a long, tactile bristle about as long as leg I itself; claws monodactvle. Length 400 uw, hysterosoma 273 «; width 106 uw at propodosomal-hysterosomal suture, hysterosoma 226 un. — PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.,: VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 291 Discussion —H ypochthonius © crosbyi * Hwing resembles Hypo- chthomella pallidula (C. L. Koch) as illustrated by Hammer (1952), but differs in the two distinct hysterosomal sutures and the simple pseudostigmatic organ. H. crosbyi differs from H. rufulus Koch, H. rufulus paucipectinatus Jacot and H, rufulus carolinicus Jacot, in the simple pseudostigmatic organ and the simple hysterosomal setae. REFERENCES Baker, Edward W. and G. W. Wharton, 1952. An Introduction to Acarology. MacMillan, New York, xiii + 465, 377 fig. ie Ewing, H. E., 1908. A new genus and species of Oribatidae. Ent. News 19(6): 243-245. , 1909. New American Oribatoidea. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 17:116-1: 36. , 1917. A synopsis of the genera of beetle mites with special ocerenr se to the North American fauna. Ann, Ent. Soe. Amer. 10(2) :117-132. Hammer, Marie, 1952. Investigations on the Microfauna of Northern Canada, Part I, Oribatidae. ,Acta Arctica, Fase. IV, 1-108.. Ejnar. Munksgaard, Copenhagen, Denmark. 4 Jacot, A. P., 1936. Some primitive moss-mites of North Carolina. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 52(1) :20-26, 1 pl. Willmann, K., 1931. Moosmilben oder Oribatiden (Oribatei). In Tierwelt Deutschlands 22(5) :79-200. if KIEFFERIELLA ACMAEODERA, NEW SPECIES marie a (HYMENOPTERA, CYNIPOIDEA ) ~Fémale.—Differs from Kiefferiella rugosa Ashmead in being bicolored instead of black, the head and thorax being amber. It lacks the distinet carina-from the middle ocellus to between the antennae. The: clypeus is not striate. Mesopleuron hag a smooth and polished area below as well as above the longitudinal grooye, The abdomen is not longer than head plus thorax, its length to height to width as’ 39: 25: 15. Length 3.75 mm. Length of wing 2 2.9 mm. ° Piolstane, -—U.S.N.M.. No- 63269. et K. rugosa was deseribed in 1903 from a, unique Pomee from she Santa Cruz Mts. in California. On July 15,.1950, E, D. Algert reared three females, determined as rugosa, from Borego, San Diego Co.. Calif. ‘‘They make their own emergence hole which leads. to a fresh Acmaeodera tunnel.’’ In June, 1956, W. F. Barr reared the above new species from 16 miles west of Mt. Home, Idaho, from Eurotia lanata Moq. (‘‘ White Sage’’) infested with “Acmaeodera’ pulchella Herbst., a brupestid beetle. These two records afford the first clue to the ‘possible habit of the subfamily Mesocynipinae, whose members are mostly exotic and habits hitherto, unknown.— Lewis H. ‘WELD, Arlington, Virginia. . ee eka a 292 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 A NEW PREDATORY MITE FROM INSECT CULTURE! (ACARINA, PHYTOSEIIDAE) By Rate A. BrAM, University of Maryland, College Park An infestation of mites in a laboratory culture of the Angoumois erain moth, Sitotroga cerealella Oliv., at the Department of Ento- mology, University of Maryland, was found to consist of an unde- scribed species of Garmana. Ears of corn were taken from the storage bin of the Plant Research Farm near College Park, Maryland, on October 13, 1955, and placed in large jars at room temperature. On October 20, 1955, great numbers of mites were found associated with the eggs of the Angoumois grain moth. Hughes, (1948), has reported Blattisocius tineivorus (Oudemans) infesting stored food products; Blattisocius tinetvorus and B. keegani Fox collected from stored food products and laboratory cultures are also in the U. 8. National Museum collection. The author expresses his appreciation to Dr. Edward W. Baker for help in writing the description. Garmania bickleyi, new species (Figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) Garman bickleyi is related to those species having a small anal plate with only the single pair of paraanal setae (Nesbitt, 1951). It is distinctive in having all ventral hypostomal setae of equal strength, in having many cheliceral teeth, and a triangular serrated epistome. Its nearest relative, G. bulbicola (Oudemans), has the anterior pair of ventral hypostomal setae very strong, several times thicker than the others, and has few cheliceral teeth. G. bickleyi also differs from bulbicola in that the anal plate is knobbed anteriorly. G. novae-guineae (Oudemans) has very short dorsal bodv setae and possesses only one long seta on the dorsum of the fourth tarsus, while bickley? has all tarsal setae of equal length; the anal plate of novae-quineae does not possess an anterior knob. G bickleyi differs from G. domestica (Oude- mans) in that the latter has short dorsal setae which do not reach half wav to the next row. The anterior margin of the genital plate of bickleyt is pointed rather than rounded. G. bickleyi differs from G. pomorum (Oudemans) in having anterior lateral wings on the sternal plate and also in having a pointed genital plate. Female.—The epistome is triangular and with a slightly serrate margin. There is a membrane between the base of the forked seta and the last palpal segment. A small spine is on the base of the forked seta. The fixed chela possesses 14 teeth; the movable chela possesses a forked distal tooth and a larger proximal tooth. The lateral membrane of the chelicerae is strongly serrated. The ventral 1Scientific Art. No. A530, Contribution No. 2665 of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station, Department of Entomology. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, No. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 293 Garmania bickleyi, n. sp.: fig. 1, ventral view of female; fig. 2, ventral view of gnathosoma; fig. 3, details of distal segments of palps; fig. 4, chelicera showing teeth on fixed chela and membranous teeth on movable chela; fig. 5, dorsal view of female. 294 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH.,#VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 hypostomal setae are equal in strength. The dorsal setae are strong and reach to the base of the next row; the marginal setae are somewhat shorter. The dorsal sculpture pattern is faint. The sternal plate has three pairs of setae; it is rounded in front, concave on the lateral and posterior margins, and has anterior lateral extensions. The genital plate is pointed anteriorly and slightly rounded posteriorly. The anal plate is rounded with 4small anterior knob and has a single pair of paraanal setae and a longer single median posterior seta. There are 9 pairs of setae lateral and anterior to the anal plate. The peritreme reaches an- teriorly past coxa I. All tarsal setae are of equal strength. The body, exclusive of the gnathosoma, is 425 mw long and 253 uw wide. %:«. Male.—Unknown. Nymph.—Unknown. Type Habitat. On laboratory cultures of Sitotroga cerealella Oliy., at the Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Holotype. U.S. National Museum No. 2223, found in the above habitat on October 20, 1955 Paratypes. 28 specimens with the ahve data deposited in the U. 8. National Museum. This species has also been studied from the National Museum Collection which were collected at Quarantine on plant material from Jamaica, Holland, Tahiti, Haiti, Lebanon, Liberia, France, Mexico, Cuba, Brazil, and Peru. Others are from THinois,” ‘Minnesota, and New York. This species is named for Dr. W. E. Bickley of the Staff of the Department of Entomology at the University of Maryland in appreci- ation for the help and encouragement he has given his students. REFERENCES Cunliffe, F., and E. W. Baker, 1953. A guide to the predatory phytoseiid mites of the United States. Pinellas Biol. Lab., Inc., Publication No. 1, pp. 1-28. Hughes, A. M:, 1948... -The mites associated with coseed food products. Ministry of ae ee and’ Fisheries. His Majesty’ s Stationery Office, London. pp. 1-168. Nesbitt, H. H. J., 1951. IN taxonomic study of the phytoseiinae (Family Laelap- tidae) predaceous upon Tetranychidae of economic importance. Zool. Verhandel. 12:1- 64, 32 De ae t BOOK NOTICE BIRD AND BUTTERFLY MYSTERIES, by Bernard Ackworth. Introduction by Brian Vesey-Fitzgerald. The Philosophical Library, Inc., New York. 303 pp., 11 text figures, 3 colored plates. 1956. Price $7.50. The present volume is a revision of two popular early works, The Cuckoo and Other Bird Mysteries and Butterfly Miracles and ‘Mysteries, both.of which were written by this very perceptive layman.—RiIcHARD H. Foote, _Entomolog y Research Branch, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 295 A NOTE ON THE IDENTITY OF LONGIMENOPON PEDICULOIDES (MJOBERG) (MALLOPHAGA, MENOPONIDAE) By K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma | em yh ty al a Hype ji ae a rip it yi oe an Longimenopon pediculoides (Mjéberg): fig. 1, dorsal-ventral view of female: fig. 2, dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 3, antenna of male; fig. 4, male genitalia. 296 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Longimenopon pediculoides (Mjoéberg) Colpocephalum pediculoides Mjéberg, 1910, Arkiv for Zoologi, 6, 13): 44, pl. 2, fig. 6. Rediella pediculoides (Mjéberg), Hopkins and Clay, 1952, A check list of the genera and species of Mallophaga: 322. Longimenopon pediculoides (Mjoéberg) was originally described from a series supposedly collected from Strepsilas interpres = Arenaria interpres and Falco tin- nunculus. While these two hosts are quite common, other collections of the form were not accomplished until quite recently. Through the courtesy of Dr. Henry 8. Dybas, Chicago Natural History Museum, the author examined a series of ten males and twenty-five females of this species collected by Dr. Harry Hoogstraal from Arenaria interpres interpres (Linnaeus) on Ramesamey Island, Puerto Princesa, Palawan, Philippines. Since this series represents the first known collection of this form since the original record, opportunity is here taken to present illustrations and notes concerning this rare species. The Ramesamey Island specimens agree completely with the original description and illustration, so due to the size of the series, it is be- lieved that the turnstone is the correct host. The shape of the head and thorax, and the general chaetotaxy preclude the inclusion of the species in the genus Rediella as presently defined. Hopkins and Clay qualified their action with a note, ‘‘referred here with much doubt,’’ which was probably accomplished by an examination of Mjéberg’s description and rather poor illustration. The species has a slight ‘‘brush’’ in each posterior lateral angle of abdominal sternite IV, and only a single median prothoracic seta, which are characteristic of some members of the genus Actornithophilus. Even though the species is somewhat intermediate to the typical forms of Actornitho- philus and Longimenopon, it has been referred to the latter genus because the sparse chaetotaxy and external morphological characters. of the head indicate a closer affinity to that genus. BOOK NOTICE GALL MIDGES OF ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE; VOL. VII, CEREAL CROPS, by H. F. Barnes, Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpenden, Herts., Eng- land. Crosby Lockwood & Son, Ltd., London. 261 pp., 7 text figures, 15. plates. 1956. Price $3.15. Dr, Barnes has added another volume to his extremely valuable series on the- economically important gall midges. Part VII deals with ‘‘. . . some of the oldest described, most widely distributed and most injurious species of gall midges’’ (the Hessian fly, the wheat blossom midges, and the sorghum midge), as well as many others. The book is divided into four sections: Section 1 deals with midges injurious to wheat, barley, oats and rye; Section 2 with sorghum; Section 3 with the panicum millets and Section 4 with paddy or rice—RicHArD H. Foorr, En- tomology Research Branch, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. — PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 297 AN ADDITIONAL RECORD FOR PANORPA LUGUBRIS (SWEDERUS) (MuEcopTERA, PANORPIDAB) During the summer of 1954 a specimen of Panorpa lugubris (Swed- erus) was collected by the author at Holland, Virginia. This is the first known record of this species in the state of Virginia and also the most northerly recorded specimen. Prior to this date this species had been recorded in the following states: Alabama, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and New Mexico. The most recent collection dates in the adjoining state of North Carolina are Sep- tember, October, and November, 1904, and September, 1915, all of Raleigh. Mr. G. M. Bently collected in 1904 and Franklin Sherman in 1915. With the new record of its presence in Virginia, a definitive geographic range is shown along the southern and middle Atlantic seaboard from Florida northward into Virginia, with an isolated group in New Mexico. At the time of collection the specimen was feeding on rotting apples found under several apple trees about 100 yards from a slow-flowine stream. Holland is located in the southeastern part of Virginia within ten air miles of the North Carolina state line, 40 air miles from the Atlantic Ocean, and eight air miles from the border of the Dismal Swamp. With Holland, Virginia, only 120 miles northeast of Raleigh, it is not surprising that a natural migration has taken this insect into the southeastern section of Virginia.— AveERETT 8. Tompes, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. CORRECTION The following corrections are to be made in the paper entitled ‘‘Taxonomie Notes on Kimminsia,’’ by Sophy Parfin. This paper appeared in Vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 203-209, of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Wover——line Bes 6. ls ae Parfin, Sophy, not ‘‘ Parfin, Sophie’’ Page 203—lime 8: ...%...5 subnebulosa, not ‘‘subnelbulosa’’ Page 204—line 138 ....... Hemerobius, not ‘‘Memerobius’’ Pave 207— line, 22. 6 sks tie 3 pronounced, not ‘‘prounced’’ —line 6 of key ... coloradensis (Banks), not ‘‘coloradensis Banks’? —line 11 of key . . . posticata (Banks), not ‘‘posticata Banks’’ Page 208—lime 3 .......>. gradate, not ‘‘gradudate’’ =e NATNG Wess clos en ore furcata (Banks), not ‘‘ furcata Banks’’ Nine! 28); 3 kein oases specimens, not ‘‘species Page 209—line 12.....4%.. .5 pretiosa (Banks), not ‘‘pretiosa Banks’’ —EDITOR 298 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 FOR FALL PUBLICATION A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF SOUTH AMERICA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES by Phyllis Truth Johnson Memoir 5 of the Entomological Society of Washington The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen- bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in Eneland and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa- ble to the serious student of this important order of insects. Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological-characters, one devoted to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera known to occur im South America are completely described and illus- trated, and the species within each genus have been listed with host and _ lo- cality data. Descriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to 170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts concerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas cuffirrently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts, each with the fleas known to occur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information; sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close the volume. Prepublication orders at the price of $8.00 to members and $9.00 to non- members may still be placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25D GC: PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 299 BOOK NOTICE A MANUAL OF PARASITIC MITES, by E. W. Baker, T. M. Evans, D. J. Gould, W. B. Hull, and H. L. Keegan. 170 pp., 59 text figs. National Pest Control Assn., Inc., 30 Church St., New York 7, N. Y. Price $4.25. The present manual promises to be an answer to the prayer of many a medical and veterinary worker harassed by the task of keeping up with a forbidding volume of current literature. It is the first succinct and useful summary of the biology, taxonomy and control of parasitic mites ever to be offered the public under a single set of covers. The authors have included all species of direct medical and veterinary impor- tance, and have added those parasitic on animals in which man is economically interested. Sections on morphology and techniques of mounting and examining mites are followed by a key to the included species. The principal features dis- cussed for each species are medical importance, morphology, life cycle, and control, and a list of references enables the user to refer to the original literature for more detailed information. The illustrations are abundant and clear, and the literary style suits the volume for good use by any interested non-specialist. The authors and the National Pest Control Association are to be congratulated for filling an ever-increasing demand in one of the most rapidly growing fields of biology —RicHarp H. Foorr, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. ROYCE BURTON KNAPP, 1924-1955 Royce Burton Knapp, 31, entomologist with the Cereal and Forage Insects Section, Entomology Research Branch, ARS, USDA, at Belts- ville, Md., died at Washineton, D. C., on December 9, 1955. Born at Binford, North Dakota, on June 1, 1924, Royce was the son of Olaf and Susan (Shaw) Knapp. He attended grammer and high school at Binford, North Dakota, and the North Dakota Agri- cultural College, graduating with a B.S. degree in 1946. From 1946 to 1948 he attended graduate school at North Dakota and also assisted in teaching entomology. While at the College he conducted research and was author or joint author of several papers dealing with live- stock pests, wireworms, and the wheat stem sawfly. In 1948 he ac- cepted an appointment in the Cereal and Forage Insects Section of the Entomology Research Branch and conducted research on the wheat stem sawfly at Minot, North Dakota, the European corn borer at Ankeny, Iowa, and on legume insects at Beltsville, Md. On June 14, 1946, he was married to Betty Jean Getman, who survives. While he had no children, Mr. Knapp was affectionately called Uncle Louis by many children in his home neighborhood. He had a great fondness for the outdoors and was an enthusiastic hunter and fisherman. He was also an expert square dancer. 300 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Mr. Knapp was a member of Sigma Alpha Epsilon social fraternity and Phi Kappa Phi honorary society. He was also a member of the Moose and Elk Lodges. Mr. Knapp was at Beltsville only a few months but had made a wide circle of friends. His associates held him in high regard and will long remember his cheerful and friendly disposition.— B. A. App SOCIETY MEETING The 654th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was held in Room 43 of the U.S. National Museum on Thursday, May 3, 1956, and was attended by 41 members and 17 visitors. President R. A. St. George called the meeting to order at 8:00 P.M. and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Herbert A. Dean, Box 942, Weslaco, Tex.; Frank J. Burke, 3 Brightside Ave., Pikesville 8, Md.; and Dr. Jerome G. Rozen, Jr., U. S. National Museum, Wash- ington 25, D. C., were elected to membership. President St. George announced the appointment of Louise M. Russell to repre- sent the Society at the Tenth International Congress of Entomology. Helen Sol- lers, Edgar A. Taylor, and William N. Sullivan will represent the Society on a committee for the picnic to be held jointly with the Insecticide Society of Wash- ington at the Log Lodge June 2. The President also reminded friends of Dr. Cory that letters for the commemorative volume to be prepared for him were due. The death of L. F. Byars was announced by the President, who called on P. X. Peltier for a few remarks about his late coworker. George G. Becker at Hoboken will be asked to assist with the preparation of Dr. Byars’ obituary. President St. George announced that two grand-prize winners in the Prince Georges County Science Fair are students of member Howard Owens at North- western High School. The students will be sent to Oklahoma to enter their exhibits in the National Fair. The winner of the Fifteenth Annual Westinghouse Science Talent Search contest is a student of nearby Langley Park, Md. R. H. Nelson, called on for observations on the Science Fairs, told about the regularity with which Mr. Owens’ students have won prizes in various categories year after year. Mr. Owens has played a large part in initiating the Fairs, both locally and in other parts of the country. Mr. Nelson introduced another of Mr. Owens’ students, Francis ‘‘Bud’’ Cole, who presented the exhibit with which he won a first prize in the Zoology Section of the local Fair. Mr. Cole explained the exhibit, a comparison of the life cycles of Curculio auriger (Casey) and C. pro- biscideus F. W. E. Bickley reviewed the fifth edition of L. M. Peairs’ ‘‘Inseect Pests of Farm, Garden and Orchard,’’ prepared by R. H. Davidson. He also called atten- tion to the fifth edition of ‘‘ Applied Entomology’’ by Fernald and Shepard. Alan Stone noted that the Mediterranean fruit fly had been found in two counties of Florida. Richard H. Foote is in Florida for consultation on the fly. A letter of greeting from James Zetek in Panama, a member since 1930, was read by President St. George. The President gave a note on the eastern tent caterpillar, Malacosoma americanum (F.), which he said was more prevalent in the metropolitan Washington area than it has been for about 5 years. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 30] The principal speaker of the evening, Dr. Vincent G. Dethier, The Johns Hopkins University, told about ‘‘ Insect Physiology in Great Britain and the Netherlands.’’ During the Fall and Winter of 1954-1955, visits were made to seven of the 12 English universities, one Scottish and one Irish, and four experiment stations. Visits were also made to two Dutch universities (Leiden and Groningen), the agricultural research center at Wageningen, and the T.N.C. laboratory for research on biocides at Utrecht. At each of these institutions there is an active program of insect physiology study in progress. In general, the European physiologists tend to lay greater emphasis on behavior aspects of physiology and the relation between physiology and ecology. The extensive use of teaching museums, demon- strations, and collections of living invertebrates was noted. The status of tech- nical assistants, space, equipment, and library facilities was also discussed. (Speaker’s abstract.) Dr. Dethier’s slides added much to an already excellent talk. Visitors introduced were Roy Elliott, Nigeria Malaria Service, Lagos; and Dr. James Gates, Army Chemical Center, Md. Also introduced were J. F. Schoen, new member with the Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS; and R. A. Boettcher, now with the Japanese beetle control office in Baltimore. The meeting was adjourned at 9:50 P.M.—KeE.uIr O’NEILL, Recording Secre- tary. Tate of pubtication, Vol. 58, No. 4, was August 30, 1956. A Salute to Research In pioneering and attaining leadership in the manu- facture of pyrethrum and the processing of allethrin, McLaughlin Gormley King has relied heavily on research. For example, the efficiency of allethrin and pyrethrum has been synergistically improved with research de- veloped formulae. This is but one of many excellent results ... others are on the way. Research is an integral part of our business. We salute those who so capably contribute so much to our industry. McLAUGHLIN GORMLEY KING COMPANY 1715 S.E. Fifth Street * Minneapolis, Minnesota 302 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 58, NO..5, OCTOBER, 1956 -Pyrenone’ HELPS TO PRESERVE PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL | PA quickly kills destructive, annoy- ing and disease-carrying insects. In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective for long periods of time. In fact, a stmgle application of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- tacks for an entire storage season. On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible stages of insects fast—even between showers of rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly emerging parasites and predators are free to com- plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize or feed upon destructive insect pests. This means that Pyrenone is completely com- patible with the natural control of crop-destroying insects. *Reg. U.S: Pat. Off., F.M.C. FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 1701 Patapsco Avenue « Baltimore 26, Md. BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, N 0. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 Across the nation, the modern farmer is RNY \ experiencing a new security from the age-old SK threat of crop damage by pests. iN In today’s powerful Shell insecticides and NN soil fumigants —aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, SW D-D®, and Nemagon—farmers now have the most effective weapons ever devised to pro- tect their crops through the entire growing season... - from the moment seed hits the WW \ ground to harvest time. In side-by-side tests, SS many farmers have proved for themselves the crop-saving capabilities of these modern i chemicals. In adjacent fields, they have actu- plants ravaged by insects, ally seen untreated d with t while fields treate cides flourished to give quality crops. To Shell scientists, this reco ment is only the beginning of battle against insect damage. with researchers in industry, agriculture, government agencies— constantly searching fo ments in insect control. modern, most effective insecticide morrow’s even more look to Shell Chemica r further improve For today’s mos s—for to 1 research. hese Shell pesti- higher yields of better rd of achieve- the important Working closely and Shell chemists are effective insecticides, Wig, a, t SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION AG ; RICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION Atlanta e Houston San Francisco 460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York St. Louis . New Orleans 304 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 58, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1956 & GREAT INSECTICIDES CONTROL THESE INSECTS CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, Wireworms...and many others. HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- ‘worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag- got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms ...and many others. ENDRINS3 Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York J, N. Y. ROE SPOR GES (EON TecA RTO VES IN PVR WNW Pky Ay CG tot. IBS MALATHION is making news! In 1956, new uses for malathion will undoubtedly be added to the already impressive list of over 80 uses on 45 crops. Research work across the country shows highly promising results for malathion in new uses on fruits and vegetables ... also in the control of @ mosquitoes e@ household pests @ parasites on cattle, sheep, hogs, poultry and pets e@ stored grain pests For complete, up-to-date information write to the developers— AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y. DEVELOPERS AND PRODUCERS OF MALATHION AND PARATHION TECHNICAL QUALITY INSECTICIDES QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF TRAK MOTH SPRAY (Liquid) Gulf's residual-action surface spray. Contains 6% DDT, by weight, to provide sufficient residual deposit. GULF TRAK MOTH PROOFER BOMB An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULFSPRAY ROACH & ANT KILLER (Liquid) Drives roaches and ants from hiding; direct spray produces effective kill. Invisible film remains active for weeks or until removal. Contains 0.19% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with increased insect-killing power and im- proved repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF OIL CORP. e GULF REFINING CO. GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. DECEMBER 1956 VOL. 58, NO. 6 PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMUOULUGICAL SOCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. _— CONTENTS BELKIN, J. N. and McDONALD, W. A.—4edes sierrensis (Ludlow, 1905), a Change in Name for the Western Tree Hole Mosquito of the Pacific lamer CO ptors, \CuULCIdae))iy ao ao ea es SAL CUNLIFFE, F.—A New Species of Nematalycus Strenzke with Notes on the Family (Acarina, Nematalycidae) _..___________ pareee 2) SHS KOMP, W. H. W.—Copulation in Crab-hole Mosquitoes (Diptera, Culi- CIGAG)) co etl eee RUE SPE gE A Ped th Yemen RM aU a roRe Dy Ure: |S LEVI-CASTILLO, R.—A Systematic Note on Haemagogus spegazzinii Bipunes, 1912 (Diptera, Culicidas): 2 PRUESS, K. P.—A Color Variety of the Meadow Spittlebug New for LIONEL OMONLELA, (CETCOpicae eo oie ee Ee L826 SABROSKY, C. W.—Musca autumnalis in Upstate New York (Diptera, Muscidae) __ ge eB a 2S ERIS SY EE Sa RE ES Pe RS I SMITH, M. R.—New Synonymy of a New Guinea Ant (Hymenoptera, TEED echo 2 125) NRO I SR BOR Sy UR SN YT Mgt BP oe SN ee OR 2 SNYDER, T. E—A New Neotermes from Panama (Isoptera, Kaloter- mitidae 7 5 ek ag SL ie ore ee EY os _. 352 STONE, ALAN—Corrections in the Taxonomy and Nomenclature of Mos- Guiices MUO pLerd, \CUlICIG RG) j.2.— eas oe eae ee ee TODD, FE. L.—New Specific Synonymy in the Family Gelastocoridae CURIE eri 6p Pes) ue SNe Sa ee RS Seal 9 ge te ss ey So IES: > (Continued inside front cover) THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MarcH 12, 1884 Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. 8S. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U. S. currency). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge. Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of Washington. Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac- companies the returned proofs: 2pp. 4pp. S8pp. 12 pp. 16pp. Covers 50 copies _.___..____..__.._____. $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00 LOO McCopies! 2 eee EPS, 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75 Additional copies, per 100 — 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50 Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price. The Corresponding Secretary, Custodian, Treasurer and Editor should be ad- dressed as follows: Entomological Society of Washington, c/o Division of Insects, U. 8S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) WILLIAMS, R. W.—TIwo New Species of Alluaudomyia From Cheboygan County, Michigan, with a Note on the Synonymy of parva and downesi Dintera,sHeletdae) (lies ee eee 2 fe ee WIRTH, W. W. and BLANTON, F. S.—Studies in Panama Culicoides. VIII. The Neotropical Species of the guttatus Group of the Subgenus Hoff- mania: (Diptera, Heleidae) .....-. Bou en at SGD OBITUARY—Loren Freeland Byars, 1908-1956 _......_-»_»_E Tt sC«S SOCIETY MEETING—October, 1956 __._____ BOOK NOTICES AND REVIEWS ___..___._-_-_—>SSeSFsFsFSFFEFeFS81, 351, 355 ANNOUNCEMENT © 2.050000 0 eee eee INDEX—Volume 53, 1056 2002 a ee eee Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. O. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 58 DECEMBER, 1956 NO. 6 STUDIES IN PANAMA CULICOIDES. VIII. THE NEOTROPICAL SPECIES OF THE GUTTATUS GROUP OF THE SUBGENUS HOFFMANIA (DieTERA, HELEIDAR) by Winiis W. Wirth! and FRANKLIN 8S. BLANTON? In 1948 Fox erected the subgenus Hoffmania for twelve American species of Culicoides with the following characters: ‘ TIT ‘Yol, as av 5-2 Cy Chery) SI-Lib-856 4-12-57 WT tun